B010102A5pācittiyakaṇḍaṃ(悔過經部分)c3.5s

Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa

Vinayapiṭake

Pācittiyapāḷi

1. Pācittiyakaṇḍaṃ

2. Musāvādavaggo

3. Musāvādasikkhāpadaṃ

Ime kho panāyasmanto dvenavuti pācittiyā

Dhammā uddesaṃ āgacchanti.

1. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena hatthako sakyaputto vādakkhitto hoti. So titthiyehi saddhiṃ sallapanto avajānitvā paṭijānāti, paṭijānitvā avajānāti, aññenaññaṃ paṭicarati, sampajānamusā bhāsati, saṅketaṃ katvā visaṃvādeti. Titthiyā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma hatthako sakyaputto amhehi saddhiṃ sallapanto avajānitvā paṭijānissati, paṭijānitvā avajānissati, aññenaññaṃ paṭicarissati, sampajānamusā bhāsissati, saṅketaṃ katvā visaṃvādessatī』』ti!

Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ titthiyānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū yena hatthako sakyaputto tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā hatthakaṃ sakyaputtaṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, āvuso hatthaka, titthiyehi saddhiṃ sallapanto avajānitvā paṭijānāsi, paṭijānitvā avajānāsi, aññenaññaṃ paṭicarasi, sampajānamusā bhāsasi, saṅketaṃ katvā visaṃvādesī』』ti? 『『Ete kho, āvuso, titthiyā nāma yena kenaci jetabbā; neva tesaṃ jayo dātabbo』』ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma hatthako sakyaputto titthiyehi saddhiṃ sallapanto avajānitvā paṭijānissati, paṭijānitvā avajānissati, aññenaññaṃ paṭicarissati, sampajānamusā bhāsissati, saṅketaṃ katvā visaṃvādessatī』』ti!

Atha kho te bhikkhū hatthakaṃ sakyaputtaṃ anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā hatthakaṃ sakyaputtaṃ paṭipucchi – 『『saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, hatthaka, titthiyehi saddhiṃ sallapanto avajānitvā paṭijānāsi, paṭijānitvā avajānāsi, aññenaññaṃ paṭicarasi, sampajānamusā bhāsasi, saṅketaṃ katvā visaṃvādesī』』ti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, titthiyehi saddhiṃ sallapanto avajānitvā paṭijānissasi, paṭijānitvā avajānissasi, aññenaññaṃ paṭicarissasi, sampajānamusā bhāsissasi, saṅketaṃ katvā visaṃvādessasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

2.『『Sampajānamusāvāde pācittiya』』nti.

3.Sampajānamusāvādo nāma visaṃvādanapurekkhārassa vācā, girā, byappatho, vacībhedo, vācasikā viññatti, aṭṭha anariyavohārā – adiṭṭhaṃ diṭṭhaṃ meti, assutaṃ sutaṃ meti, amutaṃ mutaṃ meti, aviññātaṃ viññātaṃ meti, diṭṭhaṃ adiṭṭhaṃ meti, sutaṃ assutaṃ meti , mutaṃ amutaṃ meti, viññātaṃ aviññātaṃ meti.

Adiṭṭhaṃ nāma na cakkhunā diṭṭhaṃ. Assutaṃ nāma na sotena sutaṃ. Amutaṃ nāma na ghānena ghāyitaṃ, na jivhāya sāyitaṃ, na kāyena phuṭṭhaṃ. Aviññātaṃ nāma na manasā viññātaṃ. Diṭṭhaṃ nāma cakkhunā diṭṭhaṃ. Sutaṃ nāma sotena sutaṃ. Mutaṃ nāma ghānena ghāyitaṃ, jivhāya sāyitaṃ, kāyena phuṭṭhaṃ. Viññātaṃ nāma manasā viññātaṃ.

禮敬世尊、阿羅漢、正等正覺者 律藏 波逸提 波逸提品 妄語品 妄語學處 諸大德，這九十二條波逸提法來誦。 那時，佛世尊住在舍衛城（現今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂）祇樹給孤獨園。當時，釋迦族子哈塔卡好辯論。他與外道交談時，否認后承認，承認后否認，以此遮掩彼，故意說妄語，約定后欺騙。外道們抱怨、批評、指責說："為什麼釋迦族子哈塔卡與我們交談時，否認后承認，承認后否認，以此遮掩彼，故意說妄語，約定后欺騙呢？" 比丘們聽到那些外道抱怨、批評、指責。於是那些比丘走近釋迦族子哈塔卡，走近后對釋迦族子哈塔卡如此說："朋友哈塔卡，據說你與外道交談時，否認后承認，承認后否認，以此遮掩彼，故意說妄語，約定后欺騙，這是真的嗎？""朋友們，這些外道應該用任何方法打敗；不應該給他們勝利。"那些少欲的比丘們抱怨、批評、指責說："為什麼釋迦族子哈塔卡與外道交談時，否認后承認，承認后否認，以此遮掩彼，故意說妄語，約定后欺騙呢？" 於是那些比丘以種種方式呵責釋迦族子哈塔卡后，將此事告訴世尊。然後世尊因此緣由、因此事件召集比丘僧團，詢問釋迦族子哈塔卡："哈塔卡，據說你與外道交談時，否認后承認，承認后否認，以此遮掩彼，故意說妄語，約定后欺騙，這是真的嗎？""是的，世尊。"佛世尊呵責道："愚人，為什麼你與外道交談時，否認后承認，承認后否認，以此遮掩彼，故意說妄語，約定后欺騙呢？愚人，這不能令不信者生信......"如是，諸比丘，你們應當誦此學處： 2."故意妄語者，波逸提。" 3.故意妄語即是爲了欺騙而說的話語、言辭、表達、言說、言語表示，八種非聖言說 - 未見言見，未聞言聞，未覺言覺，未知言知，見言未見，聞言未聞，覺言未覺，知言未知。 未見即未以眼見。未聞即未以耳聞。未覺即未以鼻嗅，未以舌嘗，未以身觸。未知即未以意知。見即以眼見。聞即以耳聞。覺即以鼻嗅，以舌嘗，以身觸。知即以意知。

1. Tīhākārehi 『『adiṭṭhaṃ diṭṭhaṃ me』』ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa – pubbevassa hoti 『『musā bhaṇissa』』nti, bhaṇantassa hoti 『『musā bhaṇāmī』』ti, bhaṇitassa hoti 『『musā mayā bhaṇita』』nti.

Catūhākārehi 『『adiṭṭhaṃ diṭṭhaṃ me』』ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa – pubbevassa hoti 『『musā bhaṇissa』』nti, bhaṇantassa hoti 『『musā bhaṇāmī』』ti, bhaṇitassa hoti 『『musā mayā bhaṇita』』nti, vinidhāya diṭṭhiṃ.

Pañcahākārehi 『『adiṭṭhaṃ diṭṭhaṃ me』』ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa – pubbevassa hoti 『『musā bhaṇissa』』nti, bhaṇantassa hoti 『『musā bhaṇāmī』』ti, bhaṇitassa hoti 『『musā mayā bhaṇita』』nti, vinidhāya diṭṭhiṃ, vinidhāya khantiṃ.

Chahākārehi 『『adiṭṭhaṃ diṭṭhaṃ me』』ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa – pubbevassa hoti 『『musā bhaṇissa』』nti, bhaṇantassa hoti 『『musā bhaṇāmī』』ti, bhaṇitassa hoti 『『musā mayā bhaṇita』』nti , vinidhāya diṭṭhiṃ, vinidhāya khantiṃ, vinidhāya ruciṃ.

Sattahākārehi 『『adiṭṭhaṃ diṭṭhaṃ me』』ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa』』 – pubbevassa hoti 『『musā bhaṇissa』』nti, bhaṇantassa hoti 『『musā bhaṇāmī』』ti, bhaṇitassa hoti 『『musā mayā bhaṇita』』nti, vinidhāya diṭṭhiṃ, vinidhāya khantiṃ, vinidhāya ruciṃ, vinidhāya bhāvaṃ.

1. Tīhākārehi 『『assutaṃ sutaṃ me』』ti…pe… amutaṃ mutaṃ meti…pe… aviññātaṃ viññātaṃ meti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa – pubbevassa hoti 『『musā bhaṇissa』』nti, bhaṇantassa hoti 『『musā bhaṇāmī』』ti, bhaṇitassa hoti 『『musā mayā bhaṇita』』nti.

Catūhākārehi…pe… pañcahākārehi…pe… chahākārehi…pe… sattahākārehi 『『aviññātaṃ viññātaṃ me』』ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa – pubbevassa hoti 『『musā bhaṇissa』』nti, bhaṇantassa hoti 『『musā bhaṇāmī』』ti, bhaṇitassa hoti 『『musā mayā bhaṇitanti, vinidhāya diṭṭhiṃ, vinidhāya khantiṃ, vinidhāya ruciṃ, vinidhāya bhāvaṃ.

1. Tīhākārehi 『『adiṭṭhaṃ diṭṭhañca me sutañcā』』ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe… tīhākārehi 『『adiṭṭhaṃ diṭṭhañca me mutañcā』』ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe… tīhākārehi 『『adiṭṭhaṃ diṭṭhañca me viññātañcā』』ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa …pe… tīhākārehi adiṭṭhaṃ 『『diṭṭhañca me sutañca mutañcā』』ti…pe… tīhākārehi adiṭṭhaṃ 『『diṭṭhañca me sutañca viññātañcā』』ti…pe… tīhākārehi adiṭṭhaṃ 『『diṭṭhañca me sutañca mutañca viññātañcā』』ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe….

Tīhākārehi assutaṃ 『『sutañca me mutañcā』』ti…pe… tīhākārehi assutaṃ 『『sutañca me viññātañcā』』ti…pe… tīhākārehi assutaṃ 『『sutañca me diṭṭhañcā』』ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe… tīhākārehi assutaṃ 『『sutañca me mutañca viññātañcā』』ti…pe… tīhākārehi assutaṃ 『『sutañca me mutañca diṭṭhañcā』』ti…pe… tīhākārehi assutaṃ 『『sutañca me mutañca viññātañca diṭṭhañcā』』ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe….

Tīhākārehi amutaṃ 『『mutañca me viññātañcā』』ti…pe… tīhākārehi amutaṃ 『『mutañca me diṭṭhañcā』』ti…pe… tīhākārehi amutaṃ 『『mutañca me sutañcā』』ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe… tīhākārehi amutaṃ 『『mutañca me viññātañca diṭṭhañcā』』ti…pe… tīhākārehi amutaṃ 『『mutañca me viññātañca sutañcā』』ti…pe… tīhākārehi amutaṃ 『『mutañca me viññātañca diṭṭhañca sutañcā』』ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe….

Tīhākārehi aviññātaṃ 『『viññātañca me diṭṭhañcā』』ti…pe… tīhākārehi aviññātaṃ 『『viññātañca me sutañcā』』ti…pe… tīhākārehi aviññātaṃ 『『viññātañca me mutañcā』』ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe… tīhākārehi aviññātaṃ 『『viññātañca me diṭṭhañca sutañcā』』ti…pe… tīhākārehi aviññātaṃ 『『viññātañca me diṭṭhañca mutañcā』』ti…pe… tīhākārehi aviññātaṃ 『『viññātañca me diṭṭhañca sutañca mutañcā』』ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe….

以三種方式說"我見到未見的"而故意妄語者，犯波逸提罪：之前他想"我將說妄語"，說時他知道"我正在說妄語"，說后他知道"我說了妄語"。 以四種方式說"我見到未見的"而故意妄語者，犯波逸提罪：之前他想"我將說妄語"，說時他知道"我正在說妄語"，說后他知道"我說了妄語"，歪曲見解。 以五種方式說"我見到未見的"而故意妄語者，犯波逸提罪：之前他想"我將說妄語"，說時他知道"我正在說妄語"，說后他知道"我說了妄語"，歪曲見解，歪曲忍受。 以六種方式說"我見到未見的"而故意妄語者，犯波逸提罪：之前他想"我將說妄語"，說時他知道"我正在說妄語"，說后他知道"我說了妄語"，歪曲見解，歪曲忍受，歪曲喜好。 以七種方式說"我見到未見的"而故意妄語者，犯波逸提罪：之前他想"我將說妄語"，說時他知道"我正在說妄語"，說后他知道"我說了妄語"，歪曲見解，歪曲忍受，歪曲喜好，歪曲本性。 以三種方式說"我聽到未聽的"......說"我覺到未覺的"......說"我知道未知的"而故意妄語者，犯波逸提罪：之前他想"我將說妄語"，說時他知道"我正在說妄語"，說后他知道"我說了妄語"。 以四種方式......以五種方式......以六種方式......以七種方式說"我知道未知的"而故意妄語者，犯波逸提罪：之前他想"我將說妄語"，說時他知道"我正在說妄語"，說后他知道"我說了妄語"，歪曲見解，歪曲忍受，歪曲喜好，歪曲本性。 以三種方式說"我見到未見的，也聽到"而故意妄語者，犯波逸提罪......以三種方式說"我見到未見的，也覺到"而故意妄語者，犯波逸提罪......以三種方式說"我見到未見的，也知道"而故意妄語者，犯波逸提罪......以三種方式說"我見到未見的，也聽到，也覺到"......以三種方式說"我見到未見的，也聽到，也知道"......以三種方式說"我見到未見的，也聽到，也覺到，也知道"而故意妄語者，犯波逸提罪...... 以三種方式說"我聽到未聽的，也覺到"......以三種方式說"我聽到未聽的，也知道"......以三種方式說"我聽到未聽的，也見到"而故意妄語者，犯波逸提罪......以三種方式說"我聽到未聽的，也覺到，也知道"......以三種方式說"我聽到未聽的，也覺到，也見到"......以三種方式說"我聽到未聽的，也覺到，也知道，也見到"而故意妄語者，犯波逸提罪...... 以三種方式說"我覺到未覺的，也知道"......以三種方式說"我覺到未覺的，也見到"......以三種方式說"我覺到未覺的，也聽到"而故意妄語者，犯波逸提罪......以三種方式說"我覺到未覺的，也知道，也見到"......以三種方式說"我覺到未覺的，也知道，也聽到"......以三種方式說"我覺到未覺的，也知道，也見到，也聽到"而故意妄語者，犯波逸提罪...... 以三種方式說"我知道未知的，也見到"......以三種方式說"我知道未知的，也聽到"......以三種方式說"我知道未知的，也覺到"而故意妄語者，犯波逸提罪......以三種方式說"我知道未知的，也見到，也聽到"......以三種方式說"我知道未知的，也見到，也覺到"......以三種方式說"我知道未知的，也見到，也聽到，也覺到"而故意妄語者，犯波逸提罪......

1. Tīhākārehi diṭṭhaṃ 『『adiṭṭhaṃ me』』ti…pe… sutaṃ 『『assutaṃ me』』ti…pe… mutaṃ 『『amutaṃ me』』ti…pe… viññātaṃ 『『aviññātaṃ me』』ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe….

2. Tīhākārehi diṭṭhaṃ 『『sutaṃ me』』ti…pe… tīhākārehi diṭṭhaṃ 『『mutaṃ me』』ti…pe… tīhākārehi diṭṭhaṃ 『『viññātaṃ me』』ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe… tīhākārehi diṭṭhaṃ 『『sutañca me mutañcā』』ti…pe… tīhākārehi diṭṭhaṃ 『『sutañca me viññātañcā』』ti…pe… tīhākārehi diṭṭhaṃ 『『sutañca me mutañca viññātañcā』』ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe….

Tīhākārehi sutaṃ 『『mutaṃ me』』ti…pe… tīhākārehi sutaṃ 『『viññātaṃ me』』ti…pe… tīhākārehi sutaṃ 『『diṭṭhaṃ me』』ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe… tīhākārehi sutaṃ 『『mutañca me viññātañcā』』ti…pe… tīhākārehi sutaṃ 『『mutañca me diṭṭhañcā』』ti…pe… tīhākārehi sutaṃ 『『mutañca me viññātañca diṭṭhañcā』』ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe….

Tīhākārehi mutaṃ 『『viññātaṃ me』』ti…pe… tīhākārehi mutaṃ 『『diṭṭhaṃ me』』ti…pe… tīhākārehi mutaṃ 『『sutaṃ me』』ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe… tīhākārehi mutaṃ 『『viññātañca me diṭṭhañcā』』ti…pe… tīhākārehi mutaṃ 『『viññātañca me sutañcā』』ti…pe… tīhākārehi mutaṃ 『『viññātañca me diṭṭhañca sutañcā』』ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe….

Tīhākārehi viññātaṃ 『『diṭṭhaṃ me』』ti…pe… tīhākārehi viññātaṃ 『『sutaṃ me』』ti …pe… tīhākārehi viññātaṃ 『『mutaṃ me』』ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe… tīhākārehi viññātaṃ 『『diṭṭhañca me sutañcā』』ti…pe… tīhākārehi viññātaṃ 『『diṭṭhañca me mutañcā』』ti…pe… tīhākārehi viññātaṃ 『『diṭṭhañca me sutañca mutañcā』』ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe….

1. Tīhākārehi diṭṭhe vematiko diṭṭhaṃ nokappeti, diṭṭhaṃ nassarati , diṭṭhaṃ pamuṭṭho hoti…pe… sute vematiko sutaṃ nokappeti, sutaṃ nassarati, sutaṃ pamuṭṭho hoti…pe… mute vematiko mutaṃ nokappeti, mutaṃ nassarati, mutaṃ pamuṭṭho hoti…pe… viññāte vematiko viññātaṃ nokappeti, viññātaṃ nassarati, viññātaṃ pamuṭṭho hoti… viññātañca me diṭṭhañcāti…pe… viññātaṃ pamuṭṭho hoti viññātañca me sutañcāti…pe… viññātaṃ pamuṭṭho hoti; viññātañca me mutañcāti…pe… viññātaṃ pamuṭṭho hoti; viññātañca me diṭṭhañca sutañcāti…pe… viññātaṃ pamuṭṭho hoti; viññātañca me diṭṭhañca mutañcāti…pe… viññātaṃ pamuṭṭho hoti; viññātañca me diṭṭhañca sutañca mutañcāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

2. Catūhākārehi…pe… pañcahākārehi…pe… chahākārehi…pe… sattahākārehi…pe… viññātaṃ pamuṭṭho hoti, viññātañca me diṭṭhañca sutañca mutañcāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa – pubbevassa hoti 『『musā bhaṇissa』』nti, bhaṇantassa hoti 『『musā bhaṇāmī』』ti, bhaṇitassa hoti 『『musā mayā bhaṇita』』nti, vinidhāya diṭṭhiṃ, vinidhāya khantiṃ, vinidhāya ruciṃ, vinidhāya bhāvaṃ.

3. Anāpatti davā bhaṇati, ravā bhaṇati [davāya bhaṇati, ravāya bhaṇati (syā.)]. 『『Davā bhaṇati nāma sahasā bhaṇati. Ravā bhaṇati nāma 『aññaṃ bhaṇissāmī』ti aññaṃ bhaṇati』』. Ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Musāvādasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ paṭhamaṃ.

1. Omasavādasikkhāpadaṃ

以三種方式說"我未見到所見的"......說"我未聽到所聽的"......說"我未覺到所覺的"......說"我未知道所知的"而故意妄語者，犯波逸提罪...... 以三種方式說"我聽到所見的"......以三種方式說"我覺到所見的"......以三種方式說"我知道所見的"而故意妄語者，犯波逸提罪......以三種方式說"我聽到所見的，也覺到"......以三種方式說"我聽到所見的，也知道"......以三種方式說"我聽到所見的，也覺到，也知道"而故意妄語者，犯波逸提罪...... 以三種方式說"我覺到所聽的"......以三種方式說"我知道所聽的"......以三種方式說"我見到所聽的"而故意妄語者，犯波逸提罪......以三種方式說"我覺到所聽的，也知道"......以三種方式說"我覺到所聽的，也見到"......以三種方式說"我覺到所聽的，也知道，也見到"而故意妄語者，犯波逸提罪...... 以三種方式說"我知道所覺的"......以三種方式說"我見到所覺的"......以三種方式說"我聽到所覺的"而故意妄語者，犯波逸提罪......以三種方式說"我知道所覺的，也見到"......以三種方式說"我知道所覺的，也聽到"......以三種方式說"我知道所覺的，也見到，也聽到"而故意妄語者，犯波逸提罪...... 以三種方式說"我見到所知的"......以三種方式說"我聽到所知的"......以三種方式說"我覺到所知的"而故意妄語者，犯波逸提罪......以三種方式說"我見到所知的，也聽到"......以三種方式說"我見到所知的，也覺到"......以三種方式說"我見到所知的，也聽到，也覺到"而故意妄語者，犯波逸提罪...... 以三種方式對所見產生疑惑，不相信所見，不記得所見，忘記所見......對所聽產生疑惑，不相信所聽，不記得所聽，忘記所聽......對所覺產生疑惑，不相信所覺，不記得所覺，忘記所覺......對所知產生疑惑，不相信所知，不記得所知，忘記所知......"我知道，也見到"......忘記所知；"我知道，也聽到"......忘記所知；"我知道，也覺到"......忘記所知；"我知道，也見到，也聽到"......忘記所知；"我知道，也見到，也覺到"......忘記所知；"我知道，也見到，也聽到，也覺到"而故意妄語者，犯波逸提罪。 以四種方式......以五種方式......以六種方式......以七種方式......忘記所知；"我知道，也見到，也聽到，也覺到"而故意妄語者，犯波逸提罪：之前他想"我將說妄語"，說時他知道"我正在說妄語"，說后他知道"我說了妄語"，歪曲見解，歪曲忍受，歪曲喜好，歪曲本性。 無罪的情況：開玩笑而說，錯說。"開玩笑而說"是指突然說出。"錯說"是指本想說這個卻說成那個。精神錯亂者，初犯者。 妄語學處第一終 辱罵學處

1. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme . Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū pesalehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ bhaṇḍantā [bhaṇḍentā (itipi)] pesale bhikkhū omasanti – jātiyāpi, nāmenapi, gottenapi, kammenapi, sippenapi, ābādhenapi, liṅgenapi, kilesenapi, āpattiyāpi; hīnenapi akkosena khuṃsenti vambhenti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū pesalehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ bhaṇḍantā pesale bhikkhū omasissanti – jātiyāpi, nāmenapi, gottenapi, kammenapi, sippenapi, ābādhenapi, liṅgenapi, kilesenapi, āpattiyāpi; hīnenapi akkosena khuṃsessanti vambhessantī』』ti!

Atha kho te bhikkhū chabbaggiye bhikkhū anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, pesalehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ bhaṇḍantā pesale bhikkhū omasatha – jātiyāpi…pe… hīnenapi akkosena khuṃsetha vambhethāti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, pesalehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ bhaṇḍantā pesale bhikkhū omasissatha – jātiyāpi…pe… hīnenapi akkosena khuṃsessatha vambhessatha ! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi –

1. 『『Bhūtapubbaṃ, bhikkhave, takkasilāyaṃ [takkasīlāyaṃ (ka.)] aññatarassa brāhmaṇassa nandivisālo nāma balībaddo [balivaddo (sī.), balibaddo (syā.)] ahosi. Atha kho, bhikkhave, nandivisālo balībaddo taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ etadavoca – 『『gaccha tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, seṭṭhinā saddhiṃ sahassena abbhutaṃ karohi – mayhaṃ balībaddo sakaṭasataṃ atibaddhaṃ pavaṭṭessatī』』ti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, so brāhmaṇo seṭṭhinā saddhiṃ sahassena abbhutaṃ akāsi – mayhaṃ balībaddo sakaṭasataṃ atibaddhaṃ pavaṭṭessatīti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, so brāhmaṇo sakaṭasataṃ atibandhitvā nandivisālaṃ balībaddaṃ yuñjitvā etadavoca – 『『gaccha, kūṭa [añcha kūṭa (sī. syā.)], vahassu, kūṭā』ti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, nandivisālo balībaddo tattheva aṭṭhāsi. Atha kho, bhikkhave, so brāhmaṇo sahassena parājito pajjhāyi. Atha kho, bhikkhave, nandivisālo balībaddo taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ etadavoca – 『『kissa tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, pajjhāyasī』』ti? 『Tathā hi panāhaṃ, bho, tayā sahassena parājito』』ti. 『Kissa pana maṃ tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, akūṭaṃ kūṭavādena pāpesi? Gaccha tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, seṭṭhinā saddhiṃ dvīhi sahassehi abbhutaṃ karohi – 『『mayhaṃ balībaddo sakaṭasataṃ atibaddhaṃ pavaṭṭessatī』』ti. 『『Mā ca maṃ akūṭaṃ kūṭavādena pāpesī』』ti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, so brāhmaṇo seṭṭhinā saddhiṃ dvīhi sahassehi abbhutaṃ akāsi – 『『mayhaṃ balībaddo sakaṭasataṃ atibaddhaṃ pavaṭṭessatī』』ti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, so brāhmaṇo sakaṭasataṃ atibandhitvā nandivisālaṃ balībaddaṃ yuñjitvā etadavoca – 『『accha, bhadra, vahassu, bhadrā』』ti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, nandivisālo balībaddo sakaṭasataṃ atibaddhaṃ pavaṭṭesi.

[jā. 1.1.28 nandivisālajātakepi, tattha pana manuññasaddo dissati] 『『Manāpameva bhāseyya, nā, manāpaṃ kudācanaṃ;

Manāpaṃ bhāsamānassa, garuṃ bhāraṃ udabbahi;

Dhanañca naṃ alābhesi, tena ca, ttamano ahūti.

『『Tadāpi me, bhikkhave, amanāpā khuṃsanā vambhanā. Kimaṅgaṃ pana etarahi manāpā bhavissati khuṃsanā vambhanā? Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe…. 『『Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

14.『『Omasavāde pācittiya』』nti.

那時，佛世尊住在舍衛城（現今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂）祇樹給孤獨園。當時，六群比丘與善良的比丘們爭吵時辱罵善良的比丘們 - 以出身、名字、姓氏、職業、技能、疾病、性別、煩惱、犯戒；以低劣的辱罵貶低輕視。那些少欲的比丘們抱怨、批評、指責說："為什麼六群比丘與善良的比丘們爭吵時辱罵善良的比丘們 - 以出身、名字、姓氏、職業、技能、疾病、性別、煩惱、犯戒；以低劣的辱罵貶低輕視呢？" 於是那些比丘以種種方式呵責六群比丘后，將此事告訴世尊......"比丘們，據說你們與善良的比丘們爭吵時辱罵善良的比丘們 - 以出身......以低劣的辱罵貶低輕視，這是真的嗎？""是的，世尊。"佛世尊呵責道："愚人，為什麼你們與善良的比丘們爭吵時辱罵善良的比丘們 - 以出身......以低劣的辱罵貶低輕視呢？愚人，這不能令不信者生信......"呵責后......說法后，世尊對比丘們說： "比丘們，從前在塔克西拉（現今巴基斯坦塔克西拉）有一位婆羅門，他有一頭名叫南迪維薩拉的公牛。比丘們，那時南迪維薩拉公牛對那婆羅門說：'婆羅門，你去和富商打賭一千錢 - 我的公牛能拉動一百輛連在一起的車。'於是，比丘們，那婆羅門就和富商打賭一千錢 - 我的公牛能拉動一百輛連在一起的車。然後，比丘們，那婆羅門把一百輛車連在一起，套上南迪維薩拉公牛，對它說：'走，畜生！拉啊，畜生！'比丘們，這時南迪維薩拉公牛就站在那裡不動。比丘們，於是那婆羅門輸了一千錢，很沮喪。比丘們，這時南迪維薩拉公牛對那婆羅門說：'婆羅門，你為什麼沮喪？''因為我被你害得輸了一千錢。''婆羅門，為什麼你用畜生這樣的惡語罵我這不是畜生的？去吧，婆羅門，和富商打賭兩千錢 - 我的公牛能拉動一百輛連在一起的車。但不要用畜生這樣的惡語罵我這不是畜生的。'比丘們，於是那婆羅門就和富商打賭兩千錢 - 我的公牛能拉動一百輛連在一起的車。然後，比丘們，那婆羅門把一百輛車連在一起，套上南迪維薩拉公牛，對它說：'走吧，好傢伙！拉啊，好傢伙！'比丘們，這時南迪維薩拉公牛就拉動了一百輛連在一起的車。 [本生經1.1.28南迪維薩拉本生故事中也有，那裡可以看到悅耳的聲音] '應當只說悅耳的話，不要說不悅耳的話， 對說悅耳話的人，它拉動了沉重的負擔， 為他贏得了財富，因此他心滿意足。' "比丘們，那時對我來說貶低輕視是不悅耳的。何況現在貶低輕視會是悅耳的呢？比丘們，這不能令不信者生信......"比丘們，你們應當如此誦此學處： 14."辱罵者，波逸提。"

15.Omasavādo nāma dasahi ākārehi omasati – jātiyāpi, nāmenapi, gottenapi, kammenapi, sippenapi, ābādhenapi, liṅgenapi, kilesenapi, āpattiyāpi, akkosenapi.

Jāti nāma dve jātiyo – hīnā ca jāti ukkaṭṭhā ca jāti. Hīnā nāma jāti – caṇḍālajāti, venajāti, nesādajāti, rathakārajāti, pukkusajāti. Esā hīnā nāma jāti. Ukkaṭṭhā nāma jāti – khattiyajāti, brāhmaṇajāti. Esā ukkaṭṭhā nāma jāti.

Nāmaṃ nāma dve nāmāni – hīnañca nāmaṃ ukkaṭṭhañca nāmaṃ . Hīnaṃ nāma nāmaṃ – avakaṇṇakaṃ, javakaṇṇakaṃ, dhaniṭṭhakaṃ, saviṭṭhakaṃ, kulavaḍḍhakaṃ, tesu tesu vā pana janapadesu oññātaṃ avaññātaṃ hīḷitaṃ paribhūtaṃ acittīkataṃ, etaṃ hīnaṃ nāma nāmaṃ. Ukkaṭṭhaṃ nāma nāmaṃ – buddhappaṭisaṃyuttaṃ, dhammappaṭisaṃyuttaṃ, saṅghappaṭisaṃyuttaṃ, tesu tesu vā pana janapadesu anoññātaṃ anavaññātaṃ ahīḷitaṃ aparibhūtaṃ cittīkataṃ, etaṃ ukkaṭṭhaṃ nāma nāmaṃ.

Gottaṃ nāma dve gottāni – hīnañca gottaṃ ukkaṭṭhañca gottaṃ. Hīnaṃ nāma gottaṃ – kosiyagottaṃ, bhāradvājagottaṃ, tesu tesu vā pana janapadesu oññātaṃ avaññātaṃ hīḷitaṃ paribhūtaṃ acittīkataṃ, etaṃ hīnaṃ nāma gottaṃ. Ukkaṭṭhaṃ nāma gottaṃ – gotamagottaṃ, moggallānagottaṃ, kaccānagottaṃ, vāsiṭṭhagottaṃ, tesu tesu vā pana janapadesu anoññātaṃ anavaññātaṃ ahīḷitaṃ aparibhūtaṃ cittīkataṃ, etaṃ ukkaṭṭhaṃ nāma gottaṃ.

Kammaṃ nāma dve kammāni – hīnañca kammaṃ ukkaṭṭhañca kammaṃ. Hīnaṃ nāma kammaṃ – koṭṭhakakammaṃ, pupphachaḍḍakakammaṃ, tesu tesu vā pana janapadesu oññātaṃ avaññātaṃ hīḷitaṃ paribhūtaṃ acittīkataṃ, etaṃ hīnaṃ nāma kammaṃ. Ukkaṭṭhaṃ nāma kammaṃ – kasi, vaṇijjā, gorakkhā, tesu tesu vā pana janapadesu anoññātaṃ anavaññātaṃ ahīḷitaṃ aparibhūtaṃ cittīkataṃ. Etaṃ ukkaṭṭhaṃ nāma kammaṃ.

Sippaṃ nāma dve sippāni – hīnañca sippaṃ ukkaṭṭhañca sippaṃ . Hīnaṃ nāma sippaṃ – naḷakārasippaṃ, kumbhakārasippaṃ, pesakārasippaṃ, cammakārasippaṃ, nahāpitasippaṃ, tesu tesu vā pana janapadesu oññātaṃ avaññātaṃ hīḷitaṃ paribhūtaṃ acittīkataṃ. Etaṃ hīnaṃ nāma sippaṃ. Ukkaṭṭhaṃ nāma sippaṃ – muddā, gaṇanā, lekhā, tesu tesu vā pana janapadesu anoññātaṃ anavaññātaṃ ahīḷitaṃ aparibhūtaṃ cittīkataṃ, etaṃ ukkaṭṭhaṃ nāma sippaṃ.

Sabbepi ābādhā hīnā, apica madhumeho ābādho ukkaṭṭho.

Liṅgaṃ nāma dve liṅgāni – hīnañca liṅgaṃ ukkaṭṭhañca liṅgaṃ. Hīnaṃ nāma liṅgaṃ – atidīghaṃ, atirassaṃ, atikaṇhaṃ, accodātaṃ, etaṃ hīnaṃ nāma liṅgaṃ. Ukkaṭṭhaṃ nāma liṅgaṃ – nātidīghaṃ, nātirassaṃ, nātikaṇhaṃ, nāccodātaṃ. Etaṃ ukkaṭṭhaṃ nāma liṅgaṃ.

Sabbepi kilesā hīnā.

Sabbāpi āpattiyo hīnā. Apica, sotāpattisamāpatti ukkaṭṭhā.

Akkoso nāma dve akkosā – hīno ca akkoso ukkaṭṭho ca akkoso. Hīno nāma akkoso – oṭṭhosi, meṇḍosi, goṇosi, gadrabhosi, tiracchānagatosi, nerayikosi; natthi tuyhaṃ sugati, duggati yeva tuyhaṃ pāṭikaṅkhāti, yakārena vā bhakārena vā, kāṭakoṭacikāya vā, eso hīno nāma akkoso. Ukkaṭṭho nāma akkoso – paṇḍitosi, byattosi , medhāvīsi, bahussutosi, dhammakathikosi, natthi tuyhaṃ duggati, sugatiyeva tuyhaṃ pāṭikaṅkhāti, eso ukkaṭṭho nāma akkoso.

辱罵是指以十種方式辱罵：以出身、名字、姓氏、職業、技能、疾病、性別、煩惱、犯戒、辱罵。 出身有兩種：低賤的出身和高貴的出身。低賤的出身是：旃陀羅種、竹匠種、獵人種、車匠種、清道夫種。這些是低賤的出身。高貴的出身是：剎帝利種、婆羅門種。這些是高貴的出身。 名字有兩種：低賤的名字和高貴的名字。低賤的名字是：阿瓦康納卡、賈瓦康納卡、達尼塔卡、薩維塔卡、庫拉瓦達卡，或在各個地方被人知道、輕視、蔑視、鄙視、不受尊重的名字，這些是低賤的名字。高貴的名字是：與佛陀有關的、與法有關的、與僧團有關的，或在各個地方不被人知道、不被輕視、不被蔑視、不被鄙視、受到尊重的名字，這些是高貴的名字。 姓氏有兩種：低賤的姓氏和高貴的姓氏。低賤的姓氏是：拘尸姓、婆羅豆婆阇姓，或在各個地方被人知道、輕視、蔑視、鄙視、不受尊重的姓氏，這些是低賤的姓氏。高貴的姓氏是：喬答摩姓、目犍連姓、迦旃延姓、婆私吒姓，或在各個地方不被人知道、不被輕視、不被蔑視、不被鄙視、受到尊重的姓氏，這些是高貴的姓氏。 職業有兩種：低賤的職業和高貴的職業。低賤的職業是：倉庫管理員、花匠，或在各個地方被人知道、輕視、蔑視、鄙視、不受尊重的職業，這些是低賤的職業。高貴的職業是：農業、商業、牧牛，或在各個地方不被人知道、不被輕視、不被蔑視、不被鄙視、受到尊重的職業，這些是高貴的職業。 技能有兩種：低賤的技能和高貴的技能。低賤的技能是：編籃子的技能、製陶的技能、織布的技能、制皮的技能、理髮的技能，或在各個地方被人知道、輕視、蔑視、鄙視、不受尊重的技能，這些是低賤的技能。高貴的技能是：印章、計算、書寫，或在各個地方不被人知道、不被輕視、不被蔑視、不被鄙視、受到尊重的技能，這些是高貴的技能。 所有疾病都是低賤的，但糖尿病是高貴的疾病。 性別有兩種：低賤的性別和高貴的性別。低賤的性別是：太高、太矮、太黑、太白，這些是低賤的性別。高貴的性別是：不太高、不太矮、不太黑、不太白，這些是高貴的性別。 所有煩惱都是低賤的。 所有犯戒都是低賤的。但預流果是高貴的。 辱罵有兩種：低劣的辱罵和高尚的辱罵。低劣的辱罵是：你是駱駝、你是綿羊、你是牛、你是驢、你是畜生、你是地獄眾生；你沒有善趣，只有惡趣等著你，或用"呀"音、"巴"音、或用粗俗的話，這些是低劣的辱罵。高尚的辱罵是：你是智者、你是聰明人、你是有智慧的、你是多聞的、你是說法者，你沒有惡趣，只有善趣等著你，這些是高尚的辱罵。

1. Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena hīnaṃ vadeti, caṇḍālaṃ venaṃ nesādaṃ rathakāraṃ pukkusaṃ – 『『caṇḍālosi, venosi, nesādosi, rathakārosi, pukkusosī』』ti bhaṇati [vadetīti uddeso. bhaṇatīti vitthāro (vajirabuddhi)], āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, khattiyaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ – 『『caṇḍālosi, venosi, nesādosi, rathakārosi, pukkusosī』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena hīnaṃ vadeti, caṇḍālaṃ venaṃ nesādaṃ rathakāraṃ pukkusaṃ – 『『khattiyosi, brāhmaṇosī』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, khattiyaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ – 『『khattiyosi, brāhmaṇosī』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

1. Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena hīnaṃ vadeti, avakaṇṇakaṃ javakaṇṇakaṃ dhaniṭṭhakaṃ saviṭṭhakaṃ kulavaḍḍhakaṃ – 『『avakaṇṇakosi, javakaṇṇakosi, dhaniṭṭhakosi, saviṭṭhakosi, kulavaḍḍhakosī』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, buddharakkhitaṃ dhammarakkhitaṃ saṅgharakkhitaṃ – 『『avakaṇṇakosi, javakaṇṇakosi, dhaniṭṭhakosi, saviṭṭhakosi, kulavaḍḍhakosī』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena hīnaṃ vadeti, avakaṇṇakaṃ javakaṇṇakaṃ dhaniṭṭhakaṃ saviṭṭhakaṃ kulavaḍḍhakaṃ – 『『buddharakkhitosi, dhammarakkhitosi, saṅgharakkhitosī』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena ukaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, buddharakkhitaṃ dhammarakkhitaṃ saṅgharakkhitaṃ – 『『buddharakkhitosi, dhammarakkhitosi, saṅgharakkhitosī』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

1. Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena hīnaṃ vadeti, kosiyaṃ bhāradvājaṃ – 『『kosiyosi, bhāradvājosī』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, gotamaṃ moggallānaṃ kaccānaṃ vāsiṭṭhaṃ – 『『kosiyosi, bhāradvājosī』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena hīnaṃ vadeti, kosiyaṃ bhāradvājaṃ – 『『gotamosi, moggallānosi, kaccānosi, vāsiṭṭhosī』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, gotamaṃ moggallānaṃ kaccānaṃ vāsiṭṭhaṃ – 『『gotamosi, moggallānosi, kaccānosi, vāsiṭṭhosī』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

1. Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena hīnaṃ vadeti, koṭṭhakaṃ pupphachaḍḍakaṃ – 『『koṭṭhakosi, pupphachaḍḍakosī』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, kassakaṃ vāṇijaṃ gorakkhaṃ – 『『koṭṭhakosi, pupphachaḍḍakosī』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena hīnaṃ vadeti, koṭṭhakaṃ pupphachaḍḍakaṃ – 『『kassakosi, vāṇijosi, gorakkhosī』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, kassakaṃ vāṇijaṃ gorakkhaṃ – 『『kassakosi, vāṇijosi, gorakkhosī』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱另一具足戒者，以低賤的稱呼低賤者，對旃陀羅、竹匠、獵人、車匠、清道夫說："你是旃陀羅、你是竹匠、你是獵人、你是車匠、你是清道夫"，每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱另一具足戒者，以低賤的稱呼高貴者，對剎帝利、婆羅門說："你是旃陀羅、你是竹匠、你是獵人、你是車匠、你是清道夫"，每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱另一具足戒者，以高貴的稱呼低賤者，對旃陀羅、竹匠、獵人、車匠、清道夫說："你是剎帝利、你是婆羅門"，每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱另一具足戒者，以高貴的稱呼高貴者，對剎帝利、婆羅門說："你是剎帝利、你是婆羅門"，每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱另一具足戒者，以低賤的名字稱呼低賤者，對阿瓦康納卡、賈瓦康納卡、達尼塔卡、薩維塔卡、庫拉瓦達卡說："你是阿瓦康納卡、你是賈瓦康納卡、你是達尼塔卡、你是薩維塔卡、你是庫拉瓦達卡"，每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱另一具足戒者，以低賤的名字稱呼高貴者，對佛護、法護、僧護說："你是阿瓦康納卡、你是賈瓦康納卡、你是達尼塔卡、你是薩維塔卡、你是庫拉瓦達卡"，每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱另一具足戒者，以高貴的名字稱呼低賤者，對阿瓦康納卡、賈瓦康納卡、達尼塔卡、薩維塔卡、庫拉瓦達卡說："你是佛護、你是法護、你是僧護"，每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱另一具足戒者，以高貴的名字稱呼高貴者，對佛護、法護、僧護說："你是佛護、你是法護、你是僧護"，每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱另一具足戒者，以低賤的姓氏稱呼低賤者，對拘尸、婆羅豆婆阇說："你是拘尸、你是婆羅豆婆阇"，每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱另一具足戒者，以低賤的姓氏稱呼高貴者，對喬答摩、目犍連、迦旃延、婆私吒說："你是拘尸、你是婆羅豆婆阇"，每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱另一具足戒者，以高貴的姓氏稱呼低賤者，對拘尸、婆羅豆婆阇說："你是喬答摩、你是目犍連、你是迦旃延、你是婆私吒"，每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱另一具足戒者，以高貴的姓氏稱呼高貴者，對喬答摩、目犍連、迦旃延、婆私吒說："你是喬答摩、你是目犍連、你是迦旃延、你是婆私吒"，每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱另一具足戒者，以低賤的職業稱呼低賤者，對倉庫管理員、花匠說："你是倉庫管理員、你是花匠"，每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱另一具足戒者，以低賤的職業稱呼高貴者，對農夫、商人、牧牛人說："你是倉庫管理員、你是花匠"，每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱另一具足戒者，以高貴的職業稱呼低賤者，對倉庫管理員、花匠說："你是農夫、你是商人、你是牧牛人"，每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱另一具足戒者，以高貴的職業稱呼高貴者，對農夫、商人、牧牛人說："你是農夫、你是商人、你是牧牛人"，每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。

1. Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena hīnaṃ vadeti, naḷakāraṃ kumbhakāraṃ pesakāraṃ cammakāraṃ nahāpitaṃ – 『『naḷakārosi, kumbhakārosi, pesakārosi, cammakārosi, nahāpitosī』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, muddikaṃ gaṇakaṃ lekhakaṃ – 『『naḷakārosi, kumbhakārosi, pesakārosi, cammakārosi, nahāpitosī』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena hīnaṃ vadeti, naḷakāraṃ kumbhakāraṃ pesakāraṃ cammakāraṃ nahāpitaṃ – 『『muddikosi, gaṇakosi, lekhakosī』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, muddikaṃ gaṇakaṃ lekhakaṃ – 『『muddikosi, gaṇakosi, lekhakosī』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

1. Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena hīnaṃ vadeti, kuṭṭhikaṃ gaṇḍikaṃ kilāsikaṃ sosikaṃ apamārikaṃ – 『『kuṭṭhikosi, gaṇḍikosi, kilāsikosi, sosikosi, apamārikosī』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, madhumehikaṃ – 『『kuṭṭhikosi, gaṇḍikosi, kilāsikosi, sosikosi, apamārikosī』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena hīnaṃ vadeti, kuṭṭhikaṃ gaṇḍikaṃ kilāsikaṃ sosikaṃ apamārikaṃ – 『『madhumehikosī』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, madhumehikaṃ – 『『madhumehikosī』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

1. Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena hīnaṃ vadeti, atidīghaṃ atirassaṃ atikaṇhaṃ accodātaṃ – 『『atidīghosi, atirassosi, atikaṇhosi, accodātosī』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, nātidīghaṃ nātirassaṃ nātikaṇhaṃ nāccodātaṃ – 『『atidīghosi, atirassosi, atikaṇhosi, accodātosī』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena hīnaṃ vadeti, atidīghaṃ atirassaṃ atikaṇhaṃ accodātaṃ – 『『nātidīghosi, nātirassosi, nātikaṇhosi, nāccodātosī』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, nātidīghaṃ nātirassaṃ nātikaṇhaṃ nāccodātaṃ – 『『nātidīghosi, nātirassosi, nātikaṇhosi, nāccodātosī』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

1. Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena hīnaṃ vadeti, rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṃ dosapariyuṭṭhitaṃ mohapariyuṭṭhitaṃ – 『『rāgapariyuṭṭhitosi, dosapariyuṭṭhitosi, mohapariyuṭṭhitosī』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, vītarāgaṃ vītadosaṃ vītamohaṃ – 『『rāgapariyuṭṭhitosi , dosapariyuṭṭhitosi, mohapariyuṭṭhitosī』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena hīnaṃ vadeti, rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṃ dosapariyuṭṭhitaṃ mohapariyuṭṭhitaṃ – 『『vītarāgosi, vītadososi, vītamohosī』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, vītarāgaṃ vītadosaṃ vītamohaṃ – 『『vītarāgosi, vītadososi, vītamohosī』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱另一具足戒者，以低賤的技能稱呼低賤者，對編籃子的、製陶的、織布的、制皮的、理髮的說："你是編籃子的、你是製陶的、你是織布的、你是制皮的、你是理髮的"，每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱另一具足戒者，以低賤的技能稱呼高貴者，對印章師、計算師、書記說："你是編籃子的、你是製陶的、你是織布的、你是制皮的、你是理髮的"，每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱另一具足戒者，以高貴的技能稱呼低賤者，對編籃子的、製陶的、織布的、制皮的、理髮的說："你是印章師、你是計算師、你是書記"，每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱另一具足戒者，以高貴的技能稱呼高貴者，對印章師、計算師、書記說："你是印章師、你是計算師、你是書記"，每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱另一具足戒者，以低賤的疾病稱呼低賤者，對麻風病人、瘡病人、白癩病人、肺病人、癲癇病人說："你是麻風病人、你是瘡病人、你是白癩病人、你是肺病人、你是癲癇病人"，每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱另一具足戒者，以低賤的疾病稱呼高貴者，對糖尿病人說："你是麻風病人、你是瘡病人、你是白癩病人、你是肺病人、你是癲癇病人"，每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱另一具足戒者，以高貴的疾病稱呼低賤者，對麻風病人、瘡病人、白癩病人、肺病人、癲癇病人說："你是糖尿病人"，每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱另一具足戒者，以高貴的疾病稱呼高貴者，對糖尿病人說："你是糖尿病人"，每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱另一具足戒者，以低賤的性別稱呼低賤者，對太高的、太矮的、太黑的、太白的說："你太高了、你太矮了、你太黑了、你太白了"，每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱另一具足戒者，以低賤的性別稱呼高貴者，對不太高的、不太矮的、不太黑的、不太白的說："你太高了、你太矮了、你太黑了、你太白了"，每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱另一具足戒者，以高貴的性別稱呼低賤者，對太高的、太矮的、太黑的、太白的說："你不太高、你不太矮、你不太黑、你不太白"，每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱另一具足戒者，以高貴的性別稱呼高貴者，對不太高的、不太矮的、不太黑的、不太白的說："你不太高、你不太矮、你不太黑、你不太白"，每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱另一具足戒者，以低賤的煩惱稱呼低賤者，對被貪慾纏繞的、被嗔恨纏繞的、被愚癡纏繞的說："你被貪慾纏繞、你被嗔恨纏繞、你被愚癡纏繞"，每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱另一具足戒者，以低賤的煩惱稱呼高貴者，對離貪的、離嗔的、離癡的說："你被貪慾纏繞、你被嗔恨纏繞、你被愚癡纏繞"，每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱另一具足戒者，以高貴的煩惱稱呼低賤者，對被貪慾纏繞的、被嗔恨纏繞的、被愚癡纏繞的說："你已離貪、你已離嗔、你已離癡"，每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱另一具足戒者，以高貴的煩惱稱呼高貴者，對離貪的、離嗔的、離癡的說

1. Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena hīnaṃ vadeti, pārājikaṃ ajjhāpannaṃ saṅghādisesaṃ ajjhāpannaṃ thullaccayaṃ ajjhāpannaṃ pācittiyaṃ ajjhāpannaṃ pāṭidesanīyaṃ ajjhāpannaṃ dukkaṭaṃ ajjhāpannaṃ dubbhāsitaṃ ajjhāpannaṃ – 『『pārājikaṃ ajjhāpannosi, saṅghādisesaṃ ajjhāpannosi, thullaccayaṃ ajjhāpannosi, pācittiyaṃ ajjhāpannosi, pāṭidesanīyaṃ ajjhāpannosi, dukkaṭaṃ ajjhāpannosi, dubbhāsitaṃ ajjhāpannosī』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, sotāpannaṃ – 『『pārājikaṃ ajjhāpannosi…pe… dubbhāsitaṃ ajjhāpannosī』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena hīnaṃ vadeti, pārājikaṃ ajjhāpannaṃ…pe… dubbhāsitaṃ ajjhāpannaṃ – 『『sotāpannosī』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, sotāpannaṃ – 『『sotāpannosī』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

1. Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena hīnaṃ vadeti, oṭṭhaṃ meṇḍaṃ goṇaṃ gadrabhaṃ tiracchānagataṃ nerayikaṃ – 『『oṭṭhosi, meṇḍosi, goṇosi, gadrabhosi, tiracchānagatosi, nerayikosi, natthi tuyhaṃ sugati, duggati yeva tuyhaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, paṇḍitaṃ byattaṃ medhāvi bahussutaṃ dhammakathikaṃ – 『『oṭṭhosi, meṇḍosi, goṇosi, gadrabhosi, tiracchānagatosi, nerayikosi; natthi tuyhaṃ sugati, duggati yeva tuyhaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena hīnaṃ vadeti, oṭṭhaṃ meṇḍaṃ goṇaṃ gadrabhaṃ tiracchānagataṃ nerayikaṃ – 『『paṇḍitosi, byattosi, medhāvīsi, bahussutosi, dhammakathikosi, natthi tuyhaṃ duggati, sugati yeva tuyhaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, paṇḍitaṃ byattaṃ medhāviṃ bahussutaṃ dhammakathikaṃ – 『『paṇḍitosi, byattosi, medhāvīsi, bahussutosi, dhammakathikosi, natthi tuyhaṃ duggati, sugati yeva tuyhaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

1. Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo evaṃ vadeti, 『『santi idhekacce caṇḍālā venā nesādā rathakārā pukkusā』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo evaṃ vadeti, 『『santi idhekacce khattiyā, brāhmaṇā』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.

具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱另一具足戒者，以低賤的犯戒稱呼低賤者，對犯波羅夷罪的、犯僧殘罪的、犯偷蘭遮罪的、犯波逸提罪的、犯波羅提提舍尼罪的、犯突吉羅罪的、犯惡語罪的說："你犯了波羅夷罪、你犯了僧殘罪、你犯了偷蘭遮罪、你犯了波逸提罪、你犯了波羅提提舍尼罪、你犯了突吉羅罪、你犯了惡語罪"，每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱另一具足戒者，以低賤的犯戒稱呼高貴者，對預流果聖者說："你犯了波羅夷罪......你犯了惡語罪"，每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱另一具足戒者，以高貴的犯戒稱呼低賤者，對犯波羅夷罪的......犯惡語罪的說："你是預流果聖者"，每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱另一具足戒者，以高貴的犯戒稱呼高貴者，對預流果聖者說："你是預流果聖者"，每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱另一具足戒者，以低劣的辱罵稱呼低賤者，對駱駝、綿羊、牛、驢、畜生、地獄眾生說："你是駱駝、你是綿羊、你是牛、你是驢、你是畜生、你是地獄眾生，你沒有善趣，只有惡趣等著你"，每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱另一具足戒者，以低劣的辱罵稱呼高貴者，對智者、聰明人、有智慧的、多聞的、說法者說："你是駱駝、你是綿羊、你是牛、你是驢、你是畜生、你是地獄眾生，你沒有善趣，只有惡趣等著你"，每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱另一具足戒者，以高尚的辱罵稱呼低賤者，對駱駝、綿羊、牛、驢、畜生、地獄眾生說："你是智者、你是聰明人、你是有智慧的、你是多聞的、你是說法者，你沒有惡趣，只有善趣等著你"，每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱另一具足戒者，以高尚的辱罵稱呼高貴者，對智者、聰明人、有智慧的、多聞的、說法者說："你是智者、你是聰明人、你是有智慧的、你是多聞的、你是說法者，你沒有惡趣，只有善趣等著你"，每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱另一具足戒者，這樣說："這裡有一些旃陀羅、竹匠、獵人、車匠、清道夫"，每說一句，犯一突吉羅罪。 具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱另一具足戒者，這樣說："這裡有一些剎帝利、婆羅門"，每說一句，犯一突吉羅罪。

1. Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo evaṃ vadeti, 『『santi idhekacce avakaṇṇakā javakaṇṇakā dhaniṭṭhakā saviṭṭhakā kulavaḍḍhakā』』ti bhaṇati…pe…. 『『Santi idhekacce buddharakkhitā dhammarakkhitā saṅgharakkhitā』』ti bhaṇati …pe…. 『『Santi idhekacce kosiyā bhāradvājā』』ti bhaṇati…pe…. 『『Santi idhekacce gotamā moggallānā kaccānā vāsiṭṭhā』』ti bhaṇati…pe…. 『『Santi idhekacce koṭṭhakā pupphachaḍḍakā』』ti bhaṇati…pe…. 『『Santi idhekacce kassakā vāṇijā gorakkhā』』ti bhaṇati…pe…. 『『Santi idhekacce naḷakārā kumbhakārā pesakārā cammakārā nahāpitā』』ti bhaṇati…pe…. 『『Santi idhekacce muddikā gaṇakā lekhakā』』ti bhaṇati…pe…. 『『Santi idhekacce kuṭṭhikā gaṇḍikā kilāsikā sosikā apamārikā』』ti bhaṇati…pe…. 『『Santi idhekacce madhumehikā』』ti bhaṇati…pe…. 『『Santi idhekacce atidīghā atirassā atikaṇhā accodātā』』ti bhaṇati…pe…. 『『Santi idhekacce nātidīghā nātirassā nātikaṇhā nāccodātā』』ti bhaṇati…pe…. 『『Santi idhekacce rāgapariyuṭṭhitā dosapariyuṭṭhitā mohapariyuṭṭhitā』』ti bhaṇati…pe…. 『『Santi idhekacce vītarāgā vītadosā vītamohā』』ti bhaṇati…pe…. 『『Santi idhekacce pārājikaṃ ajjhāpannā…pe… dubbhāsitaṃ ajjhāpannā』』ti bhaṇati…pe…. 『『Santi idhekacce sotāpannā』』ti bhaṇati…pe…. 『『Santi idhekacce oṭṭhā meṇḍā goṇā gadrabhā tiracchānagatā nerayikā, natthi tesaṃ sugati, duggatiyeva tesaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.

2. Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo evaṃ vadeti, 『『santi idhekacce paṇḍitā byattā, medhāvī bahussutā dhammakathikā, natthi tesaṃ duggati, sugatiyeva tesaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.

3. Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo evaṃ vadeti, 『『ye nūna caṇḍālā venā nesādā rathakārā pukkusā』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa…pe….

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo evaṃ vadeti, 『『ye nūna paṇḍitā byattā medhāvī bahussutā dhammakathikā』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.

1. Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo evaṃ vadeti, 『『na mayaṃ caṇḍālā venā nesādā rathakārā pukkusā』』ti bhaṇati…pe…. 『『Na mayaṃ paṇḍitā byattā medhāvī bahussutā dhammakathikā, natthamhākaṃ duggati, sugatiyeva amhākaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā』』ti bhaṇati. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.

2. Upasampanno anupasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena hīnaṃ vadeti,…pe… hīnena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti…pe… ukkaṭṭhena hīnaṃ vadeti…pe… ukkaṭṭhena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, paṇḍitaṃ byattaṃ medhāviṃ bahussutaṃ dhammakathikaṃ – 『『paṇḍitosi, byattosi, medhāvīsi, bahussutosi, dhammakathikosi, natthi tuyhaṃ duggati, sugatiyeva tuyhaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.

Upasampanno anupasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo evaṃ vadeti, 『『santi idhekacce caṇḍālā venā nesādā rathakārā pukkusā』』ti bhaṇati…pe…. 『『Santi idhekacce paṇḍitā byattā medhāvī bahussutā dhammakathikā, natthi tesaṃ duggati, sugatiyeva tesaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.

Upasampanno anupasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo evaṃ vadeti, 『『ye nūna caṇḍālā venā nesādā rathakārā pukkusā』』ti bhaṇati…pe…. 『『Ye nūna paṇḍitā byattā medhāvī bahussutā dhammakathikā』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.

Upasampanno anupasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo evaṃ vadeti, 『『na mayaṃ caṇḍālā venā nesādā rathakārā pukkusā』』ti bhaṇati…pe…. 『『Na mayaṃ paṇḍitā byattā medhāvī bahussutā dhammakathikā, natthamhākaṃ duggati, sugatiyeva amhākaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā』』ti bhaṇati. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.

具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱另一具足戒者，這樣說："這裡有一些阿瓦康納卡、賈瓦康納卡、達尼塔卡、薩維塔卡、庫拉瓦達卡"......說："這裡有一些佛護、法護、僧護"......說："這裡有一些拘尸、婆羅豆婆阇"......說："這裡有一些喬答摩、目犍連、迦旃延、婆私吒"......說："這裡有一些倉庫管理員、花匠"......說："這裡有一些農夫、商人、牧牛人"......說："這裡有一些編籃子的、製陶的、織布的、制皮的、理髮的"......說："這裡有一些印章師、計算師、書記"......說："這裡有一些麻風病人、瘡病人、白癩病人、肺病人、癲癇病人"......說："這裡有一些糖尿病人"......說："這裡有一些太高的、太矮的、太黑的、太白的"......說："這裡有一些不太高的、不太矮的、不太黑的、不太白的"......說："這裡有一些被貪慾纏繞的、被嗔恨纏繞的、被愚癡纏繞的"......說："這裡有一些離貪的、離嗔的、離癡的"......說："這裡有一些犯波羅夷罪的......犯惡語罪的"......說："這裡有一些預流果聖者"......說："這裡有一些駱駝、綿羊、牛、驢、畜生、地獄眾生，他們沒有善趣，只有惡趣等著他們"，每說一句，犯一突吉羅罪。 具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱另一具足戒者，這樣說："這裡有一些智者、聰明人、有智慧的、多聞的、說法者，他們沒有惡趣，只有善趣等著他們"，每說一句，犯一突吉羅罪。 具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱另一具足戒者，這樣說："那些旃陀羅、竹匠、獵人、車匠、清道夫"，每說一句，犯一突吉羅罪...... 具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱另一具足戒者，這樣說："那些智者、聰明人、有智慧的、多聞的、說法者"，每說一句，犯一突吉羅罪。 具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱另一具足戒者，這樣說："我們不是旃陀羅、竹匠、獵人、車匠、清道夫"......說："我們不是智者、聰明人、有智慧的、多聞的、說法者，我們沒有惡趣，只有善趣等著我們"，每說一句，犯一突吉羅罪。 具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱未具足戒者，以低賤的稱呼低賤者......以低賤的稱呼高貴者......以高貴的稱呼低賤者......以高貴的稱呼高貴者，對智者、聰明人、有智慧的、多聞的、說法者說："你是智者、你是聰明人、你是有智慧的、你是多聞的、你是說法者，你沒有惡趣，只有善趣等著你"，每說一句，犯一突吉羅罪。 具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱未具足戒者，這樣說："這裡有一些旃陀羅、竹匠、獵人、車匠、清道夫"......說："這裡有一些智者、聰明人、有智慧的、多聞的、說法者，他們沒有惡趣，只有善趣等著他們"，每說一句，犯一突吉羅罪。 具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱未具足戒者，這樣說："那些旃陀羅、竹匠、獵人、車匠、清道夫"......說："那些智者、聰明人、有智慧的、多聞的、說法者"，每說一句，犯一突吉羅罪。 具足戒者想要貶低、輕視、羞辱未具足戒者，這樣說："我們不是旃陀羅、竹匠、獵人、車匠、清道夫"......說："我們不是智者、聰明人、有智慧的、多聞的、說法者，我們沒有惡趣，只有善趣等著我們"，每說一句，犯一突吉羅罪。

1. Upasampanno upasampannaṃ na khuṃsetukāmo na vambhetukāmo na maṅkukattukāmo, davakamyatā hīnena hīnaṃ vadeti, caṇḍālaṃ venaṃ nesādaṃ rathakāraṃ pukkusaṃ – 『『caṇḍālosi, venosi, nesādosi, rathakārosi , pukkusosī』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dubbhāsitassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ na khuṃsetukāmo na vambhetukāmo na maṅkukattukāmo, davakamyatā hīnena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, khattiyaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ – 『『caṇḍālosi, venosi, nesādosi, rathakārosi, pukkusosī』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dubbhāsitassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ na khuṃsetukāmo na vambhetukāmo na maṅkukattukāmo, davakamyatā ukkaṭṭhena hīnaṃ vadeti, caṇḍālaṃ venaṃ nesādaṃ rathakāraṃ pukkusaṃ – 『『khattiyosi, brāhmaṇosī』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dubbhāsitassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ na khuṃsetukāmo na vambhetukāmo na maṅkukattukāmo, davakamyatā ukkaṭṭhena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, khattiyaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ – 『『khattiyosi, brāhmaṇosī』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dubbhāsitassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ na khuṃsetukāmo na vambhetukāmo na maṅkukattukāmo, davakamyatā hīnena hīnaṃ vadeti…pe… hīnena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti…pe… ukkaṭṭhena hīnaṃ vadeti…pe… ukkaṭṭhena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, paṇḍitaṃ byattaṃ medhāviṃ bahussutaṃ dhammakathikaṃ – 『『paṇḍitosi, byattosi, medhāvīsi, bahussutosi, dhammakathikosi, natthi tuyhaṃ duggati, sugati yeva tuyhaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dubbhāsitassa.

1. Upasampanno upasampannaṃ na khuṃsetukāmo na vambhetukāmo na maṅkukattukāmo, davakamyatā evaṃ vadeti, 『『santi idhekacce caṇḍālā venā nesādā rathakārā pukkusā』』ti bhaṇati…pe…. 『『Santi idhekacce paṇḍitā byattā medhāvī bahussutā dhammakathikā, natthi tesaṃ duggati, sugati yeva tesaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dubbhāsitassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ na khuṃsetukāmo na vambhetukāmo na maṅkukattukāmo, davakamyatā evaṃ vadeti, 『『ye nūna caṇḍālā venā nesādā rathakārā pukkusā』』ti bhaṇati…pe…. 『『Ye nūna paṇḍitā byattā medhāvī bahussutā dhammakathikā』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dubbhāsitassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ na khuṃsetukāmo na vambhetukāmo na maṅkukattukāmo, davakamyatā evaṃ vadeti, 『『na mayaṃ caṇḍālā venā nesādā rathakārā pukkusā』』ti bhaṇati…pe…. 『『Na mayaṃ paṇḍitā byattā medhāvī bahussutā dhammakathikā, natthamhākaṃ duggati, sugatiyeva amhākaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā』』ti bhaṇati. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya dubbhāsitassa.

1. Upasampanno anupasampannaṃ na khuṃsetukāmo na vambhetukāmo na maṅkukattukāmo, davakamyatā hīnena hīnaṃ vadeti…pe… hīnena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti…pe… ukkaṭṭhena hīnaṃ vadeti…pe… ukkaṭṭhena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, paṇḍitaṃ byattaṃ medhāviṃ bahussutaṃ dhammakathikaṃ – 『『paṇḍitosi , byattosi, medhāvīsi, bahussutosi dhammakathikosi, natthi tuyhaṃ duggati; sugati yeva tuyhaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dubbhāsitassa.

Upasampanno anupasampannaṃ na khuṃsetukāmo na vambhetukāmo na maṅkukattukāmo, davakamyatā evaṃ vadeti, 『『santi idhekacce caṇḍālā venā nesādā rathakārā pukkusā』』ti bhaṇati…pe…. 『『Santi idhekacce paṇḍitā byattā medhāvī bahussutā dhammakathikā, natthi tesaṃ duggati, sugati yeva tesaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dubbhāsitassa.

Upasampanno anupasampannaṃ na khuṃsetukāmo na vambhetukāmo na maṅkukattukāmo, davakamyatā evaṃ vadeti, 『『ye nūna caṇḍālā venā nesādā rathakārā pukkusā』』ti bhaṇati…pe…. 『『Ye nūna paṇḍitā byattā medhāvī bahussutā dhammakathikā』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dubbhāsitassa.

Upasampanno anupasampannaṃ na khuṃsetukāmo na vambhetukāmo na maṅkukattukāmo, davakamyatā evaṃ vadeti, 『『na mayaṃ caṇḍālā venā nesādā rathakārā pukkusā』』ti bhaṇati…pe…. 『『Na mayaṃ paṇḍitā byattā medhāvī bahussutā dhammakathikā, natthamhākaṃ duggati, sugati yeva amhākaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dubbhāsitassa.

具足戒者不想貶低、不想輕視、不想羞辱另一具足戒者，但出於開玩笑的心態，以低賤的稱呼低賤者，對旃陀羅、竹匠、獵人、車匠、清道夫說："你是旃陀羅、你是竹匠、你是獵人、你是車匠、你是清道夫"，每說一句，犯一惡語罪。 具足戒者不想貶低、不想輕視、不想羞辱另一具足戒者，但出於開玩笑的心態，以低賤的稱呼高貴者，對剎帝利、婆羅門說："你是旃陀羅、你是竹匠、你是獵人、你是車匠、你是清道夫"，每說一句，犯一惡語罪。 具足戒者不想貶低、不想輕視、不想羞辱另一具足戒者，但出於開玩笑的心態，以高貴的稱呼低賤者，對旃陀羅、竹匠、獵人、車匠、清道夫說："你是剎帝利、你是婆羅門"，每說一句，犯一惡語罪。 具足戒者不想貶低、不想輕視、不想羞辱另一具足戒者，但出於開玩笑的心態，以高貴的稱呼高貴者，對剎帝利、婆羅門說："你是剎帝利、你是婆羅門"，每說一句，犯一惡語罪。 具足戒者不想貶低、不想輕視、不想羞辱另一具足戒者，但出於開玩笑的心態，以低賤的稱呼低賤者......以低賤的稱呼高貴者......以高貴的稱呼低賤者......以高貴的稱呼高貴者，對智者、聰明人、有智慧的、多聞的、說法者說："你是智者、你是聰明人、你是有智慧的、你是多聞的、你是說法者，你沒有惡趣，只有善趣等著你"，每說一句，犯一惡語罪。 具足戒者不想貶低、不想輕視、不想羞辱另一具足戒者，但出於開玩笑的心態，這樣說："這裡有一些旃陀羅、竹匠、獵人、車匠、清道夫"......說："這裡有一些智者、聰明人、有智慧的、多聞的、說法者，他們沒有惡趣，只有善趣等著他們"，每說一句，犯一惡語罪。 具足戒者不想貶低、不想輕視、不想羞辱另一具足戒者，但出於開玩笑的心態，這樣說："那些旃陀羅、竹匠、獵人、車匠、清道夫"......說："那些智者、聰明人、有智慧的、多聞的、說法者"，每說一句，犯一惡語罪。 具足戒者不想貶低、不想輕視、不想羞辱另一具足戒者，但出於開玩笑的心態，這樣說："我們不是旃陀羅、竹匠、獵人、車匠、清道夫"......說："我們不是智者、聰明人、有智慧的、多聞的、說法者，我們沒有惡趣，只有善趣等著我們"，每說一句，犯一惡語罪。 具足戒者不想貶低、不想輕視、不想羞辱未具足戒者，但出於開玩笑的心態，以低賤的稱呼低賤者......以低賤的稱呼高貴者......以高貴的稱呼低賤者......以高貴的稱呼高貴者，對智者、聰明人、有智慧的、多聞的、說法者說："你是智者、你是聰明人、你是有智慧的、你是多聞的、你是說法者，你沒有惡趣，只有善趣等著你"，每說一句，犯一惡語罪。 具足戒者不想貶低、不想輕視、不想羞辱未具足戒者，但出於開玩笑的心態，這樣說："這裡有一些旃陀羅、竹匠、獵人、車匠、清道夫"......說："這裡有一些智者、聰明人、有智慧的、多聞的、說法者，他們沒有惡趣，只有善趣等著他們"，每說一句，犯一惡語罪。 具足戒者不想貶低、不想輕視、不想羞辱未具足戒者，但出於開玩笑的心態，這樣說："那些旃陀羅、竹匠、獵人、車匠、清道夫"......說："那些智者、聰明人、有智慧的、多聞的、說法者"，每說一句，犯一惡語罪。 具足戒者不想貶低、不想輕視、不想羞辱未具足戒者，但出於開玩笑的心態，這樣說："我們不是旃陀羅、竹匠、獵人、車匠、清道夫"......說："我們不是智者、聰明人、有智慧的、多聞的、說法者，我們沒有惡趣，只有善趣等著我們"，每說一句，犯一惡語罪。

1. Anāpatti atthapurekkhārassa, dhammapurekkhārassa, anusāsanipurekkhārassa, ummattakassa, khittacittassa, vedanāṭṭassa, ādikammikassāti.

Omasavādasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dutiyaṃ.

1. Pesuññasikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhūnaṃ bhaṇḍanajātānaṃ kalahajātānaṃ vivādāpannānaṃ pesuññaṃ upasaṃharanti; imassa sutvā amussa akkhāyanti, imassa bhedāya; amussa sutvā imassa akkhāyanti, amussa bhedāya. Tena anuppannāni ceva bhaṇḍanāni uppajjanti, uppannāni ca bhaṇḍanāni bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattanti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhūnaṃ bhaṇḍanajātānaṃ kalahajātānaṃ vivādāpannānaṃ pesuññaṃ upasaṃharissanti, imassa sutvā amussa akkhāyissanti, imassa bhedāya; amussa sutvā imassa akkhāyissanti, amussa bhedāya! Tena anuppannāni ceva bhaṇḍanāni uppajjanti, uppannāni ca bhaṇḍanāni bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattantī』』ti. Atha kho te bhikkhū chabbaggiye bhikkhū anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… 『『saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ bhaṇḍanajātānaṃ kalahajātānaṃ vivādāpannānaṃ pesuññaṃ upasaṃharatha, imassa sutvā amussa akkhāyatha, imassa bhedāya, amussa sutvā imassa akkhāyatha, amussa bhedāya? Tena anuppannāni ceva bhaṇḍanāni uppajjanti, uppannāni ca bhaṇḍanāni bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattantī』』ti? 『『Saccaṃ , bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, bhikkhūnaṃ bhaṇḍanajātānaṃ kalahajātānaṃ vivādāpannānaṃ pesuññaṃ upasaṃharissatha! Imassa sutvā amussa akkhāyissatha, imassa bhedāya! Amussa sutvā imassa akkhāyissatha, amussa bhedāya! Tena anuppannāni ceva bhaṇḍanāni uppajjanti, uppannāni ca bhaṇḍanāni bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattanti. Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya. Pasannānaṃ vā bhiyyobhāvāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

37.『『Bhikkhupesuññe pācittiya』』nti.

38.Pesuññaṃ nāma dvīhākārehi pesuññaṃ hoti – piyakamyassa vā bhedādhippāyassa vā. Dasahākārehi pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – jātitopi, nāmatopi, gottatopi, kammatopi, sippatopi, ābādhatopi, liṅgatopi, kilesatopi, āpattitopi, akkosatopi.

Jāti nāma dve jātiyo – hīnā ca jāti ukkaṭṭhā ca jāti. Hīnā nāma jāti – caṇḍālajāti venajāti nesādajāti rathakārajāti pukkusajāti . Esā hīnā nāma jāti. Ukkaṭṭhā nāma jāti – khattiyajāti brāhmaṇajāti. Esā ukkaṭṭhā nāma jāti…pe….

Akkoso nāma dve akkosā – hīno ca akkoso ukkaṭṭho ca akkoso. Hīno nāma akkoso – oṭṭhosi, meṇḍosi, goṇosi, gadrabhosi, tiracchānagatosi, nerayikosi; natthi tuyhaṃ sugati; duggati yeva tuyhaṃ pāṭikaṅkhāti, yakārena vā bhakārena vā kāṭakoṭacikāya vā. Eso hīno nāma akkoso. Ukkaṭṭho nāma akkoso – paṇḍitosi, byattosi, medhāvīsi, bahussutosi, dhammakathikosi; natthi tuyhaṃ duggati; sugati yeva tuyhaṃ pāṭikaṅkhāti. Eso ukkaṭṭho nāma akkoso.

不犯的情況：爲了利益而說，爲了法而說，爲了教導而說，精神錯亂者，心亂者，痛苦折磨者，最初犯戒者。 第二條辱罵學處已結束。 離間語學處 那時，佛陀住在舍衛城（現今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂）祇樹給孤獨園。當時，六群比丘對已經爭吵、鬥爭、爭論的比丘們進行離間語；聽了這個人的話就告訴那個人，爲了分裂這個人；聽了那個人的話就告訴這個人，爲了分裂那個人。因此，未生的爭端就生起了，已生的爭端就更加擴大增長。那些少欲的比丘們......抱怨、批評、指責說："為什麼六群比丘對已經爭吵、鬥爭、爭論的比丘們進行離間語；聽了這個人的話就告訴那個人，爲了分裂這個人；聽了那個人的話就告訴這個人，爲了分裂那個人！因此，未生的爭端就生起了，已生的爭端就更加擴大增長。"於是那些比丘以各種方式呵責六群比丘后，把這件事告訴了世尊......（世尊說）："比丘們，你們真的對已經爭吵、鬥爭、爭論的比丘們進行離間語，聽了這個人的話就告訴那個人，爲了分裂這個人；聽了那個人的話就告訴這個人，爲了分裂那個人嗎？因此，未生的爭端就生起了，已生的爭端就更加擴大增長嗎？""是的，世尊。"佛陀呵責道......："為什麼你們這些愚人，要對已經爭吵、鬥爭、爭論的比丘們進行離間語！聽了這個人的話就告訴那個人，爲了分裂這個人！聽了那個人的話就告訴這個人，爲了分裂那個人！因此，未生的爭端就生起了，已生的爭端就更加擴大增長。愚人們，這不會使不信者生信，也不會使已信者增長信心......"於是，比丘們，你們應當如此宣說這條學處： "比丘進行離間語者，波逸提。" 離間語是指以兩種方式進行離間語：爲了討好或爲了分裂。以十種方式進行離間語：以出身、名字、姓氏、職業、技能、疾病、性別、煩惱、犯戒、辱罵。 出身有兩種：低賤的出身和高貴的出身。低賤的出身是：旃陀羅種、竹匠種、獵人種、車匠種、清道夫種。這些是低賤的出身。高貴的出身是：剎帝利種、婆羅門種。這些是高貴的出身...... 辱罵有兩種：低劣的辱罵和高尚的辱罵。低劣的辱罵是：你是駱駝、你是綿羊、你是牛、你是驢、你是畜生、你是地獄眾生；你沒有善趣，只有惡趣等著你，或用"呀"音、"巴"音、或用粗俗的話。這些是低劣的辱罵。高尚的辱罵是：你是智者、你是聰明人、你是有智慧的、你是多聞的、你是說法者；你沒有惡趣，只有善趣等著你。這些是高尚的辱罵。

1. Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – 『『itthannāmo taṃ 『caṇḍālo veno nesādo rathakāro pukkuso』ti bhaṇatī』』ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – 『『itthannāmo taṃ 『khattiyo brāhmaṇo』ti bhaṇatī』』ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – 『『itthannāmo taṃ 『avakaṇṇako javakaṇṇako dhaniṭṭhako saviṭṭhako kulavaḍḍhako』ti bhaṇatī』』ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – 『『itthannāmo taṃ 『buddharakkhito dhammarakkhito saṅgharakkhito』ti bhaṇatī』』ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – 『『itthannāmo taṃ 『kosiyo bhāradvājo』ti bhaṇatī』』ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – 『『itthannāmo taṃ 『gotamo moggallāno kaccāno vāsiṭṭho』ti bhaṇatī』』ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – 『『itthannāmo taṃ 『koṭṭhako pupphachaḍḍako』ti bhaṇatī』』ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – 『『itthannāmo taṃ 『kassako vāṇijo gorakkho』ti bhaṇatī』』ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – 『『itthannāmo taṃ 『naḷakāro kumbhakāro pesakāro cammakāro nahāpito』ti bhaṇatī』』ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – 『『itthannāmo taṃ 『muddiko gaṇako lekhako』ti bhaṇatī』』ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

1. Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – 『『itthannāmo taṃ 『kuṭṭhiko gaṇḍiko kilāsiko sosiko apamāriko』ti bhaṇatī』』ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – 『『itthannāmo taṃ 『madhumehiko』ti bhaṇatī』』ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – 『『itthannāmo taṃ 『atidīgho atirasso atikaṇho accodāto』ti bhaṇatī』』ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – 『『itthannāmo taṃ 『nātidīgho nātirasso nātikaṇho nāccodāto』ti bhaṇatī』』ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – 『『itthannāmo taṃ 『rāgapariyuṭṭhito dosapariyuṭṭhito mohapariyuṭṭhito』ti bhaṇatī』』ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – 『『itthannāmo taṃ 『vītarāgo vītadoso vītamoho』ti bhaṇatī』』ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – 『『itthannāmo taṃ 『pārājikaṃ ajjhāpanno, saṅghādisesaṃ ajjhāpanno, thullaccayaṃ ajjhāpanno, pācittiyaṃ ajjhāpanno , pāṭidesanīyaṃ ajjhāpanno, dukkaṭaṃ ajjhāpanno, dubbhāsitaṃ ajjhāpanno』ti bhaṇatī』』ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – 『『itthannāmo taṃ 『sotāpanno』ti bhaṇatī』』ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – 『『itthannāmo taṃ 『oṭṭho meṇḍo goṇo gadrabho tiracchānagato nerayiko, natthi tassa sugati, duggatiyeva tassa pāṭikaṅkhā』ti bhaṇatī』』ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – 『『itthannāmo taṃ 『paṇḍito byatto medhāvī bahussuto dhammakathiko, natthi tassa duggati, sugati yeva tassa pāṭikaṅkhā』ti bhaṇatī』』ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

具足戒者聽了具足戒者的話后，向另一具足戒者進行離間語："某某人說你是'旃陀羅、竹匠、獵人、車匠、清道夫'"。每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者聽了具足戒者的話后，向另一具足戒者進行離間語："某某人說你是'剎帝利、婆羅門'"。每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者聽了具足戒者的話后，向另一具足戒者進行離間語："某某人說你是'阿瓦康納卡、賈瓦康納卡、達尼塔卡、薩維塔卡、庫拉瓦達卡'"。每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者聽了具足戒者的話后，向另一具足戒者進行離間語："某某人說你是'佛護、法護、僧護'"。每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者聽了具足戒者的話后，向另一具足戒者進行離間語："某某人說你是'拘尸、婆羅豆婆阇'"。每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者聽了具足戒者的話后，向另一具足戒者進行離間語："某某人說你是'喬答摩、目犍連、迦旃延、婆私吒'"。每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者聽了具足戒者的話后，向另一具足戒者進行離間語："某某人說你是'倉庫管理員、花匠'"。每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者聽了具足戒者的話后，向另一具足戒者進行離間語："某某人說你是'農夫、商人、牧牛人'"。每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者聽了具足戒者的話后，向另一具足戒者進行離間語："某某人說你是'編籃子的、製陶的、織布的、制皮的、理髮的'"。每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者聽了具足戒者的話后，向另一具足戒者進行離間語："某某人說你是'印章師、計算師、書記'"。每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者聽了具足戒者的話后，向另一具足戒者進行離間語："某某人說你是'麻風病人、瘡病人、白癩病人、肺病人、癲癇病人'"。每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者聽了具足戒者的話后，向另一具足戒者進行離間語："某某人說你是'糖尿病人'"。每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者聽了具足戒者的話后，向另一具足戒者進行離間語："某某人說你'太高了、太矮了、太黑了、太白了'"。每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者聽了具足戒者的話后，向另一具足戒者進行離間語："某某人說你'不太高、不太矮、不太黑、不太白'"。每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者聽了具足戒者的話后，向另一具足戒者進行離間語："某某人說你'被貪慾纏繞、被嗔恨纏繞、被愚癡纏繞'"。每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者聽了具足戒者的話后，向另一具足戒者進行離間語："某某人說你'已離貪、已離嗔、已離癡'"。每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者聽了具足戒者的話后，向另一具足戒者進行離間語："某某人說你'犯了波羅夷罪、犯了僧殘罪、犯了偷蘭遮罪、犯了波逸提罪、犯了波羅提提舍尼罪、犯了突吉羅罪、犯了惡語罪'"。每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者聽了具足戒者的話后，向另一具足戒者進行離間語："某某人說你是'預流果聖者'"。每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者聽了具足戒者的話后，向另一具足戒者進行離間語："某某人說你是'駱駝、綿羊、牛、驢、畜生、地獄眾生，你沒有善趣，只有惡趣等著你'"。每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者聽了具足戒者的話后，向另一具足戒者進行離間語："某某人說你是'智者、聰明人、有智慧的、多聞的、說法者，你沒有惡趣，只有善趣等著你'"。每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。

1. Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – 『『itthannāmo 『santi idhekacce caṇḍālā venā nesādā rathakārā, pukkusā』ti bhaṇati, na so aññaṃ bhaṇati, taññeva bhaṇatī』』ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – 『『itthannāmo 『santi idhekacce khattiyā brāhmaṇā』ti bhaṇati, na so aññaṃ bhaṇati, taññeva bhaṇatī』ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa…pe….

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – 『『itthannāmo 『santi idhekacce paṇḍitā byattā medhāvī bahussutā dhammakathikā, natthi tesaṃ duggati, sugati yeva tesaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā』ti bhaṇati, na so aññaṃ bhaṇati, taññeva bhaṇatī』』ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – 『『itthannāmo 『ye nūna caṇḍālā venā nesādā rathakārā pukkusā』ti bhaṇati, na so aññaṃ bhaṇati, taññeva bhaṇatī』』ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – 『『itthannāmo 『ye nūna paṇḍitā byattā medhāvī bahussutā dhammakathikā』ti bhaṇati, na so aññaṃ bhaṇati, taññeva bhaṇatī』』ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – 『『itthannāmo 『na mayaṃ caṇḍālā venā nesādā rathakārā pukkusā』ti bhaṇati, na so aññaṃ bhaṇati, taññeva bhaṇatī』』ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – 『『itthannāmo 『na mayaṃ paṇḍitā byattā medhāvī bahussutā dhammakathikā, natthamhākaṃ duggati, sugati yeva amhākaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā』ti bhaṇati, na so aññaṃ bhaṇati, taññeva bhaṇatī』』ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.

1. Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati; āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā anupasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Upasampanno anupasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Upasampanno anupasampannassa sutvā anupasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1. Anāpatti napiyakamyassa, nabhedādhippāyassa, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Pesuññasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ tatiyaṃ.

1. Padasodhammasikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū upāsake padaso dhammaṃ vācenti. Upāsakā bhikkhūsu agāravā appatissā asabhāgavuttikā viharanti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū upāsake padaso dhammaṃ vācessanti! Upāsakā bhikkhūsu agāravā appatissā asabhāgavuttikā viharantī』』ti. Atha kho te bhikkhū chabbaggiye bhikkhū anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… 『『saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, upāsake padaso dhammaṃ vācetha; upāsakā bhikkhūsu agāravā appatissā asabhāgavuttikā viharantī』』ti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, upāsake padaso dhammaṃ vācessatha! Upāsakā bhikkhūsu agāravā appatissā asabhāgavuttikā viharanti! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya pasannānaṃ vā bhiyyobhāvāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

45.『『Yo pana bhikkhu anupasampannaṃ padaso dhammaṃ vāceyya pācittiya』』nti.

具足戒者聽了具足戒者的話后，向另一具足戒者進行離間語："某某人說'這裡有一些旃陀羅、竹匠、獵人、車匠、清道夫'，他不說別的，就是這麼說的"。每說一句，犯一突吉羅罪。 具足戒者聽了具足戒者的話后，向另一具足戒者進行離間語："某某人說'這裡有一些剎帝利、婆羅門'，他不說別的，就是這麼說的"。每說一句，犯一突吉羅罪...... 具足戒者聽了具足戒者的話后，向另一具足戒者進行離間語："某某人說'這裡有一些智者、聰明人、有智慧的、多聞的、說法者，他們沒有惡趣，只有善趣等著他們'，他不說別的，就是這麼說的"。每說一句，犯一突吉羅罪。 具足戒者聽了具足戒者的話后，向另一具足戒者進行離間語："某某人說'那些旃陀羅、竹匠、獵人、車匠、清道夫'，他不說別的，就是這麼說的"。每說一句，犯一突吉羅罪。 具足戒者聽了具足戒者的話后，向另一具足戒者進行離間語："某某人說'那些智者、聰明人、有智慧的、多聞的、說法者'，他不說別的，就是這麼說的"。每說一句，犯一突吉羅罪。 具足戒者聽了具足戒者的話后，向另一具足戒者進行離間語："某某人說'我們不是旃陀羅、竹匠、獵人、車匠、清道夫'，他不說別的，就是這麼說的"。每說一句，犯一突吉羅罪。 具足戒者聽了具足戒者的話后，向另一具足戒者進行離間語："某某人說'我們不是智者、聰明人、有智慧的、多聞的、說法者，我們沒有惡趣，只有善趣等著我們'，他不說別的，就是這麼說的"。每說一句，犯一突吉羅罪。 具足戒者聽了具足戒者的話后，向另一具足戒者進行離間語，每說一句，犯一波逸提罪。 具足戒者聽了具足戒者的話后，向未具足戒者進行離間語，犯突吉羅罪。 具足戒者聽了未具足戒者的話后，向具足戒者進行離間語，犯突吉羅罪。 具足戒者聽了未具足戒者的話后，向未具足戒者進行離間語，犯突吉羅罪。 不犯的情況：不是爲了討好，不是爲了分裂，精神錯亂者，最初犯戒者。 第三條離間語學處已結束。 逐句教法學處 那時，佛陀住在舍衛城（現今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂）祇樹給孤獨園。當時，六群比丘逐句教導優婆塞法。優婆塞們對比丘不恭敬、不順從、不和睦相處。那些少欲的比丘們......抱怨、批評、指責說："為什麼六群比丘要逐句教導優婆塞法！優婆塞們對比丘不恭敬、不順從、不和睦相處。"於是那些比丘以各種方式呵責六群比丘后，把這件事告訴了世尊......（世尊說）："比丘們，你們真的逐句教導優婆塞法嗎？優婆塞們對比丘不恭敬、不順從、不和睦相處嗎？""是的，世尊。"佛陀呵責道......"為什麼你們這些愚人，要逐句教導優婆塞法！優婆塞們對比丘不恭敬、不順從、不和睦相處。愚人們，這不會使不信者生信，也不會使已信者增長信心......"於是，比丘們，你們應當如此宣說這條學處： "若比丘逐句教導未具足戒者法，波逸提。"

46.Yopanāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Anupasampanno nāma bhikkhuñca bhikkhuniñca ṭhapetvā avaseso anupasampanno nāma.

Padaso nāma padaṃ, anupadaṃ, anvakkharaṃ, anubyañjanaṃ.

Padaṃ nāma ekato paṭṭhapetvā ekato osāpenti. Anupadaṃ nāma pāṭekkaṃ paṭṭhapetvā ekato osāpenti. Anvakkharaṃ nāma 『『rūpaṃ anicca』』nti vuccamāno, 『『ru』』nti opāteti. Anubyañjanaṃ nāma 『『rūpaṃ anicca』』nti vuccamāno, 『『vedanā aniccā』』ti saddaṃ nicchāreti.

Yañca padaṃ, yañca anupadaṃ, yañca anvakkharaṃ, yañca anubyañjanaṃ – sabbametaṃ padaso [padaso dhammo (itipi)] nāma.

Dhammo nāma buddhabhāsito, sāvakabhāsito, isibhāsito, devatābhāsito, atthūpasañhito, dhammūpasañhito.

Vāceyyāti padena vāceti, pade pade āpatti pācittiyassa. Akkharāya vāceti, akkharakkharāya āpatti pācittiyassa.

1. Anupasampanne anupasampannasaññī padaso dhammaṃ vāceti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anupasampanne vematiko padaso dhammaṃ vāceti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anupasampanne upasampannasaññī padaso dhammaṃ vāceti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Upasampanne anupasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Upasampanne vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Upasampanne upasampannasaññī, anāpatti.

1. Anāpatti ekato uddisāpento, ekato sajjhāyaṃ karonto , yebhuyyena paguṇaṃ ganthaṃ bhaṇantaṃ opāteti, osārentaṃ opāteti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Padasodhammasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ catutthaṃ.

1. Sahaseyyasikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā āḷaviyaṃ viharati aggāḷave cetiye. Tena kho pana samayena upāsakā ārāmaṃ āgacchanti dhammassavanāya. Dhamme bhāsite therā bhikkhū yathāvihāraṃ gacchanti. Navakā bhikkhū tattheva upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ upāsakehi saddhiṃ muṭṭhassatī, asampajānā, naggā, vikūjamānā, kākacchamānā seyyaṃ kappenti. Upāsakā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma bhadantā muṭṭhassatī asampajānā naggā vikūjamānā kākacchamānā seyyaṃ kappessantī』』ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ upāsakānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma bhikkhū anupasampannena sahaseyyaṃ kappessantī』』ti! Atha kho te bhikkhū te navake bhikkhū anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… 『『saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū anupasampannena sahaseyyaṃ kappentī』』ti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā anupasampannena sahaseyyaṃ kappessanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

『『Yo pana bhikkhu anupasampannena sahaseyyaṃ kappeyya pācittiya』』nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

1. Atha kho bhagavā āḷaviyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena kosambī tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena kosambī tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā kosambiyaṃ viharati badarikārāme. Bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ rāhulaṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『bhagavatā, āvuso rāhula, sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ – 『na anupasampannena sahaseyyā kappetabbā』ti. Seyyaṃ, āvuso rāhula, jānāhī』』ti. Atha kho āyasmā rāhulo seyyaṃ alabhamāno vaccakuṭiyā seyyaṃ kappesi. Atha kho bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya yena vaccakuṭi tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ukkāsi. Āyasmāpi rāhulo ukkāsi. 『『Ko etthā』』ti? 『『Ahaṃ, bhagavā, rāhulo』』ti. 『『Kissa tvaṃ, rāhula, idha nisinnosī』』ti? Atha kho āyasmā rāhulo bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『anujānāmi, bhikkhave, anupasampannena dirattatirattaṃ sahaseyyaṃ kappetuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

51.『『Yo pana bhikkhu anupasampannena uttaridirattatirattaṃ sahaseyyaṃ kappeyya, pācittiya』』nti.

"若"是指任何......比丘是指......在這裡所指的比丘是這個意思。 未具足戒者是指除了比丘和比丘尼之外的其他人。 逐句是指逐詞、逐短語、逐音、逐字母。 逐詞是指一起開始一起結束。逐短語是指分別開始一起結束。逐音是指在說"色無常"時，只說"色"。逐字母是指在說"色無常"時，發出"受無常"的聲音。 無論是逐詞、逐短語、逐音還是逐字母，這一切都稱為逐句。 法是指佛陀所說、弟子所說、仙人所說、天神所說，與義相應、與法相應。 教導是指逐句教導，每句犯一波逸提罪。逐字母教導，每個字母犯一波逸提罪。 對未具足戒者認為是未具足戒者而逐句教法，犯波逸提罪。對未具足戒者有疑慮而逐句教法，犯波逸提罪。對未具足戒者認為是具足戒者而逐句教法，犯波逸提罪。 對具足戒者認為是未具足戒者，犯突吉羅罪。對具足戒者有疑慮，犯突吉羅罪。對具足戒者認為是具足戒者，無罪。 不犯的情況：一起誦讀，一起背誦，對大部分熟悉的經文插話，對結尾處插話，精神錯亂者，最初犯戒者。 第四條逐句教法學處已結束。 同宿學處 那時，佛陀住在阿拉維（現今印度北方邦阿拉哈巴德）阿伽拉瓦塔神廟。當時，優婆塞們來到寺院聽法。法被說完后，長老比丘們各自回到住處。新學比丘們就在那裡的集會堂與優婆塞們一起，失念、不正知、裸體、呻吟、打鼾地睡覺。優婆塞們抱怨、批評、指責說："為什麼尊者們會失念、不正知、裸體、呻吟、打鼾地睡覺呢！"比丘們聽到了那些優婆塞們的抱怨、批評、指責。那些少欲的比丘們......抱怨、批評、指責說："為什麼比丘們要與未具足戒者同宿呢！"於是那些比丘以各種方式呵責那些新學比丘后，把這件事告訴了世尊......（世尊說）："比丘們，你們真的與未具足戒者同宿嗎？""是的，世尊。"佛陀呵責道......"為什麼你們這些愚人，要與未具足戒者同宿！比丘們，這不會使不信者生信......"於是，比丘們，你們應當如此宣說這條學處： "若比丘與未具足戒者同宿，波逸提。" 世尊為比丘們制定了這條學處。 之後，世尊在阿拉維住了一段時間后，向憍賞彌（現今印度北方邦阿拉哈巴德）出發遊行。漸次遊行到達憍賞彌。在那裡，世尊住在憍賞彌的芭達利卡園。比丘們對尊者羅睺羅說："羅睺羅賢友，世尊制定了學處：'不可與未具足戒者同宿'。羅睺羅賢友，你要知道睡處。"於是尊者羅睺羅找不到睡處，就在廁所里睡覺。之後，世尊在夜晚後分起來，走向廁所；走近后咳嗽。尊者羅睺羅也咳嗽。"誰在這裡？""世尊，是我羅睺羅。""羅睺羅，你為什麼坐在這裡？"於是尊者羅睺羅把這件事告訴了世尊。之後，世尊以此因緣、以此場合作了法的開示，然後對比丘們說："比丘們，我允許與未具足戒者同宿兩三夜。比丘們，你們應當如此宣說這條學處： "若比丘與未具足戒者同宿超過兩三夜，波逸提。"

52.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Anupasampanno nāma bhikkhuṃ ṭhapetvā avaseso anupasampanno nāma.

Uttaridirattatirattanti atirekadirattatirattaṃ.

Sahāti ekato.

Seyyā nāma sabbacchannā, sabbaparicchannā, yebhuyyenacchannā, yebhuyyena paricchannā.

Seyyaṃ kappeyyāti catutthe divase atthaṅgate sūriye, anupasampanne nipanne, bhikkhu nipajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Bhikkhu nipanne, anupasampanno nipajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ubho vā nipajjanti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Uṭṭhahitvā punappunaṃ nipajjanti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

1. Anupasampanne anupasampannasaññī uttaridirattatirattaṃ sahaseyyaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anupasampanne vematiko uttaridirattatirattaṃ sahaseyyaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anupasampanne upasampannasaññī uttaridirattatirattaṃ sahaseyyaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Upaḍḍhacchanne upaḍḍhaparicchanne, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Upasampanne anupasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Upasampanne vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Upasampanne upasampannasaññī, anāpatti.

1. Anāpatti dvetisso rattiyo vasati, ūnakadvetisso rattiyo vasati, dve rattiyo vasitvā tatiyāya rattiyā purāruṇā nikkhamitvā puna vasati, sabbacchanne, sabbaaparicchanne, sabbaparicchanne sabbaacchanne [vasati, sabbaacchanne sabbaaparicchanne, (sī.)], yebhuyyena acchanne, yebhuyyena aparicchanne, anupasampanne nipanne bhikkhu nisīdati, bhikkhu nipanne anupasampanno nisīdati, ubho vā nisīdanti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Sahaseyyasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ pañcamaṃ.

1. Dutiyasahaseyyasikkhāpadaṃ

"若"是指任何......比丘是指......在這裡所指的比丘是這個意思。 未具足戒者是指除了比丘之外的其他人。 超過兩三夜是指超過兩三夜。 同是指一起。 睡處是指全部有遮蔽、全部有圍繞、大部分有遮蔽、大部分有圍繞。 同宿是指在第四天日落後，未具足戒者躺下時，比丘躺下，犯波逸提罪。比丘躺下時，未具足戒者躺下，犯波逸提罪。兩人都躺下，犯波逸提罪。起來后再躺下，犯波逸提罪。 對未具足戒者認為是未具足戒者而超過兩三夜同宿，犯波逸提罪。對未具足戒者有疑慮而超過兩三夜同宿，犯波逸提罪。對未具足戒者認為是具足戒者而超過兩三夜同宿，犯波逸提罪。 在半遮蔽半圍繞的地方，犯突吉羅罪。對具足戒者認為是未具足戒者，犯突吉羅罪。對具足戒者有疑慮，犯突吉羅罪。對具足戒者認為是具足戒者，無罪。 不犯的情況：住兩三夜，住不滿兩三夜，住兩夜后第三夜天亮前離開再回來住，全部有遮蔽，全部無圍繞，全部有圍繞全部無遮蔽，大部分無遮蔽，大部分無圍繞，未具足戒者躺下時比丘坐著，比丘躺下時未具足戒者坐著，兩人都坐著，精神錯亂者，最初犯戒者。 第五條同宿學處已結束。 第二同宿學處

1. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā anuruddho kosalesu janapade [ettha ambaṭṭhasuttādiṭīkā oloketabbā] sāvatthiṃ gacchanto sāyaṃ aññataraṃ gāmaṃ upagacchi. Tena kho pana samayena tasmiṃ gāme aññatarissā itthiyā āvasathāgāraṃ paññattaṃ hoti. Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho yena sā itthī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ itthiṃ etadavoca – 『『sace te, bhagini, agaru, vaseyyāma ekarattaṃ āvasathāgāre』』ti. 『『Vaseyyātha, bhante』』ti. Aññepi addhikā yena sā itthī tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ itthiṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『sace te, ayye, agaru vaseyyāma ekarattaṃ āvasathāgāre』』ti . 『『Eso kho ayyo samaṇo paṭhamaṃ upagato; sace so anujānāti, vaseyyāthā』』ti. Atha kho te addhikā yenāyasmā anuruddho tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『sace te, bhante, agaru, vaseyyāma ekarattaṃ āvasathāgāre』』ti. 『『Vaseyyātha, āvuso』』ti. Atha kho sā itthī āyasmante anuruddhe saha dassanena paṭibaddhacittā ahosi. Atha kho sā itthī yenāyasmā anuruddho tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavoca – 『『ayyo, bhante, imehi manussehi ākiṇṇo na phāsu viharissati. Sādhāhaṃ, bhante, ayyassa mañcakaṃ abbhantaraṃ paññapeyya』』nti. Adhivāsesi kho āyasmā anuruddho tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho sā itthī āyasmato anuruddhassa mañcakaṃ abbhantaraṃ paññapetvā alaṅkatappaṭiyattā gandhagandhinī yenāyasmā anuruddho tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavoca – 『『ayyo, bhante, abhirūpo dassanīyo pāsādiko, ahaṃ camhi abhirūpā dassanīyā pāsādikā. Sādhāhaṃ, bhante, ayyassa pajāpati bhaveyya』』nti. Evaṃ vutte āyasmā anuruddho tuṇhī ahosi. Dutiyampi kho…pe… tatiyampi kho sā itthī āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavoca – 『『ayyo, bhante, abhirūpo dassanīyo pāsādiko, ahañcamhi abhirūpā dassanīyā pāsādikā. Sādhu, bhante, ayyo mañceva paṭicchatu [sampaṭicchatu (syā.)] sabbañca sāpateyya』』nti. Tatiyampi kho āyasmā anuruddho tuṇhī ahosi. Atha kho sā itthī sāṭakaṃ nikkhipitvā āyasmato anuruddhassa purato caṅkamatipi tiṭṭhatipi nisīdatipi seyyampi kappeti. Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho indriyāni okkhipitvā taṃ itthiṃ neva olokesi napi ālapi. Atha kho sā itthī – 『『acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho! Bahū me manussā satenapi sahassenapi pahiṇanti. Ayaṃ pana samaṇo – mayā sāmaṃ yāciyamāno – na icchati mañceva paṭicchituṃ sabbañca sāpateyya』』nti sāṭakaṃ nivāsetvā āyasmato anuruddhassa pādesu sirasā nipatitvā āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavoca – 『『accayo maṃ, bhante, accagamā yathābālaṃ yathāmūḷhaṃ yathāakusalaṃ yāhaṃ evamakāsiṃ. Tassā me, bhante, ayyo accayaṃ accayato paṭiggaṇhātu āyatiṃ saṃvarāyā』』ti. 『『Taggha tvaṃ, bhagini, accayo accagamā yathābālaṃ yathāmūḷhaṃ yathāakusalaṃ yā tvaṃ evamakāsi. Yato ca kho tvaṃ, bhagini, accayaṃ accayato disvā yathādhammaṃ paṭikarosi, taṃ te mayaṃ paṭiggaṇhāma. Vuddhi hesā, bhagini, ariyassa vinaye yo accayaṃ accayato disvā yathādhammaṃ paṭikaroti āyatiñca saṃvaraṃ āpajjatī』』ti.

那時，佛陀住在舍衛城（現今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂）祇樹給孤獨園。當時，尊者阿那律從憍薩羅（現今印度北方邦）前往舍衛城，傍晚到達一個村莊。那時，那個村莊里有一位女子準備了一間客房。於是尊者阿那律走向那位女子；走近后對那位女子說："姐妹，如果你不介意，我想在客房住一晚。""請住吧，尊者。"其他旅客也走向那位女子；走近后對那位女子說："夫人，如果你不介意，我們想在客房住一晚。""這位沙門先來的；如果他同意，你們就住吧。"於是那些旅客走向尊者阿那律；走近后對尊者阿那律說："尊者，如果你不介意，我們想在客房住一晚。""請住吧，朋友們。" 那時，那位女子一見到尊者阿那律就對他產生了愛慕之心。於是那位女子走向尊者阿那律；走近后對尊者阿那律說："尊者，你被這些人包圍著不會住得舒服。尊者，我可以為你在裡面鋪一張床嗎？"尊者阿那律以沉默表示同意。於是那位女子為尊者阿那律在裡面鋪好床后，打扮得漂漂亮亮、散發著香氣，走向尊者阿那律；走近后對尊者阿那律說："尊者，你英俊瀟灑，我也美麗動人。尊者，我可以做你的妻子嗎？"說了這話，尊者阿那律保持沉默。第二次......第三次那位女子對尊者阿那律說："尊者，你英俊瀟灑，我也美麗動人。尊者，請你接受我和所有的財產吧。"第三次尊者阿那律還是保持沉默。 於是那位女子脫下外衣，在尊者阿那律面前走來走去、站著、坐著、躺下。這時，尊者阿那律收攝諸根，既不看她也不和她說話。於是那位女子想："真是奇怪啊，真是罕見啊！很多人用百千金錢來追求我。而這位沙門——即使我親自請求——也不願意接受我和所有的財產。"她穿上外衣，向尊者阿那律頭面禮足，對尊者阿那律說："尊者，我犯了過錯，像個愚癡、迷惑、不善的人那樣做了。請尊者接受我的懺悔，我將來會謹慎約束。""確實，姐妹，你犯了過錯，像個愚癡、迷惑、不善的人那樣做了。既然你已經看到過錯並如法懺悔，我們接受你的懺悔。姐妹，這在聖者的律中是一種進步，即看到過錯並如法懺悔，將來謹慎約束。"

Atha kho sā itthī tassā rattiyā accayena āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā, āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho taṃ itthiṃ āyasmā anuruddho dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho sā itthī – āyasmatā anuruddhena dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā – āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavoca – 『『abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante! Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya – cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantīti, evamevaṃ ayyena anuruddhena anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ, bhante, taṃ bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsikaṃ maṃ ayyo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata』』nti.

Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho sāvatthiyaṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma āyasmā anuruddho mātugāmena sahaseyyaṃ kappessatī』』ti! Atha kho te bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… 『『saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, anuruddha, mātugāmena sahaseyyaṃ kappesī』』ti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti . Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, anuruddha, mātugāmena sahaseyyaṃ kappessasi! Netaṃ, anuruddha, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

56.『『Yo pana bhikkhu mātugāmena sahaseyyaṃ kappeyya pācittiya』』nti.

57.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Mātugāmo nāma manussitthī, na yakkhī [yakkhinī (ka.)], na petī, na tiracchānagatā; antamaso tadahujātāpi dārikā, pageva mahattarī.

Sahāti ekato.

Seyyā nāma sabbacchannā, sabbaparicchannā, yebhuyyenacchannā, yebhuyyena paricchannā.

Seyyaṃ kappeyyāti atthaṅgate sūriye, mātugāme nipanne bhikkhu nipajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Bhikkhu nipanne mātugāmo nipajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ubho vā nipajjanti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Uṭṭhahitvā punappunaṃ nipajjanti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

1. Mātugāme mātugāmasaññī sahaseyyaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Mātugāme vematiko sahaseyyaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Mātugāme amātugāmasaññī sahaseyyaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Upaḍḍhacchanne upaḍḍhaparicchanne, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Yakkhiyā vā petiyā vā paṇḍakena vā tiracchānagatitthiyā vā sahaseyyaṃ kappeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amātugāme mātugāmasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amātugāme vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amātugāme amātugāmasaññī, anāpatti.

1. Anāpatti sabbacchanne sabbaaparicchanne, sabbaparicchanne sabbaacchanne [anāpatti sabbaacchanne sabbaaparicchanne, (sī.)], yebhuyyena acchanne, yebhuyyena aparicchanne, mātugāme nipanne bhikkhu nisīdati , bhikkhu nipanne mātugāmo nisīdati, ubho vā nisīdanti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Dutiyasahaseyyasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ.

1. Dhammadesanāsikkhāpadaṃ

那時，那位女子在那夜過後，親手以美味的硬食軟食滿足、供養尊者阿那律。尊者阿那律用餐完畢，手離開缽后，那位女子禮敬尊者阿那律，坐在一旁。坐在一旁的那位女子，尊者阿那律以法語開示、教導、鼓勵、令歡喜。那時，那位女子被尊者阿那律以法語開示、教導、鼓勵、令歡喜后，對尊者阿那律說："太好了，尊者！太好了，尊者！就像扶起倒下的，揭開遮蔽的，為迷路者指路，在黑暗中舉燈——有眼之人得見諸色。同樣地，尊者阿那律以種種方便開示法。尊者，我皈依佛、法、僧。愿尊者接受我為優婆夷，從今以後終生皈依。" 之後，尊者阿那律到舍衛城后，把這件事告訴了比丘們。那些少欲的比丘們......抱怨、批評、指責說："為什麼尊者阿那律要與女人同宿呢！"於是那些比丘以各種方式呵責尊者阿那律后，把這件事告訴了世尊......（世尊說）："阿那律，你真的與女人同宿嗎？""是的，世尊。"佛陀呵責道......"阿那律，為什麼你要與女人同宿！阿那律，這不會使不信者生信......"於是，比丘們，你們應當如此宣說這條學處： "若比丘與女人同宿，波逸提。" "若"是指任何......比丘是指......在這裡所指的比丘是這個意思。 女人是指人類女性，不是女夜叉、女餓鬼、雌性動物；即使是剛出生的女嬰，更不用說年長的。 同是指一起。 睡處是指全部有遮蔽、全部有圍繞、大部分有遮蔽、大部分有圍繞。 同宿是指日落後，女人躺下時比丘躺下，犯波逸提罪。比丘躺下時女人躺下，犯波逸提罪。兩人都躺下，犯波逸提罪。起來后再躺下，犯波逸提罪。 對女人認為是女人而同宿，犯波逸提罪。對女人有疑慮而同宿，犯波逸提罪。對女人認為不是女人而同宿，犯波逸提罪。 在半遮蔽半圍繞的地方，犯突吉羅罪。與女夜叉、女餓鬼、黃門、雌性動物同宿，犯突吉羅罪。對非女人認為是女人，犯突吉羅罪。對非女人有疑慮，犯突吉羅罪。對非女人認為不是女人，無罪。 不犯的情況：全部有遮蔽全部無圍繞，全部有圍繞全部無遮蔽，大部分無遮蔽，大部分無圍繞，女人躺下時比丘坐著，比丘躺下時女人坐著，兩人都坐著，精神錯亂者，最初犯戒者。 第六條第二同宿學處已結束。 說法學處

1. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā udāyī sāvatthiyaṃ kulūpako hoti, bahukāni kulāni upasaṅkamati. Atha kho āyasmā udāyī pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena aññataraṃ kulaṃ tenupasaṅkami. Tena kho pana samayena gharaṇī nivesanadvāre nisinnā hoti, gharasuṇhā āvasathadvāre nisinnā hoti. Atha kho āyasmā udāyī yena gharaṇī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā gharaṇiyā upakaṇṇake dhammaṃ desesi. Atha kho gharasuṇhāya etadahosi – 『『ki nu kho so samaṇo sassuyā jāro udāhu obhāsatī』』ti?

Atha kho āyasmā udāyī gharaṇiyā upakaṇṇake dhammaṃ desetvā yena gharasuṇhā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā gharasuṇhāya upakaṇṇake dhammaṃ desesi. Atha kho gharaṇiyā etadahosi – 『『kiṃ nu kho so samaṇo gharasuṇhāya jāro udāhu obhāsatī』』ti ? Atha kho āyasmā udāyī gharasuṇhāya upakaṇṇake dhammaṃ desetvā pakkāmi. Atha kho gharaṇī gharasuṇhaṃ etadavoca – 『『he je, kiṃ te eso samaṇo avocā』』ti? 『『Dhammaṃ me, ayye, desesi』』. 『『Ayyāya pana kiṃ avocā』』ti? 『『Mayhampi dhammaṃ desesī』』ti. Tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma ayyo udāyī mātugāmassa upakaṇṇake dhammaṃ desessati! Nanu nāma vissaṭṭhena vivaṭena dhammo desetabbo』』ti?

Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tāsaṃ itthīnaṃ ujjhāyantīnaṃ khiyyantīnaṃ vipācentīnaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma āyasmā udāyī mātugāmassa dhammaṃ desessatī』』ti! Atha kho te bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ udāyiṃ anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… 『『saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, udāyi, mātugāmassa dhammaṃ desesī』』ti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, mātugāmassa dhammaṃ desessasi. Netaṃ moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

『『Yo pana bhikkhu mātugāmassa dhammaṃ deseyya pācittiya』』nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

1. Tena kho pana samayena upāsikā bhikkhū passitvā etadavocuṃ – 『『iṅghāyyā dhammaṃ desethā』』ti. 『『Na, bhaginī, kappati mātugāmassa dhammaṃ desetu』』nti. 『『Iṅghāyyā chappañcavācāhi dhammaṃ desetha, sakkā ettakenapi dhammo aññātu』』nti. 『『Na, bhaginī, kappati mātugāmassa dhammaṃ desetu』』nti. Kukkuccāyantā na desesuṃ. Upāsikā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma ayyā amhehi yāciyamānā dhammaṃ na desessantī』』ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tāsaṃ upāsikānaṃ ujjhāyantīnaṃ khiyyantīnaṃ vipācentīnaṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『anujānāmi, bhikkhave, mātugāmassa chappañcavācāhi dhammaṃ desetuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

『『Yo pana bhikkhū mātugāmassa uttarichappañcavācāhi dhammaṃ deseyya, pācittiya』』nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

1. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū – 『『bhagavatā anuññātaṃ mātugāmassa chappañcavācāhi dhammaṃ desetu』』nti te aviññuṃ purisaviggahaṃ upanisīdāpetvā mātugāmassa uttarichappañcavācāhi dhammaṃ desenti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū aviññuṃ purisaviggahaṃ upanisīdāpetvā mātugāmassa uttarichappañcavācāhi dhammaṃ desessantī』』ti!

Atha kho te bhikkhū chabbaggiye bhikkhū anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… 『『saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, aviññuṃ purisaviggahaṃ upanisīdāpetvā mātugāmassa uttarichappañcavācāhi dhammaṃ desethā』』ti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, aviññuṃ purisaviggahaṃ upanisīdāpetvā mātugāmassa uttarichappañcavācāhi dhammaṃ desessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

那時，佛陀住在舍衛城（現今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂）祇樹給孤獨園。當時，尊者優陀夷是舍衛城的常客，經常拜訪許多家庭。一天早晨，尊者優陀夷穿好衣服，拿著缽和衣，走向一戶人家。那時，女主人坐在房門口，兒媳婦坐在內室門口。於是尊者優陀夷走向女主人；走近后在女主人耳邊說法。這時兒媳婦想："這沙門是婆婆的情人還是在調戲她？" 然後尊者優陀夷在女主人耳邊說完法后，走向兒媳婦；走近后在兒媳婦耳邊說法。這時女主人想："這沙門是兒媳婦的情人還是在調戲她？"之後尊者優陀夷在兒媳婦耳邊說完法就離開了。然後女主人對兒媳婦說："喂，那沙門對你說什麼？""夫人，他對我說法。""他對夫人說什麼？""他也對我說法。"她們抱怨、批評、指責說："為什麼尊者優陀夷要在女人耳邊說法！難道不應該公開清晰地說法嗎？" 比丘們聽到那些女人的抱怨、批評、指責。那些少欲的比丘們......抱怨、批評、指責說："為什麼尊者優陀夷要對女人說法！"於是那些比丘以各種方式呵責尊者優陀夷后，把這件事告訴了世尊......（世尊說）："優陀夷，你真的對女人說法嗎？""是的，世尊。"佛陀呵責道......"愚人，為什麼你要對女人說法！愚人，這不會使不信者生信......"於是，比丘們，你們應當如此宣說這條學處： "若比丘對女人說法，波逸提。" 世尊為比丘們制定了這條學處。 那時，優婆夷們看到比丘就說："請尊者們說法。""姐妹，不允許對女人說法。""請尊者們說五六句法，這樣也能理解法。""姐妹，不允許對女人說法。"他們因為顧慮就不說法。優婆夷們抱怨、批評、指責說："為什麼尊者們在我們請求時不說法！"比丘們聽到那些優婆夷的抱怨、批評、指責。於是那些比丘把這件事告訴了世尊。之後，世尊以此因緣、以此場合作了法的開示，然後對比丘們說："比丘們，我允許對女人說五六句法。比丘們，你們應當如此宣說這條學處： "若比丘對女人說超過五六句法，波逸提。" 世尊為比丘們制定了這條學處。 那時，六群比丘想："世尊允許對女人說五六句法。"他們讓一個不懂事的男子坐在旁邊，對女人說超過五六句法。那些少欲的比丘們......抱怨、批評、指責說："為什麼六群比丘讓一個不懂事的男子坐在旁邊，對女人說超過五六句法！" 於是那些比丘以各種方式呵責六群比丘后，把這件事告訴了世尊......（世尊說）："比丘們，你們真的讓一個不懂事的男子坐在旁邊，對女人說超過五六句法嗎？""是的，世尊。"佛陀呵責道......"愚人們，為什麼你們讓一個不懂事的男子坐在旁邊，對女人說超過五六句法！愚人們，這不會使不信者生信......"於是，比丘們，你們應當如此宣說這條學處：

63.『『Yo pana bhikkhu mātugāmassa uttarichappañcavācāhi dhammaṃ deseyya, aññatra viññunā purisaviggahena, pācittiya』』nti.

64.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Mātugāmo nāma manussitthī; na yakkhī na petī na tiracchānagatā; viññū, paṭibalā subhāsitadubbhāsitaṃ duṭṭhullāduṭṭhullaṃ ājānituṃ.

Uttarichappañcavācāhīti atirekachappañcavācāhi.

Dhammo nāma buddhabhāsito, sāvakabhāsito, isibhāsito, devatābhāsito, atthūpasañhito, dhammūpasañhito.

Deseyyāti padena deseti, pade pade āpatti pācittiyassa. Akkharāya deseti, akkharakkharāya āpatti pācittiyassa.

Aññatra viññunā purisaviggahenāti ṭhapetvā viññuṃ purisaviggahaṃ. Viññū nāma purisaviggaho, paṭibalo hoti subhāsitadubbhāsitaṃ duṭṭhullāduṭṭhullaṃ ājānituṃ.

1. Mātugāme mātugāmasaññī uttarichappañcavācāhi dhammaṃ deseti, aññatra viññunā purisaviggahena, āpatti pācittiyassa. Mātugāme vematiko uttarichappañcavācāhi dhammaṃ deseti, aññatra viññunā purisaviggahena, āpatti pācittiyassa. Mātugāme amātugāmasaññī uttarichappañcavācāhi dhammaṃ deseti, aññatra viññunā purisaviggahena, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Yakkhiyā vā petiyā vā paṇḍakassa vā tiracchānagatamanussaviggahitthiyā vā uttarichappañcavācāhi dhammaṃ deseti, aññatra viññunā purisaviggahena, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amātugāme mātugāmasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amātugāme vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amātugāme amātugāmasaññī, anāpatti.

1. Anāpatti viññunā purisaviggahena, chappañcavācāhi dhammaṃ deseti, ūnakachappañcavācāhi dhammaṃ deseti, uṭṭhahitvā puna nisīditvā deseti, mātugāmo uṭṭhahitvā puna nisīdati tasmiṃ deseti, aññassa mātugāmassa deseti, pañhaṃ pucchati, pañhaṃ puṭṭho katheti, aññassatthāya bhaṇantaṃ mātugāmo suṇāti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Dhammadesanāsikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ sattamaṃ.

1. Bhūtārocanasikkhāpadaṃ

"若比丘對女人說超過五六句法，除非有懂事的男子在場，波逸提。" "若"是指任何......比丘是指......在這裡所指的比丘是這個意思。 女人是指人類女性；不是女夜叉、女餓鬼、雌性動物；有理解能力，能夠分辨善說惡說、粗俗不粗俗。 超過五六句是指超過五六句。 法是指佛陀所說、弟子所說、仙人所說、天神所說，與義相應、與法相應。 說是指逐句說，每句犯一波逸提罪。逐字母說，每個字母犯一波逸提罪。 除非有懂事的男子在場是指除了有懂事的男子在場。懂事的男子是指能夠分辨善說惡說、粗俗不粗俗。 對女人認為是女人而說超過五六句法，除非有懂事的男子在場，犯波逸提罪。對女人有疑慮而說超過五六句法，除非有懂事的男子在場，犯波逸提罪。對女人認為不是女人而說超過五六句法，除非有懂事的男子在場，犯波逸提罪。 對女夜叉、女餓鬼、黃門或化作人形的雌性動物說超過五六句法，除非有懂事的男子在場，犯突吉羅罪。對非女人認為是女人，犯突吉羅罪。對非女人有疑慮，犯突吉羅罪。對非女人認為不是女人，無罪。 不犯的情況：有懂事的男子在場，說五六句法，說不到五六句法，起身後再坐下說，女人起身後再坐下時對她說，對另一個女人說，被問問題，被問問題時回答，為他人說時女人聽到，精神錯亂者，最初犯戒者。 第七條說法學處已結束。 宣說證果學處

67.[pārā. 193] Tena samayena buddho bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā sandiṭṭhā sambhattā bhikkhū vaggumudāya nadiyā tīre vassaṃ upagacchiṃsu. Tena kho pana samayena vajjī dubbhikkhā hoti – dvīhitikā setaṭṭhikā salākāvuttā, na sukarā uñchena paggahena yāpetuṃ. Atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – 『『etarahi kho vajjī dubbhikkhā – dvīhitikā setaṭṭhikā salākāvuttā, na sukarā uñchena paggahena yāpetuṃ. Kena nu kho mayaṃ upāyena samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vaseyyāma, na ca piṇḍakena kilameyyāmā』』ti? Ekacce evamāhaṃsu – 『『handa mayaṃ, āvuso, gihīnaṃ kammantaṃ adhiṭṭhema. Evaṃ te amhākaṃ dātuṃ maññissanti. Evaṃ mayaṃ samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vasissāma, na ca piṇḍakena kilamissāmā』』ti. Ekacce evamāhaṃsu – 『『alaṃ, āvuso, kiṃ gihīnaṃ kammantaṃ adhiṭṭhitena? Handa mayaṃ, āvuso, gihīnaṃ dūteyyaṃ harāma. Evaṃ te amhākaṃ dātuṃ maññissanti. Evaṃ mayaṃ samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vasissāma, na ca piṇḍakena kilamissāmā』』ti. Ekacce evamāhaṃsu – 『『alaṃ, āvuso; kiṃ gihīnaṃ kammantaṃ adhiṭṭhitena! Kiṃ gihīnaṃ dūteyyaṃ haṭena! Handa mayaṃ, āvuso, gihīnaṃ aññamaññassa uttarimanussadhammassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsissāma – 『asuko bhikkhu paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhī, asuko bhikkhu dutiyassa jhānassa lābhī, asuko bhikkhu tatiyassa jhānassa lābhī, asuko bhikkhu catutthassa jhānassa lābhī, asuko bhikkhu sotāpanno, asuko bhikkhu sakadāgāmī, asuko bhikkhu anāgāmī, asuko bhikkhu arahā, asuko bhikkhu tevijjo, asuko bhikkhu chaḷabhiññoti. Evaṃ te amhākaṃ dātuṃ maññissanti. Evaṃ mayaṃ samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vasissāma, na ca piṇḍakena kilamissāmā』』ti. Eso yeva kho, āvuso, seyyo, yo amhākaṃ gihīnaṃ aññamaññassa uttarimanussadhammassa vaṇṇo bhāsito』』ti.

Atha kho te bhikkhū gihīnaṃ aññamaññassa uttarimanussadhammassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsiṃsu – 『『asuko bhikkhu paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhī…pe… asuko bhikkhu chaḷabhiñño』』ti. Atha kho te manussā – 『『lābhā vata no, suladdhaṃ vata no, yesaṃ no evarūpā bhikkhū vassaṃ upagatā, na vata no ito pubbe evarūpā bhikkhū vassaṃ upagatā, yathayime bhikkhū sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā』』ti. Te na tādisāni bhojanāni attanā bhuñjanti, mātāpitūnaṃ denti puttadārassa denti dāsakammakaraporisassa denti mittāmaccānaṃ denti ñātisālohitānaṃ denti yādisāni bhikkhūnaṃ denti. Na tādisāni khādanīyāni sāyanīyāni pānāni attanā khādanti sāyanti pivanti [attanā pivanti (syā. ka.)] mātāpitūnaṃ denti puttadārassa denti dāsakammakaraporisassa denti mittāmaccānaṃ denti ñātisālohitānaṃ denti , yādisāni bhikkhūnaṃ denti. Atha kho te bhikkhū vaṇṇavā ahesuṃ pīṇindriyā pasannamukhavaṇṇā vippasannachavivaṇṇā.

那時，佛陀住在毗舍離（現今印度比哈爾邦）大林重閣講堂。當時，許多相識的、親密的比丘在瓦古穆達河岸邊度過雨安居。那時，跋耆國發生饑荒——收成減半、白骨遍地、需要配給食物，靠乞食難以維生。於是那些比丘想："現在跋耆國發生饑荒——收成減半、白骨遍地、需要配給食物，靠乞食難以維生。我們用什麼方法才能和睦相處、歡喜無諍地安度雨安居，又不會因乞食而疲憊呢？"有些人說："朋友們，我們來為在家人做工吧。這樣他們會想給我們東西。這樣我們就能和睦相處、歡喜無諍地安度雨安居，又不會因乞食而疲憊。"有些人說："朋友們，夠了，為在家人做工有什麼用？朋友們，我們來為在家人傳遞資訊吧。這樣他們會想給我們東西。這樣我們就能和睦相處、歡喜無諍地安度雨安居，又不會因乞食而疲憊。"有些人說："朋友們，夠了；為在家人做工有什麼用！為在家人傳遞資訊有什麼用！朋友們，我們來互相向在家人宣說上人法的功德吧——'某比丘證得初禪，某比丘證得二禪，某比丘證得三禪，某比丘證得四禪，某比丘是須陀洹，某比丘是斯陀含，某比丘是阿那含，某比丘是阿羅漢，某比丘具有三明，某比丘具有六神通。'這樣他們會想給我們東西。這樣我們就能和睦相處、歡喜無諍地安度雨安居，又不會因乞食而疲憊。""朋友們，這個方法最好，就是我們互相向在家人宣說上人法的功德。" 於是那些比丘互相向在家人宣說上人法的功德——"某比丘證得初禪......某比丘具有六神通。"那些人想："我們真有福氣，真是好運，有這樣的比丘來度雨安居，以前從沒有這樣的比丘來度雨安居，像這些持戒、有善法的比丘。"他們自己不吃那樣的食物，而是給父母、妻子兒女、奴僕工人、朋友同事、親戚血親那樣的食物，而給比丘們更好的。他們自己不吃、不喝那樣的硬食、軟食、飲料，而是給父母、妻子兒女、奴僕工人、朋友同事、親戚血親那樣的，而給比丘們更好的。於是那些比丘變得容光煥發、諸根飽滿、面色光澤、面板清凈。

1. Āciṇṇaṃ kho panetaṃ vassaṃvuṭṭhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū vassaṃvuṭṭhā temāsaccayena senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena vesālī tena pakkamiṃsu. Anupubbena yena vesālī mahāvanaṃ kūṭāgārasālā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Tena kho pana samayena disāsu vassaṃvuṭṭhā bhikkhū kisā honti lūkhā dubbaṇṇā uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajātā dhamanisanthatagattā. Vaggumudātīriyā pana bhikkhū vaṇṇavā honti pīṇindriyā pasannamukhavaṇṇā vippasannachavivaṇṇā. Āciṇṇaṃ kho panetaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ āgantukehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ paṭisammodituṃ. Atha kho bhagavā vaggumudātīriye bhikkhū etadavoca – 『『kacci, bhikkhave, khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyaṃ, kacci samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vasittha, na ca piṇḍakena kilamitthā』』ti? 『『Khamanīyaṃ bhagavā, yāpanīyaṃ bhagavā. Samaggā ca mayaṃ, bhante, sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vasimhā, na ca piṇḍakena kilamimhā』』ti. Jānantāpi tathāgatā pucchanti, jānantāpi na pucchanti. Kālaṃ viditvā pucchanti , kālaṃ viditvā na pucchanti. Atthasañhitaṃ tathāgatā pucchanti, no anatthasañhitaṃ. Anatthasañhite setughāto tathāgatānaṃ. Dvīhākārehi buddhā bhagavanto bhikkhū paṭipucchanti – dhammaṃ vā desessāma, sāvakānaṃ vā sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessāmāti.

Atha kho bhagavā vaggumudātīriye bhikkhū etadavoca – 『『yathā kathaṃ pana tumhe, bhikkhave, samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vasittha, na ca piṇḍakena kilamitthā』』ti? Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. 『『Kacci pana vo, bhikkhave, bhūta』』nti? 『『Bhūtaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, bhikkhave, udarassa kāraṇā gihīnaṃ aññamaññassa uttarimanussadhammassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsissatha! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

69.『『Yo pana bhikkhu anupasampannassa uttarimanussadhammaṃ āroceyya bhūtasmiṃ, pācittiya』』nti.

70.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Anupasampanno nāma bhikkhuñca bhikkhuniñca ṭhapetvā, avaseso anupasampanno nāma.

[pārā. 198]Uttarimanussadhammo nāma jhānaṃ, vimokkho, samādhi, samāpatti, ñāṇadassanaṃ, maggabhāvanā, phalasacchikiriyā, kilesappahānaṃ, vinīvaraṇatā cittassa, suññāgāre abhirati.

[pārā. 199]Jhānanti paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ, dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ, tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ, catutthaṃ jhānaṃ.

[pārā. 199]Vimokkhoti suññato vimokkho, animitto vimokkho, appaṇihito vimokkho.

[pārā. 199]Samādhīti suññato samādhi, animitto samādhi, appaṇihito samādhi.

[pārā. 199]Samāpattīti suññatā samāpatti, animittā samāpatti, appaṇihitā samāpatti.

[pārā. 199]Ñāṇadassananti tisso vijjā.

[pārā. 199]Maggabhāvanāti cattāro satipaṭṭhānā, cattāro sammappadhānā, cattāro iddhipādā, pañcindriyāni, pañca balāni, satta bojjhaṅgā, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo.

[pārā. 199]Phalasacchikiriyāti sotāpattiphalassa sacchikiriyā, sakadāgāmiphalassa sacchikiriyā, anāgāmiphalassa sacchikiriyā, arahattassa [arahattaphalassa (syā.)] sacchikiriyā.

[pārā. 199]Kilesappahānanti rāgassa pahānaṃ, dosassa pahānaṃ, mohassa pahānaṃ.

[pārā. 199]Vinīvaraṇatā cittassāti rāgā cittaṃ vinīvaraṇatā, dosā cittaṃ vinīvaraṇatā, mohā cittaṃ vinīvaraṇatā.

[pārā. 199]Suññāgāre abhiratīti paṭhamena jhānena suññāgāre abhirati, dutiyena jhānena suññāgāre abhirati, tatiyena jhānena suññāgāre abhirati, catutthena jhānena suññāgāre abhirati.

度過雨安居的比丘們有去見世尊的習慣。於是那些比丘度過雨安居三個月后，收拾好住處，拿著缽和衣前往毗舍離。他們逐步到達毗舍離大林重閣講堂，走向世尊；走近后禮敬世尊，坐在一旁。那時，在各地度過雨安居的比丘們都瘦弱、憔悴、面色不好、面板蒼白、血管凸顯。但在瓦古穆達河岸邊度過雨安居的比丘們卻容光煥發、諸根飽滿、面色光澤、面板清凈。諸佛世尊有與來訪比丘們寒暄的習慣。於是世尊對瓦古穆達河岸邊的比丘們說："比丘們，還好嗎？還能維持嗎？你們和睦相處、歡喜無諍地安度雨安居，沒有因乞食而疲憊吧？""世尊，還好，還能維持。尊者，我們和睦相處、歡喜無諍地安度了雨安居，沒有因乞食而疲憊。"如來知道也會問，知道也會不問。知道時機會問，知道時機會不問。如來問有意義的事，不問無意義的事。對無意義的事，如來會斷絕橋樑。諸佛世尊以兩種原因詢問比丘們——我們要說法，或者要為弟子們制定學處。 於是世尊對瓦古穆達河岸邊的比丘們說："比丘們，你們是如何和睦相處、歡喜無諍地安度雨安居，又不因乞食而疲憊的呢？"那些比丘就把這件事告訴了世尊。"比丘們，你們說的是真的嗎？""世尊，是真的。"佛陀呵責道......"比丘們，你們怎麼能爲了肚子向在家人互相宣說上人法的功德呢！比丘們，這不會使不信者生信......"於是，比丘們，你們應當如此宣說這條學處： "若比丘對未受具足戒者宣說真實的上人法，波逸提。" "若"是指任何......比丘是指......在這裡所指的比丘是這個意思。 未受具足戒者是指除了比丘和比丘尼之外的其他人。 上人法是指禪那、解脫、定、等至、智見、道的修習、果的證悟、煩惱的斷除、心的無障礙、空閑處的喜樂。 禪那是指初禪、二禪、三禪、四禪。 解脫是指空解脫、無相解脫、無愿解脫。 定是指空定、無相定、無愿定。 等至是指空等至、無相等至、無愿等至。 智見是指三明。 道的修習是指四念處、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七覺支、八聖道支。 果的證悟是指證悟須陀洹果、證悟斯陀含果、證悟阿那含果、證悟阿羅漢果。 煩惱的斷除是指斷除貪、斷除嗔、斷除癡。 心的無障礙是指心從貪無障礙、心從嗔無障礙、心從癡無障礙。 空閑處的喜樂是指以初禪在空閑處喜樂、以二禪在空閑處喜樂、以三禪在空閑處喜樂、以四禪在空閑處喜樂。

71.Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji』』nti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjāmī』』ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpanno』』ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhimhī』』ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『paṭhamassa jhānassa vasimhī』』ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ sacchikataṃ mayā』』ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ… tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; catutthassa jhānassa lābhimhi, vasimhi; catutthaṃ jhānaṃ sacchikataṃ mayā』』ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『suññataṃ vimokkhaṃ… animittaṃ vimokkhaṃ… appaṇihitaṃ vimokkhaṃ… suññataṃ samādhiṃ… animittaṃ samādhiṃ… appaṇihitaṃ samādhiṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; appaṇihitassa samādhissa lābhimhi, vasimhi; appaṇihito samādhi sacchikato mayā』』ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『suññataṃ samāpattiṃ… animittaṃ samāpattiṃ… appaṇihitaṃ samāpattiṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; appaṇihitāya samāpattiyā lābhimhi, vasimhi; appaṇihitā samāpatti sacchikatā mayā』』ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『tisso vijjā samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; tissannaṃ vijjānaṃ lābhimhi, vasimhi; tisso vijjā sacchikatā mayā』』ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『cattāro satipaṭṭhāne… cattāro sammappadhāne… cattāro iddhipāde samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; catunnaṃ iddhipādānaṃ lābhimhi, vasimhi; cattāro iddhipādā sacchikatā mayā』』ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『pañcindriyāni… pañca balāni samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi , samāpanno; pañcannaṃ balānaṃ lābhimhi, vasimhi; pañca balāni sacchikatāni mayā』』ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『satta bojjhaṅge samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; sattannaṃ bojjhaṅgānaṃ lābhimhi, vasimhi; satta bojjhaṅgā sacchikatā mayā』』ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; ariyassa aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassa lābhimhi, vasimhi; ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo sacchikato mayā』』ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『sotāpattiphalaṃ… sakadāgāmiphalaṃ… anāgāmiphalaṃ… arahattaṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; arahattassa lābhimhi, vasimhi; arahattaṃ [arahattaphalaṃ (syā.)] sacchikataṃ mayā』』ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『rāgo me catto… doso me catto… moho me catto, vanto, mutto, pahīno, paṭinissaṭṭho, ukkheṭito , samukkheṭito』』ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『rāgā me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ… dosā me citta vinīvaraṇaṃ… mohā me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇa』』nti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『suññāgāre paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ… dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ… tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; suññāgāre catutthassa jhānassa lābhimhi, vasimhi; suññāgāre catutthaṃ jhānaṃ sacchikataṃ mayā』』ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

宣說是指對未受具足戒者說："我證得初禪"，犯波逸提罪。 宣說是指對未受具足戒者說："我正在證得初禪"，犯波逸提罪。 宣說是指對未受具足戒者說："我已證得初禪"，犯波逸提罪。 宣說是指對未受具足戒者說："我獲得初禪"，犯波逸提罪。 宣說是指對未受具足戒者說："我精通初禪"，犯波逸提罪。 宣說是指對未受具足戒者說："我已證悟初禪"，犯波逸提罪。 宣說是指對未受具足戒者說："我證得二禪...三禪...四禪，我正在證得，我已證得；我獲得四禪，我精通；我已證悟四禪"，犯波逸提罪。 宣說是指對未受具足戒者說："我證得空解脫...無相解脫...無愿解脫...空定...無相定...無愿定，我正在證得，我已證得；我獲得無愿定，我精通；我已證悟無愿定"，犯波逸提罪。 宣說是指對未受具足戒者說："我證得空等至...無相等至...無愿等至，我正在證得，我已證得；我獲得無愿等至，我精通；我已證悟無愿等至"，犯波逸提罪。 宣說是指對未受具足戒者說："我證得三明，我正在證得，我已證得；我獲得三明，我精通；我已證悟三明"，犯波逸提罪。 宣說是指對未受具足戒者說："我證得四念處...四正勤...四神足，我正在證得，我已證得；我獲得四神足，我精通；我已證悟四神足"，犯波逸提罪。 宣說是指對未受具足戒者說："我證得五根...五力，我正在證得，我已證得；我獲得五力，我精通；我已證悟五力"，犯波逸提罪。 宣說是指對未受具足戒者說："我證得七覺支，我正在證得，我已證得；我獲得七覺支，我精通；我已證悟七覺支"，犯波逸提罪。 宣說是指對未受具足戒者說："我證得八聖道支，我正在證得，我已證得；我獲得八聖道支，我精通；我已證悟八聖道支"，犯波逸提罪。 宣說是指對未受具足戒者說："我證得須陀洹果...斯陀含果...阿那含果...阿羅漢果，我正在證得，我已證得；我獲得阿羅漢果，我精通；我已證悟阿羅漢果"，犯波逸提罪。 宣說是指對未受具足戒者說："我的貪已斷...我的嗔已斷...我的癡已斷、吐出、解脫、捨棄、擺脫、拋棄、根除"，犯波逸提罪。 宣說是指對未受具足戒者說："我的心從貪無障礙...我的心從嗔無障礙...我的心從癡無障礙"，犯波逸提罪。 宣說是指對未受具足戒者說："我在空閑處證得初禪...二禪...三禪...四禪，我正在證得，我已證得；我在空閑處獲得四禪，我精通；我在空閑處已證悟四禪"，犯波逸提罪。

72.Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『paṭhamañca jhānaṃ dutiyañca jhānaṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; paṭhamassa ca jhānassa dutiyassa ca jhānassa lābhimhi, vasimhi; paṭhamañca jhānaṃ dutiyañca jhānaṃ sacchikataṃ mayā』』ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『paṭhamañca jhānaṃ tatiyañca jhānaṃ… paṭhamañca jhānaṃ catutthañca jhānaṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; paṭhamassa ca jhānassa catutthassa ca jhānassa lābhimhi, vasimhi; paṭhamañca jhānaṃ catutthañca jhānaṃ sacchikataṃ mayā』』ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『paṭhamañca jhānaṃ suññatañca vimokkhaṃ… animittañca vimokkhaṃ… appaṇihitañca vimokkhaṃ… suññatañca samādhiṃ… animittañca samādhiṃ… appaṇihitañca samādhiṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; paṭhamassa ca jhānassa appaṇihitassa ca samādhissa lābhimhi, vasimhi; paṭhamañca jhānaṃ appaṇihito ca samādhi sacchikato mayā』』ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『paṭhamañca jhānaṃ suññatañca samāpattiṃ… animittañca samāpattiṃ… appaṇihitañca samāpattiṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; paṭhamassa ca jhānassa appaṇihitāya ca samāpattiyā lābhimhi, vasimhi; paṭhamañca jhānaṃ appaṇihitā ca samāpatti sacchikatā mayā』』ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『paṭhamañca jhānaṃ tisso ca vijjā samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; paṭhamassa ca jhānassa tissannañca vijjānaṃ lābhimhi, vasimhi; paṭhamañca jhānaṃ tisso ca vijjā sacchikatā mayā』』ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『paṭhamañca jhānaṃ cattāro ca satipaṭṭhāne…pe… cattāro ca sammappadhāne… cattāro ca iddhipāde samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; paṭhamassa ca jhānassa catunnañca iddhipādānaṃ lābhimhi, vasimhi; paṭhamañca jhānaṃ cattāro ca iddhipādā sacchikatā mayā』』ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『paṭhamañca jhānaṃ, pañca ca indriyāni… pañca ca balāni samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; paṭhamassa ca jhānassa pañcannañca balānaṃ lābhimhi, vasimhi; paṭhamañca jhānaṃ pañca ca balāni sacchikatāni mayā』』ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『paṭhamañca jhānaṃ satta ca bojjhaṅge samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; paṭhamassa ca jhānassa sattannañca bojjhaṅgānaṃ lābhimhi, vasimhi; paṭhamañca jhānaṃ satta ca bojjhaṅgā sacchikatā mayā』』ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『paṭhamañca jhānaṃ ariyañca aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; paṭhamassa ca jhānassa ariyassa ca aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassa lābhimhi, vasimhi; paṭhamañca jhānaṃ ariyo ca aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo sacchikato mayā』』ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『paṭhamañca jhānaṃ sotāpattiphalañca… sakadāgāmiphalañca… anāgāmiphalañca… arahattañca [arahattaphalañca (syā.)] samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; paṭhamassa ca jhānassa arahattassa [arahattaphalassa (syā.)] ca lābhimhi, vasimhi; paṭhamañca jhānaṃ arahattañca sacchikataṃ mayā』』ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『paṭhamañca jhānaṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno… rāgo ca me catto… doso ca me catto… moho ca me catto, vanto, mutto, pahīno, paṭinissaṭṭho, ukkheṭito, samukkheṭito』』ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『paṭhamañca jhānaṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno… rāgā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ… dosā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ… mohā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇa』』nti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

宣說是指對未受具足戒者說："我證得初禪和二禪，我正在證得，我已證得；我獲得初禪和二禪，我精通；我已證悟初禪和二禪"，犯波逸提罪。 宣說是指對未受具足戒者說："我證得初禪和三禪...初禪和四禪，我正在證得，我已證得；我獲得初禪和四禪，我精通；我已證悟初禪和四禪"，犯波逸提罪。 宣說是指對未受具足戒者說："我證得初禪和空解脫...無相解脫...無愿解脫...空定...無相定...無愿定，我正在證得，我已證得；我獲得初禪和無愿定，我精通；我已證悟初禪和無愿定"，犯波逸提罪。 宣說是指對未受具足戒者說："我證得初禪和空等至...無相等至...無愿等至，我正在證得，我已證得；我獲得初禪和無愿等至，我精通；我已證悟初禪和無愿等至"，犯波逸提罪。 宣說是指對未受具足戒者說："我證得初禪和三明，我正在證得，我已證得；我獲得初禪和三明，我精通；我已證悟初禪和三明"，犯波逸提罪。 宣說是指對未受具足戒者說："我證得初禪和四念處...四正勤...四神足，我正在證得，我已證得；我獲得初禪和四神足，我精通；我已證悟初禪和四神足"，犯波逸提罪。 宣說是指對未受具足戒者說："我證得初禪和五根...五力，我正在證得，我已證得；我獲得初禪和五力，我精通；我已證悟初禪和五力"，犯波逸提罪。 宣說是指對未受具足戒者說："我證得初禪和七覺支，我正在證得，我已證得；我獲得初禪和七覺支，我精通；我已證悟初禪和七覺支"，犯波逸提罪。 宣說是指對未受具足戒者說："我證得初禪和八聖道支，我正在證得，我已證得；我獲得初禪和八聖道支，我精通；我已證悟初禪和八聖道支"，犯波逸提罪。 宣說是指對未受具足戒者說："我證得初禪和須陀洹果...斯陀含果...阿那含果...阿羅漢果，我正在證得，我已證得；我獲得初禪和阿羅漢果，我精通；我已證悟初禪和阿羅漢果"，犯波逸提罪。 宣說是指對未受具足戒者說："我證得初禪，我正在證得，我已證得...我的貪已斷...我的嗔已斷...我的癡已斷、吐出、解脫、捨棄、擺脫、拋棄、根除"，犯波逸提罪。 宣說是指對未受具足戒者說："我證得初禪，我正在證得，我已證得...我的心從貪無障礙...我的心從嗔無障礙...我的心從癡無障礙"，犯波逸提罪。

73.Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『dutiyañca jhānaṃ tatiyañca jhānaṃ… dutiyañca jhānaṃ catutthañca jhānaṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; dutiyassa ca jhānassa catutthassa ca jhānassa lābhimhi, vasimhi; dutiyañca jhānaṃ catutthañca jhānaṃ sacchikataṃ mayā』』ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『dutiyañca jhānaṃ suññatañca vimokkhaṃ…pe… mohā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇa』』nti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『dutiyañca jhānaṃ paṭhamañca jhānaṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; dutiyassa ca jhānassa paṭhamassa ca jhānassa lābhimhi, vasimhi; dutiyañca jhānaṃ paṭhamañca jhānaṃ sacchikataṃ mayā』』ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe….

Mūlaṃ saṃkhittaṃ.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『mohā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ, paṭhamañca jhānaṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; mohā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ, paṭhamassa ca jhānassa lābhimhi, vasimhi; mohā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ, paṭhamañca jhānaṃ sacchikataṃ mayā』』ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe….

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『mohā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ, dosā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇa』』nti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe….

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『paṭhamañca jhānaṃ dutiyañca jhānaṃ tatiyañca jhānaṃ catutthañca jhānaṃ suññatañca vimokkhaṃ animittañca vimokkhaṃ appaṇihitañca vimokkhaṃ suññatañca samādhiṃ animittañca samādhiṃ appaṇihitañca samādhiṃ suññatañca samāpattiṃ animittañca samāpattiṃ appaṇihitañca samāpattiṃ tisso ca vijjā cattāro ca satipaṭṭhāne cattāro ca sammappadhāne cattāro ca iddhipāde pañca ca indriyāni pañca ca balāni satta ca bojjhaṅge ariyañca aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ sotāpattiphalañca sakadāgāmiphalañca anāgāmiphalañca arahattañca [arahattaphalañca (syā.)] samāpajjiṃ…pe… rāgo ca me catto, doso ca me catto, moho ca me catto, vanto, mutto, pahīno, paṭinissaṭṭho, ukkheṭito samukkheṭito, rāgā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ, dosā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ, mohā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇa』』nti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

宣說是指對未受具足戒者說："我證得二禪和三禪...二禪和四禪，我正在證得，我已證得；我獲得二禪和四禪，我精通；我已證悟二禪和四禪"，犯波逸提罪。 宣說是指對未受具足戒者說："我證得二禪和空解脫...我的心從癡無障礙"，犯波逸提罪。 宣說是指對未受具足戒者說："我證得二禪和初禪，我正在證得，我已證得；我獲得二禪和初禪，我精通；我已證悟二禪和初禪"，犯波逸提罪... （中略） 宣說是指對未受具足戒者說："我的心從癡無障礙，我證得初禪，我正在證得，我已證得；我的心從癡無障礙，我獲得初禪，我精通；我的心從癡無障礙，我已證悟初禪"，犯波逸提罪... 宣說是指對未受具足戒者說："我的心從癡無障礙，我的心從嗔無障礙"，犯波逸提罪... 宣說是指對未受具足戒者說："我證得初禪、二禪、三禪、四禪、空解脫、無相解脫、無愿解脫、空定、無相定、無愿定、空等至、無相等至、無愿等至、三明、四念處、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七覺支、八聖道支、須陀洹果、斯陀含果、阿那含果、阿羅漢果...我的貪已斷、我的嗔已斷、我的癡已斷、吐出、解脫、捨棄、擺脫、拋棄、根除，我的心從貪無障礙，我的心從嗔無障礙，我的心從癡無障礙"，犯波逸提罪。

74.Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji』』nti vattukāmo 『『dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji』』nti bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti pācittiyassa, na paṭivijānantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji』』nti vattukāmo 『『tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ…pe… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ, suññataṃ vimokkhaṃ, animittaṃ vimokkhaṃ, appaṇihitaṃ vimokkhaṃ, suññataṃ samādhiṃ, animittaṃ samādhiṃ, appaṇihitaṃ samādhiṃ, suññataṃ samāpattiṃ, animittaṃ samāpattiṃ, appaṇihitaṃ samāpattiṃ, tisso vijjā, cattāro satipaṭṭhāne, cattāro sammappadhāne, cattāro iddhipāde, pañcindriyāni, pañca balāni, satta bojjhaṅge, ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ, sotāpattiphalaṃ, sakadāgāmiphalaṃ, anāgāmiphalaṃ, arahattaṃ [arahattaphalaṃ (syā.)] samāpajjiṃ…pe… rāgo me catto, doso me catto, moho me catto, vanto, mutto, pahīno; paṭinissaṭṭho, ukkheṭito, samukkheṭito; rāgā me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ, dosā me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ, mohā me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇa』』nti bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti pācittiyassa, na paṭivijānantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji』』nti vattukāmo…pe… 『『mohā me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇa』』nti bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti pācittiyassa, na paṭivijānantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa…pe….

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji』』nti vattukāmo – 『『paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji』』nti bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti pācittiyassa, na paṭivijānantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa…pe….

Mūlaṃ saṃkhittaṃ.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『mohā me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇa』』nti vattukāmo – 『『paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji』』nti bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti pācittiyassa, na paṭivijānantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa…pe….

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『mohā me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇa』』nti vattukāmo – 『『dosā me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇa』』nti bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti pācittiyassa, na paṭivijānantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa…pe….

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『paṭhamañca jhānaṃ dutiyañca jhānaṃ tatiyañca jhānaṃ catutthañca jhānaṃ …pe… dosā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇa』』nti vattukāmo – 『『mohā me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇa』』nti bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti pācittiyassa, na paṭivijānantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『dutiyañca jhānaṃ tatiyañca jhānaṃ catutthañca jhānaṃ…pe… mohā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇa』』nti vattukāmo – 『『paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji』』nti bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti pācittiyassa, na paṭivijānantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa…pe….

宣說是指對未受具足戒者想說"我證得初禪"，卻說"我證得二禪"，如果對方理解了，犯波逸提罪；如果對方不理解，犯突吉羅罪。 宣說是指對未受具足戒者想說"我證得初禪"，卻說"我證得三禪...四禪、空解脫、無相解脫、無愿解脫、空定、無相定、無愿定、空等至、無相等至、無愿等至、三明、四念處、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七覺支、八聖道支、須陀洹果、斯陀含果、阿那含果、阿羅漢果...我的貪已斷、我的嗔已斷、我的癡已斷、吐出、解脫、捨棄、擺脫、拋棄、根除；我的心從貪無障礙，我的心從嗔無障礙，我的心從癡無障礙"，如果對方理解了，犯波逸提罪；如果對方不理解，犯突吉羅罪。 宣說是指對未受具足戒者想說"我證得二禪"...卻說"我的心從癡無障礙"，如果對方理解了，犯波逸提罪；如果對方不理解，犯突吉羅罪... 宣說是指對未受具足戒者想說"我證得二禪"，卻說"我證得初禪"，如果對方理解了，犯波逸提罪；如果對方不理解，犯突吉羅罪... （中略） 宣說是指對未受具足戒者想說"我的心從癡無障礙"，卻說"我證得初禪"，如果對方理解了，犯波逸提罪；如果對方不理解，犯突吉羅罪... 宣說是指對未受具足戒者想說"我的心從癡無障礙"，卻說"我的心從嗔無障礙"，如果對方理解了，犯波逸提罪；如果對方不理解，犯突吉羅罪... 宣說是指對未受具足戒者想說"我證得初禪、二禪、三禪、四禪...我的心從嗔無障礙"，卻說"我的心從癡無障礙"，如果對方理解了，犯波逸提罪；如果對方不理解，犯突吉羅罪。 宣說是指對未受具足戒者想說"我證得二禪、三禪、四禪...我的心從癡無障礙"，卻說"我證得初禪"，如果對方理解了，犯波逸提罪；如果對方不理解，犯突吉羅罪...

75.Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『yo te vihāre vasi so bhikkhu paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, samāpajjati, samāpanno; so bhikkhu paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhī, vasī; tena bhikkhunā paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ sacchikata』』nti bhaṇantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『yo te vihāre vasi so bhikkhu dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ…pe… tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, samāpajjati, samāpanno; so bhikkhu catutthassa jhānassa lābhī, vasī; tena bhikkhunā catutthaṃ jhānaṃ sacchikata』』nti bhaṇantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『yo te vihāre vasi so bhikkhu suññataṃ vimokkhaṃ…pe… animittaṃ vimokkhaṃ appaṇihitaṃ vimokkhaṃ suññataṃ samādhiṃ animittaṃ samādhiṃ appaṇihitaṃ samādhiṃ samāpajji, samāpajjati, samāpanno; so bhikkhu appaṇihitassa samādhissa lābhī, vasī; tena bhikkhunā appaṇihito samādhi sacchikato』』ti bhaṇantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『yo te vihāre vasi so bhikkhu suññataṃ samāpattiṃ…pe… animittaṃ samāpattiṃ appaṇihitaṃ samāpattiṃ samāpajji, samāpajjati, samāpanno; appaṇihitāya samāpattiyā lābhī, vasī; tena bhikkhunā appaṇihitā samāpatti sacchikatā』』ti bhaṇantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『yo te vihāre vasi so bhikkhu tisso vijjā …pe… cattāro satipaṭṭhāne, cattāro sammappadhāne, cattāro iddhipāde, pañcindriyāni, pañca balāni, satta bojhaṅge, ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ, sotāpattiphalaṃ, sakadāgāmiphalaṃ, anāgāmiphalaṃ, arahattaṃ [arahattaphalaṃ (syā.)] samāpajji…pe… samāpajjati, samāpanno…pe… tassa bhikkhuno rāgo catto, doso catto, moho catto, vanto, mutto, pahīno, paṭinissaṭṭho, ukkheṭito, samukkheṭito; tassa bhikkhuno rāgā cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ, dosā cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ, mohā cittaṃ vinīvaraṇa』』nti bhaṇantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『yo te vihāre vasi so bhikkhu suññāgāre paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ…pe… dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, samāpajjati, samāpanno; so bhikkhu suññāgāre catutthassa jhānassa lābhī, vasī; tena bhikkhunā suññāgāre catutthaṃ jhānaṃ sacchikata』』nti bhaṇantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『yo te cīvaraṃ paribhuñji, yo te piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñji, yo te senāsanaṃ paribhuñji, yo te gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paribhuñji so bhikkhu suññāgāre catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, samāpajjati, samāpanno; so bhikkhu suññāgāre catutthassa jhānassa lābhī, vasī; tena bhikkhunā suññāgāre catutthaṃ jhānaṃ sacchikata』』nti bhaṇantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa.

76.Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『yena te vihāro paribhutto…pe… yena te cīvaraṃ paribhuttaṃ, yena te piṇḍapāto paribhutto, yena te senāsanaṃ paribhuttaṃ, yena te gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāro paribhutto so bhikkhu suññāgāre catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, samāpajjati, samāpanno; so bhikkhu suññāgāre catutthassa jhānassa lābhī, vasī; tena bhikkhunā suññāgāre catutthaṃ jhānaṃ sacchikata』』nti bhaṇantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – 『『yaṃ tvaṃ āgamma vihāraṃ adāsi…pe… cīvaraṃ adāsi, piṇḍapātaṃ adāsi, senāsanaṃ adāsi, gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ adāsi so bhikkhu suññāgāre catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, samāpajjati, samāpanno; so bhikkhu suññāgāre catutthassa jhānassa lābhī, vasī; tena bhikkhunā suññāgāre catutthaṃ jhānaṃ sacchikata』』nti bhaṇantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1. Anāpatti upasampannassa, bhūtaṃ āroceti, ādikammikassāti.

Bhūtārocanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ.

1. Duṭṭhullārocanasikkhāpadaṃ

宣說是指對未受具足戒者說："住在你的精舍里的那個比丘證得初禪，正在證得，已證得；那個比丘獲得初禪，精通；那個比丘已證悟初禪"，犯突吉羅罪。 宣說是指對未受具足戒者說："住在你的精舍里的那個比丘證得二禪...三禪、四禪，正在證得，已證得；那個比丘獲得四禪，精通；那個比丘已證悟四禪"，犯突吉羅罪。 宣說是指對未受具足戒者說："住在你的精舍里的那個比丘證得空解脫...無相解脫、無愿解脫、空定、無相定、無愿定，正在證得，已證得；那個比丘獲得無愿定，精通；那個比丘已證悟無愿定"，犯突吉羅罪。 宣說是指對未受具足戒者說："住在你的精舍里的那個比丘證得空等至...無相等至、無愿等至，正在證得，已證得；獲得無愿等至，精通；那個比丘已證悟無愿等至"，犯突吉羅罪。 宣說是指對未受具足戒者說："住在你的精舍里的那個比丘證得三明...四念處、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七覺支、八聖道支、須陀洹果、斯陀含果、阿那含果、阿羅漢果...正在證得，已證得...那個比丘的貪已斷、嗔已斷、癡已斷、吐出、解脫、捨棄、擺脫、拋棄、根除；那個比丘的心從貪無障礙，從嗔無障礙，從癡無障礙"，犯突吉羅罪。 宣說是指對未受具足戒者說："住在你的精舍里的那個比丘在空閑處證得初禪...二禪、三禪、四禪，正在證得，已證得；那個比丘在空閑處獲得四禪，精通；那個比丘已在空閑處證悟四禪"，犯突吉羅罪。 宣說是指對未受具足戒者說："使用你的衣服的那個比丘，使用你的食物的那個比丘，使用你的住處的那個比丘，使用你的醫藥的那個比丘，他在空閑處證得四禪，正在證得，已證得；那個比丘在空閑處獲得四禪，精通；那個比丘已在空閑處證悟四禪"，犯突吉羅罪。 宣說是指對未受具足戒者說："使用你的精舍的...使用你的衣服的，使用你的食物的，使用你的住處的，使用你的醫藥的那個比丘，他在空閑處證得四禪，正在證得，已證得；那個比丘在空閑處獲得四禪，精通；那個比丘已在空閑處證悟四禪"，犯突吉羅罪。 宣說是指對未受具足戒者說："因你而來佈施精舍的...佈施衣服的，佈施食物的，佈施住處的，佈施醫藥的那個比丘，他在空閑處證得四禪，正在證得，已證得；那個比丘在空閑處獲得四禪，精通；那個比丘已在空閑處證悟四禪"，犯突吉羅罪。 不犯：對已受具足戒者說，說真實的，初犯者。 第八條宣說真實法學處終。 宣說重罪學處

1. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā upanando sakyaputto chabbaggiyehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ bhaṇḍanakato hoti. So sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitvā saṅghaṃ tassā āpattiyā parivāsaṃ yāci. Tassa saṅgho tassā āpattiyā parivāsaṃ adāsi. Tena kho pana samayena sāvatthiyaṃ aññatarassa pūgassa saṅghabhattaṃ hoti. So parivasanto bhattagge āsanapariyante nisīdi. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū te upāsake etadavocuṃ – 『『eso, āvuso, āyasmā upanando sakyaputto tumhākaṃ sambhāvito kulūpako; yeneva hatthena saddhādeyyaṃ bhuñjati teneva hatthena upakkamitvā asuciṃ mocesi. So sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitvā saṅghaṃ tassā āpattiyā parivāsaṃ yāci. Tassa saṅgho tassā āpattiyā parivāsaṃ adāsi . So parivasanto āsanapariyante nisinno』』ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhussa duṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ anupasampannassa ārocessantī』』ti…pe… 『『saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, bhikkhussa duṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ anupasampannassa ārocethā』』ti? 『『Saccaṃ , bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, bhikkhussa duṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ anupasampannassa ārocessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

79.『『Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhussa duṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ anupasampannassa āroceyya, aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā [bhikkhusammatiyā (syā.)], pācittiya』』nti.

80.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Bhikkhussāti aññassa bhikkhussa.

Duṭṭhullā nāma āpatti – cattāri ca pārājikāni, terasa ca saṅghādisesā.

Anupasampanno nāma bhikkhuñca bhikkhuniñca ṭhapetvā avaseso anupasampanno nāma.

Āroceyyāti āroceyya itthiyā vā purisassa vā gahaṭṭhassa vā pabbajitassa vā.

Aññatra bhikkhusammutiyāti ṭhapetvā bhikkhusammutiṃ.

Atthi bhikkhusammuti āpattipariyantā, na kulapariyantā. Atthi bhikkhusammuti kulapariyantā, na āpattipariyantā, atthi bhikkhusammuti āpattipariyantā ca kulapariyantā ca, atthi bhikkhusammuti neva āpattipariyantā na kulapariyantā.

Āpattipariyantā nāma āpattiyo pariggahitāyo honti – 『『ettakāhi āpattīhi ārocetabbo』』ti.

Kulapariyantā nāma kulāni pariggahitāni honti – 『『ettakesu kulesu ārocetabbo』』ti. Āpattipariyantā ca kulapariyantā ca nāma āpattiyo ca pariggahitāyo honti, kulāni ca pariggahitāni honti – 『『ettakāhi āpattīhi ettakesu kulesu ārocetabbo』』ti. Neva āpattipariyantā na kulapariyantā nāma āpattiyo ca apariggahitāyo honti, kulāni ca apariggahitāni honti – 『『ettakāhi āpattīhi ettakesu kulesu ārocetabbo』』ti.

1. Āpattipariyante yā āpattiyo pariggahitāyo honti, tā āpattiyo ṭhapetvā aññāhi āpattīhi āroceti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Kulapariyante yāni kulāni pariggahitāni honti, tāni kulāni ṭhapetvā aññesu kulesu āroceti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āpattipariyante ca kulapariyante ca yā āpattiyo pariggahitāyo honti, tā āpattiyo ṭhapetvā yāni kulāni pariggahitāni honti, tāni kulāni ṭhapetvā aññāhi āpattīhi aññesu kulesu āroceti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Neva āpattipariyante na kulapariyante, anāpatti.

1. Duṭṭhullāya āpattiyā duṭṭhullāpattisaññī anupasampannassa āroceti, aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Duṭṭhullāya āpattiyā vematiko anupasampannassa āroceti, aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Duṭṭhullāya āpattiyā aduṭṭhullāpattisaññī anupasampannassa āroceti, aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Aduṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ āroceti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Anupasampannassa duṭṭhullaṃ vā aduṭṭhullaṃ vā ajjhācāraṃ āroceti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Aduṭṭhullāya āpattiyā duṭṭhullāpattisaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Aduṭṭhullāya āpattiyā vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Aduṭṭhullāya āpattiyā aduṭṭhullāpattisaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

那時，佛陀住在舍衛城祇樹給孤獨園。當時，尊者優波難陀釋迦子與六群比丘發生爭執。他故意出精犯了罪，向僧團請求對此罪的別住。僧團給予他對此罪的別住。那時，舍衛城的某個團體為僧團準備了食物。他正在別住，坐在飯堂的座位末端。六群比丘對那些優婆塞說："諸位，這位尊者優波難陀釋迦子是你們尊敬的常來施主家的比丘；他用同一隻手接受信施食物，也用同一隻手觸控自己使不凈流出。他故意出精犯了罪，向僧團請求對此罪的別住。僧團給予他對此罪的別住。他正在別住，坐在座位末端。"那些少欲的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說："為什麼六群比丘要向未受具足戒者宣說比丘的重罪呢？"......"比丘們，你們真的向未受具足戒者宣說比丘的重罪嗎？""是的，世尊。"佛陀呵責道......"愚人，你們怎麼能向未受具足戒者宣說比丘的重罪呢！愚人，這不會使不信者生信..."於是，比丘們，你們應當如此宣說這條學處： "若比丘向未受具足戒者宣說比丘的重罪，除非經比丘同意，波逸提。" "若"是指任何......比丘是指......在這裡所指的比丘是這個意思。 比丘的是指另一個比丘的。 重罪是指四波羅夷罪和十三僧殘罪。 未受具足戒者是指除了比丘和比丘尼之外的其他人。 宣說是指向女人或男人、在家人或出家人宣說。 除非經比丘同意是指除了比丘同意的情況。 有限定罪的比丘同意，有限定俗家的比丘同意，有限定罪和俗家的比丘同意，有既不限定罪也不限定俗家的比丘同意。 限定罪是指限定了罪數："可以宣說這麼多罪。" 限定俗家是指限定了俗家數："可以向這麼多俗家宣說。" 限定罪和俗家是指限定了罪數和俗家數："可以向這麼多俗家宣說這麼多罪。" 既不限定罪也不限定俗家是指沒有限定罪數和俗家數："可以向這麼多俗家宣說這麼多罪。" 在限定罪的情況下，除了限定的那些罪之外，宣說其他罪，犯波逸提罪。 在限定俗家的情況下，除了限定的那些俗家之外，向其他俗家宣說，犯波逸提罪。 在限定罪和俗家的情況下，除了限定的那些罪和俗家之外，向其他俗家宣說其他罪，犯波逸提罪。 在既不限定罪也不限定俗家的情況下，不犯。 對重罪認為是重罪，向未受具足戒者宣說，除非經比丘同意，犯波逸提罪。 對重罪有疑慮，向未受具足戒者宣說，除非經比丘同意，犯波逸提罪。 對重罪認為不是重罪，向未受具足戒者宣說，除非經比丘同意，犯波逸提罪。 宣說非重罪，犯突吉羅罪。 向未受具足戒者宣說重罪或非重罪的不當行為，犯突吉羅罪。 對非重罪認為是重罪，犯突吉羅罪。 對非重罪有疑慮，犯突吉羅罪。 對非重罪認為不是重罪，犯突吉羅罪。

1. Anāpatti vatthuṃ āroceti no āpattiṃ, āpattiṃ āroceti no vatthuṃ, bhikkhusammutiyā, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Duṭṭhullārocanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ navamaṃ.

1. Pathavīkhaṇanasikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā āḷaviyaṃ viharati aggāḷave cetiye. Tena kho pana samayena āḷavakā [āḷavikā (syā.)] bhikkhū navakammaṃ karontā pathaviṃ khaṇantipi khaṇāpentipi. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā pathaviṃ khaṇissantipi khaṇāpessantipi! Ekindriyaṃ samaṇā sakyaputtiyā jīvaṃ viheṭhentī』』ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma āḷavakā bhikkhū pathaviṃ khaṇissantipi khaṇāpessantipī』』ti…pe… 『『saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, pathaviṃ khaṇathapi khaṇāpethapī』』ti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, pathaviṃ khaṇissathapi khaṇāpessathapi! Jīvasaññino hi, moghapurisā, manussā pathaviyā. Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

85.『『Yo pana bhikkhu pathaviṃ khaṇeyya vā khaṇāpeyya vā, pācittiya』』nti.

86.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Pathavī nāma dve pathaviyo – jātā ca pathavī ajātā ca pathavī.

Jātā nāma pathavī – suddhapaṃsu suddhamattikā appapāsāṇā appasakkharā appakaṭhalā appamarumbā appavālikā, yebhuyyenapaṃsukā, yebhuyyenamattikā. Adaḍḍhāpi vuccati jātā pathavī. Yopi paṃsupuñjo vā mattikāpuñjo vā atirekacātumāsaṃ ovaṭṭho, ayampi vuccati jātā pathavī.

Ajātā nāma pathavī – suddhapāsāṇā suddhasakkharā suddhakaṭhalā suddhamarumbā suddhavālikā appapaṃsukā appamattikā, yebhuyyenapāsāṇā, yebhuyyenasakkharā, yebhuyyenakaṭhalā, yebhuyyenamarumbā, yebhuyyenavālikā. Daḍḍhāpi vuccati ajātā pathavī. Yopi paṃsupuñjo vā mattikāpuñjo vā omakacātumāsaṃ ovaṭṭho, ayampi vuccati ajātā pathavī.

Khaṇeyyāti sayaṃ khaṇati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Khaṇāpeyyāti aññaṃ āṇāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Sakiṃ āṇatto bahukampi khaṇati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

1. Pathaviyā pathavisaññī khaṇati vā khaṇāpeti vā, bhindati vā bhedāpeti vā, dahati vā dahāpeti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Pathaviyā vematiko khaṇati vā khaṇāpeti vā, bhindati vā bhedāpeti vā, dahati vā dahāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Pathaviyā apathavisaññī khaṇati vā khaṇāpeti vā, bhindati vā bhedāpeti vā, dahati vā dahāpeti vā, anāpatti.

Apathaviyā pathavisaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Apathaviyā vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Apathaviyā apathavisaññī, anāpatti.

1. Anāpatti – 『『imaṃ jāna, imaṃ dehi, imaṃ āhara, iminā attho, imaṃ kappiyaṃ karohī』』ti bhaṇati, asañcicca, asatiyā, ajānantassa, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Pathavīkhaṇanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dasamaṃ.

Musāvādavaggo paṭhamo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Musā omasapesuññaṃ, padaseyyāya ve duve;

Aññatra viññunā bhūtā, duṭṭhullāpatti khaṇanāti.

1. Bhūtagāmavaggo

2. Bhūtagāmasikkhāpadaṃ

不犯：宣說事實而不宣說罪，宣說罪而不宣說事實，經比丘同意，精神錯亂者，初犯者。 第九條宣說重罪學處終。 挖掘土地學處 那時，佛陀住在阿拉維的阿伽拉瓦塔神廟。當時，阿拉維的比丘們在建造新房舍時，自己挖掘土地，也叫人挖掘土地。人們抱怨、批評、指責說："為什麼沙門釋迦子要挖掘土地，也叫人挖掘土地呢！沙門釋迦子傷害有一根的生命！"比丘們聽到那些人抱怨、批評、指責。那些少欲的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說："為什麼阿拉維的比丘們要挖掘土地，也叫人挖掘土地呢？"......"比丘們，你們真的挖掘土地，也叫人挖掘土地嗎？""是的，世尊。"佛陀呵責道......"愚人，你們怎麼能挖掘土地，也叫人挖掘土地呢！愚人，人們認為土地是有生命的。愚人，這不會使不信者生信..."於是，比丘們，你們應當如此宣說這條學處： "若比丘挖掘土地或叫人挖掘，波逸提。" "若"是指任何......比丘是指......在這裡所指的比丘是這個意思。 土地有兩種：天然的土地和人工的土地。 天然的土地是指：純土、純泥、少石、少礫、少碎石、少砂礫、少沙，大部分是土，大部分是泥。未燒過的也稱為天然的土地。堆積超過四個月的土堆或泥堆，這也稱為天然的土地。 人工的土地是指：純石、純礫、純碎石、純砂礫、純沙，少土、少泥，大部分是石，大部分是礫，大部分是碎石，大部分是砂礫，大部分是沙。燒過的也稱為人工的土地。堆積不到四個月的土堆或泥堆，這也稱為人工的土地。 挖掘是指自己挖掘，犯波逸提罪。 叫人挖掘是指命令他人，犯波逸提罪。命令一次，即使他人多次挖掘，也犯波逸提罪。 對土地認為是土地，挖掘或叫人挖掘，打破或叫人打破，燒燬或叫人燒燬，犯波逸提罪。 對土地有疑慮，挖掘或叫人挖掘，打破或叫人打破，燒燬或叫人燒燬，犯突吉羅罪。 對土地認為不是土地，挖掘或叫人挖掘，打破或叫人打破，燒燬或叫人燒燬，不犯。 對非土地認為是土地，犯突吉羅罪。對非土地有疑慮，犯突吉羅罪。對非土地認為不是土地，不犯。 不犯：說"知道這個，給這個，拿這個來，需要這個，使這個成為允許的"，無意的，不注意的，不知道的，精神錯亂者，初犯者。 第十條挖掘土地學處終。 第一妄語品終。 其摘要： 妄語、辱罵、離間語，兩條關於同宿， 除非有智者，真實、重罪、挖掘。 破壞植物品 破壞植物學處

1. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā āḷaviyaṃ viharati aggāḷave cetiye. Tena kho pana samayena āḷavakā bhikkhū navakammaṃ karontā rukkhaṃ chindantipi chedāpentipi. Aññataropi āḷavako bhikkhu rukkhaṃ chindati. Tasmiṃ rukkhe adhivatthā devatā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavoca – 『『mā, bhante, attano bhavanaṃ kattukāmo mayhaṃ bhavanaṃ chindī』』ti. So bhikkhu anādiyanto chindi yeva, tassā ca devatāya dārakassa bāhuṃ ākoṭesi. Atha kho tassā devatāya etadahosi – 『『yaṃnnūnāhaṃ imaṃ bhikkhuṃ idheva jīvitā voropeyya』』nti. Atha kho tassā devatāya etadahosi – 『『na kho metaṃ patirūpaṃ yāhaṃ imaṃ bhikkhuṃ idheva jīvitā voropeyyaṃ. Yannūnāhaṃ bhagavato etamatthaṃ āroceyya』』nti. Atha kho sā devatā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. 『『Sādhu sādhu devate! Sādhu kho tvaṃ, devate, taṃ bhikkhuṃ jīvitā na voropesi. Sacajja tvaṃ, devate, taṃ bhikkhuṃ jīvitā voropeyyāsi, bahuñca tvaṃ, devate, apuññaṃ pasaveyyāsi. Gaccha tvaṃ, devate, amukasmiṃ okāse rukkho vivitto tasmiṃ upagacchā』』ti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā rukkhaṃ chindissantipi chedāpessantipi ekindriyaṃ samaṇā sakyaputtiyā jīvaṃ viheṭhessantī』』ti!

Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma āḷavakā bhikkhū rukkhaṃ chindissantipi chedāpessantipī』』ti…pe… 『『saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, rukkhaṃ chindathāpi chedāpethāpī』』ti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, rukkhaṃ chindissathāpi, chedāpessathāpi! Jīvasaññino hi, moghapurisā, manussā rukkhasmiṃ, netaṃ moghapurisā appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

90.『『Bhūtagāmapātabyatāya pācittiya』』nti.

91.Bhūtagāmo nāma pañca bījajātāni – mūlabījaṃ, khandhabījaṃ, phaḷubījaṃ, aggabījaṃ, bījabījameva [bījabījañceva (itipi)] pañcamaṃ.

Mūlabījaṃ nāma – haliddi, siṅgiveraṃ, vacā, vacattaṃ, ativisā, kaṭukarohiṇī, usīraṃ, bhaddamūttakaṃ, yāni vā panaññānipi atthi mūle jāyanti, mūle sañjāyanti, etaṃ mūlabījaṃ nāma.

Khandhabījaṃ nāma – assattho, nigrodho, pilakkho, udumbaro, kacchako, kapitthano, yāni vā panaññānipi atthi khandhe jāyanti, khandhe sañjāyanti, etaṃ khandhabījaṃ nāma.

Phaḷubījaṃ nāma – ucchu, veḷu, naḷo, yāni vā panaññānipi atthi pabbe jāyanti, pabbe sañjāyanti, etaṃ phaḷubījaṃ nāma.

Aggabījaṃ nāma – ajjukaṃ, phaṇijjakaṃ, hiriveraṃ, yāni vā panaññānipi atthi agge jāyanti, agge sañjāyanti, etaṃ aggabījaṃ nāma.

Bījabījaṃ nāma – pubbaṇṇaṃ, aparaṇṇaṃ, yāni vā panaññānipi atthi bīje jāyanti, bīje sañjāyanti, etaṃ bījabījaṃ nāma.

1. Bīje bījasaññī chindati vā chedāpeti vā, bhindati vā bhedāpeti vā, pacati vā pacāpeti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Bīje vematiko chindati vā chedāpeti vā, bhindati vā bhedāpeti vā, pacati vā pacāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Bīje abījasaññī chindati vā chedāpeti vā, bhindati vā bhedāpeti vā, pacati vā pacāpeti vā, anāpatti. Abīje bījasaññī āpatti dukkaṭassa. Abīje vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Abīje abījasaññī, anāpatti.

2. Anāpatti – 『『imaṃ jāna, imaṃ dehi, imaṃ āhara, iminā attho, imaṃ kappiyaṃ karohī』』ti bhaṇati, asañcicca, assatiyā, ajānantassa, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Bhūtagāmasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ paṭhamaṃ.

1. Aññavādakasikkhāpadaṃ

那時，佛陀住在阿拉維的阿伽拉瓦塔神廟。當時，阿拉維的比丘們在建造新房舍時，自己砍伐樹木，也叫人砍伐樹木。有一位阿拉維比丘正在砍樹。住在那棵樹上的神對那位比丘說："尊者，請不要爲了建造自己的住處而砍伐我的住處。"那位比丘不理會，繼續砍伐，並打到了那位神的孩子的手臂。那時，那位神想："我是否應該就在這裡奪取這位比丘的生命呢？"然後那位神又想："我在這裡奪取這位比丘的生命是不恰當的。我應該去向世尊報告此事。"於是那位神來到世尊處，向世尊報告此事。"善哉！善哉！神啊！神啊，你沒有奪取那位比丘的生命，這很好。神啊，如果你今天奪取了那位比丘的生命，你會造下很多罪業。神啊，你去某處，那裡有一棵孤立的樹，你去那裡吧。"人們抱怨、批評、指責說："為什麼沙門釋迦子要砍伐樹木，也叫人砍伐樹木呢！沙門釋迦子傷害有一根的生命！" 比丘們聽到那些人抱怨、批評、指責。那些少欲的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說："為什麼阿拉維的比丘們要砍伐樹木，也叫人砍伐樹木呢？"......"比丘們，你們真的砍伐樹木，也叫人砍伐樹木嗎？""是的，世尊。"佛陀呵責道......"愚人，你們怎麼能砍伐樹木，也叫人砍伐樹木呢！愚人，人們認為樹木是有生命的。愚人，這不會使不信者生信..."於是，比丘們，你們應當如此宣說這條學處： "破壞植物，波逸提。" 植物是指五種種子：根種、莖種、節種、頂芽種，第五是種子種。 根種是指：薑黃、生薑、菖蒲、白菖蒲、黑附子、黑薑黃、香根草、香附子，以及其他從根部生長、在根部產生的，這些稱為根種。 莖種是指：菩提樹、榕樹、波羅蜜樹、烏欖樹、麵包樹、木蘋果樹，以及其他從莖部生長、在莖部產生的，這些稱為莖種。 節種是指：甘蔗、竹子、蘆葦，以及其他從節部生長、在節部產生的，這些稱為節種。 頂芽種是指：羅勒、薄荷、香草，以及其他從頂芽生長、在頂芽產生的，這些稱為頂芽種。 種子種是指：穀類、豆類，以及其他從種子生長、在種子產生的，這些稱為種子種。 對種子認為是種子，砍伐或叫人砍伐，打破或叫人打破，烹煮或叫人烹煮，犯波逸提罪。對種子有疑慮，砍伐或叫人砍伐，打破或叫人打破，烹煮或叫人烹煮，犯突吉羅罪。對種子認為不是種子，砍伐或叫人砍伐，打破或叫人打破，烹煮或叫人烹煮，不犯。對非種子認為是種子，犯突吉羅罪。對非種子有疑慮，犯突吉羅罪。對非種子認為不是種子，不犯。 不犯：說"知道這個，給這個，拿這個來，需要這個，使這個成為允許的"，無意的，不注意的，不知道的，精神錯亂者，初犯者。 第一條破壞植物學處終。 迴避問題學處

1. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā kosambiyaṃ viharati ghositārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā channo anācāraṃ ācaritvā saṅghamajjhe āpattiyā anuyuñjīyamāno aññenaññaṃ paṭicarati – 『『ko āpanno, kiṃ āpanno, kismiṃ āpanno, kathaṃ āpanno, kaṃ bhaṇatha, kiṃ bhaṇathā』』ti? Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma āyasmā channo saṅghamajjhe āpattiyā anuyuñjīyamāno aññenaññaṃ paṭicarissati – ko āpanno, kiṃ āpanno, kismiṃ āpanno, kathaṃ āpanno, kaṃ bhaṇatha, kiṃ bhaṇathā』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, channa, saṅghamajjhe āpattiyā anuyuñjīyamāno aññenaññaṃ paṭicarasi – ko āpanno, kiṃ āpanno, kismiṃ āpanno, kathaṃ āpanno, kaṃ bhaṇatha, kiṃ bhaṇathāti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, saṅghamajjhe āpattiyā anuyuñjīyamāno aññenaññaṃ paṭicarissasi – ko āpanno, kiṃ āpanno, kismiṃ āpanno, kathaṃ āpanno, kaṃ bhaṇatha, kiṃ bhaṇathāti! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『tena hi, bhikkhave, saṅgho channassa bhikkhuno aññavādakaṃ ropetu. Evañca pana, bhikkhave , ropetabbaṃ. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

2. 『『Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ channo bhikkhu saṅghamajjhe āpattiyā anuyuñjīyamāno aññenaññaṃ paṭicarati. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho channassa bhikkhuno aññavādakaṃ ropeyya. Esā ñatti.

『『Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ channo bhikkhu saṅghamajjhe āpattiyā anuyuñjīyamāno aññenaññaṃ paṭicarati. Saṅgho channassa bhikkhuno aññavādakaṃ ropeti. Yassāyasmato khamati channassa bhikkhuno aññavādakassa ropanā, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

『『Ropitaṃ saṅghena channassa bhikkhuno aññavādakaṃ. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī』』ti.

Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ channaṃ anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

『『Aññavādake pācittiya』』nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

1. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā channo saṅghamajjhe āpattiyā anuyuñjīyamāno 『『aññenaññaṃ paṭicaranto – 『『āpattiṃ āpajjissāmī』』ti tuṇhībhūto saṅghaṃ viheseti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma āyasmā channo saṅghamajjhe āpattiyā anuyuñjīyamāno tuṇhībhūto saṅghaṃ vihesessatī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, channa, saṅghamajjhe āpattiyā anuyuñjīyamāno tuṇhībhūto saṅghaṃ vihesesīti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, saṅghamajjhe āpattiyā anuyuñjīyamāno tuṇhībhūto saṅghaṃ vihesessasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『tena hi, bhikkhave, saṅgho channassa bhikkhuno vihesakaṃ ropetu. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, ropetabbaṃ. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

2. 『『Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ channo bhikkhu saṅghamajjhe āpattiyā anuyuñjīyamāno tuṇhībhūto saṅghaṃ viheseti. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho channassa bhikkhuno vihesakaṃ ropeyya. Esā ñatti.

『『Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ channo bhikkhu saṅghamajjhe āpattiyā anuyuñjīyamāno tuṇhībhūto saṅghaṃ viheseti. Saṅgho channassa bhikkhuno vihesakaṃ ropeti. Yassāyasmāto khamati channassa bhikkhuno vihesakassa ropanā, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

『『Ropitaṃ saṅghena channassa bhikkhuno vihesakaṃ. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī』』ti.

Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ channaṃ anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

98.『『Aññavādake vihesake pācittiya』』nti.

那時，佛陀住在憍賞彌的瞿師羅園。當時，尊者闡那行為不當，在僧團中被詢問犯戒時，以其他話題迴避："誰犯了？犯了什麼？在哪裡犯的？怎麼犯的？你們說誰？你們說什麼？"那些少欲的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說："為什麼尊者闡那在僧團中被詢問犯戒時，要以其他話題迴避：'誰犯了？犯了什麼？在哪裡犯的？怎麼犯的？你們說誰？你們說什麼？'"......"闡那，你真的在僧團中被詢問犯戒時，以其他話題迴避：'誰犯了？犯了什麼？在哪裡犯的？怎麼犯的？你們說誰？你們說什麼？'嗎？""是的，世尊。"佛陀呵責道......"愚人，你怎麼能在僧團中被詢問犯戒時，以其他話題迴避：'誰犯了？犯了什麼？在哪裡犯的？怎麼犯的？你們說誰？你們說什麼？'呢！愚人，這不會使不信者生信..."呵責后...作了法說，佛陀對比丘們說："那麼，比丘們，僧團應對比丘闡那作出迴避問題的裁決。比丘們，應當這樣作出裁決。由一位有能力的比丘向僧團宣告： "大德們，請僧團聽我說。這位比丘闡那在僧團中被詢問犯戒時，以其他話題迴避。如果僧團認為時機適當，僧團應對比丘闡那作出迴避問題的裁決。這是動議。 "大德們，請僧團聽我說。這位比丘闡那在僧團中被詢問犯戒時，以其他話題迴避。僧團正在對比丘闡那作出迴避問題的裁決。哪位尊者同意對比丘闡那作出迴避問題的裁決，請保持沉默；哪位不同意，請說出來。 "僧團已對比丘闡那作出迴避問題的裁決。僧團同意，所以保持沉默。我如此記住這件事。" 然後，佛陀以種種方式呵責尊者闡那難以養育...於是，比丘們，你們應當如此宣說這條學處： "迴避問題，波逸提。" 世尊為比丘們制定了這條學處。 那時，尊者闡那在僧團中被詢問犯戒時，想著"我將犯戒"而保持沉默，騷擾僧團。那些少欲的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說："為什麼尊者闡那在僧團中被詢問犯戒時，保持沉默騷擾僧團呢？"......"闡那，你真的在僧團中被詢問犯戒時，保持沉默騷擾僧團嗎？""是的，世尊。"佛陀呵責道......"愚人，你怎麼能在僧團中被詢問犯戒時，保持沉默騷擾僧團呢！愚人，這不會使不信者生信..."呵責后...作了法說，佛陀對比丘們說："那麼，比丘們，僧團應對比丘闡那作出騷擾的裁決。比丘們，應當這樣作出裁決。由一位有能力的比丘向僧團宣告： "大德們，請僧團聽我說。這位比丘闡那在僧團中被詢問犯戒時，保持沉默騷擾僧團。如果僧團認為時機適當，僧團應對比丘闡那作出騷擾的裁決。這是動議。 "大德們，請僧團聽我說。這位比丘闡那在僧團中被詢問犯戒時，保持沉默騷擾僧團。僧團正在對比丘闡那作出騷擾的裁決。哪位尊者同意對比丘闡那作出騷擾的裁決，請保持沉默；哪位不同意，請說出來。 "僧團已對比丘闡那作出騷擾的裁決。僧團同意，所以保持沉默。我如此記住這件事。" 然後，佛陀以種種方式呵責尊者闡那難以養育...於是，比丘們，你們應當如此宣說這條學處： "迴避問題，騷擾，波逸提。

99.Aññavādako nāma saṅghamajjhe vatthusmiṃ vā āpattiyā vā anuyuñjīyamāno taṃ na kathetukāmo taṃ na ugghāṭetukāmo aññenaññaṃ paṭicarati – 『『ko āpanno, kiṃ āpanno, kismiṃ āpanno, kathaṃ āpanno, kaṃ bhaṇatha, kiṃ bhaṇathā』』ti. Eso aññavādako nāma.

Vihesako nāma saṅghamajjhe vatthusmiṃ vā āpattiyā vā anuyuñjīyamāno taṃ na kathetukāmo taṃ na ugghāṭetukāmo tuṇhībhūto saṅghaṃ viheseti. Eso vihesako nāma.

1. Āropite aññavādake saṅghamajjhe vatthusmiṃ vā āpattiyā vā anuyuñjīyamāno taṃ na kathetukāmo taṃ na ugghāṭetukāmo aññenaññaṃ paṭicarati – 『『ko āpanno, kiṃ āpanno, kismiṃ āpanno, kathaṃ āpanno, kaṃ bhaṇatha, kiṃ bhaṇathā』』ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Āropite vihesake saṅghamajjhe vatthusmiṃ vā āpattiyā vā anuyuñjīyamāno taṃ na kathetukāmo taṃ na ugghāṭetukāmo tuṇhībhūto saṅghaṃ viheseti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ropite aññavādake saṅghamajjhe vatthusmiṃ vā āpattiyā vā anuyuñjīyamāno taṃ na kathetukāmo taṃ na ugghāṭetukāmo aññenaññaṃ paṭicarati – 『『ko āpanno, kiṃ āpanno, kismiṃ āpanno, kathaṃ āpanno, kaṃ bhaṇatha, kiṃ bhaṇathā』』ti, āpatti pācittiyassa . Ropite vihesake saṅghamajjhe vatthusmiṃ vā āpattiyā vā anuyuñjīyamāno taṃ na kathetukāmo taṃ na ugghāṭetukāmo tuṇhībhūto saṅghaṃ viheseti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

2. Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī aññavādake vihesake, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme vematiko aññavādake vihesake, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññī aññavādake vihesake, āpatti pācittiyassa. Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

3. Anāpatti ajānanto pucchati, gilāno vā na katheti; 『『saṅghassa bhaṇḍanaṃ vā kalaho vā viggaho vā vivādo vā bhavissatī』』ti na katheti; 『『saṅghabhedo vā saṅgharāji vā bhavissatī』』ti na katheti; 『『adhammena vā vaggena vā nakammārahassa vā kammaṃ karissatī』』ti na katheti; ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Aññavādakasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dutiyaṃ.

1. Ujjhāpanakasikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā dabbo mallaputto saṅghassa senāsanañca paññapeti bhattāni ca uddisati. Tena kho pana samayena mettiyabhūmajakā [mettiyabhūmmajakā (sī. syā.)] bhikkhū navakā ceva honti appapuññā ca . Yāni saṅghassa lāmakāni senāsanāni tāni tesaṃ pāpuṇanti lāmakāni ca bhattāni. Te āyasmantaṃ dabbaṃ mallaputtaṃ bhikkhū ujjhāpenti – 『『chandāya dabbo mallaputto senāsanaṃ paññapeti, chandāya ca bhattāni uddisatī』』ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma mettiyabhūmajakā bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ dabbaṃ mallaputtaṃ bhikkhū ujjhāpessantī』』ti…pe… 『『saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, dabbaṃ mallaputtaṃ bhikkhū ujjhāpethā』』ti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, dabbaṃ mallaputtaṃ bhikkhū ujjhāpessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

『『Ujjhāpanake pācittiya』』nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

1. Tena kho pana samayena mettiyabhūmajakā bhikkhū – 『『bhagavatā ujjhāpanakaṃ paṭikkhitta』』nti, 『『ettāvatā bhikkhū sossantī』』ti [vihesissantīti (itipi)] bhikkhūnaṃ sāmantā āyasmantaṃ dabbaṃ mallaputtaṃ khiyyanti – 『『chandāya dabbo mallaputto senāsanaṃ paññapeti, chandāya ca bhattāni uddisatī』』ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma mettiyabhūmajakā bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ dabbaṃ mallaputtaṃ khiyyissantī』』ti…pe… 『『saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, dabbaṃ mallaputtaṃ khiyyathā』』ti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, dabbaṃ mallaputtaṃ khiyyissatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

迴避問題是指在僧團中被詢問事情或犯戒時,不想說,不想揭露,以其他話題迴避:"誰犯了?犯了什麼?在哪裡犯的?怎麼犯的?你們說誰?你們說什麼?"這就是所謂的迴避問題。 騷擾是指在僧團中被詢問事情或犯戒時,不想說,不想揭露,保持沉默騷擾僧團。這就是所謂的騷擾。 當迴避問題的裁決已被提出時,在僧團中被詢問事情或犯戒時,不想說,不想揭露,以其他話題迴避:"誰犯了?犯了什麼?在哪裡犯的?怎麼犯的?你們說誰?你們說什麼?",犯突吉羅罪。當騷擾的裁決已被提出時,在僧團中被詢問事情或犯戒時,不想說,不想揭露,保持沉默騷擾僧團,犯突吉羅罪。當迴避問題的裁決已被作出時,在僧團中被詢問事情或犯戒時,不想說,不想揭露,以其他話題迴避:"誰犯了?犯了什麼?在哪裡犯的?怎麼犯的?你們說誰?你們說什麼?",犯波逸提罪。當騷擾的裁決已被作出時,在僧團中被詢問事情或犯戒時,不想說,不想揭露,保持沉默騷擾僧團,犯波逸提罪。 如果是如法羯磨,認為是如法羯磨,迴避問題或騷擾,犯波逸提罪。如果是如法羯磨,有疑慮,迴避問題或騷擾,犯波逸提罪。如果是如法羯磨,認為是非法羯磨,迴避問題或騷擾,犯波逸提罪。如果是非法羯磨,認為是如法羯磨,犯突吉羅罪。如果是非法羯磨,有疑慮,犯突吉羅罪。如果是非法羯磨,認為是非法羯磨,犯突吉羅罪。 不犯:不知道而詢問;生病而不說;認為"僧團將有爭執、爭吵、紛爭、諍論"而不說;認為"將有僧團分裂或僧團不和"而不說;認為"將以非法或不和合或對不應作羯磨者作羯磨"而不說;精神錯亂者;最初犯者。 第二條迴避問題學處終。 誹謗學處 那時,佛陀住在王舍城竹林松鼠飼養處。當時,尊者大婆拘羅為僧團分配住處和分配食物。當時,彌醯耶和浮摩迦比丘是新學比丘,福德少。僧團中劣等的住處分給他們,劣等的食物也分給他們。他們誹謗尊者大婆拘羅比丘說:"大婆拘羅依偏愛分配住處,依偏愛分配食物。"那些少欲的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼彌醯耶和浮摩迦比丘要誹謗尊者大婆拘羅比丘呢?"......"比丘們,你們真的誹謗大婆拘羅比丘嗎?""是的,世尊。"佛陀呵責道......"愚人,你們怎麼能誹謗大婆拘羅比丘呢!愚人,這不會使不信者生信..."於是,比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: "誹謗,波逸提。" 世尊為比丘們制定了這條學處。 那時,彌醯耶和浮摩迦比丘想:"世尊禁止誹謗,到此程度比丘們會聽從",就在比丘們附近批評尊者大婆拘羅說:"大婆拘羅依偏愛分配住處,依偏愛分配食物。"那些少欲的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼彌醯耶和浮摩迦比丘要批評尊者大婆拘羅呢?"......"比丘們,你們真的批評大婆拘羅嗎?""是的,世尊。"佛陀呵責道......"愚人,你們怎麼能批評大婆拘羅呢!愚人,這不會使不信者生信..."於是,比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處:

105.『『Ujjhāpanake khiyyanake pācittiya』』nti.

106.Ujjhāpanakaṃ nāma upasampannaṃ saṅghena sammataṃ senāsanapaññāpakaṃ vā bhattuddesakaṃ vā yāgubhājakaṃ vā phalabhājakaṃ vā khajjabhājakaṃ vā appamattakavissajjakaṃ vā avaṇṇaṃ kattukāmo, ayasaṃ kattukāmo, maṅkukattukāmo, upasampannaṃ ujjhāpeti vā khiyyati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī ujjhāpanake khiyyanake āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme vematiko ujjhāpanake khiyyanake āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññī ujjhāpanake khiyyanake āpatti pācittiyassa.

Anupasampannaṃ ujjhāpeti vā khiyyati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Upasampannaṃ saṅghena asammataṃ senāsanapaññāpakaṃ vā bhattuddesakaṃ vā yāgubhājakaṃ vā phalabhājakaṃ vā khajjabhājakaṃ vā appamattakavissajjakaṃ vā avaṇṇaṃ kattukāmo, ayasaṃ kattukāmo, maṅkukattukāmo, upasampannaṃ vā anupasampannaṃ vā ujjhāpeti vā khiyyati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannaṃ saṅghena sammataṃ vā asammataṃ vā senāsanapaññāpakaṃ vā bhattuddesakaṃ vā yāgubhājakaṃ vā phalabhājakaṃ vā khajjabhājakaṃ vā appamattakavissajjakaṃ vā avaṇṇaṃ kattukāmo, ayasaṃ kattukāmo, maṅkukattukāmo, upasampannaṃ vā anupasampannaṃ vā ujjhāpeti vā khiyyati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1. Anāpatti pakatiyā chandā dosā mohā bhayā karontaṃ ujjhāpeti vā khiyyati vā, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Ujjhāpanakasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ tatiyaṃ.

1. Paṭhamasenāsanasikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū hemantike kāle ajjhokāse senāsanaṃ paññapetvā kāyaṃ otāpentā kāle ārocite taṃ pakkamantā neva uddhariṃsu na uddharāpesuṃ, anāpucchā pakkamiṃsu. Senāsanaṃ ovaṭṭhaṃ hoti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathaṃ hi nāma bhikkhū ajjhokāse senāsanaṃ paññapetvā taṃ pakkamantā neva uddharissanti na uddharāpessanti, anāpucchā pakkamissanti, senāsanaṃ ovaṭṭha』』nti! Atha kho te bhikkhū te anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū ajjhokāse…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

109.『『Yo pana bhikkhu saṅghikaṃ mañcaṃ vā pīṭhaṃ vā bhisiṃ vā kocchaṃ vā ajjhokāse santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā taṃ pakkamanto neva uddhareyya na uddharāpeyya, anāpucchaṃ vā gaccheyya, pācittiya』』nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

1. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū ajjhokāse vasitvā kālasseva senāsanaṃ abhiharanti. Addasā kho bhagavā te bhikkhū kālasseva senāsanaṃ abhiharante. Disvāna etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『anujānāmi, bhikkhave, aṭṭha māse avassikasaṅkete [vasituṃ avassikasaṃkete (itipi)] maṇḍape vā rukkhamūle vā yattha kākā vā kulalā vā na ūhadanti tattha senāsanaṃ nikkhipitu』』nti.

"誹謗、批評,波逸提。" 誹謗是指想要誹謗、想要使名聲受損、想要使羞愧,對已受具足戒、經僧團選派的分配住處者或分配食物者或分配粥者或分配水果者或分配點心者或分配小物品者,進行誹謗或批評,犯波逸提罪。如果是如法羯磨,認為是如法羯磨,誹謗或批評,犯波逸提罪。如果是如法羯磨,有疑慮,誹謗或批評,犯波逸提罪。如果是如法羯磨,認為是非法羯磨,誹謗或批評,犯波逸提罪。 對未受具足戒者誹謗或批評,犯突吉羅罪。想要誹謗、想要使名聲受損、想要使羞愧,對已受具足戒但未經僧團選派的分配住處者或分配食物者或分配粥者或分配水果者或分配點心者或分配小物品者,對已受具足戒者或未受具足戒者進行誹謗或批評,犯突吉羅罪。想要誹謗、想要使名聲受損、想要使羞愧,對未受具足戒、經僧團選派或未經選派的分配住處者或分配食物者或分配粥者或分配水果者或分配點心者或分配小物品者,對已受具足戒者或未受具足戒者進行誹謗或批評,犯突吉羅罪。如果是非法羯磨,認為是如法羯磨,犯突吉羅罪。如果是非法羯磨,有疑慮,犯突吉羅罪。如果是非法羯磨,認為是非法羯磨,犯突吉羅罪。 不犯:對本性依偏愛、嗔恨、愚癡、恐懼而行事的人誹謗或批評;精神錯亂者;最初犯者。 第三條誹謗學處終。 第一條住處學處 那時,佛陀住在舍衛城祇樹給孤獨園。當時,比丘們在冬季在露天擺設住處,曬身體,時間到了就離開,既不收拾也不叫人收拾,不告而別。住處被雨淋濕了。那些少欲的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼比丘們在露天擺設住處,離開時既不收拾也不叫人收拾,不告而別,住處被雨淋濕了呢!"於是那些比丘以種種方式呵責后,向世尊報告此事......"比丘們,你們真的在露天......"是的,世尊。"...於是,比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: "若比丘在露天擺設或叫人擺設僧團的床、椅、床墊或椅墊,離開時既不收拾也不叫人收拾,或不告而去,波逸提。" 世尊為比丘們制定了這條學處。 那時,比丘們在露天過夜后,一大早就搬運住處。世尊看見那些比丘一大早就搬運住處。看見后,以此因緣、以此場合作了法說,對比丘們說:"比丘們,我允許在八個月無雨季的標誌下,在涼棚下或樹下,烏鴉或鷹不會排泄的地方放置住處。"

111.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Saṅghikaṃ nāma saṅghassa dinnaṃ hoti pariccattaṃ.

Mañco nāma cattāro mañcā – masārako, bundikābaddho, kuḷīrapādako, āhaccapādako.

Pīṭhaṃ nāma cattāri pīṭhāni – masārakaṃ, bundikābaddhaṃ, kuḷīrapādakaṃ, āhaccapādakaṃ.

Bhisi nāma pañca bhisiyo – uṇṇabhisi, coḷabhiti, vākabhisi, tiṇabhisi, paṇṇabhisi.

Kocchaṃ nāma – vākamayaṃ vā usīramayaṃ vā muñjamayaṃ vā pabbajamayaṃ [babbajamayaṃ (sī.)] vā anto saṃveṭhetvā baddhaṃ hoti.

Santharitvāti sayaṃ santharitvā.

Santharāpetvāti aññaṃ santharāpetvā. Anupasampannaṃ santharāpeti, tassa palibodho. Upasampannaṃ santharāpeti, santhārakassa [santhatassa (itipi)] palibodho.

Taṃ pakkamanto neva uddhareyyāti na sayaṃ uddhareyya.

Na uddharāpeyyāti na aññaṃ uddharāpeyya.

Anāpucchaṃ vā gaccheyyāti bhikkhuṃ vā sāmaṇeraṃ vā ārāmikaṃ vā anāpucchā majjhimassa purisassa leḍḍupātaṃ atikkamantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

1. Saṅghike saṅghikasaññī ajjhokāse santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā taṃ pakkamanto neva uddhareyya na uddharāpeyya anāpucchaṃ vā gaccheyya, āpatti pācittiyassa. Saṅghike vematiko…pe… saṅghike puggalikasaññī ajjhokāse santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā taṃ pakkamanto neva uddhareyya na uddharāpeyya, anāpucchaṃ vā gaccheyya, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Cimilikaṃ vā uttarattharaṇaṃ vā bhūmattharaṇaṃ vā taṭṭikaṃ vā cammakhaṇḍaṃ vā pādapuñchaniṃ vā phalakapīṭhaṃ vā ajjhokāse santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā taṃ pakkamanto neva uddhareyya na uddharāpeyya, anāpucchaṃ vā gaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Puggalike saṅghikasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Puggalike vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Puggalike puggalikasaññī aññassa puggalike, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Attano puggalike anāpatti.

1. Anāpatti uddharitvā gacchati, uddharāpetvā gacchati, āpucchaṃ gacchati, otāpento gacchati, kenaci palibuddhaṃ hoti, āpadāsu, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Paṭhamasenāsanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ catutthaṃ.

1. Dutiyasenāsanasikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū sahāyakā honti. Te vasantāpi ekatova vasanti, pakkamantāpi ekatova pakkamanti. Te aññatarasmiṃ saṅghike vihāre seyyaṃ santharitvā taṃ pakkamantā neva uddhariṃsu na uddharāpesuṃ, anāpucchā pakkamiṃsu. Senāsanaṃ upacikāhi khāyitaṃ hoti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū saṅghike vihāre seyyaṃ santharitvā taṃ pakkamantā neva uddharissanti na uddharāpessanti, anāpucchā pakkamissanti, senāsanaṃ upacikāhi khāyita』』nti! Atha kho te bhikkhū sattarasavaggiye bhikkhū anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… 『『saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū saṅghike vihāre seyyaṃ santharitvā taṃ pakkamantā neva uddhariṃsu na uddharāpesuṃ, anāpucchā pakkamiṃsu, senāsanaṃ upacikāhi khāyita』』nti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā saṅghike vihāre seyyaṃ santharitvā taṃ pakkamantā neva uddharissanti na uddharāpessanti, anāpucchā pakkamissanti, senāsanaṃ upacikāhi khāyitaṃ! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana , bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

115.『『Yo pana bhikkhu saṅghike vihāre seyyaṃ santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā taṃ pakkamanto neva uddhareyya na uddharāpeyya, anāpucchaṃ vā gaccheyya, pācittiya』』nti.

"若"是指任何......比丘是指......在這裡所指的比丘是這個意思。 僧團的是指已施與僧團、已捨棄給僧團的。 床是指四種床:有腿的、綁腿的、彎腿的、可拆卸腿的。 椅是指四種椅:有腿的、綁腿的、彎腿的、可拆卸腿的。 床墊是指五種床墊:羊毛墊、布墊、樹皮墊、草墊、樹葉墊。 椅墊是指:用樹皮或香草或文加草或蘆葦製成,內部捲起捆綁。 擺設是指自己擺設。 叫人擺設是指叫他人擺設。叫未受具足戒者擺設,是他的責任。叫已受具足戒者擺設,是擺設者的責任。 離開時既不收拾是指不自己收拾。 也不叫人收拾是指不叫他人收拾。 或不告而去是指不告知比丘或沙彌或園民,越過中等身材男子投石所及之處,犯波逸提罪。 對僧團的東西認為是僧團的,在露天擺設或叫人擺設,離開時既不收拾也不叫人收拾,或不告而去,犯波逸提罪。對僧團的東西有疑慮......對僧團的東西認為是個人的,在露天擺設或叫人擺設,離開時既不收拾也不叫人收拾,或不告而去,犯波逸提罪。 在露天擺設或叫人擺設毛毯或被子或地毯或草蓆或皮革或擦腳布或木板凳,離開時既不收拾也不叫人收拾,或不告而去,犯突吉羅罪。對個人的東西認為是僧團的,犯突吉羅罪。對個人的東西有疑慮,犯突吉羅罪。對個人的東西認為是個人的,但是他人的個人物品,犯突吉羅罪。對自己的個人物品不犯。 不犯:收拾后離開,叫人收拾后離開,告知后離開,曬東西時離開,被某人阻礙,遇到危難,精神錯亂者,最初犯者。 第四條第一住處學處終。 第二住處學處 那時,佛陀住在舍衛城祇樹給孤獨園。當時,十七眾比丘是朋友。他們住時一起住,離開時也一起離開。他們在某個僧團的精舍里鋪設臥具,離開時既不收拾也不叫人收拾,不告而別。臥具被白蟻蛀食了。那些少欲的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼十七眾比丘在僧團的精舍里鋪設臥具,離開時既不收拾也不叫人收拾,不告而別,臥具被白蟻蛀食了呢!"於是那些比丘以種種方式呵責十七眾比丘后,向世尊報告此事......"比丘們,十七眾比丘真的在僧團的精舍里鋪設臥具,離開時既不收拾也不叫人收拾,不告而別,臥具被白蟻蛀食了嗎?""是的,世尊。"佛陀呵責道......"比丘們,這些愚人怎麼能在僧團的精舍里鋪設臥具,離開時既不收拾也不叫人收拾,不告而別,臥具被白蟻蛀食了呢!比丘們,這不會使不信者生信..."於是,比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: "若比丘在僧團的精舍里鋪設或叫人鋪設臥具,離開時既不收拾也不叫人收拾,或不告而去,波逸提。"

116.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Saṅghiko nāma vihāro saṅghassa dinno hoti pariccatto.

Seyyaṃ nāma bhisi, cimilikā uttarattharaṇaṃ, bhūmattharaṇaṃ, taṭṭikā, cammakhaṇḍo, nisīdanaṃ, paccattharaṇaṃ, tiṇasanthāro, paṇṇasanthāro.

Santharitvāti sayaṃ santharitvā.

Santharāpetvāti aññaṃ santharāpetvā.

Taṃ pakkamanto neva uddhareyyāti na sayaṃ uddhareyya.

Na uddharāpeyyāti na aññaṃ uddharāpeyya.

Anāpucchaṃ vā gaccheyyāti bhikkhuṃ vā sāmaṇeraṃ vā ārāmikaṃ vā anāpucchā parikkhittassa ārāmassa parikkhepaṃ atikkamantassa āpatti pācittiyassa. Aparikkhittassa ārāmassa upacāraṃ atikkamantassa āpatti pācittiyassa. Saṅghike saṅghikasaññī seyyaṃ santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā taṃ pakkamanto neva uddhareyya na uddharāpeyya, anāpucchaṃ vā gaccheyya, āpatti pācittiyassa. Saṅghike vematiko seyyaṃ santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā taṃ pakkamanto neva uddhareyya na uddharāpeyya, anāpucchaṃ vā gaccheyya, āpatti pācittiyassa. Saṅghike puggalikasaññī seyyaṃ santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā taṃ pakkamanto neva uddhareyya na uddharāpeyya, anāpucchaṃ vā gaccheyya, āpatti pācittiyassa.

1. Vihārassa upacāre vā upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ vā maṇḍape vā rukkhamūle vā seyyaṃ santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā taṃ pakkamanto neva uddhareyya na uddharāpeyya, anāpucchaṃ vā gaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Mañcaṃ vā pīṭhaṃ vā vihāre vā vihārassūpacāre vā upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ vā maṇḍape vā rukkhamūle vā santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā taṃ pakkamanto neva uddhareyya na uddharāpeyya, anāpucchaṃ vā gaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Puggalike saṅghikasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Puggalike vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Puggalike puggalikasaññī aññassa puggalike āpatti dukkaṭassa. Attano puggalike anāpatti.

1. Anāpatti uddharitvā gacchati, uddharāpetvā gacchati, āpucchaṃ gacchati, kenaci palibuddhaṃ hoti, sāpekkho gantvā tattha ṭhito āpucchati, kenaci palibuddho hoti, āpadāsu, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Dutiyasenāsanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ pañcamaṃ.

1. Anupakhajjasikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū varaseyyāyo palibundhenti, therā bhikkhū vuṭṭhāpenti [ettha te iti kammapadaṃ ūnaṃ viya dissati]. Atha kho chabbaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – 『『kena nu kho mayaṃ upāyena idheva vassaṃ vaseyyāmā』』ti? Atha kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū there bhikkhū anupakhajja seyyaṃ kappenti – yassa sambādho bhavissati so pakkamissatīti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū there bhikkhū anupakhajja seyyaṃ kappessantī』』ti! Atha kho te bhikkhū chabbaggiye bhikkhū anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ …pe… 『『saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, there bhikkhū anupakhajja seyyaṃ kappethā』』ti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, there bhikkhū anupakhajja seyyaṃ kappessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

120.『『Yo pana bhikkhu saṅghike vihāre jānaṃ pubbupagataṃ bhikkhuṃ anupakhajja seyyaṃ kappeyya – yassa sambādho bhavissati so pakkamissatī』ti, etadeva paccayaṃ karitvā anaññaṃ, pācittiya』』nti.

121.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ 2.0251 atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Saṅghiko nāma vihāro saṅghassa dinno hoti pariccatto.

Jānāti nāma vuḍḍhoti jānāti, gilānoti jānāti, saṅghena dinnoti jānāti.

Anupakhajjāti anupavisitvā.

Seyyaṃ kappeyyāti mañcassa vā pīṭhassa vā pavisantassa vā nikkhamantassa vā upacāre seyyaṃ santharati vā santharāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Abhinisīdati vā abhinipajjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Etadeva paccayaṃ karitvā anaññanti na añño koci paccayo hoti anupakhajja seyyaṃ kappetuṃ.

"若"是指任何......比丘是指......在這裡所指的比丘是這個意思。 僧團的精舍是指已施與僧團、已捨棄給僧團的精舍。 臥具是指床墊、毛毯、被子、地毯、草蓆、皮革、坐墊、臥墊、草鋪、樹葉鋪。 鋪設是指自己鋪設。 叫人鋪設是指叫他人鋪設。 離開時既不收拾是指不自己收拾。 也不叫人收拾是指不叫他人收拾。 或不告而去是指不告知比丘或沙彌或園民,越過有圍墻的園區的圍墻,犯波逸提罪。越過無圍墻的園區的界限,犯波逸提罪。對僧團的東西認為是僧團的,鋪設或叫人鋪設臥具,離開時既不收拾也不叫人收拾,或不告而去,犯波逸提罪。對僧團的東西有疑慮,鋪設或叫人鋪設臥具,離開時既不收拾也不叫人收拾,或不告而去,犯波逸提罪。對僧團的東西認為是個人的,鋪設或叫人鋪設臥具,離開時既不收拾也不叫人收拾,或不告而去,犯波逸提罪。 在精舍附近或集會堂或涼棚或樹下鋪設或叫人鋪設臥具,離開時既不收拾也不叫人收拾,或不告而去,犯突吉羅罪。在精舍或精舍附近或集會堂或涼棚或樹下鋪設或叫人鋪設床或椅,離開時既不收拾也不叫人收拾,或不告而去,犯突吉羅罪。 對個人的東西認為是僧團的,犯突吉羅罪。對個人的東西有疑慮,犯突吉羅罪。對個人的東西認為是個人的,但是他人的個人物品,犯突吉羅罪。對自己的個人物品不犯。 不犯:收拾后離開,叫人收拾后離開,告知后離開,被某人阻礙,帶著期待離開后在那裡站著告知,被某人阻礙,遇到危難,精神錯亂者,最初犯者。 第五條第二住處學處終。 擠入學處 那時,佛陀住在舍衛城祇樹給孤獨園。當時,六群比丘佔據最好的臥處,長老比丘們離開。六群比丘想:"我們用什麼方法才能在這裡過雨安居呢?"於是六群比丘擠入長老比丘們之間安臥,想:"誰感到擁擠就會離開。"那些少欲的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼六群比丘要擠入長老比丘們之間安臥呢!"於是那些比丘以種種方式呵責六群比丘后,向世尊報告此事......"比丘們,你們真的擠入長老比丘們之間安臥嗎?""是的,世尊。"佛陀呵責道......"愚人,你們怎麼能擠入長老比丘們之間安臥呢!愚人,這不會使不信者生信..."於是,比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: "若比丘明知在僧團的精舍里有比丘先到,擠入其間安臥,想:'誰感到擁擠就會離開',僅以此為理由而無其他理由,波逸提。" "若"是指任何......比丘是指......在這裡所指的比丘是這個意思。 僧團的精舍是指已施與僧團、已捨棄給僧團的精舍。 明知是指知道他是長老,知道他生病,知道僧團給他的。 擠入是指進入其間。 安臥是指在床或椅的進出範圍內鋪設或叫人鋪設臥具,犯突吉羅罪。坐下或躺下,犯波逸提罪。 僅以此為理由而無其他理由是指沒有其他任何理由擠入安臥。

1. Saṅghike saṅghikasaññī anupakhajja seyyaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Saṅghike vematiko anupakhajja seyyaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Saṅghike puggalikasaññī anupakhajja seyyaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Mañcassa vā pīṭhassa vā pavisantassa vā nikkhamantassa vā upacāraṃ ṭhapetvā seyyaṃ santharati vā santharāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Abhinisīdati vā abhinipajjati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Vihārassa upacāre vā upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ vā maṇḍape vā rukkhamūle vā ajjhokāse vā seyyaṃ santharati vā santharāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Abhinisīdati vā abhinippajjati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Puggalike saṅghikasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Puggalike vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Puggalike puggalikasaññī aññassa puggalike āpatti dukkaṭassa . Attano puggalike anāpatti.

1. Anāpatti gilāno pavisati, sītena vā uṇhena vā pīḷito pavisati, āpadāsu, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Anupakhajjasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ.

1. Nikkaḍḍhanasikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū aññataraṃ paccantimaṃ mahāvihāraṃ paṭisaṅkharonti – 『『idha mayaṃ vassaṃ vasissāmā』』ti . Addasaṃsu kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sattarasavaggiye bhikkhū vihāraṃ paṭisaṅkharonte. Disvāna evamāhaṃsu – 『『ime, āvuso, sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū vihāraṃ paṭisaṅkharonti. Handa ne vuṭṭhāpessāmā』』ti! Ekacce evamāhaṃsu – 『『āgamethāvuso, yāva paṭisaṅkharonti; paṭisaṅkhate vuṭṭhāpessāmā』』ti.

Atha kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sattarasavaggiye bhikkhū etadavocuṃ – 『『uṭṭhethāvuso, amhākaṃ vihāro pāpuṇātī』』ti. 『『Nanu, āvuso, paṭikacceva [paṭigacceva (sī.)] ācikkhitabbaṃ, mayañcaññaṃ paṭisaṅkhareyyāmā』』ti. 『『Nanu, āvuso, saṅghiko vihāro』』ti? 『『Āmāvuso, saṅghiko vihāro』』ti. 『『Uṭṭhethāvuso, amhākaṃ vihāro pāpuṇātī』』ti. 『『Mahallako, āvuso, vihāro. Tumhepi vasatha, mayampi vasissāmā』』ti. 『『Uṭṭhethāvuso, amhākaṃ vihāro pāpuṇātī』』ti kupitā anattamanā gīvāyaṃ gahetvā nikkaḍḍhanti. Te nikkaḍḍhīyamānā rodanti. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – 『『kissa tumhe, āvuso, rodathā』』ti? 『『Ime, āvuso, chabbaggiyā bhikkhū kupitā anattamanā amhe saṅghikā vihārā nikkaḍḍhantī』』ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū kupitā anattamanā bhikkhū saṅghikā vihārā nikkaḍḍhissantī』』ti! Atha kho te bhikkhū chabbaggiye bhikkhū anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… 『『saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, kupitā anattamanā bhikkhū saṅghikā vihārā nikkaḍḍhathā』』ti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, kupitā anattamanā bhikkhū saṅghikā vihārā nikkaḍḍhissatha? Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

125.『『Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ kupito anattamano saṅghikā vihārā nikkaḍḍheyya vā nikkaḍḍhāpeyya vā, pācittiya』』nti.

126.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Bhikkhunti aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ.

Kupito anattamanoti anabhiraddho āhatacitto khilajāto.

Saṅghiko nāma vihāro saṅghassa dinno hoti pariccatto.

Nikkaḍḍheyyāti gabbhe gahetvā pamukhaṃ nikkaḍḍhati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Pamukhe gahetvā bahi nikkaḍḍhati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ekena payogena bahukepi dvāre atikkāmeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Nikkaḍḍhāpeyyāti aññaṃ āṇāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa [dukkaṭassa (katthaci)]. Sakiṃ āṇatto bahukepi dvāre atikkāmeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

對僧團的東西認為是僧團的,擠入安臥,犯波逸提罪。對僧團的東西有疑慮,擠入安臥,犯波逸提罪。對僧團的東西認為是個人的,擠入安臥,犯波逸提罪。 除了床或椅的進出範圍,鋪設或叫人鋪設臥具,犯突吉羅罪。坐下或躺下,犯突吉羅罪。在精舍附近或**堂或涼棚或樹下或露天鋪設或叫人鋪設臥具,犯突吉羅罪。坐下或躺下,犯突吉羅罪。對個人的東西認為是僧團的,犯突吉羅罪。對個人的東西有疑慮,犯突吉羅罪。對個人的東西認為是個人的,但是他人的個人物品,犯突吉羅罪。對自己的個人物品不犯。 不犯:生病進入,被冷熱所逼進入,遇到危難,精神錯亂者,最初犯者。 第六條擠入學處終。 驅逐學處 那時,佛陀住在舍衛城祇樹給孤獨園。當時,十七眾比丘正在修繕一座邊遠的大精舍,想:"我們要在這裡過雨安居。"六群比丘看見十七眾比丘在修繕精舍。看見后說:"朋友們,這些十七眾比丘正在修繕精舍。來吧,我們把他們趕走。"有些人說:"朋友們,等等,等他們修繕好;修繕好后我們再趕走他們。" 於是六群比丘對十七眾比丘說:"朋友們,起來,這精舍輪到我們了。""朋友們,難道不應該提前告知嗎?我們還會修繕另一處。""朋友們,難道這不是僧團的精舍嗎?""是的,朋友們,這是僧團的精舍。""朋友們,起來,這精舍輪到我們了。""朋友們,精舍很大。你們住,我們也會住。""朋友們,起來,這精舍輪到我們了。"他們生氣不悅,抓住脖子驅逐出去。被驅逐的人哭泣。比丘們說:"朋友們,你們為什麼哭泣?""朋友們,這些六群比丘生氣不悅,把我們從僧團的精舍里驅逐出去。"那些少欲的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼六群比丘生氣不悅,要把比丘從僧團的精舍里驅逐出去呢!"於是那些比丘以種種方式呵責六群比丘后,向世尊報告此事......"比丘們,你們真的生氣不悅,把比丘從僧團的精舍里驅逐出去嗎?""是的,世尊。"佛陀呵責道......"愚人,你們怎麼能生氣不悅,把比丘從僧團的精舍里驅逐出去呢!愚人,這不會使不信者生信..."於是,比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: "若比丘生氣不悅,把比丘從僧團的精舍里驅逐出去或叫人驅逐出去,波逸提。" "若"是指任何......比丘是指......在這裡所指的比丘是這個意思。 比丘是指其他比丘。 生氣不悅是指不滿意、心懷怨恨、生起敵意。 僧團的精舍是指已施與僧團、已捨棄給僧團的精舍。 驅逐出去是指抓住在房間里把他拉到門廊,犯波逸提罪。抓住在門廊把他拉到外面,犯波逸提罪。一次動作讓他越過多個門,犯波逸提罪。 叫人驅逐出去是指命令他人,犯波逸提罪。一次命令讓他越過多個門,犯波逸提罪。

1. Saṅghike saṅghikasaññī kupito anattamano nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Saṅghike vematiko kupito anattamano nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Saṅghike puggalikasaññī kupito anattamano nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Tassa parikkhāraṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Vihārassa upacārā vā upaṭṭhānasālāya vā maṇḍapā vā rukkhamūlā vā ajjhokāsā vā nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Tassa parikkhāraṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannaṃ vihārā vā vihārassa upacārā vā upaṭṭhānasālāya vā maṇḍapā vā rukkhamūlā vā ajjhokāsā vā nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Tassa parikkhāraṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Puggalike saṅghikasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Puggalike vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Puggalike puggalikasaññī aññassa puggalike āpatti dukkaṭassa. Attano puggalike anāpatti.

1. Anāpatti alajjiṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, tassa parikkhāraṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, ummattakaṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, tassa parikkhāraṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, bhaṇḍanakārakaṃ kalahakārakaṃ vivādakārakaṃ bhassakārakaṃ saṅghe adhikaraṇakārakaṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, tassa parikkhāraṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, antevāsikaṃ vā saddhivihārikaṃ vā na sammā vattantaṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, tassa parikkhāraṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Nikkaḍḍhanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ sattamaṃ.

1. Vehāsakuṭisikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena dve bhikkhū saṅghike vihāre uparivehāsakuṭiyā viharanti?. Eko heṭṭhā viharati [viharanti, eko heṭṭhā (?)], eko upari. Uparimo bhikkhu āhaccapādakaṃ mañcaṃ sahasā abhinisīdi. Mañcapādo nippatitvā [patitvā (syā.)] heṭṭhimassa bhikkhuno matthake avatthāsi. So bhikkhu vissaramakāsi. Bhikkhū upadhāvitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『kissa tvaṃ, āvuso, vissaramakāsī』』ti? Atha kho so bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma bhikkhu saṅghike vihāre uparivehāsakuṭiyā āhaccapādakaṃ mañcaṃ sahasā abhinisīdissatī』』ti! Atha kho te bhikkhū taṃ bhikkhuṃ anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… 『『saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, bhikkhu, saṅghike vihāre uparivehāsakuṭiyā āhaccapādakaṃ mañcaṃ sahasā abhinisīdasī』』ti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, saṅghike vihāre uparivehāsakuṭiyā āhaccapādakaṃ mañcaṃ sahasā abhinisīdissasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

130.『『Yo pana bhikkhu saṅghike vihāre uparivehāsakuṭiyā āhaccapādakaṃ mañcaṃ vā pīṭhaṃvā abhinisīdeyya vā abhinipajjeyya vā, pācittiya』』nti.

131.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Saṅghiko nāma vihāro saṅghassa dinno hoti pariccatto.

Vehāsakuṭi nāma majjhimassa purisassa asīsaghaṭṭā.

Āhaccapādako nāma mañco aṅge vijjhitvā ṭhito hoti. Āhaccapādakaṃ nāma pīṭhaṃ aṅge vijjhitvā ṭhitaṃ hoti.

Abhinisīdeyyāti tasmiṃ abhinisīdati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Abhinipajjeyyāti tasmiṃ abhinipajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

1. Saṅghike saṅghikasaññī uparivehāsakuṭiyā āhaccapādakaṃ mañcaṃ vā pīṭhaṃ vā abhinisīdati vā abhinipajjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Saṅghike vematiko…pe… saṅghike puggalikasaññī uparivehāsakuṭiyā āhaccapādakaṃ mañcaṃ vā pīṭhaṃ vā abhinisīdati vā abhinipajjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Puggalike saṅghikasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Puggalike vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Puggalike puggalikasaññī aññassa puggalike, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Attano puggalike, anāpatti.

對僧團的東西認為是僧團的,生氣不悅驅逐出去或叫人驅逐出去,犯波逸提罪。對僧團的東西有疑慮,生氣不悅驅逐出去或叫人驅逐出去,犯波逸提罪。對僧團的東西認為是個人的,生氣不悅驅逐出去或叫人驅逐出去,犯波逸提罪。 驅逐出去或叫人驅逐出去他的物品,犯突吉羅罪。從精舍附近或集會堂或涼棚或樹下或露天驅逐出去或叫人驅逐出去,犯突吉羅罪。驅逐出去或叫人驅逐出去他的物品,犯突吉羅罪。從精舍或精舍附近或集會堂或涼棚或樹下或露天驅逐出去或叫人驅逐出去未受具足戒者,犯突吉羅罪。驅逐出去或叫人驅逐出去他的物品,犯突吉羅罪。 對個人的東西認為是僧團的,犯突吉羅罪。對個人的東西有疑慮,犯突吉羅罪。對個人的東西認為是個人的,但是他人的個人物品,犯突吉羅罪。對自己的個人物品不犯。 不犯:驅逐出去或叫人驅逐出去無慚愧者,驅逐出去或叫人驅逐出去他的物品;驅逐出去或叫人驅逐出去精神錯亂者,驅逐出去或叫人驅逐出去他的物品;驅逐出去或叫人驅逐出去製造爭端、爭吵、爭論、口角、在僧團中製造諍事的人,驅逐出去或叫人驅逐出去他的物品;驅逐出去或叫人驅逐出去行為不端的弟子或共住弟子,驅逐出去或叫人驅逐出去他的物品;精神錯亂者;最初犯者。 第七條驅逐學處終。 閣樓學處 那時,佛陀住在舍衛城祇樹給孤獨園。當時,兩位比丘住在僧團精舍的閣樓里。一位住在下面,一位住在上面。上面的比丘突然坐在可拆卸腳的床上。床腳掉下來落在下面比丘的頭上。那位比丘大聲尖叫。比丘們跑來問那位比丘:"朋友,你為什麼大聲尖叫?"於是那位比丘把這件事告訴比丘們。那些少欲的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼比丘在僧團精舍的閣樓里突然坐在可拆卸腳的床上呢!"於是那些比丘以種種方式呵責那位比丘后,向世尊報告此事......"比丘,你真的在僧團精舍的閣樓里突然坐在可拆卸腳的床上嗎?""是的,世尊。"佛陀呵責道......"愚人,你怎麼能在僧團精舍的閣樓里突然坐在可拆卸腳的床上呢!愚人,這不會使不信者生信..."於是,比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: "若比丘在僧團精舍的閣樓里坐或躺在可拆卸腳的床或椅上,波逸提。" "若"是指任何......比丘是指......在這裡所指的比丘是這個意思。 僧團的精舍是指已施與僧團、已捨棄給僧團的精舍。 閣樓是指中等身材的人頭不會碰到的高處。 可拆卸腳的床是指床腳插入床框中固定的床。可拆卸腳的椅是指椅腳插入椅框中固定的椅。 坐是指坐在上面,犯波逸提罪。 躺是指躺在上面,犯波逸提罪。 對僧團的東西認為是僧團的,在閣樓里坐或躺在可拆卸腳的床或椅上,犯波逸提罪。對僧團的東西有疑慮......對僧團的東西認為是個人的,在閣樓里坐或躺在可拆卸腳的床或椅上,犯波逸提罪。 對個人的東西認為是僧團的,犯突吉羅罪。對個人的東西有疑慮,犯突吉羅罪。對個人的東西認為是個人的,但是他人的個人物品,犯突吉羅罪。對自己的個人物品不犯。

1. Anāpatti – avehāsakuṭiyā sīsaghaṭṭāya heṭṭhā aparibhogaṃ hoti, padarasañcitaṃ hoti, paṭāṇi dinnā hoti, tasmiṃ ṭhito gaṇhati vā laggeti vā, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Vehāsakuṭisikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ.

1. Mahallakavihārasikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā kosambiyaṃ viharati ghositārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato channassa upaṭṭhāko mahāmatto āyasmato channassa vihāraṃ kārāpeti. Atha kho āyasmā channo katapariyositaṃ vihāraṃ punappunaṃ chādāpeti, punappunaṃ lepāpeti. Atibhārito vihāro paripati. Atha kho āyasmā channo tiṇañca kaṭṭhañca saṃkaḍḍhanto aññatarassa brāhmaṇassa yavakhettaṃ dūsesi. Atha kho so brāhmaṇo ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti – 『『kathañhi nāma bhadantā amhākaṃ yavakhettaṃ dūsessantī』』ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tassa brāhmaṇassa ujjhāyantassa khiyyantassa vipācentassa. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma āyasmā channo katapariyositaṃ vihāraṃ punappunaṃ chādāpessati, punappunaṃ lepāpessati, atibhārito vihāro paripatī』』ti! Atha kho te bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ channaṃ anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… 『『saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, channa, katapariyositaṃ vihāraṃ punappunaṃ chādāpesi, punappunaṃ lepāpesi, atibhārito vihāro paripatī』』ti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, katapariyositaṃ vihāraṃ punappunaṃ chādāpessasi, punappunaṃ lepāpessasi , atibhārito vihāro paripati! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

135.『『Mahallakaṃ pana bhikkhunā vihāraṃ kārayamānena yāvadvārakosā aggaḷaṭṭhapanāya ālokasandhiparikammāya dvatticchadanassa pariyāya appaharite ṭhitena adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. Tato ce uttariṃ appaharitepi ṭhito adhiṭṭhaheyya pācittiya』』nti.

136.Mahallako nāma vihāro sassāmiko vuccati.

Vihāro nāma ullitto vā hoti avalitto vā ullittāvalitto vā.

Kārayamānenāti karonto vā kārāpento vā.

Yāva dvārakosāti piṭṭhasaṅghāṭassa [pīṭhasaṃghāṭassa (itipi), piṭṭhisaṅghāṭassa (syā.)] samantā hatthapāsā.

Aggaḷaṭṭhapanāyāti dvāraṭṭhapanāya.

Ālokasandhiparikammāyāti vātapānaparikammāya setavaṇṇaṃ kāḷavaṇṇaṃ gerukaparikammaṃ mālākammaṃ latākammaṃ makaradantakaṃ pañcapaṭikaṃ.

Dvatticchadanassa pariyāyaṃ appaharite ṭhitena adhiṭṭhātabbanti – haritaṃ nāma pubbaṇṇaṃ aparaṇṇaṃ. Sace harite ṭhito adhiṭṭhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Maggena chādentassa dve magge adhiṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṃ maggaṃ āṇāpetvā pakkamitabbaṃ. Pariyāyena chādentassa dve pariyāye adhiṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṃ pariyāyaṃ āṇāpetvā pakkamitabbaṃ.

137.Tato ce uttari appaharitepi ṭhito adhiṭṭhaheyyāti iṭṭhakāya 2.0262 chādentassa iṭṭhakiṭṭhakāya āpatti pācittiyassa. Silāya chādentassa silāya silāya āpatti pācittiyassa. Sudhāya chādentassa piṇḍe piṇḍe āpatti pācittiyassa. Tiṇena chādentassa karaḷe karaḷe āpatti pācittiyassa. Paṇṇena chādentassa paṇṇe paṇṇe āpatti pācittiyassa.

Atirekadvattipariyāye atirekasaññī adhiṭṭhāti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Atirekadvattipariyāye vematiko adhiṭṭhāti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Atirekadvattipariyāye ūnakasaññī adhiṭṭhāti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Ūnakadvattipariyāye atirekasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ūnakadvattipariyāye vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ūnakadvattipariyāye ūnakasaññī, anāpatti.

1. Anāpatti dvattipariyāye, ūnakadvattipariyāye, leṇe, guhāya, tiṇakuṭikāya, aññassatthāya, attano dhanena, vāsāgāraṃ ṭhapetvā sabbattha anāpatti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Mahallakavihārasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ navamaṃ.

1. Sappāṇakasikkhāpadaṃ

不犯:不是閣樓,頭會碰到的,下面不能使用,鋪設木板,安裝橫樑,站在上面拿取或懸掛物品,精神錯亂者,最初犯者。 第八條閣樓學處終。 大精舍學處 那時,佛陀住在拘睒彌(Kosambi)的瞿師多園。當時,尊者闡那的一位大臣施主正在為尊者闡那建造精舍。尊者闡那讓人反覆覆蓋已完工的精舍,反覆塗抹。精舍因負重過重而倒塌。於是尊者闡那收集草木時,損壞了一位婆羅門的大麥田。那位婆羅門抱怨、批評、指責說:"尊者們怎麼能損壞我們的大麥田呢!"比丘們聽到那位婆羅門抱怨、批評、指責。那些少欲的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼尊者闡那要讓人反覆覆蓋已完工的精舍,反覆塗抹,精舍因負重過重而倒塌呢!"於是那些比丘以種種方式呵責尊者闡那后,向世尊報告此事......"闡那,你真的讓人反覆覆蓋已完工的精舍,反覆塗抹,精舍因負重過重而倒塌嗎?""是的,世尊。"佛陀呵責道......"愚人,你怎麼能讓人反覆覆蓋已完工的精舍,反覆塗抹,精舍因負重過重而倒塌呢!愚人,這不會使不信者生信..."於是,比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: "比丘建造大精舍時,為安裝門閂,為窗戶裝飾,可以站在無草處指導覆蓋兩三層。如果超過這個限度,即使站在無草處指導,也犯波逸提。" 大精舍是指有施主的精舍。 精舍是指塗抹過的,或未塗抹的,或部分塗抹的。 建造是指自己建造或叫人建造。 門閂是指門框周圍一臂距離內。 安裝門閂是指安裝門。 窗戶裝飾是指窗戶的裝飾,白色、黑色、紅色裝飾,花紋裝飾,藤蔓裝飾,魚齒裝飾,五色裝飾。 可以站在無草處指導覆蓋兩三層是指:草是指穀物和蔬菜。如果站在有草處指導,犯突吉羅罪。用條狀覆蓋時,指導兩條后,命令第三條就應離開。用層狀覆蓋時,指導兩層后,命令第三層就應離開。 如果超過這個限度,即使站在無草處指導:用磚覆蓋時,每塊磚犯波逸提罪。用石頭覆蓋時,每塊石頭犯波逸提罪。用灰泥覆蓋時,每團灰泥犯波逸提罪。用草覆蓋時,每把草犯波逸提罪。用樹葉覆蓋時,每片樹葉犯波逸提罪。 超過兩三層,認為超過,指導,犯波逸提罪。超過兩三層,有疑慮,指導,犯波逸提罪。超過兩三層,認為未超過,指導,犯波逸提罪。 未超過兩三層,認為超過,犯突吉羅罪。未超過兩三層,有疑慮,犯突吉羅罪。未超過兩三層,認為未超過,不犯。 不犯:兩三層,未超過兩三層,洞穴,山洞,草屋,為他人建造,用自己的財物,除了住處外其他都不犯,精神錯亂者,最初犯者。 第九條大精舍學處終。 有生物學處

1. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā āḷaviyaṃ viharati aggāḷave cetiye. Tena kho pana samayena āḷavakā bhikkhū navakammaṃ karontā jānaṃ sappāṇakaṃ udakaṃ tiṇampi mattikampi siñcantipi siñcāpentipi. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma āḷavakā bhikkhū jānaṃ sappāṇakaṃ udakaṃ tiṇampi mattikampi siñcissantipi siñcāpessantipī』』ti! Atha kho te bhikkhū āḷavake bhikkhū anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… 『『saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, jānaṃ sappāṇakaṃ udakaṃ tiṇampi mattikampi siñcathapi siñcāpethapī』』ti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, jānaṃ sappāṇakaṃ udakaṃ tiṇampi mattikampi siñcissathapi siñcāpessathapi! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

140.『『Yo pana bhikkhu jānaṃ sappāṇakaṃ udakaṃ tiṇaṃ vā mattikaṃ vā siñceyya vā siñcāpeyya vā, pācittiya』』nti.

141.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Jānāti nāma [jānaṃ nāma (syā.)] sāmaṃ vā jānāti aññe vā tassa ārocenti.

Siñceyyāti sayaṃ siñcati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Siñcāpeyyāti aññaṃ āṇāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa [āpatti dukkaṭassa (katthaci)]. Sakiṃ āṇatto bahukampi siñcati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

1. Sappāṇake sappāṇakasaññī tiṇaṃ vā mattikaṃ vā siñcati vā siñcāpeti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Sappāṇake vematiko tiṇaṃ vā mattikaṃ vā siñcati vā siñcāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Sappāṇake appāṇakasaññī tiṇaṃ vā mattikaṃ vā siñcati vā siñcāpeti vā, anāpatti. Appāṇake sappāṇakasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Appāṇake vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Appāṇake appāṇakasaññī, anāpatti.

2. Anāpatti asañcicca, assatiyā, ajānantassa, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Sappāṇakasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dasamaṃ.

Bhūtagāmavaggo dutiyo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Bhūtaṃ aññāya ujjhāyaṃ, pakkamantena te duve;

Pubbe nikkaḍḍhanāhacca, dvāraṃ sappāṇakena cāti.

1. Ovādavaggo

2. Ovādasikkhāpadaṃ

那時,佛陀住在阿羅毗(Āḷavī)的阿伽羅婆塔廟。當時,阿羅毗的比丘們在進行建築工程時,明知水中有生物,仍然澆灌草和泥土,也叫人澆灌。那些少欲的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼阿羅毗的比丘們明知水中有生物,仍然澆灌草和泥土,也叫人澆灌呢!"於是那些比丘以種種方式呵責阿羅毗的比丘們后,向世尊報告此事......"比丘們,你們真的明知水中有生物,仍然澆灌草和泥土,也叫人澆灌嗎?""是的,世尊。"佛陀呵責道......"愚人,你們怎麼能明知水中有生物,仍然澆灌草和泥土,也叫人澆灌呢!愚人,這不會使不信者生信..."於是,比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: "若比丘明知水中有生物,仍澆灌或叫人澆灌草或泥土,波逸提。" "若"是指任何......比丘是指......在這裡所指的比丘是這個意思。 明知是指自己知道或他人告知他。 澆灌是指自己澆灌,犯波逸提罪。 叫人澆灌是指命令他人,犯波逸提罪。一次命令多次澆灌,犯波逸提罪。 水中有生物,認為有生物,澆灌或叫人澆灌草或泥土,犯波逸提罪。水中有生物,有疑慮,澆灌或叫人澆灌草或泥土,犯突吉羅罪。水中有生物,認為無生物,澆灌或叫人澆灌草或泥土,不犯。水中無生物,認為有生物,犯突吉羅罪。水中無生物,有疑慮,犯突吉羅罪。水中無生物,認為無生物,不犯。 不犯:無意的,不注意的,不知道的,精神錯亂者,最初犯者。 第十條有生物學處終。 第二植物品終。 其摘要: 植物、不知、抱怨、離開的兩條; 先前、驅逐、可拆卸、門、有生物。 教誡品 教誡學處

1. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena therā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo ovadantā lābhino honti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ. Atha kho chabbaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – 『『etarahi kho, āvuso, therā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo ovadantā lābhino honti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ. Handāvuso, mayampi bhikkhuniyo ovadāmā』』ti. Atha kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo upasaṅkamitvā etadavocuṃ – 『『amhepi, bhaginiyo, upasaṅkamatha; mayampi ovadissāmā』』ti.

Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo yena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā chabbaggiye bhikkhū abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Atha kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhunīnaṃ parittaññeva dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā divasaṃ tiracchānakathāya vītināmetvā uyyojesuṃ – 『『gacchatha, bhaginiyo』』ti. Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho tā bhikkhuniyo bhagavā etadavoca – 『『kacci, bhikkhuniyo, ovādo iddho ahosī』』ti? 『『Kuto, bhante, ovādo iddho bhavissati! Ayyā chabbaggiyā parittaññeva dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā divasaṃ tiracchānakathāya vītināmetvā uyyojesu』』nti. Atha kho bhagavā tā bhikkhuniyo dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi . Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu.

Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā chabbaggiye bhikkhū paṭipucchi – 『『saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, bhikkhunīnaṃ parittaññeva dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā divasaṃ tiracchānakathāya vītināmetvā uyyojethā』』ti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, bhikkhunīnaṃ parittaññeva dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā divasaṃ tiracchānakathāya vītināmetvā uyyojessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『anujānāmi, bhikkhave, bhikkhunovādakaṃ sammannituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, sammannitabbo. Paṭhamaṃ bhikkhu yācitabbo. Yācitvā byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

1. 『『Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ bhikkhunovādakaṃ sammanneyya. Esā ñatti.

『『Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ bhikkhunovādakaṃ sammannati. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa bhikkhuno bhikkhunovādakassa sammuti, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

『『Dutiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi…pe… tatiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi – suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ bhikkhunovādakaṃ sammannati. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa bhikkhuno bhikkhunovādakassa sammuti, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

『『Sammato saṅghena itthannāmo bhikkhu bhikkhunovādako. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī』』ti.

Atha kho bhagavā chabbaggiye bhikkhū anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

146.『『Yo pana bhikkhu asammato bhikkhuniyo ovadeyya pācittiya』』nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

那時,佛陀住在舍衛城祇樹給孤獨園。當時,長老比丘們教誡比丘尼,得到衣服、飲食、住處、病人所需藥品等供養。六群比丘想:"朋友們,現在長老比丘們教誡比丘尼,得到衣服、飲食、住處、病人所需藥品等供養。來吧,朋友們,我們也去教誡比丘尼。"於是六群比丘去到比丘尼那裡說:"姐妹們,也來找我們吧;我們也要教誡。" 於是那些比丘尼去到六群比丘那裡,向六群比丘禮拜後坐在一旁。六群比丘對比丘尼們只說了一點點法,就用閑聊度過了一天,然後說:"姐妹們,你們走吧。"於是那些比丘尼去到世尊那裡,向世尊禮拜後站在一旁。世尊對站在一旁的那些比丘尼說:"比丘尼們,教誡有效果嗎?""世尊,教誡怎麼會有效果呢!大德六群比丘只說了一點點法,就用閑聊度過了一天,然後讓我們離開。"於是世尊以法語開示、教導、鼓勵、鼓舞那些比丘尼。那些比丘尼聽了世尊的法語開示、教導、鼓勵、鼓舞后,向世尊禮拜,右繞后離開。 於是世尊以此因緣、以此事由召集比丘僧團,詢問六群比丘:"比丘們,你們真的對比丘尼們只說了一點點法,就用閑聊度過了一天,然後讓她們離開嗎?""是的,世尊。"佛陀呵責道......"愚人,你們怎麼能對比丘尼們只說一點點法,就用閑聊度過一天,然後讓她們離開呢!愚人,這不會使不信者生信..."呵責后...說了法語,對比丘們說:"比丘們,我允許指定教誡比丘尼的比丘。比丘們,應當這樣指定。首先應請求比丘。請求后,由有能力的比丘向僧團宣告: "大德僧團請聽。如果僧團認為時機適當,請僧團指定某某比丘為教誡比丘尼的比丘。這是動議。 大德僧團請聽。僧團正在指定某某比丘為教誡比丘尼的比丘。哪位大德同意指定某某比丘為教誡比丘尼的比丘,請保持沉默;哪位不同意,請說出來。 我再說第二遍......我再說第三遍:大德僧團請聽。僧團正在指定某某比丘為教誡比丘尼的比丘。哪位大德同意指定某某比丘為教誡比丘尼的比丘,請保持沉默;哪位不同意,請說出來。 僧團已經指定某某比丘為教誡比丘尼的比丘。僧團同意,因此保持沉默。我如此認定此事。" 於是世尊以種種方式呵責六群比丘難養......"比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: "若比丘未經指定而教誡比丘尼,波逸提。" 世尊如此為比丘們制定了這條學處。

1. Tena kho pana samayena therā bhikkhū sammatā bhikkhuniyo ovadantā tatheva lābhino honti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ. Atha kho chabbaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – 『『etarahi kho, āvuso, therā bhikkhū sammatā bhikkhuniyo ovadantā tatheva lābhino honti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ. Handāvuso, mayampi nissīmaṃ gantvā aññamaññaṃ bhikkhunovādakaṃ sammannitvā bhikkhuniyo ovadāmā』』ti. Atha kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū nissīmaṃ gantvā aññamaññaṃ bhikkhunovādakaṃ sammannitvā bhikkhuniyo upasaṅkamitvā etadavocuṃ – 『『mayampi, bhaginiyo, sammatā. Amhepi upasaṅkamatha. Mayampi ovadissāmā』』ti.

Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo yena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā chabbaggiye bhikkhū abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Atha kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhunīnaṃ parittaññeva dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā divasaṃ tiracchānakathāya vītināmetvā uyyojesuṃ – 『『gacchatha bhaginiyo』』ti. Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho tā bhikkhuniyo bhagavā etadavoca – 『『kacci, bhikkhuniyo, ovādo iddho ahosī』』ti? 『『Kuto, bhante, ovādo iddho bhavissati! Ayyā chabbaggiyā parittaññeva dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā divasaṃ tiracchānakathāya vītināmetvā uyyojesu』』nti.

Atha kho bhagavā tā bhikkhuniyo dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi…pe… atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā chabbaggiye bhikkhū paṭipucchi – 『『saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, bhikkhunīnaṃ parittaññeva dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā divasaṃ tiracchānakathāya vītināmetvā uyyojethā』』ti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, bhikkhunīnaṃ parittaññeva dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā divasaṃ tiracchānakathāya vītināmetvā uyyojessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『anujānāmi, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahaṅgehi samannāgataṃ bhikkhuṃ bhikkhunovādakaṃ sammannituṃ. Sīlavā hoti , pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu; bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo, ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ abhivadanti tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manasā anupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā; ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso; kalyāṇavāco hoti kalyāṇavākkaraṇo; yebhuyyena bhikkhunīnaṃ piyo hoti manāpo; paṭibalo hoti bhikkhuniyo ovadituṃ; na kho panetaṃ [pana taṃ (?)] bhagavantaṃ uddissa pabbajitāya kāsāyavatthavasanāya garudhammaṃ ajjhāpannapubbo hoti; vīsativasso vā hoti atirekavīsativasso vā – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, imehi aṭṭhahaṅgehi samannāgataṃ bhikkhuṃ bhikkhunovādakaṃ sammannitu』』nti.

148.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Asammato nāma ñatticatutthena kammena asammato.

Bhikkhuniyo nāma ubhatosaṅghe upasampannā.

Ovadeyyāti aṭṭhahi garudhammehi ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Aññena dhammena ovadati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ekatoupasampannaṃ ovadati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

當時,被指定的長老比丘教誡比丘尼,同樣得到衣服、飲食、住處、病人所需藥品等供養。六群比丘想:"朋友們,現在被指定的長老比丘教誡比丘尼,同樣得到衣服、飲食、住處、病人所需藥品等供養。來吧,朋友們,我們也到界外去互相指定為教誡比丘尼的比丘,然後去教誡比丘尼。"於是六群比丘到界外去互相指定為教誡比丘尼的比丘,然後去到比丘尼那裡說:"姐妹們,我們也被指定了。也來找我們吧。我們也要教誡。" 於是那些比丘尼去到六群比丘那裡,向六群比丘禮拜後坐在一旁。六群比丘對比丘尼們只說了一點點法,就用閑聊度過了一天,然後說:"姐妹們,你們走吧。"於是那些比丘尼去到世尊那裡,向世尊禮拜後站在一旁。世尊對站在一旁的那些比丘尼說:"比丘尼們,教誡有效果嗎?""世尊,教誡怎麼會有效果呢!大德六群比丘只說了一點點法,就用閑聊度過了一天,然後讓我們離開。" 於是世尊以法語開示......那些比丘尼聽了世尊的法語開示、教導、鼓勵、鼓舞后,向世尊禮拜,右繞后離開。於是世尊以此因緣、以此事由召集比丘僧團,詢問六群比丘:"比丘們,你們真的對比丘尼們只說了一點點法,就用閑聊度過了一天,然後讓她們離開嗎?""是的,世尊。"佛陀呵責道......"愚人,你們怎麼能對比丘尼們只說一點點法,就用閑聊度過一天,然後讓她們離開呢!愚人,這不會使不信者生信..."呵責后...說了法語,對比丘們說:"比丘們,我允許指定具備八種條件的比丘為教誡比丘尼的比丘。有戒行,守護波羅提木叉律儀而住,具足威儀行處,對微小的過失也見到危險,受持學處而學習;多聞、受持所聞、積集所聞,對那些初善、中善、后善、有義、有文、圓滿清凈、顯示梵行的法,他多聞、受持、言語熟練、心思維、見解通達;兩部波羅提木叉對他來說詳細地善巧掌握、善分別、善修習、善決定、依經依文;善言、善語;通常為比丘尼所喜愛、所歡迎;有能力教誡比丘尼;不曾對穿著袈裟衣的出家女人犯重法;已滿二十歲或超過二十歲。比丘們,我允許指定具備這八種條件的比丘為教誡比丘尼的比丘。" "若"是指任何......比丘是指......在這裡所指的比丘是這個意思。 未經指定是指未經白四羯磨指定。 比丘尼是指在兩部僧團中受具足戒的。 教誡是指以八重法教誡,犯波逸提罪。以其他法教誡,犯突吉羅罪。教誡只在一部僧團受具足戒的,犯突吉羅罪。

1. Tena sammatena bhikkhunā pariveṇaṃ sammajjitvā pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetvā āsanaṃ paññapetvā dutiyaṃ gahetvā nisīditabbaṃ. Bhikkhunīhi tattha gantvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīditabbaṃ. Tena bhikkhunā pucchitabbā – 『『samaggāttha, bhaginiyo』』ti? Sace 『『samaggāmhāyyā』』ti bhaṇanti, 『『vattanti, bhaginiyo, aṭṭha garudhammā』』ti? Sace 『『vattantāyyā』』ti bhaṇanti, 『『eso, bhaginiyo, ovādo』』ti niyyādetabbo [niyyātetabbo (itipi)]. Sace 『『na vattantāyyā』』ti bhaṇanti, osāretabbā. 『『Vassasatūpasampannāya bhikkhuniyā tadahupasampannassa bhikkhuno abhivādanaṃ paccuṭṭhānaṃ añjalikammaṃ sāmīcikammaṃ kātabbaṃ; ayampi dhammo sakkatvā garukatvā mānetvā pūjetvā yāvajīvaṃ anatikkamanīyo. Na bhikkhuniyā abhikkhuke āvāse vassaṃ vasitabbaṃ; ayampi dhammo sakkatvā garukatvā mānetvā pūjetvā yāvajīvaṃ anatikkamanīyo. Anvaddhamāsaṃ bhikkhuniyā bhikkhusaṅghato dve dhammā paccāsīsitabbā [paccāsiṃsitabbā (itipi)] uposathapucchakañca ovādupasaṅkamanañca, ayampi dhammo…pe… vassaṃ vuṭṭhāya bhikkhuniyā ubhatosaṅghe tīhi ṭhānehi pavāretabbaṃ diṭṭhena vā sutena vā parisaṅkāya vā; ayampi dhammo…pe… garudhammaṃ ajjhāpannāya bhikkhuniyā ubhatosaṅghe pakkhamānattaṃ caritabbaṃ; ayampi dhammo…pe… dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhāya sikkhamānāya ubhatosaṅghe upasampadā pariyesitabbā; ayampi dhammo…pe… na bhikkhuniyā kena ci pariyāyena bhikkhu akkositabbo paribhāsitabbo; ayampi dhammo…pe… ajjatagge ovaṭo bhikkhunīnaṃ bhikkhūsu vacanapatho, anovaṭo bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīsu vacanapatho; ayampi dhammo sakkatvā garukatvā mānetvā pūjetvā yāvajīvaṃ anatikkamanīyo』』ti.

Sace 『『samaggāmhāyyā』』ti bhaṇantaṃ aññaṃ dhammaṃ bhaṇati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Sace 『『vaggāmhāyyā』』ti bhaṇantaṃ aṭṭha garudhamme bhaṇati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ovādaṃ aniyyādetvā aññaṃ dhammaṃ bhaṇati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī vaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī vaggaṃ bhikkhunīsaṅghaṃ vematiko ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī vaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ samaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Adhammakamme vematiko vaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Adhammakamme vematiko vaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vematiko ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa . Adhammakamme vematiko vaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ samaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññī vaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññī vaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vematiko ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññī vaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ samaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī samaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī samaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vematiko ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī samaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ samaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Adhammakamme vematiko samaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vaggasaññī ovadati…pe… vematiko ovadati…pe… samaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññī samaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vaggasaññī ovadati…pe… vematiko ovadati…pe… samaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

那位被選定的比丘應當打掃住處,準備好飲用水和洗滌用水,鋪設座位,帶上第二位比丘坐下。比丘尼們應當到那裡,向那位比丘致敬,然後坐在一旁。那位比丘應當詢問:"姐妹們,你們和合嗎?"如果她們回答:"尊者,我們和合",他應當問:"姐妹們,八項重法是否在實行?"如果她們回答:"尊者,在實行",他應當說:"姐妹們,這就是教誡"並交付教誡。如果她們回答:"尊者,沒有實行",他應當教導她們。"受具足戒滿一百年的比丘尼應當向當天受具足戒的比丘行禮、起立迎接、合掌、致敬;這條法規應當尊重、恭敬、尊崇、供養,終生不得違犯。比丘尼不得在沒有比丘的住處度過雨安居;這條法規應當尊重、恭敬、尊崇、供養,終生不得違犯。比丘尼每半月應當從比丘僧團請求兩件事:問布薩和前往接受教誡;這條法規...雨安居結束后,比丘尼應當在兩部僧團中就三事行自恣:所見、所聞或所疑;這條法規...犯重法的比丘尼應當在兩部僧團中行半月摩那埵;這條法規...式叉摩那學習六法兩年後,應當在兩部僧團中尋求受具足戒;這條法規...比丘尼不得以任何方式辱罵或責備比丘;這條法規...從今以後,比丘尼對比丘的言路被關閉,比丘對比丘尼的言路不被關閉;這條法規應當尊重、恭敬、尊崇、供養,終生不得違犯。" 如果她們說"尊者,我們和合",而他說其他法,犯突吉羅。如果她們說"尊者,我們不和合",而他說八重法,犯突吉羅。不交付教誡而說其他法,犯突吉羅。 非法羯磨,認為是非法羯磨,對不和合的比丘尼僧團,認為是不和合的,作教誡,犯波逸提。非法羯磨,認為是非法羯磨,對不和合的比丘尼僧團,有疑慮,作教誡,犯波逸提。非法羯磨,認為是非法羯磨,對不和合的比丘尼僧團,認為是和合的,作教誡,犯波逸提。 非法羯磨,有疑慮,對不和合的比丘尼僧團,認為是不和合的,作教誡,犯波逸提。非法羯磨,有疑慮,對不和合的比丘尼僧團,有疑慮,作教誡,犯波逸提。非法羯磨,有疑慮,對不和合的比丘尼僧團,認為是和合的,作教誡,犯波逸提。 非法羯磨,認為是法羯磨,對不和合的比丘尼僧團,認為是不和合的,作教誡,犯波逸提。非法羯磨,認為是法羯磨,對不和合的比丘尼僧團,有疑慮,作教誡,犯波逸提。非法羯磨,認為是法羯磨,對不和合的比丘尼僧團,認為是和合的,作教誡,犯波逸提。 非法羯磨,認為是非法羯磨,對和合的比丘尼僧團,認為是不和合的,作教誡,犯波逸提。非法羯磨,認為是非法羯磨,對和合的比丘尼僧團,有疑慮,作教誡,犯波逸提。非法羯磨,認為是非法羯磨,對和合的比丘尼僧團,認為是和合的,作教誡,犯波逸提。 非法羯磨,有疑慮,對和合的比丘尼僧團,認為是不和合的,作教誡...有疑慮,作教誡...認為是和合的,作教誡,犯波逸提。 非法羯磨,認為是法羯磨,對和合的比丘尼僧團,認為是不和合的,作教誡...有疑慮,作教誡...認為是和合的,作教誡,犯波逸提。

1. Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññī vaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññī vaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vematiko ovadati…pe… samaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Dhammakamme vematiko vaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vaggasaññī ovadati…pe… vematiko ovadati…pe… samaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī vaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vaggasaññī ovadati…pe… vematiko ovadati…pe… samaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññī samaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vaggasaññī ovadati…pe… vematiko ovadati…pe… samaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Dhammakamme vematiko samaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vaggasaññī ovadati…pe… vematiko ovadati…pe… samaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī samaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī samaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vematiko ovadati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī samaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ samaggasaññī ovadati, anāpatti.

1. Anāpatti uddesaṃ dento, paripucchaṃ dento, 『『osārehi ayyā』』ti vuccamāno, osāreti, pañhaṃ pucchati, pañhaṃ puṭṭho katheti, aññassatthāya bhaṇantaṃ bhikkhuniyo suṇanti, sikkhamānāya, sāmaṇeriyā, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Ovādasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ paṭhamaṃ.

1. Atthaṅgatasikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena therā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo ovadanti pariyāyena. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato cūḷapanthakassa pariyāyo hoti bhikkhuniyo ovadituṃ. Bhikkhuniyo evamāhaṃsu – 『『na dāni ajja ovādo iddho bhavissati, taññeva dāni udānaṃ ayyo cūḷapanthako punappunaṃ bhaṇissatī』』ti. Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo yenāyasmā cūḷapanthako tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ cūḷapanthakaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho tā bhikkhuniyo āyasmā cūḷapanthako etadavoca – 『『samaggāttha, bhaginiyo』』ti? 『『Samaggāmhāyyā』』ti. 『『Vattanti, bhaginiyo, aṭṭha garudhammā』』ti? 『『Vattantāyyā』』ti. 『『Eso, bhaginiyo, ovādo』』ti niyyādetvā imaṃ udānaṃ punappunaṃ abhāsi –

[udā. 37] 『『Adhicetaso appamajjato, munino monapathesu sikkhato;

Sokā na bhavanti tādino, upasantassa sadā satīmato』』ti.

Bhikkhuniyo evamāhaṃsu – 『『nanu avocumhā – na dāni ajja ovādo iddho bhavissati, taññeva dāni udānaṃ ayyo cūḷapanthako punappunaṃ bhaṇissatī』』ti! Assosi kho āyasmā cūḷapanthako tāsaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ imaṃ kathāsallāpaṃ. Atha kho āyasmā cūḷapanthako vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā ākāse antalikkhe caṅkamatipi tiṭṭhatipi nisīdatipi seyyampi kappeti dhūmāyatipi pajjalatipi antaradhāyatipi, tañceva [taññeva (itipi)] udānaṃ bhaṇati aññañca bahuṃ buddhavacanaṃ. Bhikkhuniyo evamāhaṃsu – 『『acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho, na vata no ito pubbe ovādo evaṃ iddho bhūtapubbo yathā ayyassa cūḷapanthakassā』』ti. Atha kho āyasmā cūḷapanthako tā bhikkhuniyo yāva samandhakārā ovaditvā uyyojesi – gacchatha bhaginiyoti.

Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo nagaradvāre thakite bahinagare vasitvā kālasseva nagaraṃ pavisanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『abrahmacāriniyo imā bhikkhuniyo; ārāme bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ vasitvā idāni nagaraṃ pavisantī』』ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma āyasmā cūḷapanthako atthaṅgate sūriye bhikkhuniyo ovadissatī』』ti…pe… 『『saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, cūḷapanthaka, atthaṅgate sūriye bhikkhuniyo ovadasī』』ti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, cūḷapanthaka, atthaṅgate sūriye bhikkhuniyo ovadissasi! Netaṃ, cūḷapanthaka, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

154.『『Sammatopi ce bhikkhu atthaṅgate sūriye bhikkhuniyo ovadeyya, pācittiya』』nti.

法羯磨,認為是非法羯磨,對不和合的比丘尼僧團,認為是不和合的,作教誡,犯突吉羅。法羯磨,認為是非法羯磨,對不和合的比丘尼僧團,有疑慮,作教誡...認為是和合的,作教誡,犯突吉羅。 法羯磨,有疑慮,對不和合的比丘尼僧團,認為是不和合的,作教誡...有疑慮,作教誡...認為是和合的,作教誡,犯突吉羅。 法羯磨,認為是法羯磨,對不和合的比丘尼僧團,認為是不和合的,作教誡...有疑慮,作教誡...認為是和合的,作教誡,犯突吉羅。 法羯磨,認為是非法羯磨,對和合的比丘尼僧團,認為是不和合的,作教誡...有疑慮,作教誡...認為是和合的,作教誡,犯突吉羅。 法羯磨,有疑慮,對和合的比丘尼僧團,認為是不和合的,作教誡...有疑慮,作教誡...認為是和合的,作教誡,犯突吉羅。 法羯磨,認為是法羯磨,對和合的比丘尼僧團,認為是不和合的,作教誡,犯突吉羅。法羯磨,認為是法羯磨,對和合的比丘尼僧團,有疑慮,作教誡,犯突吉羅。法羯磨,認為是法羯磨,對和合的比丘尼僧團,認為是和合的,作教誡,無罪。 無罪的情況:給予誦讀,給予詢問,被告知"尊者,請教導",教導,問問題,被問問題而回答,為他人說而比丘尼聽到,對式叉摩那,對沙彌尼,對瘋狂者,對最初犯戒者。 教誡學處第一結束。 日落學處 那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂鎮附近)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,上座比丘們輪流教誡比丘尼。當時輪到尊者小路者教誡比丘尼。比丘尼們這樣說:"今天教誡不會有效果,尊者小路者只會反覆說那個偈頌。"於是那些比丘尼來到尊者小路者處;來到后,向尊者小路者致敬,然後坐在一旁。坐在一旁的那些比丘尼,尊者小路者如是說:"姐妹們,你們和合嗎?""尊者,我們和合。""姐妹們,八項重法是否在實行?""尊者,在實行。""姐妹們,這就是教誡",交付后反覆誦說此偈: "專注心不放逸,牟尼修習寂默道; 如是者無憂愁,常寂靜具正念。" 比丘尼們這樣說:"我們不是說過嗎 - 今天教誡不會有效果,尊者小路者只會反覆說那個偈頌!"尊者小路者聽到那些比丘尼的這番談話。於是尊者小路者升到空中,在空中行走、站立、坐下、躺臥,冒煙、燃燒、消失,誦說那個偈頌和其他許多佛語。比丘尼們這樣說:"真是稀有啊,真是未曾有啊,以前我們從未見過如此有效的教誡,像尊者小路者這樣的。"然後尊者小路者教誡那些比丘尼直到天黑,然後遣散她們說:"姐妹們,你們走吧。" 於是那些比丘尼因城門已關而在城外過夜,清晨才進城。人們責難、誹謗、批評說:"這些比丘尼不梵行,與比丘們在寺院過夜,現在才進城。"比丘們聽到那些人責難、誹謗、批評。那些少欲的比丘們...責難、誹謗、批評說:"為什麼尊者小路者會在日落後教誡比丘尼呢?"......"小路者,你真的在日落後教誡比丘尼嗎?""世尊,是真的。"佛陀呵責說......"小路者,你怎麼會在日落後教誡比丘尼呢?小路者,這不能令不信者生信......比丘們,你們應當如此制定學處: "即使是被選定的比丘,如果在日落後教誡比丘尼,波逸提。"

155.Sammato nāma ñatticatutthena kammena sammato.

Atthaṅgate sūriyeti oggate sūriye.

Bhikkhunī nāma ubhatosaṅghe upasampannā.

Ovadeyyāti aṭṭhahi vā garudhammehi aññena vā dhammena ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

1. Atthaṅgate atthaṅgatasaññī ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Atthaṅgate vematiko ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Atthaṅgate anatthaṅgatasaññī ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Ekatoupasampannāya ovadati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anatthaṅgate atthaṅgatasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anatthaṅgate vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anatthaṅgate anatthaṅgatasaññī, anāpatti.

1. Anāpatti uddesaṃ dento, paripucchaṃ dento, 『『osārehi ayyā』』ti vuccamāno, osāreti, pañhaṃ pucchati, pañhaṃ puṭṭho katheti, aññassatthāya bhaṇantaṃ bhikkhuniyo suṇanti, sikkhamānāya sāmaṇeriyā, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Atthaṅgatasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dutiyaṃ.

1. Bhikkhunupassayasikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ nigrodhārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhunupassayaṃ upasaṅkamitvā chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo ovadanti. Bhikkhuniyo chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo etadavocuṃ – 『『ethāyye, ovādaṃ gamissāmā』』ti. 『『Yampi [yaṃ hi (ka.)] mayaṃ, ayye, gaccheyyāma ovādassa kāraṇā, ayyā chabbaggiyā idheva āgantvā amhe ovadantī』』ti. Bhikkhuniyo ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhunupassayaṃ upasaṅkamitvā bhikkhuniyo ovadissantī』』ti [chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo ovādaṃ na gacchissantīti (sī.)]! Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhunupassayaṃ upasaṅkamitvā bhikkhuniyo ovadissantī』』ti…pe… 『『saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave , bhikkhunupassayaṃ upasaṅkamitvā bhikkhuniyo ovadathā』』ti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, bhikkhunupassayaṃ upasaṅkamitvā bhikkhuniyo ovadissatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

『『Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhunupassayaṃ upasaṅkamitvā bhikkhuniyo ovadeyya, pācittiya』』nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

1. Tena kho pana samayena mahāpajāpati gotamī gilānā hoti. Therā bhikkhū yena mahāpajāpati gotamī tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā mahāpajāpatiṃ gotamiṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『kacci te, gotami, khamanīyaṃ kacci yāpanīya』』nti? 『『Na me, ayyā, khamanīyaṃ na yāpanīyaṃ』』. 『『Iṅghayyā, dhammaṃ desethā』』ti. 『『Na, bhagini, kappati bhikkhunupassayaṃ upasaṅkamitvā bhikkhuniyo dhammaṃ desetu』』nti kukkuccāyantā na desesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena mahāpajāpati gotamī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā mahāpajāpatiṃ gotamiṃ etadavoca – 『『kacci te, gotami, khamanīyaṃ kacci yāpanīya』』nti ? 『『Pubbe me, bhante, therā bhikkhū āgantvā dhammaṃ desenti. Tena me phāsu hoti. Idāni pana – 『『bhagavatā paṭikkhitta』』nti, kukkuccāyantā na desenti. Tena me na phāsu hotī』』ti. Atha kho bhagavā mahāpajāpatiṃ gotamiṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『anujānāmi, bhikkhave, bhikkhunupassayaṃ upasaṅkamitvā gilānaṃ bhikkhuniṃ ovadituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

160.『『Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhunupassayaṃ upasaṅkamitvā bhikkhuniyo ovadeyya, aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṃ . Tatthāyaṃ samayo. Gilānā hoti bhikkhunī – ayaṃ tattha samayo』』ti.

被選定的意思是通過第四羯磨被選定。 日落後意思是太陽已落山。 比丘尼意思是在兩部僧團中受具足戒的。 教誡意思是以八重法或其他法教誡,犯波逸提。 日落後,認為是日落後,教誡,犯波逸提。日落後,有疑慮,教誡,犯波逸提。日落後,認為未日落,教誡,犯波逸提。 對只在一部僧團受具足戒的教誡,犯突吉羅。未日落,認為是日落後,犯突吉羅。未日落,有疑慮,犯突吉羅。未日落,認為未日落,無罪。 無罪的情況:給予誦讀,給予詢問,被告知"尊者,請教導",教導,問問題,被問問題而回答,為他人說而比丘尼聽到,對式叉摩那,對沙彌尼,對瘋狂者,對最初犯戒者。 日落學處第二結束。 比丘尼住處學處 那時,佛陀住在釋迦族的迦毗羅衛城(現今尼泊爾藍毗尼附近)尼拘律園。當時,六群比丘前往比丘尼住處教誡六群比丘尼。比丘尼們對六群比丘尼說:"來吧,姐妹們,我們去接受教誡。""姐妹們,我們為什麼要去接受教誡呢?六群尊者們就來這裡教誡我們。"比丘尼們責難、誹謗、批評說:"為什麼六群比丘前往比丘尼住處教誡比丘尼呢?"於是那些比丘尼將此事告訴比丘們。那些少欲的比丘們...責難、誹謗、批評說:"為什麼六群比丘前往比丘尼住處教誡比丘尼呢?"..."比丘們,你們真的前往比丘尼住處教誡比丘尼嗎?""世尊,是真的。"佛陀呵責說......"愚人們,你們怎麼會前往比丘尼住處教誡比丘尼呢?愚人們,這不能令不信者生信......比丘們,你們應當如此制定學處: "若比丘前往比丘尼住處教誡比丘尼,波逸提。" 世尊如此為比丘們制定學處。 那時,大愛道瞿曇彌生病了。上座比丘們來到大愛道瞿曇彌處;來到后對大愛道瞿曇彌說:"瞿曇彌,你還好嗎?還能維持嗎?""尊者們,我不好,不能維持。""那麼,尊者們,請說法。""姐妹,不允許前往比丘尼住處為比丘尼說法。"他們顧慮而不說。於是世尊在上午穿好衣服,拿著缽和衣來到大愛道瞿曇彌處;來到後坐在準備好的座位上。坐下後,世尊對大愛道瞿曇彌說:"瞿曇彌,你還好嗎?還能維持嗎?""世尊,以前上座比丘們來為我說法,我感到舒適。現在因為世尊禁止,他們顧慮而不說。因此我感到不舒適。"於是世尊以法語開示、教導、鼓勵、鼓舞大愛道瞿曇彌,然後從座位起身離開。然後世尊以此因緣、以此場合作了法語開示,告訴比丘們:"比丘們,我允許前往比丘尼住處教誡生病的比丘尼。比丘們,你們應當如此制定學處: "若比丘前往比丘尼住處教誡比丘尼,除了適當的時候,波逸提。這裡的適當時候是:比丘尼生病 - 這是這裡的適當時候。"

161.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Bhikkhunupassayo nāma yattha bhikkhuniyo ekarattampi vasanti.

Upasaṅkamitvāti tattha gantvā.

Bhikkhunī nāma ubhatosaṅghe upasampannā.

Ovadeyyāti aṭṭhahi garudhammehi ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Aññatra samayāti ṭhapetvā samayaṃ.

Gilānā nāma bhikkhunī na sakkoti ovādāya vā saṃvāsāya vā gantuṃ.

1. Upasampannāya upasampannasaññī bhikkhunupassayaṃ upasaṅkamitvā aññatra samayā ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampannāya vematiko bhikkhunupassayaṃ upasaṅkamitvā aññatra samayā ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampannāya anupasampannasaññī bhikkhunupassayaṃ upasaṅkamitvā aññatra samayā ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Aññena dhammena ovadati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ekatoupasampannāya ovadati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya upasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa . Anupasampannāya vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya anupasampannasaññī, anāpatti.

1. Anāpatti samaye, uddesaṃ dento, paripucchaṃ dento, 『『osārehi ayyā』』ti vuccamāno osāreti, pañhaṃ pucchati, pañhaṃ puṭṭho katheti, aññassatthāya bhaṇantaṃ bhikkhuniyo suṇanti, sikkhamānāya sāmaṇeriyā, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Bhikkhunupassayasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ tatiyaṃ.

1. Āmisasikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme . Tena kho pana samayena therā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo ovadantā lābhino honti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū evaṃ vadanti – 『『na bahukatā therā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo ovadituṃ; āmisahetu therā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo ovadantī』』ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū evaṃ vakkhanti – 『na bahukatā therā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo ovadituṃ; āmisahetu therā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo ovadantī』』』ti…pe… 『『saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, evaṃ vadetha – 『na bahukatā therā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo ovadituṃ; āmisahetu therā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo ovadantī』』』ti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, evaṃ vakkhatha – na bahukatā therā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo ovadituṃ; āmisahetu therā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo ovadantīti! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

165.『『Yo pana bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – 『āmisahetu therā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo ovandatī』ti, pācittiya』』nti.

166.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Āmisahetūti cīvarahetu piṇḍapātahetu senāsanahetu gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārahetu sakkārahetu garukārahetu mānanahetu vandanahetu pūjanahetu.

Evaṃ vadeyyāti upasampannaṃ saṅghena sammataṃ bhikkhunovādakaṃ avaṇṇaṃ kattukāmo ayasaṃ kattukāmo maṅkukattukāmo evaṃ vadeti – 『『cīvarahetu piṇḍapātahetu senāsanahetu gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārahetu sakkārahetu garukārahetu mānanahetu vandanahetu pūjanahetu ovadatī』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

1. Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī evaṃ vadeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme vematiko evaṃ vadeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññī evaṃ vadeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Upasampannaṃ saṅghena asammataṃ bhikkhunovādakaṃ avaṇṇaṃ kattukāmo ayasaṃ kattukāmo maṅkukattukāmo evaṃ vadeti – 『『cīvarahetu…pe… pūjanahetu ovadatī』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannaṃ saṅghena sammataṃ vā asammataṃ vā bhikkhunovādakaṃ avaṇṇaṃ kattukāmo ayasaṃ kattukāmo maṅkukattukāmo evaṃ vadeti – 『『cīvarahetu piṇḍapātahetu senāsanahetu gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārahetu sakkārahetu garukārahetu mānanahetu vandanahetu pūjanahetu ovadatī』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

若比丘意思是無論是什麼樣的...比丘意思是...在這裡指的是比丘。 比丘尼住處意思是比丘尼居住一夜以上的地方。 前往意思是去到那裡。 比丘尼意思是在兩部僧團中受具足戒的。 教誡意思是以八重法教誡,犯波逸提。 除了適當的時候意思是除了適當的時候。 生病意思是比丘尼不能去接受教誡或共住。 對受具足戒者,認為是受具足戒者,前往比丘尼住處,除了適當的時候教誡,犯波逸提。對受具足戒者,有疑慮,前往比丘尼住處,除了適當的時候教誡,犯波逸提。對受具足戒者,認為是未受具足戒者,前往比丘尼住處,除了適當的時候教誡,犯波逸提。 以其他法教誡,犯突吉羅。對只在一部僧團受具足戒的教誡,犯突吉羅。對未受具足戒者,認為是受具足戒者,犯突吉羅。對未受具足戒者,有疑慮,犯突吉羅。對未受具足戒者,認為是未受具足戒者,無罪。 無罪的情況:適當的時候,給予誦讀,給予詢問,被告知"尊者,請教導",教導,問問題,被問問題而回答,為他人說而比丘尼聽到,對式叉摩那,對沙彌尼,對瘋狂者,對最初犯戒者。 比丘尼住處學處第三結束。 物品學處 那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂鎮附近)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,上座比丘們教誡比丘尼,獲得衣服、飲食、臥具、病人所需藥品等物品。六群比丘這樣說:"上座比丘們教誡比丘尼沒有多大功德;上座比丘們爲了物品而教誡比丘尼。"那些少欲的比丘們...責難、誹謗、批評說:"為什麼六群比丘會這樣說:'上座比丘們教誡比丘尼沒有多大功德;上座比丘們爲了物品而教誡比丘尼'呢?"..."比丘們,你們真的這樣說:'上座比丘們教誡比丘尼沒有多大功德;上座比丘們爲了物品而教誡比丘尼'嗎?""世尊,是真的。"佛陀呵責說......"愚人們,你們怎麼會這樣說:上座比丘們教誡比丘尼沒有多大功德;上座比丘們爲了物品而教誡比丘尼呢!愚人們,這不能令不信者生信......比丘們,你們應當如此制定學處: "若比丘這樣說:'上座比丘們爲了物品而教誡比丘尼',波逸提。" 若比丘意思是無論是什麼樣的...比丘意思是...在這裡指的是比丘。 爲了物品意思是爲了衣服、爲了飲食、爲了臥具、爲了病人所需藥品、爲了尊敬、爲了恭敬、爲了尊重、爲了禮拜、爲了供養。 這樣說意思是想要誹謗、想要使蒙羞、想要使尷尬,對受具足戒並被僧團選定的教誡比丘尼者這樣說:"爲了衣服、爲了飲食、爲了臥具、爲了病人所需藥品、爲了尊敬、爲了恭敬、爲了尊重、爲了禮拜、爲了供養而教誡",說出這樣的話,犯波逸提。 法羯磨,認為是法羯磨,這樣說,犯波逸提。法羯磨,有疑慮,這樣說,犯波逸提。法羯磨,認為是非法羯磨,這樣說,犯波逸提。 想要誹謗、想要使蒙羞、想要使尷尬,對受具足戒但未被僧團選定的教誡比丘尼者這樣說:"爲了衣服...爲了供養而教誡",說出這樣的話,犯突吉羅。想要誹謗、想要使蒙羞、想要使尷尬,對未受具足戒的、被僧團選定或未被選定的教誡比丘尼者這樣說:"爲了衣服、爲了飲食、爲了臥具、爲了病人所需藥品、爲了尊敬、爲了恭敬、爲了尊重、爲了禮拜、爲了供養而教誡",說出這樣的話,犯突吉羅。非法羯磨,認為是法羯磨,犯突吉羅。非法羯磨,有疑慮,犯突吉羅。非法羯磨,認為是非法羯磨,犯突吉羅。

1. Anāpatti pakatiyā cīvarahetu piṇḍapātahetu senāsanahetu gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārahetu sakkārahetu garukārahetu mānanahetu vandanahetu pūjanahetu ovadantaṃ bhaṇati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Āmisasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ catutthaṃ.

1. Cīvaradānasikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu sāvatthiyaṃ aññatarissā visikhāya piṇḍāya carati. Aññatarāpi bhikkhunī tassā visikhāya piṇḍāya carati. Atha kho so bhikkhu taṃ bhikkhuniṃ etadavoca – 『『gaccha, bhagini, amukasmiṃ okāse bhikkhā diyyatī』』ti. Sāpi kho evamāha – 『『gacchāyya, amukasmiṃ okāse bhikkhā diyyatī』』ti. Te abhiṇhadassanena sandiṭṭhā ahesuṃ. Tena kho pana samayena saṅghassa cīvaraṃ bhājīyati. Atha kho sā bhikkhunī ovādaṃ gantvā yena so bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho taṃ bhikkhuniṃ so bhikkhu etadavoca – 『『ayaṃ me, bhagini, cīvarapaṭivīso [paṭiviṃso (sī.), paṭiviso (itipi)]; sādiyissasī』』ti? 『『Āmāyya, dubbalacīvarāmhī』』ti.

Atha kho so bhikkhu tassā bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ adāsi. Sopi kho bhikkhu dubbalacīvaro hoti. Bhikkhū taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『karohi dāni te, āvuso, cīvara』』nti . Atha kho so bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma bhikkhu bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ dassatī』』ti…pe… 『『saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, bhikkhu, bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ adāsī』』ti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. 『『Ñātikā te , bhikkhu, aññātikā』』ti? 『『Aññātikā, bhagavā』』ti. 『『Aññātako, moghapurisa, aññātikāya na jānāti patirūpaṃ vā appatirūpaṃ vā santaṃ vā asantaṃ vā. Kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ dassasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

『『Yo pana bhikkhu aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ dadeyya, pācittiya』』nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

1. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā bhikkhunīnaṃ pārivattakaṃ [pārivaṭṭakaṃ (itipi)] cīvaraṃ na denti. Bhikkhuniyo ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma ayyā amhākaṃ pārivattakaṃ cīvaraṃ na dassantī』』ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tāsaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ ujjhāyantīnaṃ khiyyantīnaṃ vipācentīnaṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pañcannaṃ pārivattakaṃ dātuṃ. Bhikkhussa, bhikkhuniyā, sikkhamānāya, sāmaṇerassa, sāmaṇeriyā – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, imesaṃ pañcannaṃ pārivattakaṃ dātuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

171.『『Yo pana bhikkhu aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ dadeyya, aññatra pārivattakā, pācittiya』』nti.

172.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Aññātikā nāma mātito vā pitito vā yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā asambaddhā.

Bhikkhunī nāma ubhatosaṅghe upasampannā.

Cīvaraṃ nāma channaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ vikappanupagaṃ pacchimaṃ [vikappanupagapacchimaṃ (sī.)].

Aññatra pārivattakāti ṭhapetvā pārivattakaṃ deti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

1. Aññātikāya aññātikasaññī cīvaraṃ deti, aññatra pārivattakā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Aññātikāya vematiko cīvaraṃ deti, aññatra pārivattakā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Aññātikāya ñātikasaññī cīvaraṃ deti, aññatra pārivattakā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Ekato upasampannāya cīvaraṃ deti, aññatra pārivattakā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñātikāya aññātikasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñātikāya vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñātikāya ñātikasaññī, anāpatti.

無罪的情況:說本來就爲了衣服、爲了飲食、爲了臥具、爲了病人所需藥品、爲了尊敬、爲了恭敬、爲了尊重、爲了禮拜、爲了供養而教誡,對瘋狂者,對最初犯戒者。 物品學處第四結束。 給衣學處 那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂鎮附近)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,有一位比丘在舍衛城的某條街上乞食。一位比丘尼也在那條街上乞食。那位比丘對那位比丘尼說:"姐妹,去某處有人施食。"她也這樣說:"尊者,去某處有人施食。"他們因經常見面而熟識。當時,僧團正在分配衣服。那位比丘尼去接受教誡後來到那位比丘處;來到後向那位比丘致敬,然後站在一旁。站在一旁的那位比丘尼,那位比丘對她說:"姐妹,這是我的衣份;你接受嗎?""是的,尊者,我們衣服不足。" 於是那位比丘把衣服給了那位比丘尼。那位比丘也衣服不足。比丘們對那位比丘說:"朋友,現在做你的衣服吧。"於是那位比丘把這件事告訴比丘們。那些少欲的比丘們...責難、誹謗、批評說:"為什麼比丘會把衣服給比丘尼呢?"..."比丘,你真的把衣服給了比丘尼嗎?""世尊,是真的。""比丘,她是你的親戚還是非親戚?""世尊,是非親戚。""愚人,非親戚不知道什麼是適當的、不適當的、有的、沒有的。愚人,你怎麼會把衣服給非親戚比丘尼呢!愚人,這不能令不信者生信......比丘們,你們應當如此制定學處: "若比丘給非親戚比丘尼衣服,波逸提。" 世尊如此為比丘們制定學處。 那時,比丘們顧慮而不給比丘尼們交換的衣服。比丘尼們責難、誹謗、批評說:"為什麼尊者們不給我們交換的衣服呢!"比丘們聽到那些比丘尼責難、誹謗、批評。於是那些比丘把這件事告訴世尊。然後世尊以此因緣、以此場合作了法語開示,告訴比丘們:"比丘們,我允許給五種人交換的衣服。比丘、比丘尼、式叉摩那、沙彌、沙彌尼 - 比丘們,我允許給這五種人交換的衣服。比丘們,你們應當如此制定學處: "若比丘給非親戚比丘尼衣服,除了交換,波逸提。" 若比丘意思是無論是什麼樣的...比丘意思是...在這裡指的是比丘。 非親戚意思是從母系或父系到第七代祖先都沒有關係的。 比丘尼意思是在兩部僧團中受具足戒的。 衣服意思是六種衣服中的任何一種,最小到可以作為替換的大小。 除了交換意思是除了交換而給,犯波逸提。 對非親戚,認為是非親戚,給衣服,除了交換,犯波逸提。對非親戚,有疑慮,給衣服,除了交換,犯波逸提。對非親戚,認為是親戚,給衣服,除了交換,犯波逸提。 對只在一部僧團受具足戒的給衣服,除了交換,犯突吉羅。對親戚,認為是非親戚,犯突吉羅。對親戚,有疑慮,犯突吉羅。對親戚,認為是親戚,無罪。

1. Anāpatti ñātikāya, pārivattakaṃ parittena vā vipulaṃ, vipulena vā parittaṃ, bhikkhunī vissāsaṃ gaṇhāti, tāvakālikaṃ gaṇhāti, cīvaraṃ ṭhapetvā aññaṃ parikkhāraṃ deti, sikkhamānāya, sāmaṇeriyā, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Cīvaradānasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ pañcamaṃ.

1. Cīvarasibbanasikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā udāyī paṭṭo [paṭṭho (sī. syā.)] hoti cīvarakammaṃ kātuṃ. Aññatarā bhikkhunī yenāyasmā udāyī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ udāyiṃ etadavoca – 『『sādhu me, bhante, ayyo cīvaraṃ sibbatū』』ti. Atha kho āyasmā udāyī tassā bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ sibbitvā surattaṃ suparikammakataṃ katvā majjhe paṭibhānacittaṃ vuṭṭhāpetvā saṃharitvā nikkhipi. Atha kho sā bhikkhunī yenāyasmā udāyī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ udāyiṃ etadavoca – 『『kahaṃ taṃ, bhante, cīvara』』nti? 『『Handa, bhagini , imaṃ cīvaraṃ yathāsaṃhaṭaṃ haritvā nikkhipitvā yadā bhikkhunisaṅgho ovādaṃ āgacchati tadā imaṃ cīvaraṃ pārupitvā bhikkhunisaṅghassa piṭṭhito piṭṭhito āgacchā』』ti. Atha kho sā bhikkhunī taṃ cīvaraṃ yathāsaṃhaṭaṃ haritvā nikkhipitvā yadā bhikkhunisaṅgho ovādaṃ āgacchati tadā taṃ cīvaraṃ pārupitvā bhikkhunisaṅghassa piṭṭhito piṭṭhito āgacchati. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『yāva chinnikā imā bhikkhuniyo dhuttikā ahirikāyo, yatra hi nāma cīvare paṭibhānacittaṃ vuṭṭhāpessantī』』ti!

Bhikkhuniyo evamāhaṃsu – 『『kassidaṃ kamma』』nti? 『『Ayyassa udāyissā』』ti. 『『Yepi te chinnakā dhuttakā ahirikā tesampi evarūpaṃ na sobheyya, kiṃ pana ayyassa udāyissā』』ti! Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma āyasmā udāyī bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ sibbissatī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, udāyi, bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ sibbasī』』ti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. 『『Ñātikā te, udāyi, aññātikā』』ti? 『『Aññātikā, bhagavā』』ti. 『『Aññātako, moghapurisa, aññātikāya na jānāti patirūpaṃ vā appatirūpaṃ vā pāsādikaṃ vā apāsādikaṃ vā. Kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ sibbissasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

176.『『Yo pana bhikkhu aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ sibbeyya vā sibbāpeyya vā, pācittiya』』nti.

177.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Aññātikā nāma mātito vā pitito vā yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā asambaddhā.

Bhikkhunī nāma ubhatosaṅghe upasampannā.

Cīvaraṃ nāma channaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ.

Sibbeyyāti sayaṃ sibbati ārāpathe ārāpathe āpatti pācittiyassa.

Sibbāpeyyāti aññaṃ āṇāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Sakiṃ āṇatto bahukampi sibbati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

1. Aññātikāya aññātikasaññī cīvaraṃ sibbati vā sibbāpeti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Aññātikāya vematiko cīvaraṃ sibbati vā sibbāpeti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Aññātikāya ñātikasaññī cīvaraṃ sibbati vā sibbāpeti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Ekatoupasampannāya cīvaraṃ sibbati vā sibbāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñātikāya aññātikasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñātikāya vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñātikāya ñātikasaññī, anāpatti.

1. Anāpatti ñātikāya, cīvaraṃ ṭhapetvā aññaṃ parikkhāraṃ sibbati vā sibbāpeti vā, sikkhamānāya, sāmaṇeriyā, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Cīvarasibbanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ.

1. Saṃvidhānasikkhāpadaṃ

無罪的情況:對親戚,交換少量換多量或多量換少量,比丘尼以信任取用,暫時取用,除了衣服給其他用品,對式叉摩那,對沙彌尼,對瘋狂者,對最初犯戒者。 給衣學處第五結束。 縫製衣服學處 那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂鎮附近)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,尊者優陀夷善於做衣服。一位比丘尼來到尊者優陀夷處;來到后對尊者優陀夷說:"尊者,請尊者為我縫製衣服。"於是尊者優陀夷為那位比丘尼縫製衣服,染色精美,在中間繡上圖案,摺疊好放在一邊。然後那位比丘尼來到尊者優陀夷處;來到后對尊者優陀夷說:"尊者,那件衣服在哪裡?""來吧,姐妹,把這件衣服按原樣拿去放好,等比丘尼僧團來接受教誡時,你穿上這件衣服跟在比丘尼僧團後面來。"於是那位比丘尼把那件衣服按原樣拿去放好,等比丘尼僧團來接受教誡時,她穿上那件衣服跟在比丘尼僧團後面來。人們責難、誹謗、批評說:"這些比丘尼多麼放蕩、無恥、不知羞恥,竟然在衣服上繡圖案!" 比丘尼們說:"這是誰做的?""是優陀夷尊者做的。""即使是那些放蕩、無恥的人也不會做這樣的事,更何況是優陀夷尊者!"於是那些比丘尼把這件事告訴比丘們。那些少欲的比丘們...責難、誹謗、批評說:"為什麼尊者優陀夷會為比丘尼縫製衣服呢?"..."優陀夷,你真的為比丘尼縫製衣服嗎?""世尊,是真的。""優陀夷,她是你的親戚還是非親戚?""世尊,是非親戚。""愚人,非親戚不知道什麼是適當的、不適當的、令人歡喜的、不令人歡喜的。愚人,你怎麼會為非親戚比丘尼縫製衣服呢!愚人,這不能令不信者生信......比丘們,你們應當如此制定學處: "若比丘為非親戚比丘尼縫製或令人縫製衣服,波逸提。" 若比丘意思是無論是什麼樣的...比丘意思是...在這裡指的是比丘。 非親戚意思是從母系或父系到第七代祖先都沒有關係的。 比丘尼意思是在兩部僧團中受具足戒的。 衣服意思是六種衣服中的任何一種。 縫製意思是自己縫製,每針犯波逸提。 令人縫製意思是命令他人,犯波逸提。一次命令而縫製多次,犯波逸提。 對非親戚,認為是非親戚,縫製或令人縫製衣服,犯波逸提。對非親戚,有疑慮,縫製或令人縫製衣服,犯波逸提。對非親戚,認為是親戚,縫製或令人縫製衣服,犯波逸提。 對只在一部僧團受具足戒的縫製或令人縫製衣服,犯突吉羅。對親戚,認為是非親戚,犯突吉羅。對親戚,有疑慮,犯突吉羅。對親戚,認為是親戚,無罪。 無罪的情況:對親戚,除了衣服縫製或令人縫製其他用品,對式叉摩那,對沙彌尼,對瘋狂者,對最初犯戒者。 縫製衣服學處第六結束。 約定學處

1. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『yatheva mayaṃ sapajāpatikā āhiṇḍāma, evamevime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya āhiṇḍantī』』ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjissantī』』ti…pe… 『『saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjathā』』ti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjissatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha.

『『Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhuniyā saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjeyya, antamaso gāmantarampi, pācittiya』』nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

1. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū ca bhikkhuniyo ca sāketā sāvatthiṃ addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo te bhikkhū etadavocuṃ – 『『mayampi ayyehi saddhiṃ gamissāmā』』ti. 『『Na, bhaginī, kappati bhikkhuniyā saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjituṃ. Tumhe vā paṭhamaṃ gacchatha mayaṃ vā gamissāmā』』ti. 『『Ayyā, bhante, aggapurisā. Ayyāva paṭhamaṃ gacchantū』』ti. Atha kho tāsaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ pacchā gacchantīnaṃ antarāmagge corā acchindiṃsu ca dūsesuñca. Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo sāvatthiṃ gantvā bhikkhunīnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Bhikkhuniyo bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『anujānāmi, bhikkhave, satthagamanīye magge sāsaṅkasammate sappaṭibhaye bhikkhuniyā saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

182.『『Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhuniyā saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjeyya, antamaso gāmantarampi, aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṃ. Tatthāyaṃ samayo. Satthagamanīyo hoti maggo sāsaṅkasammato sappaṭibhayo – ayaṃ tattha samayo』』ti.

183.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Bhikkhunī nāma ubhatosaṅghe upasampannā.

Saddhinti ekato.

Saṃvidhāyāti – 『『gacchāma, bhagini, gacchāmāyya; gacchāmāyya, gacchāma, bhagini; ajja vā hiyyo vā pare vā gacchāmā』』ti saṃvidahati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Antamaso gāmantarampīti kukkuṭasampāte gāme, gāmantare gāmantare āpatti pācittiyassa. Agāmake araññe, addhayojane addhayojane āpatti pācittiyassa.

Aññatra samayāti ṭhapetvā samayaṃ.

Satthagamanīyo nāma maggo na sakkā hoti vinā satthena gantuṃ.

Sāsaṅkaṃ nāma tasmiṃ magge [yasmiṃ magge (?)] corānaṃ niviṭṭhokāso dissati, bhuttokāso dissati, ṭhitokāso dissati, nisinnokāso dissati, nipannokāso dissati.

Sappaṭibhayaṃ nāma tasmiṃ magge corehi manussā hatā dissanti, viluttā dissanti, ākoṭitā dissanti, sappaṭibhayaṃ gantvā appaṭibhayaṃ dassetvā uyyojetabbā – 『『gacchatha bhaginiyo』』ti.

1. Saṃvidahite saṃvidahitasaññī ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjati, antamaso gāmantarampi, aññatra samayā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Saṃvidahite vematiko ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjati, antamaso gāmantarampi, aññatra samayā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Saṃvidahite, asaṃvidahitasaññī ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjati, antamaso gāmantarampi, aññatra samayā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Bhikkhu saṃvidahati bhikkhunī na saṃvidahati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Asaṃvidahite saṃvidahitasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Asaṃvidahite vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Asaṃvidahite asaṃvidahitasaññī, anāpatti.

那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂鎮附近)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,六群比丘與比丘尼們約定同行一段路。人們責難、誹謗、批評說:"就像我們與妻子一起遊蕩,這些釋迦子沙門也與比丘尼們約定一起遊蕩!"比丘們聽到那些人責難、誹謗、批評。那些少欲的比丘們...責難、誹謗、批評說:"為什麼六群比丘會與比丘尼們約定同行一段路呢?"..."比丘們,你們真的與比丘尼們約定同行一段路嗎?""世尊,是真的。"佛陀呵責說......"愚人們,你們怎麼會與比丘尼們約定同行一段路呢!愚人們,這不能令不信者生信......比丘們,你們應當如此制定學處: "若比丘與比丘尼約定同行一段路,即使只是一村之間,波逸提。" 世尊如此為比丘們制定學處。 那時,許多比丘和比丘尼從娑雞多(現今印度北方邦薩赫特-馬赫特遺址)到舍衛城途中行走。那些比丘尼對那些比丘說:"我們也要和尊者們一起走。""姐妹們,不允許與比丘尼約定同行一段路。你們先走或我們先走。""尊者們是最尊貴的人。尊者們請先走。"於是那些比丘尼後面走,中途遇到強盜搶劫和侵犯。然後那些比丘尼到達舍衛城后把這件事告訴比丘尼們。比丘尼們把這件事告訴比丘們。比丘們把這件事告訴世尊。然後世尊以此因緣、以此場合作了法語開示,告訴比丘們:"比丘們,我允許在有商隊同行的路上,被認為有危險、有恐怖的路上,與比丘尼約定同行一段路。比丘們,你們應當如此制定學處: "若比丘與比丘尼約定同行一段路,即使只是一村之間,除了適當的時候,波逸提。這裡的適當時候是:路上有商隊同行,被認為有危險、有恐怖 - 這是這裡的適當時候。" 若比丘意思是無論是什麼樣的...比丘意思是...在這裡指的是比丘。 比丘尼意思是在兩部僧團中受具足戒的。 一起意思是在一起。 約定意思是說"姐妹,我們走吧","尊者,我們走吧","尊者,我們走吧","姐妹,我們走吧","今天或昨天或明天我們走吧"而約定,犯突吉羅。 即使只是一村之間意思是在雞飛的距離的村莊,每一村之間犯波逸提。在無村的曠野,每半由旬犯波逸提。 除了適當的時候意思是除了適當的時候。 有商隊同行的路意思是沒有商隊不能走的路。 有危險意思是在那條路上可以看到強盜們的居住處、進食處、站立處、坐下處、躺臥處。 有恐怖意思是在那條路上可以看到人們被強盜殺害、搶劫、毆打,走過有恐怖的地方後到達無恐怖的地方時應當遣散說:"姐妹們,你們走吧。" 約定,認為是約定,同行一段路,即使只是一村之間,除了適當的時候,犯波逸提。約定,有疑慮,同行一段路,即使只是一村之間,除了適當的時候,犯波逸提。約定,認為是未約定,同行一段路,即使只是一村之間,除了適當的時候,犯波逸提。 比丘約定而比丘尼不約定,犯突吉羅。未約定,認為是約定,犯突吉羅。未約定,有疑慮,犯突吉羅。未約定,認為是未約定,無罪。

1. Anāpatti samaye, asaṃvidahitvā gacchati, bhikkhunī saṃvidahati , bhikkhu na saṃvidahati, visaṅketena gacchanti, āpadāsu, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Saṃvidhānasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ sattamaṃ.

1. Nāvābhiruhanasikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaṃ nāvaṃ [ekanāvaṃ (syā.)] abhiruhanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『yatheva mayaṃ sapajāpatikā nāvāya [ekanāvāya (syā.)] kīḷāma, evamevime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya nāvāya kīḷantī』』ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaṃ nāvaṃ abhiruhissantī』』ti…pe… 『『saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaṃ nāvaṃ abhiruhathā』』ti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaṃ nāvaṃ abhiruhissatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

『『Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhuniyā saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaṃ nāvaṃ[ekanāvaṃ (syā.)]abhiruheyya, uddhaṃgāminiṃ vā adhogāminiṃvā, pācittiya』』nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

1. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū ca bhikkhuniyo ca sāketā sāvatthiṃ addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. Antarāmagge nadī taritabbā [uttaritabbā (syā.)] hoti. Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo te bhikkhū etadavocuṃ – 『『mayampi ayyehi saddhiṃ uttarissāmā』』ti. 『『Na, bhaginī, kappati bhikkhuniyā saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaṃ nāvaṃ abhiruhituṃ; tumhe vā paṭhamaṃ uttaratha mayaṃ vā uttarissāmā』』ti . 『『Ayyā, bhante, aggapurisā. Ayyāva paṭhamaṃ uttarantū』』ti. Atha kho tāsaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ pacchā uttarantīnaṃ corā acchindiṃsu ca dūsesuñca . Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo sāvatthiṃ gantvā bhikkhunīnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Bhikkhuniyo bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tiriyaṃ taraṇāya bhikkhuniyā saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaṃ nāvaṃ abhiruhituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

188.『『Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhuniyā saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaṃ nāvaṃ abhiruheyya uddhaṃgāminiṃ vā adhogāminiṃ vā, aññatra tiriyaṃ taraṇāya, pācittiya』』nti.

189.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Bhikkhunī nāma ubhatosaṅghe upasampannā .

Saddhinti ekato.

Saṃvidhāyāti 『『abhiruhāma, bhagini, abhiruhāmāyya; abhiruhāmāyya, abhiruhāma, bhagini; ajja vā hiyyo vā pare vā abhiruhāmā』』ti saṃvidahati āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Bhikkhuniyā abhiruḷhe bhikkhu abhiruhati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Bhikkhumhi abhiruḷhe bhikkhunī abhiruhati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ubho vā abhiruhanti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Uddhaṃgāmininti ujjavanikāya.

Adhogāmininti ojavanikāya.

Aññatra tiriyaṃ taraṇāyāti ṭhapetvā tiriyaṃ taraṇaṃ.

Kukkuṭasampāte gāme, gāmantare gāmantare āpatti pācittiyassa. Agāmake araññe, aḍḍhayojane aḍḍhayojane āpatti pācittiyassa.

1. Saṃvidahite saṃvidahitasaññī ekaṃ nāvaṃ abhiruhati uddhaṃgāminiṃ vā adhogāminiṃ vā, aññatra tiriyaṃ taraṇāya , āpatti pācittiyassa. Saṃvidahite vematiko ekaṃ nāvaṃ abhiruhati uddhaṃgāminiṃ vā adhogāminiṃ vā, aññatra tiriyaṃ taraṇāya, āpatti pācittiyassa. Saṃvidahite asaṃvidahitasaññī ekaṃ nāvaṃ abhiruhati uddhaṃgāminiṃ vā adhogāminiṃ vā, aññatra tiriyaṃ taraṇāya, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Bhikkhu saṃvidahati, bhikkhunī na saṃvidahati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Asaṃvidahite saṃvidahitasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Asaṃvidahite vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Asaṃvidahite, asaṃvidahitasaññī, anāpatti.

無罪的情況:適當的時候,未約定而行走,比丘尼約定而比丘不約定,錯開時間行走,遇到危難,對瘋狂者,對最初犯戒者。 約定學處第七結束。 乘船學處 那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂鎮附近)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,六群比丘與比丘尼們約定乘同一條船。人們責難、誹謗、批評說:"就像我們與妻子一起乘船遊玩,這些釋迦子沙門也與比丘尼們約定一起乘船遊玩!"比丘們聽到那些人責難、誹謗、批評。那些少欲的比丘們...責難、誹謗、批評說:"為什麼六群比丘會與比丘尼們約定乘同一條船呢?"..."比丘們,你們真的與比丘尼們約定乘同一條船嗎?""世尊,是真的。"佛陀呵責說......"愚人們,你們怎麼會與比丘尼們約定乘同一條船呢!愚人們,這不能令不信者生信......比丘們,你們應當如此制定學處: "若比丘與比丘尼約定乘同一條船,無論是逆流而上還是順流而下,波逸提。" 世尊如此為比丘們制定學處。 那時,許多比丘和比丘尼從娑雞多(現今印度北方邦薩赫特-馬赫特遺址)到舍衛城途中行走。中途需要渡河。那些比丘尼對那些比丘說:"我們也要和尊者們一起渡河。""姐妹們,不允許與比丘尼約定乘同一條船。你們先渡或我們先渡。""尊者們是最尊貴的人。尊者們請先渡。"於是那些比丘尼後面渡河,遇到強盜搶劫和侵犯。然後那些比丘尼到達舍衛城后把這件事告訴比丘尼們。比丘尼們把這件事告訴比丘們。比丘們把這件事告訴世尊。然後世尊以此因緣、以此場合作了法語開示,告訴比丘們:"比丘們,我允許橫渡時與比丘尼約定乘同一條船。比丘們,你們應當如此制定學處: "若比丘與比丘尼約定乘同一條船,無論是逆流而上還是順流而下,除了橫渡,波逸提。" 若比丘意思是無論是什麼樣的...比丘意思是...在這裡指的是比丘。 比丘尼意思是在兩部僧團中受具足戒的。 一起意思是在一起。 約定意思是說"姐妹,我們上船吧","尊者,我們上船吧","尊者,我們上船吧","姐妹,我們上船吧","今天或昨天或明天我們上船吧"而約定,犯突吉羅。 比丘尼上船后比丘上船,犯波逸提。比丘上船后比丘尼上船,犯波逸提。兩人一起上船,犯波逸提。 逆流而上意思是逆流而上。 順流而下意思是順流而下。 除了橫渡意思是除了橫渡。 在雞飛的距離的村莊,每一村之間犯波逸提。在無村的曠野,每半由旬犯波逸提。 約定,認為是約定,乘同一條船,無論是逆流而上還是順流而下,除了橫渡,犯波逸提。約定,有疑慮,乘同一條船,無論是逆流而上還是順流而下,除了橫渡,犯波逸提。約定,認為是未約定,乘同一條船,無論是逆流而上還是順流而下,除了橫渡,犯波逸提。 比丘約定而比丘尼不約定,犯突吉羅。未約定,認為是約定,犯突吉羅。未約定,有疑慮,犯突吉羅。未約定,認為是未約定,無罪。

1. Anāpatti tiriyaṃ taraṇāya, asaṃvidahitvā abhiruhanti, bhikkhunī saṃvidahati, bhikkhu na saṃvidahati, visaṅketena abhiruhanti, āpadāsu ummattakassa, ādikammissāti.

Nāvābhiruhanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ.

1. Paripācitasikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena thullanandā bhikkhunī aññatarassa kulassa kulūpikā hoti niccabhattikā. Tena ca gahapatinā therā bhikkhū nimantitā honti. Atha kho thullanandā bhikkhunī pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena taṃ kulaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ gahapatiṃ etadavoca – 『『kimidaṃ, gahapati, pahūtaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyatta』』nti? 『『Therā mayā, ayye, nimantitā』』ti. 『『Ke pana te, gahapati, therā』』ti? 『『Ayyo sāriputto ayyo mahāmoggallāno ayyo mahākaccāno ayyo mahākoṭṭhiko ayyo mahākappino ayyo mahācundo ayyo anuruddho ayyo revato ayyo upāli ayyo ānando ayyo rāhulo』』ti. 『『Kiṃ pana tvaṃ, gahapati, mahānāge tiṭṭhamāne ceṭake nimantesī』』ti?

『『Ke pana te, ayye, mahānāgā』』ti? 『『Ayyo devadatto ayyo kokāliko ayyo kaṭamodakatissako [kaṭamorakatissako (sī.) katamorakatissako (syā.)] ayyo khaṇḍadeviyā putto ayyo samuddadatto』』ti. Ayaṃ carahi thullanandāya bhikkhuniyā antarā kathā vippakatā, atha te therā bhikkhū pavisiṃsu. 『『Saccaṃ mahānāgā kho tayā, gahapati, nimantitā』』ti. 『『Idāneva kho tvaṃ, ayye, ceṭake akāsi; idāni mahānāge』』ti. Gharato ca nikkaḍḍhi, niccabhattañca pacchindi. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma devadatto jānaṃ bhikkhuniparipācitaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ bhuñjissatī』』ti…pe… 『『saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, devadatta, jānaṃ bhikkhuniparipācitaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ bhuñjasī』』ti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, jānaṃ bhikkhuniparipācitaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ bhuñjissasi. Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

『『Yopana bhikkhu jānaṃ bhikkhuniparipācitaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ bhuñjeyya, pācittiya』』nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

1. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu rājagahā pabbajito ñātikulaṃ agamāsi. Manussā – 『『cirassampi bhadanto āgato』』ti sakkaccaṃ bhattaṃ akaṃsu. Tassa kulassa kulūpikā bhikkhunī te manusse etadavoca – 『『dethayyassa, āvuso, bhatta』』nti. Atha kho so bhikkhu – 『『bhagavatā paṭikkhittaṃ jānaṃ bhikkhuniparipācitaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ bhuñjitu』』nti kukkuccāyanto na paṭiggahesi. Nāsakkhi piṇḍāya carituṃ, chinnabhatto ahosi. Atha kho so bhikkhu ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pubbe gihisamārambhe jānaṃ bhikkhuniparipācitaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ bhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

194.『『Yo pana bhikkhu jānaṃ bhikkhuniparipācitaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ bhuñjeyya, aññatra pubbe gihisamārambhā, pācittiya』』nti.

195.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Jānāti nāma sāmaṃ vā jānāti aññe vā tassa ārocenti sā vā āroceti.

Bhikkhunī nāma ubhatosaṅghe upasampannā.

Paripāceti nāma pubbe adātukāmānaṃ akattukāmānaṃ – 『『ayyo bhāṇako, ayyo bahussuto, ayyo suttantiko, ayyo vinayadharo, ayyo dhammakathiko, detha ayyassa, karotha ayyassā』』ti esā paripāceti nāma.

Piṇḍapāto nāma pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññataraṃ bhojanaṃ.

Aññatra pubbe gihisamārambhāti ṭhapetvā gihisamārambhaṃ.

Gihisamārambho nāma ñātakā vā honti pavāritā vā pakatipaṭiyattaṃ vā.

Aññatra pubbe gihisamārambhā bhuñjissāmīti paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre, āpatti pācittiyassa.

無罪的情況:橫渡,未約定而上船,比丘尼約定而比丘不約定,錯開時間上船,遇到危難,對瘋狂者,對最初犯戒者。 乘船學處第八結束。 安排學處 那時,佛陀住在王舍城(現今印度比哈爾邦巴特那市附近)竹林松鼠棲息處。當時,偷蘭難陀比丘尼是某家的常客,經常在那裡用餐。那家施主邀請了上座比丘們。於是偷蘭難陀比丘尼在上午穿好衣服,拿著缽和衣來到那家;來到后對那位施主說:"施主,為什麼準備了這麼多食物?"" 尊者,我邀請了上座們。""施主,那些上座是誰?""舍利弗尊者、大目犍連尊者、大迦旃延尊者、大拘絺羅尊者、大迦葉尊者、大周陀尊者、阿那律陀尊者、離婆多尊者、優波離尊者、阿難陀尊者、羅睺羅尊者。""施主,你為什麼在有大龍象的時候邀請小僕人呢?" "尊者,那些大龍像是誰?""提婆達多尊者、俱迦利迦尊者、迦陀摩羅迦提舍尊者、騫荼提婆耶子尊者、三牟陀達多尊者。"偷蘭難陀比丘尼的話還沒說完,那些上座比丘就進來了。"施主,你真的邀請了大龍象啊。""尊者,剛才你說他們是小僕人,現在又說是大龍象。"他把她趕出家,並停止了經常性的供養。那些少欲的比丘們...責難、誹謗、批評說:"為什麼提婆達多明知是比丘尼安排的食物還要食用呢?"..."提婆達多,你真的明知是比丘尼安排的食物還食用嗎?""世尊,是真的。"佛陀呵責說......"愚人,你怎麼會明知是比丘尼安排的食物還食用呢!愚人,這不能令不信者生信......比丘們,你們應當如此制定學處: "若比丘明知是比丘尼安排的食物而食用,波逸提。" 世尊如此為比丘們制定學處。 那時,有一位比丘從王舍城出家后回到親戚家。人們說:"尊者很久沒來了",便恭敬地準備食物。那家的常客比丘尼對那些人說:"朋友們,給尊者食物。"於是那位比丘想:"世尊禁止明知是比丘尼安排的食物而食用",顧慮而不接受。他不能去乞食,沒有得到食物。然後那位比丘回到寺院后把這件事告訴比丘們。比丘們把這件事告訴世尊。然後世尊以此因緣、以此場合作了法語開示,告訴比丘們:"比丘們,我允許明知是比丘尼安排的食物,如果是在家人先前準備的,可以食用。比丘們,你們應當如此制定學處: "若比丘明知是比丘尼安排的食物而食用,除了在家人先前準備的,波逸提。" 若比丘意思是無論是什麼樣的...比丘意思是...在這裡指的是比丘。 明知意思是自己知道或他人告訴他或她自己告訴。 比丘尼意思是在兩部僧團中受具足戒的。 安排意思是對先前不想給、不想做的人說"這位尊者是誦經者,這位尊者多聞,這位尊者精通經藏,這位尊者持律,這位尊者說法者,給尊者吧,為尊者做吧",這就是所謂的安排。 食物意思是五種食物中的任何一種。 除了在家人先前準備的意思是除了在家人的準備。 在家人的準備意思是親戚或邀請者或平常準備的。 除了在家人先前準備的,想要食用而接受,犯突吉羅。每次吞嚥,犯波逸提。

1. Paripācite paripācitasaññī bhuñjati, aññatra pubbe gihisamārambhā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Paripācite vematiko bhuñjati, aññatra pubbe gihisamārambhā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Paripācite aparipācitasaññī bhuñjati, aññatra pubbe gihisamārambhā, anāpatti. Ekatoupasampannāya paripācitaṃ bhuñjati, aññatra pubbe gihisamārambhā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aparipācite paripācitasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aparipācitte vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aparipācite aparipācitasaññī, anāpatti.

2. Anāpatti pubbe gihisamārambhe, sikkhamānā paripāceti, sāmaṇerī paripāceti, pañca bhojanāni ṭhapetvā sabbattha anāpatti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Paripācitasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ navamaṃ.

1. Rahonisajjasikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato udāyissa purāṇadutiyikā bhikkhunīsu pabbajitā hoti. Sā āyasmato udāyissa santike abhikkhaṇaṃ āgacchati, āyasmāpi udāyī tassā bhikkhuniyā santike abhikkhaṇaṃ gacchati. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā udāyī tassā bhikkhuniyā saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappesi. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma āyasmā udāyī bhikkhuniyā saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappessatī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, udāyi, bhikkhuniyā saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappesīti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, bhikkhuniyā saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappessasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

199.『『Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhuniyā saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappeyya, pācittiya』』nti.

200.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Bhikkhunī nāma ubhatosaṅghe upasampannā .

Saddhinti ekato.

Eko ekāyāti bhikkhu ceva hoti bhikkhunī ca.

[pāci. 286, 291; pārā. 445,454]Raho nāma cakkhussa raho sotassa raho. Cakkhussa raho nāma na sakkā hoti akkhiṃ vā nikhaṇīyamāne bhamukaṃ vā ukkhipīyamāne sīsaṃ vā ukkhipīyamāne passituṃ. Sotassa raho nāma na sakkā hoti pakatikathā sotuṃ.

Nisajjaṃkappeyyāti bhikkhuniyā nisinnāya bhikkhu upanisinno vā hoti upanipanno vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Bhikkhu nisinne bhikkhunī upanisinnā vā hoti upanipannā vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ubho vā nisinnā honti ubho vā nipannā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

1. Raho rahosaññī eko ekāya nisajjaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Raho vematiko eko ekāya nisajjaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Raho arahosaññī eko ekāya nisajjaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Araho rahosaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Araho vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Araho arahosaññī, anāpatti.

1. Anāpatti yo koci viññū dutiyo hoti, tiṭṭhati na nisīdati, arahopekkho, aññavihito nisīdati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Rahonisajjasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dasamaṃ.

Ovādavaggo tatiyo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Asammataatthaṅgatū , passayāmisadānena;

Sibbati addhānaṃ nāvaṃ bhuñjeyya, eko ekāya te dasāti.

1. Bhojanavaggo

2. Āvasathapiṇḍasikkhāpadaṃ

安排了,認為是安排了,食用,除了在家人先前準備的,犯波逸提。安排了,有疑慮,食用,除了在家人先前準備的,犯突吉羅。安排了,認為是未安排,食用,除了在家人先前準備的,無罪。只在一部僧團受具足戒的安排的食用,除了在家人先前準備的,犯突吉羅。未安排,認為是安排了,犯突吉羅。未安排,有疑慮,犯突吉羅。未安排,認為是未安排,無罪。 無罪的情況:在家人先前準備的,式叉摩那安排,沙彌尼安排,除了五種食物外其他都無罪,對瘋狂者,對最初犯戒者。 安排學處第九結束。 獨處學處 那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂鎮附近)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,尊者優陀夷的前妻在比丘尼中出家。她經常來見尊者優陀夷,尊者優陀夷也經常去見那位比丘尼。那時,尊者優陀夷與那位比丘尼獨處共坐。那些少欲的比丘們...責難、誹謗、批評說:"為什麼尊者優陀夷會與比丘尼獨處共坐呢?"..."優陀夷,你真的與比丘尼獨處共坐嗎?""世尊,是真的。"佛陀呵責說......"愚人,你怎麼會與比丘尼獨處共坐呢!愚人,這不能令不信者生信......比丘們,你們應當如此制定學處: "若比丘與比丘尼獨處共坐,波逸提。" 若比丘意思是無論是什麼樣的...比丘意思是...在這裡指的是比丘。 比丘尼意思是在兩部僧團中受具足戒的。 一起意思是在一起。 一對一意思是隻有一位比丘和一位比丘尼。 獨處意思是眼睛看不見、耳朵聽不見。眼睛看不見意思是不能看見眨眼、挑眉或抬頭。耳朵聽不見意思是不能聽見正常說話的聲音。 共坐意思是比丘尼坐著時比丘坐下或躺下,犯波逸提。 比丘坐著時比丘尼坐下或躺下,犯波逸提。兩人都坐著或兩人都躺著,犯波逸提。 獨處,認為是獨處,一對一共坐,犯波逸提。獨處,有疑慮,一對一共坐,犯波逸提。獨處,認為是非獨處,一對一共坐,犯波逸提。 非獨處,認為是獨處,犯突吉羅。非獨處,有疑慮,犯突吉羅。非獨處,認為是非獨處,無罪。 無罪的情況:有任何一位有智之人作為第二人,站著不坐,不在意獨處,心不在焉而坐,對瘋狂者,對最初犯戒者。 獨處學處第十結束。 教誡品第三。 其摘要: 未經同意、日落、住處、物品、縫製、 路途、船、食用、一對一,這十條。 食物品 休息處食物學處

1. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sāvatthiyā avidūre aññatarassa pūgassa āvasathapiṇḍo paññatto hoti. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṃ piṇḍāya pavisitvā piṇḍaṃ alabhamānā āvasathaṃ agamaṃsu. Manussā – 『『cirassampi bhadantā āgatā』』ti te sakkaccaṃ parivisiṃsu. Atha kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū dutiyampi divasaṃ…pe… tatiyampi divasaṃ pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṃ piṇḍāya pavisitvā piṇḍaṃ alabhamānā āvasathaṃ gantvā bhuñjiṃsu. Atha kho chabbaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – 『『kiṃ mayaṃ karissāma ārāmaṃ gantvā! Hiyyopi idheva āgantabbaṃ bhavissatī』』ti, tattheva anuvasitvā anuvasitvā āvasathapiṇḍaṃ bhuñjanti. Titthiyā apasakkanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā anuvasitvā anuvasitvā āvasathapiṇḍaṃ bhuñjissanti! Nayimesaññeva āvasathapiṇḍo paññatto; sabbesaññeva āvasathapiṇḍo paññatto』』ti.

Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū anuvasitvā anuvasitvā āvasathapiṇḍaṃ bhuñjissantīti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, anuvasitvā anuvasitvā āvasathapiṇḍaṃ bhuñjathāti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, anuvasitvā anuvasitvā āvasathapiṇḍaṃ bhuñjissatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

『『Eko āvasathapiṇḍo bhuñjitabbo. Tato ce uttariṃ bhuñjeyya, pācittiya』』nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

1. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā sāriputto kosalesu janapade sāvatthiṃ gacchanto yena aññataro āvasatho tenupasaṅkami. Manussā – 『『cirassampi thero āgato』』ti sakkaccaṃ parivisiṃsu. Atha kho āyasmato sāriputtassa bhuttāvissa kharo ābādho uppajji, nāsakkhi tamhā āvasathā pakkamituṃ. Atha kho te manussā dutiyampi divasaṃ āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『bhuñjatha, bhante』』ti. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto – 『『bhagavatā paṭikkhittaṃ anuvasitvā anuvasitvā āvasathapiṇḍaṃ bhuñjitu』』nti kukkuccāyanto na paṭiggahesi; chinnabhatto ahosi. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāvatthiṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānena bhikkhunā anuvasitvā anuvasitvā āvasathapiṇḍaṃ bhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

205.『『Agilānena bhikkhunā eko āvasathapiṇḍo bhuñjitabbo. Tato ce uttari bhuñjeyya, pācittiya』』nti.

206.Agilāno nāma sakkoti tamhā āvasathā pakkamituṃ.

Gilāno nāma na sakkoti tamhā āvasathā pakkamituṃ.

Āvasathapiṇḍo nāma pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññataraṃ bhojanaṃ – sālāya vā maṇḍape vā rukkhamūle vā ajjhokāse vā anodissa yāvadattho paññatto hoti. Agilānena bhikkhunā sakiṃ bhuñjitabbo. Tato ce uttari 『bhuñjissāmī』ti paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti pācittiyassa.

1. Agilāno agilānasaññī tatuttari āvasathapiṇḍaṃ bhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Agilāno vematiko tatuttari āvasathapiṇḍaṃ bhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Agilāno gilānasaññī tatuttariṃ āvasathapiṇḍaṃ bhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Gilāno agilānasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Gilāno vematiko āpatti dukkaṭassa. Gilāno gilānasaññī, anāpatti.

1. Anāpatti gilānassa, agilāno sakiṃ bhuñjati, gacchanto, vā āgacchanto vā bhuñjati, sāmikā nimantetvā bhojenti, odissa paññatto hoti, na yāvadattho paññatto hoti, pañca bhojanāni ṭhapetvā sabbattha anāpatti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Āvasathapiṇḍasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ paṭhamaṃ.

1. Gaṇabhojanasikkhāpadaṃ

那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂鎮附近)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,在舍衛城附近某團體設立了休息處食物。六群比丘在上午穿好衣服,拿著缽和衣進入舍衛城乞食,沒有得到食物就去了休息處。人們說:"尊者們很久沒來了",恭敬地供養他們。然後六群比丘第二天...第三天上午穿好衣服,拿著缽和衣進入舍衛城乞食,沒有得到食物就去休息處吃飯。然後六群比丘想:"我們為什麼要回寺院呢?明天還要來這裡!"於是就在那裡住下來,一再地吃休息處食物。外道退避。人們責難、誹謗、批評說:"為什麼釋迦子沙門會一再住下來吃休息處食物呢!這休息處食物不是隻為他們設立的,是為所有人設立的。" 比丘們聽到那些人責難、誹謗、批評。那些少欲的比丘們...責難、誹謗、批評說:"為什麼六群比丘會一再住下來吃休息處食物呢?"..."比丘們,你們真的一再住下來吃休息處食物嗎?""世尊,是真的。"佛陀呵責說......"愚人們,你們怎麼會一再住下來吃休息處食物呢!愚人們,這不能令不信者生信......比丘們,你們應當如此制定學處: "只能吃一次休息處食物。如果吃超過那個,波逸提。" 世尊如此為比丘們制定學處。 那時,尊者舍利弗在拘薩羅國(現今印度北方邦東部)前往舍衛城,來到一個休息處。人們說:"長老很久沒來了",恭敬地供養他。然後尊者舍利弗吃完飯後生了重病,不能離開那個休息處。然後那些人第二天對尊者舍利弗說:"尊者,請用餐。"於是尊者舍利弗想:"世尊禁止一再住下來吃休息處食物",顧慮而不接受;沒有得到食物。然後尊者舍利弗到達舍衛城后把這件事告訴比丘們。比丘們把這件事告訴世尊。然後世尊以此因緣、以此場合作了法語開示,告訴比丘們:"比丘們,我允許生病的比丘一再住下來吃休息處食物。比丘們,你們應當如此制定學處: "不生病的比丘只能吃一次休息處食物。如果吃超過那個,波逸提。" 不生病意思是能夠離開那個休息處。 生病意思是不能離開那個休息處。 休息處食物意思是五種食物中的任何一種 - 在大廳、涼亭、樹下或露天,不指定對像而為所有人準備的。不生病的比丘只能吃一次。如果超過那個想要吃而接受,犯突吉羅。每次吞嚥,犯波逸提。 不生病,認為是不生病,超過那個吃休息處食物,犯波逸提。不生病,有疑慮,超過那個吃休息處食物,犯波逸提。不生病,認為是生病,超過那個吃休息處食物,犯波逸提。 生病,認為是不生病,犯突吉羅。生病,有疑慮,犯突吉羅。生病,認為是生病,無罪。 無罪的情況:生病,不生病只吃一次,去或來時吃,主人邀請而吃,指定對像而準備的,不是為所有人準備的,除了五種食物外其他都無罪,對瘋狂者,對最初犯戒者。 休息處食物學處第一結束。 眾食學處

1. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena devadatto parihīnalābhasakkāro sapariso kulesu viññāpetvā viññāpetvā bhuñjati. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā kulesu viññāpetvā viññāpetvā bhuñjissanti! Kassa sampannaṃ na manāpaṃ, kassa sāduṃ na ruccatī』』ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma devadatto sapariso kulesu viññāpetvā viññāpetvā bhuñjissatī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, devadatta, sapariso kulesu viññāpetvā viññāpetvā bhuñjasīti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, sapariso kulesu viññāpetvā viññāpetvā bhuñjissasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

『『Gaṇabhojane pācittiya』』nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

1. Tena kho pana samayena manussā gilāne bhikkhū bhattena nimantenti. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā nādhivāsenti – 『『paṭikkhittaṃ bhagavatā gaṇabhojana』』nti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānena bhikkhunā gaṇabhojanaṃ bhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

『『Gaṇabhojane, aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṃ. Tatthāyaṃ samayo. Gilānasamayo – ayaṃ tattha samayo』』ti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

1. Tena kho pana samayena manussā cīvaradānasamaye sacīvarabhattaṃ paṭiyādetvā bhikkhū nimantenti – 『『bhojetvā cīvarena acchādessāmā』』ti. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā nādhivāsenti – 『『paṭikkhittaṃ bhagavatā gaṇabhojana』』nti. Cīvaraṃ parittaṃ uppajjati. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, cīvaradānasamaye gaṇabhojanaṃ bhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

『『Gaṇabhojane, aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṃ. Tatthāyaṃ samayo. Gilānasamayo, cīvaradānasamayo – ayaṃ tattha samayo』』ti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

1. Tena kho pana samayena manussā cīvarakārake bhikkhū bhattena nimantenti. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā nādhivāsenti – 『『paṭikkhittaṃ bhagavatā gaṇabhojana』』nti . Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, cīvarakārasamaye gaṇabhojanaṃ bhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

『『Gaṇabhojane, aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṃ. Tatthāyaṃ samayo. Gilānasamayo, cīvaradānasamayo, cīvarakārasamayo – ayaṃ tattha samayo』』ti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

1. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū manussehi saddhiṃ addhānaṃ gacchanti. Atha kho te bhikkhū te manusse etadavocuṃ – 『『muhuttaṃ, āvuso, āgametha; piṇḍāya carissāmā』』ti. Te evamāhaṃsu – 『『idheva, bhante, bhuñjathā』』ti. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā na paṭiggaṇhanti – 『『paṭikkhittaṃ bhagavatā gaṇabhojana』』nti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, addhānagamanasamaye gaṇabhojanaṃ bhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

『『Gaṇabhojane, aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṃ. Tatthāyaṃ samayo. Gilānasamayo, cīvaradānasamayo, cīvarakārasamayo, addhānagamanasamayo – ayaṃ tattha samayo』』ti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

那時,佛陀住在王舍城(現今印度比哈爾邦巴特那市附近)竹林松鼠棲息處。當時,提婆達多失去了利養和恭敬,與其隨從在各家乞求而食用。人們責難、誹謗、批評說:"為什麼釋迦子沙門會在各家乞求而食用呢!誰不喜歡美味,誰不喜歡可口的呢!"比丘們聽到那些人責難、誹謗、批評。那些少欲的比丘們...責難、誹謗、批評說:"為什麼提婆達多會與其隨從在各家乞求而食用呢?"..."提婆達多,你真的與隨從在各家乞求而食用嗎?""世尊,是真的。"佛陀呵責說......"愚人,你怎麼會與隨從在各家乞求而食用呢!愚人,這不能令不信者生信......比丘們,你們應當如此制定學處: "眾食,波逸提。" 世尊如此為比丘們制定學處。 那時,人們邀請生病的比丘們用餐。比丘們顧慮而不接受,說:"世尊禁止眾食。"他們把這件事告訴世尊。然後世尊以此因緣、以此場合作了法語開示,告訴比丘們:"比丘們,我允許生病的比丘眾食。比丘們,你們應當如此制定學處: "眾食,除了適當的時候,波逸提。這裡的適當時候是:生病的時候 - 這是這裡的適當時候。" 世尊如此為比丘們制定學處。 那時,人們在佈施衣服的時候準備了食物和衣服,邀請比丘們說:"我們會供養食物后再佈施衣服。"比丘們顧慮而不接受,說:"世尊禁止眾食。"只得到少量衣服。比丘們把這件事告訴世尊......"比丘們,我允許在佈施衣服的時候眾食。比丘們,你們應當如此制定學處: "眾食,除了適當的時候,波逸提。這裡的適當時候是:生病的時候,佈施衣服的時候 - 這是這裡的適當時候。" 世尊如此為比丘們制定學處。 那時,人們邀請正在製作衣服的比丘們用餐。比丘們顧慮而不接受,說:"世尊禁止眾食。"他們把這件事告訴世尊......"比丘們,我允許在製作衣服的時候眾食。比丘們,你們應當如此制定學處: "眾食,除了適當的時候,波逸提。這裡的適當時候是:生病的時候,佈施衣服的時候,製作衣服的時候 - 這是這裡的適當時候。" 世尊如此為比丘們制定學處。 那時,比丘們與人們一起旅行。然後那些比丘對那些人說:"朋友們,請稍等,我們要去乞食。"他們說:"尊者們,就在這裡用餐吧。"比丘們顧慮而不接受,說:"世尊禁止眾食。"他們把這件事告訴世尊......"比丘們,我允許在旅行的時候眾食。比丘們,你們應當如此制定學處: "眾食,除了適當的時候,波逸提。這裡的適當時候是:生病的時候,佈施衣服的時候,製作衣服的時候,旅行的時候 - 這是這裡的適當時候。" 世尊如此為比丘們制定學處。

1. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū manussehi saddhiṃ nāvāya gacchanti. Atha kho te bhikkhū te manusse etadavocuṃ – 『『muhuttaṃ, āvuso, tīraṃ upanetha; piṇḍāya carissāmā』』ti. Te evamāhaṃsu – 『『idheva, bhante, bhuñjathā』』ti. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā na paṭiggaṇhanti – 『『paṭikkhittaṃ bhagavatā gaṇabhojana』』nti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, nāvābhiruhanasamaye gaṇabhojanaṃ bhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

『『Gaṇabhojane, aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṃ. Tatthāyaṃ samayo. Gilānasamayo, cīvaradānasamayo, cīvarakārasamayo, addhānagamanasamayo, nāvābhiruhanasamayo – ayaṃ tattha samayo』』ti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

1. Tena 0 kho pana samayena disāsu vassaṃvuṭṭhā bhikkhū rājagahaṃ āgacchanti bhagavantaṃ dassanāya. Manussā nānāverajjake bhikkhū passitvā bhattena nimantenti. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā nādhivāsenti – 『『paṭikkhittaṃ bhagavatā gaṇabhojana』』nti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, mahāsamaye gaṇabhojanaṃ bhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

『『Gaṇabhojane , aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṃ. Tatthāyaṃ samayo. Gilānasamayo, cīvaradānasamayo, cīvarakārasamayo, addhānagamanasamayo, nāvābhiruhanasamayo, mahāsamayo – ayaṃ tattha samayo』』ti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

1. Tena kho pana samayena rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa ñātisālohito ājīvakesu pabbajito hoti. Atha kho so ājīvako yena rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā rājānaṃ māgadhaṃ seniyaṃ bimbisāraṃ etadavoca – 『『icchāmahaṃ, mahārāja, sabbapāsaṇḍikabhattaṃ kātu』』nti. 『『Sace tvaṃ, bhante, buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṭhamaṃ bhojeyyāsi』』. 『『Evaṃ kareyyāmī』』ti. Atha kho so ājīvako bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pāhesi – 『『adhivāsentu me bhikkhū svātanāya bhatta』』nti. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā nādhivāsenti – 『『paṭikkhittaṃ bhagavatā gaṇabhojana』』nti. Atha kho so ājīvako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho so ājīvako bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『bhavampi gotamo pabbajito, ahampi pabbajito; arahati pabbajito pabbajitassa piṇḍaṃ paṭiggahetuṃ. Adhivāsetu me bhavaṃ gotamo svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā』』ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho so ājīvako bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『anujānāmi, bhikkhave, samaṇabhattasamaye gaṇabhojanaṃ bhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

217.Gaṇabhojane, aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṃ. Tatthāyaṃ samayo. Gilānasamayo, cīvaradānasamayo, cīvarakārasamayo, addhānagamanasamayo, nāvābhiruhanasamayo, mahāsamayo, samaṇabhattasamayo – ayaṃ tattha samayo』』ti.

那時,比丘們與人們一起乘船。然後那些比丘對那些人說:"朋友們,請稍停靠岸邊,我們要去乞食。"他們說:"尊者們,就在這裡用餐吧。"比丘們顧慮而不接受,說:"世尊禁止眾食。"他們把這件事告訴世尊......"比丘們,我允許在乘船的時候眾食。比丘們,你們應當如此制定學處: "眾食,除了適當的時候,波逸提。這裡的適當時候是:生病的時候,佈施衣服的時候,製作衣服的時候,旅行的時候,乘船的時候 - 這是這裡的適當時候。" 世尊如此為比丘們制定學處。 那時,在各地度過雨安居的比丘們來到王舍城(現今印度比哈爾邦巴特那市附近)見世尊。人們看到來自各地的比丘,邀請他們用餐。比丘們顧慮而不接受,說:"世尊禁止眾食。"他們把這件事告訴世尊......"比丘們,我允許在大集會的時候眾食。比丘們,你們應當如此制定學處: "眾食,除了適當的時候,波逸提。這裡的適當時候是:生病的時候,佈施衣服的時候,製作衣服的時候,旅行的時候,乘船的時候,大集會的時候 - 這是這裡的適當時候。" 世尊如此為比丘們制定學處。 那時,摩揭陀國頻毗娑羅王的一位親戚在阿耆毗外道出家。然後那位阿耆毗外道來到摩揭陀國頻毗娑羅王那裡;來到后對摩揭陀國頻毗娑羅王說:"大王,我想要供養所有外道的食物。""尊者,如果你先供養以佛陀為首的比丘僧團。""好的,我會這樣做。"然後那位阿耆毗外道派使者到比丘們那裡說:"請比丘們接受我明天的供養。"比丘們顧慮而不接受,說:"世尊禁止眾食。"然後那位阿耆毗外道來到世尊那裡;來到后與世尊互相問候,寒暄後站在一旁。站在一旁的那位阿耆毗外道對世尊說:"喬達摩尊者是出家人,我也是出家人;出家人應該接受出家人的食物。請喬達摩尊者接受我明天與比丘僧團一起的供養。"世尊以沉默表示同意。然後那位阿耆毗外道知道世尊同意后就離開了。然後世尊以此因緣、以此場合作了法語開示,告訴比丘們:"比丘們,我允許在沙門供養的時候眾食。比丘們,你們應當如此制定學處: "眾食,除了適當的時候,波逸提。這裡的適當時候是:生病的時候,佈施衣服的時候,製作衣服的時候,旅行的時候,乘船的時候,大集會的時候,沙門供養的時候 - 這是這裡的適當時候。"

218.Gaṇabhojanaṃ nāma yattha cattāro bhikkhū pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññatarena bhojanena nimantitā bhuñjanti. Etaṃ gaṇabhojanaṃ nāma.

Aññatra samayāti ṭhapetvā samayaṃ.

Gilānasamayo nāma antamaso pādāpi phalitā [phālitā (syā. ka.)] honti. 『『Gilānasamayo』』ti bhuñjitabbaṃ.

Cīvaradānasamayo nāma anatthate kathine vassānassa pacchimo māso, atthate kathine pañcamāsā. 『『Cīvaradānasamayo』』ti bhuñjitabbaṃ.

Cīvarakārasamayo nāma cīvare kayiramāne. 『『Cīvarakārasamayo』』ti bhuñjitabbaṃ.

Addhānagamanasamayo nāma 『『addhayojanaṃ gacchissāmī』』ti bhuñjitabbaṃ, gacchantena bhuñjitabbaṃ, gatena bhuñjitabbaṃ.

Nāvābhiruhanasamayo nāma 『『nāvaṃ abhiruhissāmī』』ti bhuñjitabbaṃ, āruḷhena bhuñjitabbaṃ, oruḷhena bhuñjitabbaṃ.

Mahāsamayo nāma yattha dve tayo bhikkhū piṇḍāya caritvā yāpenti, catutthe āgate na yāpenti. 『『Mahāsamayo』』ti bhuñjitabbaṃ.

Samaṇabhattasamayo nāma yo koci paribbājakasamāpanno bhattaṃ karoti. 『『Samaṇabhattasamayo』』ti bhuñjitabbaṃ.

『『Aññatra samayā bhuñjissāmī』』ti paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti pācittiyassa.

1. Gaṇabhojane gaṇabhojanasaññī, aññatra samayā, bhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Gaṇabhojane vematiko, aññatra samayā, bhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Gaṇabhojane nagaṇabhojanasaññī, aññatra samayā, bhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Nagaṇabhojane gaṇabhojanasaññī , āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nagaṇabhojane vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nagaṇabhojane nagaṇabhojanasaññī, anāpatti.

1. Anāpatti samaye, dve tayo ekato bhuñjanti, piṇḍāya caritvā ekato sannipatitvā bhuñjanti, niccabhattaṃ, salākabhattaṃ, pakkhikaṃ, uposathikaṃ, pāṭipadikaṃ, pañca bhojanāni ṭhapetvā sabbattha anāpatti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Gaṇabhojanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dutiyaṃ.

1. Paramparabhojanasikkhāpadaṃ

眾食意思是四位比丘受邀請食用五種食物中的任何一種。這就是所謂的眾食。 除了適當的時候意思是除了適當的時候。 生病的時候意思是至少腳掌也裂開了。應該在"生病的時候"食用。 佈施衣服的時候意思是未舉行迦絺那衣儀式時雨安居的最後一個月,舉行迦絺那衣儀式時五個月。應該在"佈施衣服的時候"食用。 製作衣服的時候意思是正在製作衣服時。應該在"製作衣服的時候"食用。 旅行的時候意思是"我將走半由旬"時應該食用,正在走時應該食用,走完后應該食用。 乘船的時候意思是"我將上船"時應該食用,上船后應該食用,下船后應該食用。 大的時候意思是兩三位比丘乞食后能維持生活,第四位來時就不能維持生活。應該在"大的時候"食用。 沙門供養的時候意思是任何一位外道出家人做供養。應該在"沙門供養的時候"食用。 "除了適當的時候我將食用"而接受,犯突吉羅。每次吞嚥,犯波逸提。 眾食,認為是眾食,除了適當的時候,食用,犯波逸提。眾食,有疑慮,除了適當的時候,食用,犯波逸提。眾食,認為不是眾食,除了適當的時候,食用,犯波逸提。 不是眾食,認為是眾食,犯突吉羅。不是眾食,有疑慮,犯突吉羅。不是眾食,認為不是眾食,無罪。 無罪的情況:適當的時候,兩三人一起食用,乞食后聚在一起食用,經常性的供養,憑票供養,半月供養,布薩日供養,月初供養,除了五種食物外其他都無罪,對瘋狂者,對最初犯戒者。 眾食學處第二結束。 接續食用學處

1. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. Tena kho pana samayena vesāliyaṃ paṇītānaṃ bhattānaṃ bhattapaṭipāṭi adhiṭṭhitā hoti. Atha kho aññatarassa daliddassa kammakārassa [kammakarassa (sī.)] etadahosi – 『『na kho idaṃ orakaṃ bhavissati yathayime manussā sakkaccaṃ bhattaṃ karonti; yaṃnūnāhampi bhattaṃ kareyya』』nti. Atha kho so daliddo kammakāro yena kirapatiko tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ kirapatikaṃ etadavoca – 『『icchāmahaṃ, ayyaputta, buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa bhattaṃ kātuṃ. Dehi me vetana』』nti. Sopi kho kirapatiko saddho hoti pasanno. Atha kho so kirapatiko tassa daliddassa kammakārassa abbhātirekaṃ [atirekaṃ (syā.)] vetanaṃ adāsi. Atha kho so daliddo kammakāro yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so daliddo kammakāro bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『adhivāsetu me, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā』』ti. 『『Mahā kho, āvuso, bhikkhusaṅgho. Jānāhī』』ti. 『『Hotu [hotu me (ka.)] bhante, mahā bhikkhusaṅgho. Bahū me badarā paṭiyattā badaramissena peyyā paripūrissantī』』ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena.

Atha kho so daliddo kammakāro bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū – 『『daliddena kira kammakārena svātanāya buddhappamukho bhikkhusaṅgho nimantito, badaramissena peyyā paripūrissantī』』ti. Te kālasseva piṇḍāya caritvā bhuñjiṃsu. Assosuṃ kho manussā – 『『daliddena kira kammakārena buddhappamukho bhikkhusaṅgho nimantito』』ti. Te daliddassa kammakārassa pahūtaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ abhihariṃsu. Atha kho so daliddo kammakāro tassā rattiyā accayena paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi – 『『kālo, bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta』』nti.

Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena tassa daliddassa kammakārassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena. Atha kho so daliddo kammakāro bhattagge bhikkhū parivisati. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – 『『thokaṃ, āvuso, dehi. Thokaṃ, āvuso, dehī』』ti. 『『Mā kho tumhe, bhante, 『ayaṃ daliddo kammakāro』ti thokaṃ thokaṃ paṭiggaṇhittha. Pahūtaṃ me khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyattaṃ.

Paṭiggaṇhatha, bhante, yāvadattha』』nti. 『『Na kho mayaṃ, āvuso, etaṃkāraṇā thokaṃ thokaṃ paṭiggaṇhāma. Apica, mayaṃ kālasseva piṇḍāya caritvā bhuñjimhā; tena mayaṃ thokaṃ thokaṃ paṭiggaṇhāmā』』ti.

Atha kho so daliddo kammakāro ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti – 『『kathañhi nāma bhadantā mayā nimantitā aññatra bhuñjissanti! Na cāhaṃ paṭibalo yāvadatthaṃ dātu』』nti? Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tassa daliddassa kammakārassa ujjhāyantassa khiyyantassa vipācentassa. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma bhikkhū aññatra nimantitā aññatra bhuñjissantī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū aññatra nimantitā aññatra bhuñjantīti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā aññatra nimantitā aññatra bhuñjissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

『『Paramparabhojanepācittiya』』nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

那時,佛陀住在毗舍離(現今印度比哈爾邦瓦伊沙利鎮附近)大林重閣講堂。當時,毗舍離有一系列精美食物的供養。然後一位貧窮的工人想:"這些人如此恭敬地準備食物,一定不是普通的事;我也應該準備食物供養。"然後那位貧窮的工人來到僱主那裡;來到后對僱主說:"主人,我想要為以佛陀為首的比丘僧團準備食物供養。請給我工資。"那位僱主也是有信仰的虔誠者。然後那位僱主給了那位貧窮的工人額外的工資。然後那位貧窮的工人來到世尊那裡;來到后禮敬世尊,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的那位貧窮的工人對世尊說:"世尊,請接受我明天與比丘僧團一起的供養。""朋友,比丘僧團人數眾多。你要知道。""世尊,就讓比丘僧團人數眾多吧。我準備了很多棗子,會用棗子混合的飲料來填滿。"世尊以沉默表示同意。 然後那位貧窮的工人知道世尊同意后,從座位上起身,禮敬世尊,右繞后離開。比丘們聽說:"聽說那位貧窮的工人邀請了以佛陀為首的比丘僧團明天供養,會用棗子混合的飲料來填滿。"他們一大早就去乞食並吃了。人們聽說:"聽說那位貧窮的工人邀請了以佛陀為首的比丘僧團供養。"他們給那位貧窮的工人送去了大量的硬食和軟食。然後那位貧窮的工人在那夜過後準備了精美的硬食和軟食,派人告訴世尊時間到了:"世尊,時間到了,食物已經準備好了。" 然後世尊在上午穿好衣服,拿著缽和衣來到那位貧窮的工人的住處;來到後坐在準備好的座位上,與比丘僧團一起。然後那位貧窮的工人在飯堂里供養比丘們。比丘們說:"朋友,給一點點。朋友,給一點點。""尊者們,請不要因為'這是貧窮的工人'而只接受一點點。我準備了大量的硬食和軟食。尊者們,請隨意接受。""朋友,我們不是因為這個原因而只接受一點點。但是,我們一大早就去乞食並吃了;所以我們只接受一點點。" 然後那位貧窮的工人責難、誹謗、批評說:"為什麼尊者們受我邀請卻在別處吃飯!我難道不能給予足夠的食物嗎?"比丘們聽到那位貧窮的工人責難、誹謗、批評。那些少欲的比丘們...責難、誹謗、批評說:"為什麼比丘們受邀請卻在別處吃飯呢?"..."比丘們,你們真的受邀請卻在別處吃飯嗎?""世尊,是真的。"佛陀呵責說......"比丘們,這些愚人怎麼會受邀請卻在別處吃飯呢!比丘們,這不能令不信者生信......比丘們,你們應當如此制定學處: "接續食用,波逸提。" 世尊如此為比丘們制定學處。

1. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti. Aññataro bhikkhu piṇḍapātaṃ ādāya yena so bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavoca – 『『bhuñjāhi, āvuso』』ti. 『『Alaṃ, āvuso, atthi me bhattapaccāsā』』ti. Tassa bhikkhuno piṇḍapāto ussūre [ussūrena (ka.)] āharīyittha. So bhikkhu na cittarūpaṃ bhuñji. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānena bhikkhunā paramparabhojanaṃ bhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana , bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

『『Paramparabhojane,aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṃ. Tatthāyaṃ samayo. Gilānasamayo – ayaṃ tattha samayo』』ti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

1. Tena kho pana samayena manussā cīvaradānasamaye sacīvarabhattaṃ paṭiyādetvā [paṭiyādāpetvā (itipi)] bhikkhū nimantenti – 『『bhojetvā cīvarena acchādessāmā』』ti. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā nādhivāsenti – 『『paṭikkhittaṃ bhagavatā paramparabhojana』』nti. Cīvaraṃ parittaṃ uppajjati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, cīvaradānasamaye paramparabhojanaṃ bhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

『『Paramparabhojane, aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṃ. Tatthāyaṃ samayo. Gilānasamayo, cīvaradānasamayo – ayaṃ tattha samayo』』ti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

1. Tena kho pana samayena manussā cīvarakārake bhikkhū bhattena nimantenti. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā nādhivāsenti – 『『paṭikkhittaṃ bhagavatā paramparabhojana』』nti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, cīvarakārasamaye paramparabhojanaṃ bhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

225.『『Paramparabhojane, aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṃ. Tatthāyaṃ samayo. Gilānasamayo, cīvaradānasamayo, cīvarakārasamayo – ayaṃ tattha samayo』』ti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

1. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya āyasmatā ānandena pacchāsamaṇena yena aññataraṃ kulaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho te manussā bhagavato ca āyasmato ca ānandassa bhojanaṃ adaṃsu. Āyasmā ānando kukkuccāyanto na paṭiggaṇhāti. 『『Gaṇhāhi [patigaṇhāhi (sī.)], ānandā』』ti. 『『Alaṃ, bhagavā , atthi me bhattapaccāsā』』ti. 『『Tenahānanda, vikappetvā gaṇhāhī』』ti. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vikappetvā [bhattapaccāsaṃ vikappetvā (syā.)] paramparabhojanaṃ bhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, vikappetabbaṃ – 『mayhaṃ bhattapaccāsaṃ itthannāmassa dammī』』』ti.

227.Paramparabhojanaṃ nāma pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññatarena bhojanena nimantito, taṃ ṭhapetvā aññaṃ pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññataraṃ bhojanaṃ bhuñjati, etaṃ paramparabhojanaṃ nāma.

Aññatra samayāti ṭhapetvā samayaṃ.

Gilānasamayo nāma na sakkoti ekāsane nisinno yāvadatthaṃ bhuñjituṃ. 『『Gilānasamayo』』ti bhuñjitabbaṃ.

Cīvaradānasamayo nāma anatthate kathine vassānassa pacchimo māso, atthate kathine pañca māsā. 『『Cīvaradānasamayo』』ti bhuñjitabbaṃ.

Cīvarakārasamayo nāma cīvare kayiramāne. 『『Cīvarakārasamayo』』ti bhuñjitabbaṃ.

『『Aññatra samayā bhuñjissāmī』』ti paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti pācittiyassa.

1. Paramparabhojane paramparabhojanasaññī, aññatra samayā, bhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Paramparabhojane vematiko, aññatra samayā, bhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Paramparabhojane naparamparabhojanasaññī, aññatra samayā, bhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Naparamparabhojane paramparabhojanasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Naparamparabhojane vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Naparamparabhojane naparamparabhojanasaññī, anāpatti.

那時,有一位比丘生病了。另一位比丘拿著乞得的食物來到那位比丘那裡;來到后對那位比丘說:"朋友,請吃。""朋友,夠了,我有食物的期待。"那位比丘的乞食在日落時才送來。那位比丘沒有如意地吃。他們把這件事告訴世尊。然後世尊以此因緣、以此場合作了法語開示,告訴比丘們:"比丘們,我允許生病的比丘接續食用。比丘們,你們應當如此制定學處: "接續食用,除了適當的時候,波逸提。這裡的適當時候是:生病的時候 - 這是這裡的適當時候。" 世尊如此為比丘們制定學處。 那時,人們在佈施衣服的時候準備了食物和衣服,邀請比丘們說:"我們會供養食物后再佈施衣服。"比丘們顧慮而不接受,說:"世尊禁止接續食用。"只得到少量衣服。他們把這件事告訴世尊......"比丘們,我允許在佈施衣服的時候接續食用。比丘們,你們應當如此制定學處: "接續食用,除了適當的時候,波逸提。這裡的適當時候是:生病的時候,佈施衣服的時候 - 這是這裡的適當時候。" 世尊如此為比丘們制定學處。 那時,人們邀請正在製作衣服的比丘們用餐。比丘們顧慮而不接受,說:"世尊禁止接續食用。"他們把這件事告訴世尊......"比丘們,我允許在製作衣服的時候接續食用。比丘們,你們應當如此制定學處: "接續食用,除了適當的時候,波逸提。這裡的適當時候是:生病的時候,佈施衣服的時候,製作衣服的時候 - 這是這裡的適當時候。" 世尊如此為比丘們制定學處。 然後世尊在上午穿好衣服,拿著缽和衣,與尊者阿難作為隨從,來到某個家庭;來到後坐在準備好的座位上。然後那些人給世尊和尊者阿難食物。尊者阿難顧慮而不接受。"阿難,接受吧。""世尊,夠了,我有食物的期待。""那麼阿難,作分配後接受吧。"然後世尊以此因緣、以此場合作了法語開示,告訴比丘們:"比丘們,我允許作分配後接續食用。比丘們,應當如此作分配:'我把我的食物期待給某某。'" 接續食用意思是受邀請食用五種食物中的任何一種,除了那個之外又食用五種食物中的任何一種,這就是所謂的接續食用。 除了適當的時候意思是除了適當的時候。 生病的時候意思是不能坐在一個座位上隨意地吃。應該在"生病的時候"食用。 佈施衣服的時候意思是未舉行迦絺那衣儀式時雨安居的最後一個月,舉行迦絺那衣儀式時五個月。應該在"佈施衣服的時候"食用。 製作衣服的時候意思是正在製作衣服時。應該在"製作衣服的時候"食用。 "除了適當的時候我將食用"而接受,犯突吉羅。每次吞嚥,犯波逸提。 接續食用,認為是接續食用,除了適當的時候,食用,犯波逸提。接續食用,有疑慮,除了適當的時候,食用,犯波逸提。接續食用,認為不是接續食用,除了適當的時候,食用,犯波逸提。 不是接續食用,認為是接續食用,犯突吉羅。不是接續食用,有疑慮,犯突吉羅。不是接續食用,認為不是接續食用,無罪。

1. Anāpatti samaye, vikappetvā bhuñjati, dve tayo nimantane ekato bhuñjati, nimantanapaṭipāṭiyā bhuñjati, sakalena gāmena nimantito tasmiṃ gāme yattha katthaci bhuñjati , sakalena pūgena nimantito tasmiṃ pūge yattha katthaci bhuñjati, nimantiyamāno bhikkhaṃ gahessāmīti bhaṇati, niccabhatte, salākabhatte, pakkhike, uposathike, pāṭipadike, pañca bhojanāni ṭhapetvā sabbattha anāpatti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Paramparabhojanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ tatiyaṃ.

1. Kāṇamātusikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena kāṇamātā upāsikā saddhā hoti pasannā. Kāṇā gāmake aññatarassa purisassa dinnā hoti. Atha kho kāṇā mātugharaṃ agamāsi kenacideva karaṇīyena. Atha kho kāṇāya sāmiko kāṇāya santike dūtaṃ pāhesi – 『『āgacchatu kāṇā, icchāmi kāṇāya āgata』』nti. Atha kho kāṇamātā upāsikā 『『kismiṃ viya rittahatthaṃ gantu』』nti pūvaṃ [pūpaṃ (ṇvādi)] paci. Pakke pūve aññataro piṇḍacāriko bhikkhu kāṇamātāya upāsikāya nivesanaṃ pāvisi. Atha kho kāṇamātā upāsikā tassa bhikkhuno pūvaṃ dāpesi. So nikkhamitvā aññassa ācikkhi. Tassapi pūvaṃ dāpesi. Sopi nikkhamitvā aññassa ācikkhi. Tassapi pūvaṃ dāpesi. Yathāpaṭiyattaṃ pūvaṃ parikkhayaṃ agamāsi. Dutiyampi kho kāṇāya sāmiko kāṇāya santike dūtaṃ pāhesi – 『『āgacchatu kāṇā, icchāmi kāṇāya āgata』』nti. Dutiyampi kho kāṇamātā upāsikā 『『kismiṃ viya rittahattaṃ gantu』』nti pūvaṃ paci. Pakke pūve aññataro piṇḍacāriko bhikkhu kāṇamātāya upāsikāya nivesanaṃ pāvisi. Atha kho kāṇamātā upāsikā tassa bhikkhuno pūvaṃ dāpesi. So nikkhamitvā aññassa ācikkhi. Tassapi pūvaṃ dāpesi. Sopi nikkhamitvā aññassa ācikkhi. Tassapi pūvaṃ dāpesi. Yathāpaṭiyattaṃ pūvaṃ parikkhayaṃ agamāsi. Tatiyampi kho kāṇāya sāmiko kāṇāya santike dūtaṃ pāhesi – 『『āgacchatu kāṇā, icchāmi kāṇāya āgataṃ. Sace kāṇā nāgacchissati, ahaṃ aññaṃ pajāpatiṃ ānessāmī』』ti. Tatiyampi kho kāṇamātā upāsikā kismiṃ viya rittahatthaṃ gantunti pūvaṃ paci. Pakke pūve aññataro piṇḍacāriko bhikkhu kāṇamātāya upāsikāya nivesanaṃ pāvisi. Atha kho kāṇamātā upāsikā tassa bhikkhuno pūvaṃ dāpesi. So nikkhamitvā aññassa ācikkhi. Tassapi pūvaṃ dāpesi. Sopi nikkhamitvā aññassa ācikkhi. Tassapi pūvaṃ dāpesi. Yathāpaṭiyattaṃ pūvaṃ parikkhayaṃ agamāsi. Atha kho kāṇāya sāmiko aññaṃ pajāpatiṃ ānesi.

Assosi kho kāṇā – 『『tena kira purisena aññā pajāpati ānītā』』ti. Sā rodantī aṭṭhāsi. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena kāṇamātāya upāsikāya nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho kāṇamātā upāsikā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho kāṇamātaraṃ upāsikaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – 『『kissāyaṃ kāṇā rodatī』』ti? Atha kho kāṇamātā upāsikā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Atha kho bhagavā kāṇamātaraṃ upāsikaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.

無罪的情況:適當的時候,作分配后食用,兩三個邀請一起食用,按邀請的順序食用,受整個村莊邀請在那個村莊任何地方食用,受整個團體邀請在那個團體任何地方食用,被邀請時說"我會接受乞食",經常性的供養,憑票供養,半月供養,布薩日供養,月初供養,除了五種食物外其他都無罪,對瘋狂者,對最初犯戒者。 接續食用學處第三結束。 瞎女母親學處 那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂鎮附近)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,瞎女的母親是一位有信仰的虔誠優婆夷。瞎女嫁給了某個村莊的一個男人。然後瞎女因某事回到母親家。然後瞎女的丈夫派使者到瞎女那裡說:"瞎女回來吧,我希望瞎女回來。"然後瞎女的母親優婆夷想:"怎麼能空手而去呢",就烤了餅。餅烤好后,一位乞食的比丘來到瞎女母親優婆夷的家。然後瞎女的母親優婆夷給那位比丘餅。他離開后告訴另一位。她也給那位餅。他也離開后告訴另一位。她也給那位餅。準備好的餅都用完了。瞎女的丈夫第二次派使者到瞎女那裡說:"瞎女回來吧,我希望瞎女回來。"瞎女的母親優婆夷第二次想:"怎麼能空手而去呢",就烤了餅。餅烤好后,一位乞食的比丘來到瞎女母親優婆夷的家。然後瞎女的母親優婆夷給那位比丘餅。他離開后告訴另一位。她也給那位餅。他也離開后告訴另一位。她也給那位餅。準備好的餅都用完了。瞎女的丈夫第三次派使者到瞎女那裡說:"瞎女回來吧,我希望瞎女回來。如果瞎女不回來,我就娶另一個妻子。"瞎女的母親優婆夷第三次想:"怎麼能空手而去呢",就烤了餅。餅烤好后,一位乞食的比丘來到瞎女母親優婆夷的家。然後瞎女的母親優婆夷給那位比丘餅。他離開后告訴另一位。她也給那位餅。他也離開后告訴另一位。她也給那位餅。準備好的餅都用完了。然後瞎女的丈夫娶了另一個妻子。 瞎女聽說:"聽說那個男人娶了另一個妻子。"她站著哭泣。然後世尊在上午穿好衣服,拿著缽和衣來到瞎女母親優婆夷的家;來到後坐在準備好的座位上。然後瞎女的母親優婆夷來到世尊那裡;來到后禮敬世尊,坐在一旁。世尊對坐在一旁的瞎女母親優婆夷說:"這個瞎女為什麼哭泣?"然後瞎女的母親優婆夷把這件事告訴世尊。然後世尊以法語開示、教導、鼓勵、鼓舞瞎女的母親優婆夷,從座位上起身離開。

1. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro sattho rājagahā paṭiyālokaṃ gantukāmo hoti. Aññataro piṇḍacāriko bhikkhu taṃ satthaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Aññataro upāsako tassa bhikkhuno sattuṃ dāpesi. So nikkhamitvā aññassa ācikkhi. Tassapi sattuṃ dāpesi. So nikkhamitvā aññassa ācikkhi. Tassapi sattuṃ dāpesi. Yathāpaṭiyattaṃ pātheyyaṃ parikkhayaṃ agamāsi . Atha kho so upāsako te manusse etadavoca – 『『ajjaṇho, ayyā, āgametha, yathāpaṭiyattaṃ pātheyyaṃ ayyānaṃ dinnaṃ. Pātheyyaṃ paṭiyādessāmī』』ti. 『『Nāyyo [nāyya (syā.)] sakkā āgametuṃ, payāto sattho』』ti agamaṃsu. Atha kho tassa upāsakassa pātheyyaṃ paṭiyādetvā pacchā gacchantassa corā acchindiṃsu. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā na mattaṃ jānitvā paṭiggahessanti! Ayaṃ imesaṃ datvā pacchā gacchanto corehi acchinno』』ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『tena hi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessāmi dasa atthavase paṭicca – saṅghasuṭṭhutāya, saṅghaphāsutāya…pe… vinayānuggahāya. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

232.『『Bhikkhuṃ paneva kulaṃ upagataṃ pūvehi vā manthehi vā abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreyya, ākaṅkhamānena bhikkhunā dvattipattapūrā paṭiggahetabbā tato ce uttari paṭiggaṇheyya pācittiyaṃ. Dvattipattapūre paṭiggahetvā tato nīharitvā bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ saṃvibhajitabbaṃ. Ayaṃ tattha sāmīcī』』ti.

233.Bhikkhuṃ paneva kulaṃ upagatanti kulaṃ nāma cattāri kulāni – khattiyakulaṃ, brāhmaṇakulaṃ, vessakulaṃ, suddakulaṃ.

Upagatanti tattha gataṃ.

Pūvaṃ nāma yaṃkiñci paheṇakatthāya paṭiyattaṃ.

Manthaṃ nāma yaṃkiñci pātheyyatthāya paṭiyattaṃ.

Abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreyyāti yāvatakaṃ icchasi tāvatakaṃ gaṇhāhīti.

Ākaṅkhamānenāti icchamānena.

Dvattipattapūrā paṭiggahetabbāti dvetayo pattapūrā paṭiggahetabbā.

Tatoce uttari paṭigaṇheyyāti tatuttari paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Dvattipattapūre paṭiggahetvā tato nikkhamantena bhikkhuṃ passitvā ācikkhitabbaṃ – 『『amutra mayā dvattipattapūrā paṭiggahitā, mā kho tattha paṭiggaṇhī』』ti. Sace passitvā na ācikkhati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Sace ācikkhite paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Tatonīharitvā bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ saṃvibhajitabbanti paṭikkamanaṃ nīharitvā saṃvibhajitabbaṃ.

Ayaṃ tattha sāmīcīti ayaṃ tattha anudhammatā.

1. Atirekadvattipattapūre atirekasaññī paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Atirekadvattipattapūre vematiko paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Atirekadvattipattapūre ūnakasaññī paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Ūnakadvattipattapūre atirekasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ūnakadvattipattapūre vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ūnakadvattipattapūre ūnakasaññī, anāpatti.

1. Anāpatti dvattipattapūre paṭiggaṇhāti, ūnakadvattipattapūre paṭiggaṇhāti, na paheṇakatthāya na pātheyyatthāya paṭiyattaṃ denti, paheṇakatthāya vā pātheyyatthāya vā paṭiyattasesakaṃ denti, gamane paṭippassaddhe denti, ñātakānaṃ pavāritānaṃ, aññassatthāya, attano dhanena, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Kāṇamātusikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ catutthaṃ.

1. Paṭhamapavāraṇāsikkhāpadaṃ

那時,有一個商隊想從王舍城(現今印度比哈爾邦巴特那市附近)出發去別處。一位乞食的比丘去那個商隊乞食。一位優婆塞給那位比丘糙米粉。他離開后告訴另一位。他也給那位糙米粉。他也離開后告訴另一位。他也給那位糙米粉。準備好的旅途食物都用完了。然後那位優婆塞對那些人說:"尊者們,請今天等一等,準備好的旅途食物都給了尊者們。我要準備旅途食物。""朋友,不能等了,商隊已經出發了。"他們就走了。然後那位優婆塞準備好旅途食物后遲些出發,被盜賊搶劫了。人們責難、誹謗、批評說:"為什麼釋迦子沙門不知道適量地接受!這個人給了他們后遲些出發被盜賊搶劫了。"比丘們聽到那些人責難、誹謗、批評。然後那些比丘把這件事告訴世尊。然後世尊以此因緣、以此場合作了法語開示,告訴比丘們:"比丘們,因此我要為比丘們制定學處,基於十種理由:爲了僧團的優良,爲了僧團的安樂......爲了律的支援。比丘們,你們應當如此制定學處: "如果比丘到了俗家,被邀請接受餅或糙米粉,想要的比丘可以接受兩三缽滿。如果接受超過那個,波逸提。接受兩三缽滿后,從那裡帶出來應該與比丘們分享。這是這裡的正確做法。" 如果比丘到了俗家的意思是:家庭指四種家庭 - 剎帝利家庭、婆羅門家庭、吠舍家庭、首陀羅家庭。 到了意思是去到那裡。 餅意思是任何爲了送禮而準備的。 糙米粉意思是任何爲了旅途而準備的。 邀請接受意思是說"你想要多少就拿多少"。 想要的意思是希望的。 可以接受兩三缽滿意思是可以接受兩三缽滿。 如果接受超過那個意思是接受超過那個,犯波逸提。 接受兩三缽滿后,從那裡離開時看到比丘應該告訴:"我在某處接受了兩三缽滿,你不要在那裡接受。"如果看到而不告訴,犯突吉羅。如果告訴后還接受,犯突吉羅。 從那裡帶出來應該與比丘們分享意思是帶到休息處分享。 這是這裡的正確做法意思是這是這裡的適當做法。 超過兩三缽滿,認為是超過而接受,犯波逸提。超過兩三缽滿,有疑慮而接受,犯波逸提。超過兩三缽滿,認為是不足而接受,犯波逸提。 不足兩三缽滿,認為是超過,犯突吉羅。不足兩三缽滿,有疑慮,犯突吉羅。不足兩三缽滿,認為是不足,無罪。 無罪的情況:接受兩三缽滿,接受不足兩三缽滿,給不是爲了送禮不是爲了旅途而準備的,給爲了送禮或爲了旅途而準備的剩餘的,旅行取消后給的,給親戚的,給邀請的,爲了別人,用自己的財物,對瘋狂者,對最初犯戒者。 瞎女母親學處第四結束。 第一邀請學處

1. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro brāhmaṇo bhikkhū nimantetvā bhojesi. Bhikkhū bhuttāvī pavāritā ñātikulāni gantvā ekacce bhuñjiṃsu ekacce piṇḍapātaṃ ādāya agamaṃsu. Atha kho so brāhmaṇo paṭivissake [paṭivisake (yojanā)] etadavoca – 『『bhikkhū mayā ayyā santappitā. Etha, tumhepi santappessāmī』』ti. Te evamāhaṃsu – 『『kiṃ tvaṃ, ayyo [ayya (syā.)], amhe santappessasi? Yepi tayā nimantitā tepi amhākaṃ gharāni āgantvā ekacce bhuñjiṃsu ekacce piṇḍapātaṃ ādāya agamaṃsū』』ti!

Atha kho so brāhmaṇo ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti – 『『kathañhi nāma bhadantā amhākaṃ ghare bhuñjitvā aññatra bhuñjissanti! Na cāhaṃ paṭibalo yāvadatthaṃ dātu』』nti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tassa brāhmaṇassa ujjhāyantassa khiyyantassa vipācentassa. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma bhikkhū bhuttāvī pavāritā aññatra bhuñjissantī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bhuttāvī pavāritā aññatra bhuñjantīti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā bhuttāvī pavāritā aññatra bhuñjissanti ! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

『『Yo pana bhikkhu bhuttāvī pavārito khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā khādeyya vā bhuñjeyya vā, pācittiya』』nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

1. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū gilānānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ paṇīte piṇḍapāte nīharanti. Gilānā na cittarūpaṃ bhuñjanti. Tāni bhikkhū chaṭṭenti. Assosi kho bhagavā uccāsaddaṃ mahāsaddaṃ kākoravasaddaṃ. Sutvāna āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – 『『kiṃ nu kho so, ānanda, uccāsaddo mahāsaddo kākoravasaddo』』ti? Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. 『『Bhuñjeyyuṃ panānanda, bhikkhū gilānātiritta』』nti. 『『Na bhuñjeyyuṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『anujānāmi bhikkhave, gilānassa ca agilānassa ca atirittaṃ bhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, atirittaṃ kātabbaṃ – 『『alametaṃ sabba』』nti. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

238.『『Yopana bhikkhu bhuttāvī pavārito anatirittaṃ khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā khādeyya vā bhuñjeyya vā, pācittiya』』nti.

239.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Bhuttāvī nāma pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññataraṃ bhojanaṃ antamaso kusaggenapi bhuttaṃ hoti.

Pavārito nāma asanaṃ paññāyati, bhojanaṃ paññāyati, hatthapāse ṭhito abhiharati, paṭikkhepo paññāyati.

Anatirittaṃ nāma akappiyakataṃ hoti, appaṭiggahitakataṃ hoti, anuccāritakataṃ hoti , ahatthapāse kataṃ hoti, abhuttāvinā kataṃ hoti, bhuttāvinā pavāritena āsanā vuṭṭhitena kataṃ hoti, 『『alametaṃ sabbanti avuttaṃ hoti, na gilānātirittaṃ hoti』』 – etaṃ anatirittaṃ nāma.

Atirittaṃ nāma kappiyakataṃ hoti, paṭiggahitakataṃ hoti, uccāritakataṃ hoti, hatthapāse kataṃ hoti, bhuttāvinā kataṃ hoti, bhuttāvinā pavāritena āsanā avuṭṭhitena kataṃ hoti, 『『alametaṃ sabba』』nti vuttaṃ hoti, gilānātirittaṃ hoti – etaṃ atirittaṃ nāma.

Khādanīyaṃ nāma pañca bhojanāni – yāmakālikaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ ṭhapetvā avasesaṃ khādanīyaṃ nāma.

Bhojanīyaṃ nāma pañca bhojanāni – odano, kummāso, sattu, maccho, maṃsaṃ.

『『Khādissāmi bhuñjissāmī』』ti paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti pācittiyassa.

那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂鎮附近)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,有一位婆羅門邀請比丘們並供養食物。比丘們吃完被邀請后,去親戚家,有些人吃了,有些人帶著乞食離開了。然後那位婆羅門對鄰居說:"尊者們,我已經供養了比丘們。來吧,我也供養你們。"他們說:"朋友,你怎麼會供養我們呢?那些被你邀請的人來到我們家,有些人吃了,有些人帶著乞食離開了!" 然後那位婆羅門責難、誹謗、批評說:"為什麼尊者們在我家吃了后又在別處吃呢!我難道不能給予足夠的食物嗎!"比丘們聽到那位婆羅門責難、誹謗、批評。那些少欲的比丘們...責難、誹謗、批評說:"為什麼比丘們吃完被邀請后又在別處吃呢?"..."比丘們,你們真的吃完被邀請后又在別處吃嗎?""世尊,是真的。"佛陀呵責說......"比丘們,這些愚人怎麼會吃完被邀請后又在別處吃呢!比丘們,這不能令不信者生信......比丘們,你們應當如此制定學處: "如果比丘吃完被邀請后,咀嚼或食用硬食或軟食,波逸提。" 世尊如此為比丘們制定學處。 那時,比丘們給生病的比丘們帶來精美的乞食。病人不能如意地吃。比丘們就扔掉了。世尊聽到大聲、巨聲、烏鴉聲。聽到后問尊者阿難:"阿難,這是什麼大聲、巨聲、烏鴉聲?"然後尊者阿難把這件事告訴世尊。"阿難,比丘們會吃病人的剩餘食物嗎?""世尊,不會吃。"然後世尊以此因緣、以此場合作了法語開示,告訴比丘們:"比丘們,我允許病人和非病人吃剩餘食物。比丘們,應當如此使食物成為剩餘的:'這些全都夠了。'比丘們,你們應當如此制定學處: "如果比丘吃完被邀請后,咀嚼或食用非剩餘的硬食或軟食,波逸提。" 如果意思是無論是誰......比丘意思是......在這裡的意思是指比丘。 吃完意思是五種食物中的任何一種食物,即使只吃了草尖那麼多。 被邀請意思是座位可見,食物可見,站在伸手可及處供養,拒絕可見。 非剩餘意思是未作允許,未作接受,未作宣佈,未在伸手可及處作,未被未吃的人作,未被吃完被邀請未從座位起身的人作,未說"這些全都夠了",不是病人的剩餘 - 這就是所謂的非剩餘。 剩餘意思是已作允許,已作接受,已作宣佈,在伸手可及處作,被吃的人作,被吃完被邀請未從座位起身的人作,已說"這些全都夠了",是病人的剩餘 - 這就是所謂的剩餘。 硬食意思是除了五種食物、時限食物、七日食物、終生食物外的其餘食物。 軟食意思是五種食物:米飯、粥、麵粉、魚、肉。 "我將咀嚼我將食用"而接受,犯突吉羅。每次吞嚥,犯波逸提。

1. Anatiritte anatirittasaññī khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā khādati vā bhuñjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anatiritte vematiko khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā khādati vā bhuñjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anatiritte atirittasaññī khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā khādati vā bhuñjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Yāmakālikaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ āhāratthāya paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti dukkaṭassa. Atiritte anatirittasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Atiritte vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Atiritte atirittasaññī, anāpatti.

1. Anāpatti atirittaṃ kārāpetvā bhuñjati, 『『atirittaṃ kārāpetvā bhuñjissāmī』』ti paṭiggaṇhāti, aññassatthāya haranto gacchati, gilānassa sesakaṃ bhuñjati, yāmakālikaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ sati paccaye paribhuñjati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Paṭhamapavāraṇāsikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ pañcamaṃ.

1. Dutiyapavāraṇāsikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena dve bhikkhū kosalesu janapade sāvatthiṃ addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. Eko bhikkhu anācāraṃ ācarati. Dutiyo bhikkhu taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavoca – 『『māvuso, evarūpamakāsi, netaṃ kappatī』』ti. So tasmiṃ upanandhi. Atha kho te bhikkhū sāvatthiṃ agamaṃsu. Tena kho pana samayena sāvatthiyaṃ aññatarassa pūgassa saṅghabhattaṃ hoti. Dutiyo bhikkhu bhuttāvī pavārito hoti. Upanaddho [upanandho (ka.)] bhikkhu ñātikulaṃ gantvā piṇḍapātaṃ ādāya yena so bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavoca – 『『bhuñjāhi, āvuso』』ti. 『『Alaṃ, āvuso, paripuṇṇomhī』』ti. 『『Sundaro, āvuso, piṇḍapāto, bhuñjāhī』』ti. Atha kho so bhikkhu tena bhikkhunā nippīḷiyamāno taṃ piṇḍapātaṃ bhuñji. Upanaddho bhikkhu taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavoca – 『『tvampi [tvaṃ hi (syā.)] nāma, āvuso, maṃ vattabbaṃ maññasi yaṃ tvaṃ bhuttāvī pavārito anatirittaṃ bhojanaṃ bhuñjasī』』ti. 『『Nanu, āvuso, ācikkhitabba』』nti. 『『Nanu, āvuso, pucchitabba』』nti.

Atha kho so bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ bhuttāviṃ pavāritaṃ anatirittena bhojanena abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāressatī』』 ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, bhikkhu, bhikkhuṃ bhuttāviṃ pavāritaṃ anatirittena bhojanena abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāresīti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, bhikkhuṃ bhuttāviṃ pavāritaṃ anatirittena bhojanena abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāressasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

243.『『Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ bhuttāviṃ pavāritaṃ anatirittena khādanīyena vā bhojanīyena vā abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreyya – 『handa, bhikkhu, khāda vā bhuñja vā』ti, jānaṃ āsādanāpekkho, bhuttasmiṃ, pācittiya』』nti.

非剩餘,認為是非剩餘,咀嚼或食用硬食或軟食,犯波逸提。非剩餘,有疑慮,咀嚼或食用硬食或軟食,犯波逸提。非剩餘,認為是剩餘,咀嚼或食用硬食或軟食,犯波逸提。 接受時限食物、七日食物、終生食物作為食物,犯突吉羅。每次吞嚥,犯突吉羅。剩餘,認為是非剩餘,犯突吉羅。剩餘,有疑慮,犯突吉羅。剩餘,認為是剩餘,無罪。 無罪的情況:使之成為剩餘后食用,接受"我將使之成為剩餘后食用",爲了別人而帶著走,吃病人的剩餘,在有因緣時使用時限食物、七日食物、終生食物,對瘋狂者,對最初犯戒者。 第一邀請學處第五結束。 第二邀請學處 那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂鎮附近)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,有兩位比丘在憍薩羅國(現今印度北方邦)走在去舍衛城的路上。一位比丘行為不端。另一位比丘對那位比丘說:"朋友,不要這樣做,這是不允許的。"他對此懷恨在心。然後那些比丘到了舍衛城。當時,舍衛城某個團體有僧團供養。第二位比丘吃完被邀請了。懷恨在心的比丘去親戚家,帶著乞食來到那位比丘那裡;來到后對那位比丘說:"朋友,請吃。""朋友,夠了,我已經飽了。""朋友,這是很好的乞食,請吃。"然後那位比丘被那位比丘強迫著吃了那乞食。懷恨在心的比丘對那位比丘說:"朋友,你認為應該責備我,而你自己吃完被邀請后又吃非剩餘的食物。""朋友,難道不應該告訴嗎?""朋友,難道不應該問嗎?" 然後那位比丘把這件事告訴比丘們。那些少欲的比丘們...責難、誹謗、批評說:"為什麼比丘會邀請已經吃完被邀請的比丘食用非剩餘的食物呢?"..."比丘,你真的邀請已經吃完被邀請的比丘食用非剩餘的食物嗎?""世尊,是真的。"佛陀呵責說......"愚人,你怎麼會邀請已經吃完被邀請的比丘食用非剩餘的食物呢!愚人,這不能令不信者生信......比丘們,你們應當如此制定學處: "如果比丘邀請已經吃完被邀請的比丘食用非剩餘的硬食或軟食,說'來,比丘,咀嚼或食用',知道而故意找茬,當他吃了,波逸提。"

244.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Bhikkhunti aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ.

Bhuttāvī nāma pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññataraṃ bhojanaṃ, antamaso kusaggenapi bhuttaṃ hoti.

Pavārito nāma asanaṃ paññāyati, bhojanaṃ paññāyati, hatthapāse ṭhito abhiharati, paṭikkhepo paññāyati.

Anatirittaṃ nāma akappiyakataṃ hoti, appaṭiggahitakataṃ hoti, anuccāritakataṃ hoti, ahatthapāse kataṃ hoti, abhuttāvinā kataṃ hoti, bhuttāvinā pavāritena āsanā vuṭṭhitena kataṃ hoti, 『『alametaṃ sabba』』nti avuttaṃ hoti, na gilānātirittaṃ hoti – etaṃ anatirittaṃ nāma.

Khādanīyaṃ nāma pañca bhojanāni – yāmakālikaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ ṭhapetvā avasesaṃ khādanīyaṃ nāma.

Bhojanīyaṃ nāma pañca bhojanāni – odano, kummāso, sattu, maccho, maṃsaṃ.

Abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreyyāti yāvatakaṃ icchasi tāvatakaṃ gaṇhāhīti.

Jānāti nāma sāmaṃ vā jānāti, aññe vā tassa ārocenti, so vā āroceti.

Āsādanāpekkhoti 『『iminā imaṃ codessāmi sāressāmi paṭicodessāmi paṭisāressāmi maṅku karissāmī』』ti abhiharati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Tassa vacanena 『『khādissāmi bhuñjissāmī』』ti paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti dukkaṭassa. Bhojanapariyosāne āpatti pācittiyassa.

1. Pavārite pavāritasaññī anatirittena khādanīyena vā bhojanīyena vā abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Pavārite vematiko anatirittena khādanīyena vā bhojanīyena vā abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Pavārite appavāritasaññī anatirittena khādanīyena vā bhojanīyena vā abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreti, anāpatti. Yāmakālikaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ āhāratthāya abhiharati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Tassa vacanena 『『khādissāmi bhuñjissāmī』』ti paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti dukkaṭassa. Appavārite pavāritasaññī , āpatti dukkaṭassa. Appavārite vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Appavārite appavāritasaññī, anāpatti.

2. Anāpatti atirittaṃ kārāpetvā deti, 『『atirittaṃ kārāpetvā bhuñjāhī』』ti deti, aññassatthāya haranto gacchāhīti deti, gilānassa sesakaṃ deti, 『『yāmakālikaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ sati paccaye paribhuñjā』』ti deti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Dutiyapavāraṇāsikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ.

1. Vikālabhojanasikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena rājagahe giraggasamajjo hoti. Sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū giraggasamajjaṃ dassanāya agamaṃsu. Manussā sattarasavaggiye bhikkhū passitvā nahāpetvā vilimpetvā bhojetvā khādanīyaṃ adaṃsu. Sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū khādanīyaṃ ādāya ārāmaṃ gantvā chabbaggiye bhikkhū etadavocuṃ – 『『gaṇhāthāvuso, khādanīyaṃ khādathā』』ti. 『『Kuto tumhehi, āvuso, khādanīyaṃ laddha』』nti? Sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū chabbaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. 『『Kiṃ pana tumhe, āvuso, vikāle bhojanaṃ bhuñjathā』』ti? 『『Evamāvuso』』ti. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū vikāle bhojanaṃ bhuñjissantī』』ti! Atha kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū vikāle bhojanaṃ bhuñjissantī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, vikāle bhojanaṃ bhuñjathāti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, vikāle bhojanaṃ bhuñjissatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

248.Yopana bhikkhu vikāle khādanīyaṃvā bhojanīyaṃ vā khādeyya vā bhuñjeyya vā, pācittiya』』nti.

如果意思是無論是誰......比丘意思是......在這裡的意思是指比丘。 比丘意思是另一位比丘。 吃完意思是五種食物中的任何一種食物,即使只吃了草尖那麼多。 被邀請意思是座位可見,食物可見,站在伸手可及處供養,拒絕可見。 非剩餘意思是未作允許,未作接受,未作宣佈,未在伸手可及處作,未被未吃的人作,未被吃完被邀請從座位起身的人作,未說"這些全都夠了",不是病人的剩餘 - 這就是所謂的非剩餘。 硬食意思是除了五種食物、時限食物、七日食物、終生食物外的其餘食物。 軟食意思是五種食物:米飯、粥、麵粉、魚、肉。 邀請意思是說"你想要多少就拿多少"。 知道意思是自己知道,或者別人告訴他,或者他告訴。 故意找茬意思是"我將以此責備他、提醒他、反責備他、反提醒他、使他困窘"而供養,犯突吉羅。因他的話"我將咀嚼我將食用"而接受,犯突吉羅。每次吞嚥,犯突吉羅。食用結束時,犯波逸提。 被邀請,認為是被邀請,邀請食用非剩餘的硬食或軟食,犯波逸提。被邀請,有疑慮,邀請食用非剩餘的硬食或軟食,犯突吉羅。被邀請,認為是未被邀請,邀請食用非剩餘的硬食或軟食,無罪。供養時限食物、七日食物、終生食物作為食物,犯突吉羅。因他的話"我將咀嚼我將食用"而接受,犯突吉羅。每次吞嚥,犯突吉羅。未被邀請,認為是被邀請,犯突吉羅。未被邀請,有疑慮,犯突吉羅。未被邀請,認為是未被邀請,無罪。 無罪的情況:使之成為剩餘后給,說"使之成為剩餘后吃"而給,說"爲了別人而帶著走"而給,給病人的剩餘,說"在有因緣時使用時限食物、七日食物、終生食物"而給,對瘋狂者,對最初犯戒者。 第二邀請學處第六結束。 非時食用學處 那時,佛陀住在王舍城(現今印度比哈爾邦巴特那市附近)竹林松鼠棲所。當時,王舍城有山頂集會。十七眾比丘去看山頂集會。人們看到十七眾比丘后,給他們洗澡、塗油、供養食物,給了硬食。十七眾比丘帶著硬食回到寺院后對六眾比丘說:"朋友們,拿硬食吃吧。""朋友們,你們從哪裡得到硬食?"十七眾比丘把這件事告訴六眾比丘。"朋友們,你們在非時食用食物嗎?""是的,朋友們。"六眾比丘責難、誹謗、批評說:"為什麼十七眾比丘會在非時食用食物呢!"然後六眾比丘把這件事告訴比丘們。那些少欲的比丘們...責難、誹謗、批評說:"為什麼十七眾比丘會在非時食用食物呢!"..."比丘們,你們真的在非時食用食物嗎?""世尊,是真的。"佛陀呵責說......"愚人們,你們怎麼會在非時食用食物呢!愚人們,這不能令不信者生信......比丘們,你們應當如此制定學處: "如果比丘在非時咀嚼或食用硬食或軟食,波逸提。"

249.Yopanāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Vikālo nāma majjhanhike vītivatte yāva aruṇuggamanā.

Khādanīyaṃ nāma pañca bhojanāni – yāmakālikaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ ṭhapetvā avasesaṃ khādanīyaṃ nāma.

Bhojanīyaṃ nāma pañca bhojanāni – odano, kummāso, sattu, maccho, maṃsaṃ.

『『Khādissāmi bhuñjissāmī』』ti paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti pācittiyassa.

1. Vikāle vikālasaññī khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā khādati vā bhuñjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Vikāle vematiko khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā khādati vā bhuñjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Vikāle kālasaññī khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā khādati vā bhuñjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Yāmakālikaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ āhāratthāya paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti dukkaṭassa. Kāle vikālasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Kāle vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Kāle kālasaññī, anāpatti.

1. Anāpatti yāmakālikaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ sati paccaye paribhuñjati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Vikālabhojanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ sattamaṃ.

1. Sannidhikārakasikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato ānandassa upajjhāyo āyasmā belaṭṭhasīso [belaṭṭhisīso (sī.) veḷaṭṭhasīso (syā.)] araññe viharati. So piṇḍāya caritvā sukkhakuraṃ ārāmaṃ haritvā sukkhāpetvā nikkhipati. Yadā āhārena attho hoti, tadā udakena temetvā temetvā bhuñjati, cirena gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisati. Bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ belaṭṭhasīsaṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『kissa tvaṃ, āvuso, cirena gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisasī』』ti? Atha kho āyasmā belaṭṭhasīso bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. 『『Kiṃ pana tvaṃ, āvuso, sannidhikārakaṃ bhojanaṃ bhuñjasī』』ti? 『『Evamāvuso』』ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma āyasmā belaṭṭhasīso sannidhikārakaṃ bhojanaṃ bhuñjissatī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, belaṭṭhasīsa, sannidhikārakaṃ bhojanaṃ bhuñjasīti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, belaṭṭhasīsa, sannidhikārakaṃ bhojanaṃ bhuñjissasi! Netaṃ, belaṭṭhasīsa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

253.『『Yopana bhikkhu sannidhikārakaṃ khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vākhādeyya vā bhuñjeyya vā, pācittiya』』nti.

254.Yopanāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Sannidhikārakaṃ nāma ajja paṭiggahitaṃ aparajju khāditaṃ hoti.

Khādanīyaṃ nāma pañca bhojanāni – yāmakālikaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ ṭhapetvā avasesaṃ khādanīyaṃ nāma.

Bhojanīyaṃ nāma pañca bhojanāni – odano, kummāso, sattu, maccho, maṃsaṃ.

『『Khādissāmi bhuñjissāmī』』ti paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti pācittiyassa.

1. Sannidhikārake sannidhikārakasaññī khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā khādati vā bhuñjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Sannidhikārake vematiko khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā khādati vā bhuñjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Sannidhikārake asannidhikārakasaññī khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā khādati vā bhuñjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Yāmakālikaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ āhāratthāya paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti dukkaṭassa. Asannidhikārake sannidhikārakasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Asannidhikārake vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Asannidhikārake asannidhikārakasaññī, anāpatti.

1. Anāpatti yāvakālikaṃ yāvakāle nidahitvā bhuñjati, yāmakālikaṃ yāme nidahitvā bhuñjati, sattāhakālikaṃ sattāhaṃ nidahitvā bhuñjati, yāvajīvikaṃ sati paccaye paribhuñjati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Sannidhikārakasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ.

1. Paṇītabhojanasikkhāpadaṃ

如果意思是無論是誰......比丘意思是......在這裡的意思是指比丘。 非時意思是從中午過後直到黎明。 硬食意思是除了五種食物、時限食物、七日食物、終生食物外的其餘食物。 軟食意思是五種食物:米飯、粥、麵粉、魚、肉。 "我將咀嚼我將食用"而接受,犯突吉羅。每次吞嚥,犯波逸提。 非時,認為是非時,咀嚼或食用硬食或軟食,犯波逸提。非時,有疑慮,咀嚼或食用硬食或軟食,犯波逸提。非時,認為是時,咀嚼或食用硬食或軟食,犯波逸提。 接受時限食物、七日食物、終生食物作為食物,犯突吉羅。每次吞嚥,犯突吉羅。時,認為是非時,犯突吉羅。時,有疑慮,犯突吉羅。時,認為是時,無罪。 無罪的情況:在有因緣時使用時限食物、七日食物、終生食物,對瘋狂者,對最初犯戒者。 非時食用學處第七結束。 儲存學處 那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂鎮附近)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,尊者阿難的戒師尊者貝拉塔西沙住在林野。他乞食后把乾糧帶回寺院,曬乾后儲存。當需要食物時,就用水浸泡后食用,很久才進村乞食。比丘們對尊者貝拉塔西沙說:"朋友,你為什麼很久才進村乞食?"然後尊者貝拉塔西沙把這件事告訴比丘們。"朋友,你儲存食物食用嗎?""是的,朋友。"那些少欲的比丘們...責難、誹謗、批評說:"為什麼尊者貝拉塔西沙會儲存食物食用呢!"..."貝拉塔西沙,你真的儲存食物食用嗎?""世尊,是真的。"佛陀呵責說......"貝拉塔西沙,你怎麼會儲存食物食用呢!貝拉塔西沙,這不能令不信者生信......比丘們,你們應當如此制定學處: "如果比丘咀嚼或食用儲存的硬食或軟食,波逸提。" 如果意思是無論是誰......比丘意思是......在這裡的意思是指比丘。 儲存意思是今天接受明天食用。 硬食意思是除了五種食物、時限食物、七日食物、終生食物外的其餘食物。 軟食意思是五種食物:米飯、粥、麵粉、魚、肉。 "我將咀嚼我將食用"而接受,犯突吉羅。每次吞嚥,犯波逸提。 儲存,認為是儲存,咀嚼或食用硬食或軟食,犯波逸提。儲存,有疑慮,咀嚼或食用硬食或軟食,犯波逸提。儲存,認為是未儲存,咀嚼或食用硬食或軟食,犯波逸提。 接受時限食物、七日食物、終生食物作為食物,犯突吉羅。每次吞嚥,犯突吉羅。未儲存,認為是儲存,犯突吉羅。未儲存,有疑慮,犯突吉羅。未儲存,認為是未儲存,無罪。 無罪的情況:在允許的時間內儲存當天食物后食用,在一夜內儲存時限食物后食用,在七天內儲存七日食物后食用,在有因緣時使用終生食物,對瘋狂者,對最初犯戒者。 儲存學處第八結束。 美味食物學處

1. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū paṇītabhojanāni attano atthāya viññāpetvā bhuñjanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā paṇītabhojanāni attano atthāya viññāpetvā bhuñjissanti! Kassa sampannaṃ na manāpaṃ, kassa sāduṃ na ruccatī』』ti!! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū paṇītabhojanāni attano atthāya viññāpetvā bhuñjissantī』』ti …pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, paṇītabhojanāni attano atthāya viññāpetvā bhuñjathāti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā …pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, paṇītabhojanāni attano atthāya viññāpetvā bhuñjissatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

『『Yāni kho pana tāni paṇītabhojanāni, seyyathidaṃ – sappi navanītaṃ telaṃ madhu phāṇitaṃ maccho maṃsaṃ khīraṃ dadhi. Yo pana bhikkhu evarūpāni paṇītabhojanāni attano atthāya viññāpetvābhuñjeyya, pācittiya』』nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

1. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū gilānā honti. Gilānapucchakā bhikkhū gilāne bhikkhū etadavocuṃ – 『『kaccāvuso khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīya』』nti? 『『Pubbe mayaṃ, āvuso, paṇītabhojanāni attano atthāya viññāpetvā bhuñjāma, tena no phāsu hoti; idāni pana 『『bhagavatā paṭikkhitta』』nti kukkuccāyantā na viññāpema, tena no na phāsu hotī』』ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānena bhikkhunā paṇītabhojanāni attano atthāya viññāpetvā bhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

259.『『Yānikho pana tāni paṇītabhojanāni, seyyathidaṃ – sappi navanītaṃ telaṃ madhu phāṇitaṃ maccho maṃsaṃ khīraṃ dadhi. Yo pana bhikkhu evarūpāni paṇītabhojanāni agilāno attano atthāya viññāpetvā bhuñjeyya, pācittiya』』nti.

260.Yāni kho pana tāni paṇītabhojanānīti sappi nāma gosappi vā ajikāsappi vā mahiṃsasappi vā, yesaṃ maṃsaṃ kappati tesaṃ sappi.

Navanītaṃ nāma tesaññeva navanītaṃ.

Telaṃ nāma tilatelaṃ sāsapatelaṃ madhukatelaṃ eraṇḍatelaṃ vasātelaṃ.

Madhu nāma makkhikāmadhu .

Phāṇitaṃ nāma ucchumhā nibbattaṃ.

Maccho nāma udako [udakacaro (syā. ka.)] vuccati.

Maṃsaṃ nāma yesaṃ maṃsaṃ kappati, tesaṃ maṃsaṃ.

Khīraṃ nāma gokhīraṃ vā ajikākhīraṃ vā mahiṃsakhīraṃ vā, yesaṃ maṃsaṃ kappati, tesaṃ khīraṃ.

Dadhi nāma tesaññeva dadhi.

Yopanāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Evarūpāni paṇītabhojanānīti tathārūpāni paṇītabhojanāni.

Agilāno nāma yassa vinā paṇītabhojanāni phāsu hoti.

Gilāno nāma yassa vinā paṇītabhojanāni na phāsu hoti.

Agilāno attano atthāya viññāpeti, payoge [payoge payoge (ka.)] dukkaṭaṃ. Paṭilābhena 『『bhuñjissāmī』』ti paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti pācittiyassa.

1. Agilāno agilānasaññī paṇītabhojanāni attano atthāya viññāpetvā bhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Agilāno vematiko paṇītabhojanāni attano atthāya viññāpetvā bhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Agilāno gilānasaññī paṇītabhojanāni attano atthāya viññāpetvā bhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Gilāno agilānasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Gilāno vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Gilāno gilānasaññī anāpatti.

1. Anāpatti gilānassa, gilāno hutvā viññāpetvā agilāno bhuñjati, gilānassa sesakaṃ bhuñjati, ñātakānaṃ pavāritānaṃ aññassatthāya attano dhanena, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Paṇītabhojanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ navamaṃ.

1. Dantaponasikkhāpadaṃ

那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂鎮附近)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,六眾比丘為自己索要美味食物后食用。人們責難、誹謗、批評說:"為什麼釋迦子沙門為自己索要美味食物后食用呢!誰不喜歡精美的食物,誰不喜歡美味呢!"比丘們聽到那些人責難、誹謗、批評。那些少欲的比丘們...責難、誹謗、批評說:"為什麼六眾比丘為自己索要美味食物后食用呢!"..."比丘們,你們真的為自己索要美味食物后食用嗎?""世尊,是真的。"佛陀呵責說......"愚人們,你們怎麼會為自己索要美味食物后食用呢!愚人們,這不能令不信者生信......比丘們,你們應當如此制定學處: "那些美味食物,即:酥油、生酥、油、蜂蜜、糖漿、魚、肉、牛奶、酸奶。如果比丘為自己索要這樣的美味食物后食用,波逸提。" 世尊如此為比丘們制定學處。 那時,比丘們生病。照顧病人的比丘們對生病的比丘們說:"朋友們,還能忍受嗎?還能維持嗎?""朋友們,以前我們為自己索要美味食物后食用,那樣我們感到舒適;現在因為世尊禁止了,我們有顧慮而不索要,因此我們感到不舒適。"他們把這件事告訴世尊。然後世尊以此因緣、以此場合作了法語開示,告訴比丘們:"比丘們,我允許生病的比丘為自己索要美味食物后食用。比丘們,你們應當如此制定學處: "那些美味食物,即:酥油、生酥、油、蜂蜜、糖漿、魚、肉、牛奶、酸奶。如果比丘非生病而為自己索要這樣的美味食物后食用,波逸提。" 那些美味食物意思是:酥油指牛酥油、山羊酥油、水牛酥油,以及其他可食用肉類動物的酥油。 生酥指同樣動物的生酥。 油指芝麻油、芥子油、蜂蜜樹油、蓖麻油、動物脂油。 蜂蜜指蜜蜂蜂蜜。 糖漿指甘蔗製成的。 魚指水生動物。 肉指可食用的肉類。 牛奶指牛奶、山羊奶、水牛奶,以及其他可食用肉類動物的奶。 酸奶指同樣動物的酸奶。 如果意思是無論是誰......比丘意思是......在這裡的意思是指比丘。 這樣的美味食物意思是那樣的美味食物。 非生病意思是沒有美味食物也感到舒適。 生病意思是沒有美味食物就感到不舒適。 非生病而為自己索要,每次嘗試,犯突吉羅。得到后"我將食用"而接受,犯突吉羅。每次吞嚥,犯波逸提。 非生病,認為是非生病,為自己索要美味食物后食用,犯波逸提。非生病,有疑慮,為自己索要美味食物后食用,犯波逸提。非生病,認為是生病,為自己索要美味食物后食用,犯波逸提。 生病,認為是非生病,犯突吉羅。生病,有疑慮,犯突吉羅。生病,認為是生病,無罪。 無罪的情況:對生病者,生病時索要后非生病時食用,食用生病者的剩餘,對親戚、邀請者,爲了別人,用自己的財物,對瘋狂者,對最初犯戒者。 美味食物學處第九結束。 牙木學處

1. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu sabbapaṃsukūliko susāne viharati. So manussehi diyyamānaṃ na icchati paṭiggahetuṃ, susānepi rukkhamūlepi ummārepi ayyavosāṭitakāni sāmaṃ gahetvā paribhuñjati [bhuñjati (syā.)]. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma ayaṃ bhikkhu amhākaṃ ayyavosāṭitakāni sāmaṃ gahetvā paribhuñjissati! Theroyaṃ bhikkhu vaṭharo manussamaṃsaṃ maññe khādatī』』ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma bhikkhu adinnaṃ mukhadvāraṃ āhāraṃ āharissatī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, bhikkhu, adinnaṃ mukhadvāraṃ āhāraṃ āharasīti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, adinnaṃ mukhadvāraṃ āhāraṃ āharissasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

『『Yopana bhikkhu adinnaṃ mukhadvāraṃ āhāraṃ āhareyya, pācittiya』』nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

1. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū udakadantapone [udakadantapoṇe (syā. ka.)] kukkuccāyanti . Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… 『『anujānāmi, bhikkhave, udakadantaponaṃ sāmaṃ gahetvā paribhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

265.『『Yo pana bhikkhu adinnaṃ mukhadvāraṃ āhāraṃ āhareyya, aññatra udakadantaponā, pācittiya』』nti.

266.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Adinnaṃ nāma appaṭiggahitakaṃ vuccati.

Dinnaṃ nāma kāyena vā kāyapaṭibaddhena vā nissaggiyena vā dente hatthapāse ṭhito kāyena vā kāyapaṭibaddhena vā paṭiggaṇhāti, etaṃ dinnaṃ nāma.

Āhāro nāma udakadantaponaṃ ṭhapetvā yaṃkiñci ajjhoharaṇīyaṃ, eso āhāro nāma.

Aññatra udakadantaponāti ṭhapetvā udakadantaponaṃ.

『『Khādissāmi bhuñjissāmī』』ti gaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti pācittiyassa.

1. Appaṭiggahitake appaṭiggahitakasaññī adinnaṃ mukhadvāraṃ āhāraṃ āhāreti, aññatra udakadantaponā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Appaṭiggahitake vematiko adinnaṃ mukhadvāraṃ āhāraṃ āhāreti, aññatra udakadantaponā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Appaṭiggahitake paṭiggahitakasaññī adinnaṃ mukhadvāraṃ āhāraṃ āhāreti, aññatra udakadantaponā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Paṭiggahitake appaṭiggahitakasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Paṭiggahitake vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Paṭiggahitake paṭiggahitakasaññī, anāpatti.

1. Anāpatti udakadantapone, cattāri mahāvikatāni sati paccaye asati kappiyakārake sāmaṃ gahetvā paribhuñjati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Dantaponasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dasamaṃ.

Bhojanavaggo catuttho.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Piṇḍo gaṇaṃ paraṃ pūvaṃ, dve ca vuttā pavāraṇā;

Vikāle sannidhī khīraṃ, dantaponena te dasāti.

1. Acelakavaggo

2. Acelakasikkhāpadaṃ

那時,佛陀住在毗舍離(現今印度比哈爾邦)大林重閣講堂。當時,有一位比丘是純粹的糞掃衣者,住在墓地。他不願接受人們給予的,而是在墓地、樹下、門檻上自己拿取人們丟棄的食物后食用。人們責難、誹謗、批評說:"為什麼這位比丘自己拿取我們丟棄的食物后食用呢!這位長老比丘是老練的,恐怕是吃人肉吧!"比丘們聽到那些人責難、誹謗、批評。那些少欲的比丘們...責難、誹謗、批評說:"為什麼比丘會把未給予的食物送入口中呢!"..."比丘,你真的把未給予的食物送入口中嗎?""世尊,是真的。"佛陀呵責說......"愚人,你怎麼會把未給予的食物送入口中呢!愚人,這不能令不信者生信......比丘們,你們應當如此制定學處: "如果比丘把未給予的食物送入口中,波逸提。" 世尊如此為比丘們制定學處。 那時,比丘們對水牙木有顧慮。他們把這件事告訴世尊......"比丘們,我允許自己拿取水牙木后使用。比丘們,你們應當如此制定學處: "如果比丘把未給予的食物送入口中,除了水牙木,波逸提。" 如果意思是無論是誰......比丘意思是......在這裡的意思是指比丘。 未給予意思是指未接受。 給予意思是用身體或身體相連之物或放下之物給予時,站在伸手可及處用身體或身體相連之物接受,這就是所謂的給予。 食物意思是除了水牙木外任何可以吞嚥的,這就是所謂的食物。 除了水牙木意思是除了水牙木。 "我將咀嚼我將食用"而拿取,犯突吉羅。每次吞嚥,犯波逸提。 未接受,認為是未接受,把未給予的食物送入口中,除了水牙木,犯波逸提。未接受,有疑慮,把未給予的食物送入口中,除了水牙木,犯波逸提。未接受,認為是已接受,把未給予的食物送入口中,除了水牙木,犯波逸提。 已接受,認為是未接受,犯突吉羅。已接受,有疑慮,犯突吉羅。已接受,認為是已接受,無罪。 無罪的情況:水牙木,四大資具在有因緣時沒有凈人時自己拿取后使用,對瘋狂者,對最初犯戒者。 牙木學處第十結束。 食物品第四。 其摘要: 乞食、團體、其他、餅,以及兩個邀請所說; 非時、儲存、牛奶,以及牙木,這十個。 裸行者品 裸行者學處

1. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. Tena kho pana samayena saṅghassa khādanīyaṃ ussannaṃ hoti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. 『『Tenahānanda, vighāsādānaṃ pūvaṃ dehī』』ti. 『『Evaṃ bhante』』ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissuṇitvā vighāsāde paṭipāṭiyā nisīdāpetvā ekekaṃ pūvaṃ dento aññatarissā paribbājikāya ekaṃ maññamāno dve pūve adāsi. Sāmantā paribbājikāyo taṃ paribbājikaṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『jāro te eso samaṇo』』ti. 『『Na me so samaṇo jāro, ekaṃ maññamāno dve pūve adāsī』』ti. Dutiyampi kho…pe… tatiyampi kho āyasmā ānando ekekaṃ pūvaṃ dento tassāyeva paribbājikāya ekaṃ maññamāno dve pūve adāsi. Sāmantā paribbājikāyo taṃ paribbājikaṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『jāro te eso samaṇo』』ti. 『『Na me so samaṇo jāro, ekaṃ maññamāno dve pūve adāsī』』ti. 『『Jāro na jāro』』ti bhaṇḍiṃsu. Aññataropi ājīvako parivesanaṃ agamāsi. Aññataro bhikkhu pahūtena sappinā odanaṃ madditvā tassa ājīvakassa mahantaṃ piṇḍaṃ adāsi. Atha kho so ājīvako taṃ piṇḍaṃ ādāya agamāsi. Aññataro ājīvako taṃ ājīvakaṃ etadavoca – 『『kuto tayā, āvuso, piṇḍo laddho』』ti? 『『Tassāvuso, samaṇassa gotamassa muṇḍagahapatikassa parivesanāya laddho』』ti.

Assosuṃ kho upāsakā tesaṃ ājīvakānaṃ imaṃ kathāsallāpaṃ. Atha kho te upāsakā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho te upāsakā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『ime, bhante, titthiyā avaṇṇakāmā buddhassa avaṇṇakāmā dhammassa avaṇṇakāmā saṅghassa. Sādhu, bhante, ayyā titthiyānaṃ sahatthā na dadeyyu』』nti. Atha kho bhagavā te upāsake dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho te upāsakā bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『tena hi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessāmi dasa atthavase paṭicca – saṅghasuṭṭhutāya, saṅghaphāsutāya …pe… saddhammaṭṭhitiyā, vinayānuggahāya. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

270.『『Yo pana bhikkhu acelakassa vā paribbājakassa vā paribbājikāya vā sahatthā khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā dadeyya, pācittiya』』nti.

271.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Acelako nāma yo koci paribbājakasamāpanno naggo.

Paribbājako nāma bhikkhuñca sāmaṇerañca ṭhapetvā yo koci paribbājakasamāpanno.

Paribbājikā nāma bhikkhuniñca sikkhamānañca sāmaṇeriñca ṭhapetvā yā kāci paribbājikasamāpannā.

Khādanīyaṃ nāma pañca bhojanāni – udakadantaponaṃ ṭhapetvā avasesaṃ khādanīyaṃ nāma.

Bhojanīyaṃ nāma pañca bhojanāni – odano, kummāso, sattu, maccho, maṃsaṃ.

Dadeyyāti kāyena vā kāyapaṭibaddhena vā nissaggiyena vā deti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

1. Titthiye titthiyasaññī sahatthā khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā deti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Titthiye vematiko sahatthā khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā deti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Titthiye atitthiyasaññī sahatthā khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā deti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Udakadantaponaṃ deti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Atitthiye titthiyasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Atitthiye vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Atitthiye atitthiyasaññī, anāpatti.

1. Anāpatti dāpeti na deti, upanikkhipitvā deti, bāhirālepaṃ deti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Acelakasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ paṭhamaṃ.

1. Uyyojanasikkhāpadaṃ

那時,佛陀住在毗舍離(現今印度比哈爾邦)大林重閣講堂。當時,僧團有多餘的硬食。然後尊者阿難把這件事告訴世尊。"阿難,那麼把餅給食殘者吧。""是的,尊者。"尊者阿難回答世尊后,讓食殘者按次序坐下,給每人一個餅時,以為給一個女遊行者一個,卻給了兩個餅。附近的女遊行者對那位女遊行者說:"這位沙門是你的情人。""這位沙門不是我的情人,他以為給一個,卻給了兩個餅。"第二次...第三次,尊者阿難給每人一個餅時,又以為給那位女遊行者一個,卻給了兩個餅。附近的女遊行者對那位女遊行者說:"這位沙門是你的情人。""這位沙門不是我的情人,他以為給一個,卻給了兩個餅。"她們爭論"是情人不是情人"。一位阿耆毗外道也來到分發處。一位比丘用大量酥油揉捏米飯,給了那位阿耆毗外道一大團。然後那位阿耆毗外道帶著那團食物離開。另一位阿耆毗外道對那位阿耆毗外道說:"朋友,你從哪裡得到這團食物?""朋友,是從那位沙門喬達摩的禿頭居士的分發處得到的。" 優婆塞們聽到那些阿耆毗外道的這番談話。然後那些優婆塞來到世尊那裡;來到后頂禮世尊,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的那些優婆塞對世尊說:"尊者,這些外道想誹謗佛陀,想誹謗法,想誹謗僧團。尊者,善哉,愿尊者們不要親手給外道。"然後世尊以法語開示、教導、鼓勵、鼓舞那些優婆塞。然後那些優婆塞被世尊以法語開示、教導、鼓勵、鼓舞后,從座位起身,頂禮世尊,右繞后離開。然後世尊以此因緣、以此場合作了法語開示,告訴比丘們:"比丘們,因此我將為比丘們制定學處,基於十種理由:爲了僧團的優良,爲了僧團的安樂......爲了正法久住,爲了律的攝受。比丘們,你們應當如此制定學處: "如果比丘親手給裸行者、男遊行者或女遊行者硬食或軟食,波逸提。" 如果意思是無論是誰......比丘意思是......在這裡的意思是指比丘。 裸行者意思是任何加入遊行者的裸體者。 男遊行者意思是除了比丘和沙彌外,任何加入遊行者的人。 女遊行者意思是除了比丘尼、式叉摩那和沙彌尼外,任何加入遊行者的女人。 硬食意思是五種食物,除了水牙木外的其餘食物。 軟食意思是五種食物:米飯、粥、麵粉、魚、肉。 給意思是用身體或身體相連之物或放下之物給予,犯波逸提。 外道,認為是外道,親手給硬食或軟食,犯波逸提。外道,有疑慮,親手給硬食或軟食,犯波逸提。外道,認為不是外道,親手給硬食或軟食,犯波逸提。 給水牙木,犯突吉羅。非外道,認為是外道,犯突吉羅。非外道,有疑慮,犯突吉羅。非外道,認為不是外道,無罪。 無罪的情況:讓人給而不親手給,放下後給,給外用藥,對瘋狂者,對最初犯戒者。 裸行者學處第一結束。 驅趕學處

1. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā upanando sakyaputto bhātuno saddhivihārikaṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavoca – 『『ehāvuso, gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisissāmā』』ti. Tassa adāpetvā uyyojesi – 『『gacchāvuso, na me tayā saddhiṃ kathā vā nisajjā vā phāsu hoti, ekakassa me kathā vā nisajjā vā phāsu hotī』』ti. Atha kho so bhikkhu upakaṭṭhe kāle nāsakkhi piṇḍāya carituṃ, paṭikkamanepi bhattavissaggaṃ na sambhāvesi, chinnabhatto ahosi. Atha kho so bhikkhu ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma āyasmā upanando sakyaputto bhikkhuṃ – 『ehāvuso, gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisissāmā』ti tassa adāpetvā uyyojessatī』』ti …pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, upananda, bhikkhuṃ – 『『ehāvuso, gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisissāmā』』ti tassa adāpetvā uyyojesīti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, bhikkhuṃ – 『『ehāvuso, gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisissāmā』』ti tassa adāpetvā uyyojessasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave , imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

275.『『Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ – 『『ehāvuso, gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya pavisissāmā』ti tassa dāpetvā vā adāpetvā vā uyyojeyya – 『gacchāvuso, na me tayā saddhiṃ kathā vā nisajjā vā phāsu hoti, ekakassa me kathā vā nisajjā vā phāsu hotī』ti, etadeva paccayaṃ karitvā anaññaṃ, pācittiya』』nti.

276.Yo panāti yo, yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Bhikkhunti aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ.

Ehāvuso, gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vāti gāmopi nigamopi nagarampi, gāmo ceva nigamo ca.

Tassa dāpetvāti yāguṃ vā bhattaṃ vā khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā dāpetvā.

Adāpetvāti na kiñci dāpetvā.

Uyyojeyyāti mātugāmena saddhiṃ hasitukāmo kīḷitukāmo raho nisīditukāmo anācāraṃ ācaritukāmo evaṃ vadeti – 『『gacchāvuso, na me tayā saddhiṃ kathā vā nisajjā vā phāsu hoti, ekakassa me kathā vā nisajjā vā phāsu hotī』』ti uyyojeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Dassanūpacāraṃ vā savanūpacāraṃ vā vijahantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa. Vijahite, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Etadeva paccayaṃ karitvā anaññanti na añño koci paccayo hoti uyyojetuṃ.

1. Upasampanne upasampannasaññī uyyojeti, āpatti pācittiyassa . Upasampanne vematiko uyyojeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne anupasampannasaññī uyyojeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Kalisāsanaṃ āropeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannaṃ uyyojeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Kalisāsanaṃ āropeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne upasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne anupasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1. Anāpatti 『『ubho ekato na yāpessāmā』』ti uyyojeti, 『『mahagghaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ passitvā lobhadhammaṃ uppādessatī』』ti uyyojeti, 『『mātugāmaṃ passitvā anabhiratiṃ uppādessatī』』ti uyyojeti, 『『gilānassa vā ohiyyakassa vā vihārapālassa vā yāguṃ vā bhattaṃ vā khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā nīharā』』ti uyyojeti, na anācāraṃ ācaritukāmo, sati karaṇīye uyyojeti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Uyyojanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dutiyaṃ.

1. Sabhojanasikkhāpadaṃ

那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂鎮附近)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,尊者優波難陀釋迦子對他兄弟的共住比丘說:"來吧,朋友,我們進村乞食。"他沒有給他食物就驅趕他說:"走吧,朋友,我與你一起談話或坐著不舒服,我一個人談話或坐著舒服。"然後那位比丘因為時間太晚而無法乞食,回來時也趕不上分發食物,斷了食。然後那位比丘回到寺院后把這件事告訴比丘們。那些少欲的比丘們...責難、誹謗、批評說:"為什麼尊者優波難陀釋迦子對比丘說'來吧,朋友,我們進村乞食'后,沒有給他食物就驅趕他呢!"..."優波難陀,你真的對比丘說'來吧,朋友,我們進村乞食'后,沒有給他食物就驅趕他嗎?""世尊,是真的。"佛陀呵責說......"愚人,你怎麼會對比丘說'來吧,朋友,我們進村乞食'后,沒有給他食物就驅趕他呢!愚人,這不能令不信者生信......比丘們,你們應當如此制定學處: "如果比丘對比丘說'來吧,朋友,我們進村或鎮乞食',給他食物或不給他食物就驅趕他說:'走吧,朋友,我與你一起談話或坐著不舒服,我一個人談話或坐著舒服',僅僅因為這個理由而不是其他理由,波逸提。" 如果意思是無論是誰......比丘意思是......在這裡的意思是指比丘。 比丘意思是另一位比丘。 來吧,朋友,進村或鎮意思是村也好鎮也好城也好,村和鎮。 給他食物意思是給他粥或飯或硬食或軟食。 不給他食物意思是什麼都不給他。 驅趕意思是想與女人一起笑、玩耍、私下坐著、行不正當行為而這樣說:"走吧,朋友,我與你一起談話或坐著不舒服,我一個人談話或坐著舒服"而驅趕,犯突吉羅。當他離開視線範圍或聽力範圍時,犯突吉羅。當離開時,犯波逸提。 僅僅因為這個理由而不是其他理由意思是沒有其他任何理由驅趕。 已受具戒,認為是已受具戒,驅趕,犯波逸提。已受具戒,有疑慮,驅趕,犯波逸提。已受具戒,認為是未受具戒,驅趕,犯波逸提。 加以責罵,犯突吉羅。驅趕未受具戒者,犯突吉羅。加以責罵,犯突吉羅。未受具戒,認為是已受具戒,犯突吉羅。未受具戒,有疑慮,犯突吉羅。未受具戒,認為是未受具戒,犯突吉羅。 無罪的情況:"我們兩個一起不能維持"而驅趕,看到貴重物品"他會生起貪心"而驅趕,看到女人"他會生起不樂"而驅趕,說"給病人或落後者或看守寺院者送粥或飯或硬食或軟食"而驅趕,不是想行不正當行為,有事而驅趕,對瘋狂者,對最初犯戒者。 驅趕學處第二結束。 有食家學處

1. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā upanando sakyaputto sahāyakassa gharaṃ gantvā tassa pajāpatiyā saddhiṃ sayanighare [sayanīghare (syā.)] nisajjaṃ kappesi. Atha kho so puriso yenāyasmā upanando sakyaputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ upanandaṃ sakyaputtaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so puriso pajāpatiṃ etadavoca – 『『dadehāyyassa bhikkha』』nti. Atha kho sā itthī āyasmato upanandassa sakyaputtassa bhikkhaṃ adāsi. Atha kho so puriso āyasmantaṃ upanandaṃ sakyaputtaṃ etadavoca – 『『gacchatha, bhante, yato ayyassa bhikkhā dinnā』』ti. Atha kho sā itthī sallakkhetvā – 『『pariyuṭṭhito ayaṃ puriso』』ti, āyasmantaṃ upanandaṃ sakyaputtaṃ etadavoca – 『『nisīdatha, bhante, mā agamitthā』』ti. Dutiyampi kho so puriso…pe… tatiyampi kho so puriso āyasmantaṃ upanandaṃ sakyaputtaṃ etadavoca – 『『gacchatha, bhante, yato ayyassa bhikkhā dinnā』』ti. Tatiyampi kho sā itthī āyasmantaṃ upanandaṃ sakyaputtaṃ etadavoca – 『『nisīdatha, bhante, mā agamitthā』』ti.

Atha kho so puriso nikkhamitvā bhikkhū ujjhāpesi – 『『ayaṃ, bhante, ayyo upanando mayhaṃ pajāpatiyā saddhiṃ sayanighare nisinno. So mayā uyyojīyamāno na icchati gantuṃ. Bahukiccā mayaṃ bahukaraṇīyā』』ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma āyasmā upanando sakyaputto sabhojane kule anupakhajja nisajjaṃ kappessatī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, upananda, sabhojane kule anupakhajja nisajjaṃ kappesīti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, sabhojane kule anupakhajja nisajjaṃ kappessasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

280.『『Yo pana bhikkhu sabhojane kule anupakhajja nisajjaṃ kappeyya, pācittiya』』nti.

281.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Sabhojanaṃ nāma kulaṃ itthī ceva hoti puriso ca, itthī ca puriso ca ubho anikkhantā honti, ubho avītarāgā.

Anupakhajjāti anupavisitvā.

Nisajjaṃ kappeyyāti mahallake ghare piṭṭhasaṅghāṭassa [piṭṭhisaṅghāṭassa (syā.)] hatthapāsaṃ vijahitvā nisīdati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Khuddake ghare piṭṭhivaṃsaṃ atikkamitvā nisīdati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

1. Sayanighare sayanigharasaññī sabhojane kule anupakhajja nisajjaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Sayanighare vematiko sabhojane kule anupakhajja nisajjaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Sayanighare nasayanigharasaññī sabhojane kule anupakhajja nisajjaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Nasayanighare sayanigharasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nasayanighare vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nasayanighare nasayanigharasaññī, anāpatti.

1. Anāpatti mahallake ghare piṭṭhasaṅghāṭassa hatthapāsaṃ avijahitvā nisīdati, khuddake ghare piṭṭhivaṃsaṃ anatikkamitvā nisīdati, bhikkhu dutiyo hoti, ubho nikkhantā honti, ubho vītarāgā, nasayanighare, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Sabhojanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ tatiyaṃ.

1. Rahopaṭicchannasikkhāpadaṃ

那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂鎮附近)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,尊者優波難陀釋迦子去朋友家,與他的妻子一起在臥室裡坐著。然後那個男人來到尊者優波難陀釋迦子那裡;來到后頂禮尊者優波難陀釋迦子,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的那個男人對妻子說:"給尊者食物。"然後那個女人給了尊者優波難陀釋迦子食物。然後那個男人對尊者優波難陀釋迦子說:"尊者,請走吧,已經給尊者食物了。"然後那個女人意識到"這個男人生氣了",就對尊者優波難陀釋迦子說:"尊者,請坐,不要走。"第二次...第三次,那個男人對尊者優波難陀釋迦子說:"尊者,請走吧,已經給尊者食物了。"第三次,那個女人對尊者優波難陀釋迦子說:"尊者,請坐,不要走。" 然後那個男人出去后責備比丘們說:"尊者們,這位尊者優波難陀與我的妻子一起坐在臥室裡。我讓他走他不願意走。我們有很多事要做。"那些少欲的比丘們...責難、誹謗、批評說:"為什麼尊者優波難陀釋迦子會在有食家裡闖入坐著呢!"..."優波難陀,你真的在有食家裡闖入坐著嗎?""世尊,是真的。"佛陀呵責說......"愚人,你怎麼會在有食家裡闖入坐著呢!愚人,這不能令不信者生信......比丘們,你們應當如此制定學處: "如果比丘在有食家裡闖入坐著,波逸提。" 如果意思是無論是誰......比丘意思是......在這裡的意思是指比丘。 有食家意思是有女人也有男人,女人和男人兩人都沒有出去,兩人都未離欲。 闖入意思是進入。 坐著意思是在大房子里離開後門一臂之距坐下,犯波逸提。在小房子里越過後梁坐下,犯波逸提。 臥室,認為是臥室,在有食家裡闖入坐著,犯波逸提。臥室,有疑慮,在有食家裡闖入坐著,犯波逸提。臥室,認為不是臥室,在有食家裡闖入坐著,犯波逸提。 不是臥室,認為是臥室,犯突吉羅。不是臥室,有疑慮,犯突吉羅。不是臥室,認為不是臥室,無罪。 無罪的情況:在大房子里不離開後門一臂之距坐下,在小房子里不越過後梁坐下,有比丘作伴,兩人都出去了,兩人都已離欲,不是臥室,對瘋狂者,對最初犯戒者。 有食家學處第三結束。 隱蔽處學處

1. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā upanando sakyaputto sahāyakassa gharaṃ gantvā tassa pajāpatiyā saddhiṃ raho paṭicchanne āsane nisajjaṃ kappesi. Atha kho so puriso ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti – 『『kathañhi nāma ayyo upanando mayhaṃ pajāpatiyā saddhiṃ raho paṭicchanne āsane nisajjaṃ kappessatī』』ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tassa purisassa ujjhāyantassa khiyyantassa vipācentassa. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – kathañhi nāma āyasmā upanando sakyaputto mātugāmena saddhiṃ raho paṭicchanne āsane nisajjaṃ kappessatīti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, upananda, mātugāmena saddhiṃ raho paṭicchanne āsane nisajjaṃ kappesīti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, mātugāmena saddhiṃ raho paṭicchanne āsane nisajjaṃ kappessasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

285.『『Yopana bhikkhu mātugāmena saddhiṃ raho paṭicchanne āsane nisajjaṃ kappeyya, pācittiya』』nti.

286.Yopanāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Mātugāmo nāma manussitthī, na yakkhī na petī na tiracchānagatā, antamaso tadahujātāpi dārikā, pageva mahattarī.

Saddhinti ekato.

[pāci. 200,291; pārā. 445,454]Raho nāma cakkhussa raho sotassa raho. Cakkhussa raho nāma na sakkā hoti akkhiṃ vā nikhaṇīyamāne bhamukaṃ vā ukkhipīyamāne sīsaṃ vā ukkhipīyamāne passituṃ. Sotassa raho nāma na sakkā hoti pakatikathā sotuṃ.

[pārā. 445]Paṭicchannaṃ nāma āsanaṃ kuṭṭena [kuḍḍena (sī. syā.)] vā kavāṭena vā kilañjena vā sāṇipākārena vā rukkhena vā thambhena vā kotthaḷiyā [koṭṭhaḷiyā (sī. syā.) kotthaḷikāya (ka.)] vā, yena kenaci paṭicchannaṃ hoti.

Nisajjaṃ kappeyyāti mātugāme nisinne bhikkhu upanisinno vā hoti upanipanno vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Bhikkhu nisinne mātugāmo upanisinno vā hoti upanipanno vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ubho vā nisinnā honti ubho vā nipannā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

1. Mātugāme mātugāmasaññī raho paṭicchanne āsane nisajjaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Mātugāme vematiko raho paṭicchanne āsane nisajjaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Mātugāme amātugāmasaññī raho paṭicchanne āsane nisajjaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Yakkhiyā vā petiyā vā paṇḍakena vā tiracchānagatāya vā manussaviggahitthiyā vā saddhiṃ raho paṭicchanne āsane nisajjaṃ kappeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amātugāme mātugāmasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amātugāme vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amātugāme amātugāmasaññī, anāpatti.

1. Anāpatti yo koci viññū puriso dutiyo hoti, tiṭṭhati na nisīdati, arahopekkho, aññavihito nisīdati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Rahopaṭicchannasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ catutthaṃ.

1. Rahonisajjasikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā upanando sakyaputto sahāyakassa gharaṃ gantvā tassa pajāpatiyā saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappesi. Atha kho so puriso ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti – 『『kathañhi nāma ayyo upanando mayhaṃ pajāpatiyā saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappessatī』』ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tassa purisassa ujjhāyantassa khiyyantassa vipācentassa. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma āyasmā upanando sakyaputto mātugāmena saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappessatī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, upananda, mātugāmena saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappesīti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, mātugāmena saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappessasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pāsādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

290.『『Yo pana bhikkhu mātugāmena saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappeyya, pācittiya』』nti.

那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂鎮附近)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,尊者優波難陀釋迦子去朋友家,與他的妻子一起在隱蔽處坐著。然後那個男人責難、誹謗、批評說:"為什麼尊者優波難陀會與我的妻子一起在隱蔽處坐著呢!"比丘們聽到那個男人責難、誹謗、批評。那些少欲的比丘們...責難、誹謗、批評說:"為什麼尊者優波難陀釋迦子會與女人一起在隱蔽處坐著呢!"..."優波難陀,你真的與女人一起在隱蔽處坐著嗎?""世尊,是真的。"佛陀呵責說......"愚人,你怎麼會與女人一起在隱蔽處坐著呢!愚人,這不能令不信者生信......比丘們,你們應當如此制定學處: "如果比丘與女人一起在隱蔽處坐著,波逸提。" 如果意思是無論是誰......比丘意思是......在這裡的意思是指比丘。 女人意思是人類女性,不是女夜叉、女餓鬼、女畜生,即使是剛出生的女嬰,更不用說成年女性。 一起意思是在一起。 隱蔽意思是眼睛的隱蔽和耳朵的隱蔽。眼睛的隱蔽意思是眨眼、抬眉或抬頭時看不見。耳朵的隱蔽意思是聽不到正常談話。 隱蔽處意思是被墻、門、草蓆、簾幕、樹、柱子、穀倉或任何東西遮蔽的座位。 坐著意思是當女人坐下時比丘坐近或躺近,犯波逸提。當比丘坐下時女人坐近或躺近,犯波逸提。兩人都坐下或兩人都躺下,犯波逸提。 女人,認為是女人,在隱蔽處坐著,犯波逸提。女人,有疑慮,在隱蔽處坐著,犯波逸提。女人,認為不是女人,在隱蔽處坐著,犯波逸提。 與女夜叉、女餓鬼、黃門、女畜生或變成人形的女人在隱蔽處坐著,犯突吉羅。非女人,認為是女人,犯突吉羅。非女人,有疑慮,犯突吉羅。非女人,認為不是女人,無罪。 無罪的情況:有任何一個有智男子作伴,站著不坐,不想隱蔽,心不在焉而坐,對瘋狂者,對最初犯戒者。 隱蔽處學處第四結束。 隱蔽坐學處 那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂鎮附近)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,尊者優波難陀釋迦子去朋友家,與他的妻子一個人與一個人隱蔽地坐著。然後那個男人責難、誹謗、批評說:"為什麼尊者優波難陀會與我的妻子一個人與一個人隱蔽地坐著呢!"比丘們聽到那個男人責難、誹謗、批評。那些少欲的比丘們...責難、誹謗、批評說:"為什麼尊者優波難陀釋迦子會與女人一個人與一個人隱蔽地坐著呢!"..."優波難陀,你真的與女人一個人與一個人隱蔽地坐著嗎?""世尊,是真的。"佛陀呵責說......"愚人,你怎麼會與女人一個人與一個人隱蔽地坐著呢!愚人,這不能令不信者生信......比丘們,你們應當如此制定學處: "如果比丘與女人一個人與一個人隱蔽地坐著,波逸提。"

291.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Mātugāmo nāma manussitthī, na yakkhī na petī na tiracchānagatā, viññū paṭibalā subhāsitadubbhāsitaṃ duṭṭhullāduṭṭhullaṃ ājānituṃ.

Saddhinti ekato.

Ekoekāyāti bhikkhu ceva hoti mātugāmo ca.

[pāci. 200,286; pārā. 445,454]Raho nāma cakkhussa raho, sotassa raho. Cakkhussa raho nāma na sakkā hoti akkhiṃ vā nikhaṇīyamāne bhamukaṃ vā ukkhipīyamāne sīsaṃ vā ukkhipīyamāne passituṃ. Sotassa raho nāma na sakkā hoti pakatikathā sotuṃ.

Nisajjaṃ kappeyyāti mātugāme nisinne bhikkhu upanisinno vā hoti upanipanno vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Bhikkhu nisinne mātugāmo upanisinno vā hoti upanipanno vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ubho vā nisinnā honti ubho vā nipannā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

1. Mātugāme mātugāmasaññī eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Mātugāme vematiko eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Mātugāme amātugāmasaññī eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Yakkhiyā vā petiyā vā paṇḍakena vā tiracchānagatamanussaviggahitthiyā vā [tiracchānagatāya vā manussaviggahitthiyā vā (ka.)] saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amātugāme mātugāmasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amātugāme vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amātugāme amātugāmasaññī, anāpatti.

1. Anāpatti yo koci viññū puriso dutiyo hoti, tiṭṭhati na nisīdati, arahopekkho aññavihito nisīdati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Rahonisajjasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ pañcamaṃ.

1. Cārittasikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato upanandassa sakyaputtassa upaṭṭhākakulaṃ āyasmantaṃ upanandaṃ sakyaputtaṃ bhattena nimantesi. Aññepi bhikkhū bhattena nimantesi. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā upanando sakyaputto purebhattaṃ, kulāni payirupāsati. Atha kho te bhikkhū te manusse etadavocuṃ – 『『dethāvuso bhatta』』nti. 『『Āgametha, bhante, yāvāyyo upanando āgacchatī』』ti. Dutiyampi kho te bhikkhū…pe… tatiyampi kho te bhikkhū te manusse etadavocuṃ – 『『dethāvuso, bhattaṃ; pure kālo atikkamatī』』ti. 『『Yampi mayaṃ, bhante, bhattaṃ karimhā ayyassa upanandassa kāraṇā. Āgametha, bhante, yāvāyyo upanando āgacchatī』』ti.

Atha kho āyasmā upanando sakyaputto purebhattaṃ kulāni payirupāsitvā divā āgacchati. Bhikkhū na cittarūpaṃ bhuñjiṃsu. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma āyasmā upanando sakyaputto nimantito sabhatto samāno purebhattaṃ kulesu cārittaṃ āpajjissatī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, upananda, nimantito sabhatto samāno purebhattaṃ kulesu cārittaṃ āpajjasīti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, nimantito sabhatto samāno purebhattaṃ kulesu cārittaṃ āpajjissasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

『『Yo pana bhikkhu nimantito sabhatto samāno purebhattaṃ kulesu cārittaṃ āpajjeyya, pācittiya』』nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

這是對原文的完整直譯： 291.然而，凡是...等等...比丘...等等...這是在此含義中所指的比丘。 女人是指人類女性，不是女夜叉、女餓鬼或女畜生，是有智慧能夠分辨善語惡語、粗語細語的。 與一位。 一對一是指一位比丘和一位女人。 [pāci. 200,286; pārā. 445,454]隱蔽處是指眼睛的隱蔽處和耳朵的隱蔽處。眼睛的隱蔽處是指無法看到眼睛是否眨動、眉毛是否抬起或頭是否抬起。耳朵的隱蔽處是指無法聽到正常的談話。 坐下是指當女人坐下時，比丘坐在旁邊或躺在旁邊，犯波逸提罪。當比丘坐下時，女人坐在旁邊或躺在旁邊，犯波逸提罪。兩人都坐下或兩人都躺下，犯波逸提罪。 292.如果比丘認為是女人，一對一地在隱蔽處坐下，犯波逸提罪。如果比丘對是否是女人有疑慮，一對一地在隱蔽處坐下，犯波逸提罪。如果比丘認為不是女人，一對一地在隱蔽處坐下，犯波逸提罪。 與女夜叉、女餓鬼、黃門、變成人形的雌性動物一對一地在隱蔽處坐下，犯突吉羅罪。如果不是女人但認為是女人，犯突吉羅罪。如果不是女人但有疑慮，犯突吉羅罪。如果不是女人且認為不是女人，無罪。 293.無罪的情況：有任何一位有智慧的男子作為第二人在場，站著不坐下，不在意隱蔽處而專注于其他事情而坐下，精神錯亂者，最初的犯戒者。 隱蔽處坐下學處第五結束。 6.往返學處 294.那時，佛陀住在王舍城（現在的拉杰吉爾）竹林栗鼠feeding ground。當時，具壽優波難陀釋迦子的一個護持家庭邀請具壽優波難陀釋迦子用餐。他們也邀請了其他比丘用餐。那時，具壽優波難陀釋迦子在用餐前拜訪其他家庭。然後那些比丘對那些人說："朋友們，請給我們食物。"他們說："尊者們，請等待直到尊者優波難陀來。"第二次那些比丘...第三次那些比丘對那些人說："朋友們，請給我們食物，時間快過了。""尊者們，我們準備這頓飯是爲了尊者優波難陀。請等待直到尊者優波難陀來。" 然後具壽優波難陀釋迦子在用餐前拜訪其他家庭后，直到白天才來。比丘們不能愉快地用餐。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說："為什麼具壽優波難陀釋迦子被邀請用餐時還在用餐前拜訪其他家庭呢？"...（他們）問："優波難陀，你是否真的在被邀請用餐時還在用餐前拜訪其他家庭？""是的，世尊。"佛陀呵斥說...："愚人，為什麼你在被邀請用餐時還在用餐前拜訪其他家庭呢？愚人，這不會使不信者生信...比丘們，你們應當如此宣說這條學處： "若比丘被邀請用餐，在用餐前拜訪其他家庭，犯波逸提罪。" 這就是世尊為比丘們制定的學處。

295.[mahāva. 277] Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato upanandassa sakyaputtassa upaṭṭhākakulaṃ saṅghassatthāya khādanīyaṃ pāhesi – 『『ayyassa upanandassa dassetvā saṅghassa dātabba』』nti. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā upanando sakyaputto gāmaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭho hoti. Atha kho te manussā ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhū pucchiṃsu – 『『kahaṃ, bhante, ayyo upanando』』ti ? 『『Esāvuso, āyasmā upanando sakyaputto gāmaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭho』』ti. 『『Idaṃ, bhante, khādanīyaṃ ayyassa upanandassa dassetvā saṅghassa dātabba』』nti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『tena hi, bhikkhave, paṭiggahetvā nikkhipatha yāva upanando āgacchatī』』ti.

Atha kho āyasmā upanando sakyaputto – 『『bhagavatā paṭikkhittaṃ purebhattaṃ kulesu cārittaṃ āpajjitu』』nti pacchābhattaṃ kulāni payirupāsitvā divā paṭikkami, khādanīyaṃ ussāriyittha. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma āyasmā upanando sakyaputto pacchābhattaṃ kulesu cārittaṃ āpajjissatī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, upananda, pacchābhattaṃ kulesu cārittaṃ āpajjasīti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, pacchābhattaṃ kulesu cārittaṃ āpajjissasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

『『Yo pana bhikkhu nimantito sabhatto samāno purebhattaṃ vā pacchābhattaṃ vā kulesu cārittaṃ āpajjeyya, pācittiya』』nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

1. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū cīvaradānasamaye kukkuccāyantā kulāni na payirupāsanti. Cīvaraṃ parittaṃ uppajjati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, cīvaradānasamaye kulāni payirupāsituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

『『Yo pana bhikkhu nimantito sabhatto samāno purebhattaṃ vā pacchābhattaṃ vā kulesu cārittaṃ āpajjeyya, aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṃ. Tatthāyaṃ samayo. Cīvaradānasamayo – ayaṃ tattha samayo』』ti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

1. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū cīvarakammaṃ karonti, attho ca hoti sūciyāpi suttenapi satthakenapi. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā kulāni na payirupāsanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, cīvarakārasamaye kulāni payirupāsituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

『『Yopana bhikkhu nimantito sabhatto samāno purebhattaṃ vā pacchābhattaṃ vā kulesu cārittaṃ āpajjeyya , aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṃ. Tatthāyaṃ samayo. Cīvaradānasamayo, cīvarakārasamayo – ayaṃ tattha samayo』』ti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

1. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū gilānā honti, attho ca hoti bhesajjehi. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā kulāni na payirupāsanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, santaṃ bhikkhuṃ āpucchā kulāni payirupāsituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

299.『『Yo pana bhikkhu nimantito sabhatto samāno santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā purebhattaṃ vā pacchābhattaṃ vā kulesu cārittaṃ āpajjeyya, aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṃ. Tatthāyaṃ samayo. Cīvaradānasamayo, cīvarakārasamayo – ayaṃ tattha samayo』』ti.

295.[mahāva. 277] 那時，具壽優波難陀釋迦子的一個護持家庭為僧團送來了食物，說："請先給尊者優波難陀看過，然後再給僧團。"那時，具壽優波難陀釋迦子已經進村托缽去了。於是那些人來到寺院，問比丘們說："尊者們，尊者優波難陀在哪裡？""朋友們，具壽優波難陀釋迦子已經進村托缽去了。""尊者們，這些食物請先給尊者優波難陀看過，然後再給僧團。"他們將此事告訴世尊。然後世尊以此因緣、以此場合說了法，對比丘們說："那麼，比丘們，請接受並儲存直到優波難陀回來。" 然後具壽優波難陀釋迦子想："世尊已禁止在用餐前拜訪其他家庭。"於是他在用餐后拜訪其他家庭，直到白天才回來，食物已經被分發了。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說："為什麼具壽優波難陀釋迦子在用餐后拜訪其他家庭呢？"...（他們）問："優波難陀，你是否真的在用餐后拜訪其他家庭？""是的，世尊。"佛陀呵斥說...："愚人，為什麼你在用餐后拜訪其他家庭呢？愚人，這不會使不信者生信...比丘們，你們應當如此宣說這條學處： "若比丘被邀請用餐，在用餐前或用餐后拜訪其他家庭，犯波逸提罪。" 這就是世尊為比丘們制定的學處。 296.那時，比丘們在佈施衣服的季節因為擔心犯戒而不去拜訪其他家庭。結果得到的衣服很少。他們將此事告訴世尊...（世尊說：）"比丘們，我允許你們在佈施衣服的季節拜訪其他家庭。比丘們，你們應當如此宣說這條學處： "若比丘被邀請用餐，在用餐前或用餐后拜訪其他家庭，除了適當的時候，犯波逸提罪。這裡的適當時候是指：佈施衣服的季節 - 這是這裡的適當時候。" 這就是世尊為比丘們制定的學處。 297.那時，比丘們正在製作衣服，需要針、線和剪刀。比丘們因為擔心犯戒而不去拜訪其他家庭。他們將此事告訴世尊...（世尊說：）"比丘們，我允許你們在製作衣服的季節拜訪其他家庭。比丘們，你們應當如此宣說這條學處： "若比丘被邀請用餐，在用餐前或用餐后拜訪其他家庭，除了適當的時候，犯波逸提罪。這裡的適當時候是指：佈施衣服的季節，製作衣服的季節 - 這是這裡的適當時候。" 這就是世尊為比丘們制定的學處。 298.那時，比丘們生病了，需要藥物。比丘們因為擔心犯戒而不去拜訪其他家庭。他們將此事告訴世尊...（世尊說：）"比丘們，我允許你們在告知在場的比丘后拜訪其他家庭。比丘們，你們應當如此宣說這條學處： 299."若比丘被邀請用餐，在不告知在場的比丘的情況下，在用餐前或用餐后拜訪其他家庭，除了適當的時候，犯波逸提罪。這裡的適當時候是指：佈施衣服的季節，製作衣服的季節 - 這是這裡的適當時候。"

300.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Nimantito nāma pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññatarena bhojanena nimantito.

Sabhatto nāma yena nimantito tena sabhatto.

Santaṃ nāma bhikkhuṃ sakkā hoti āpucchā pavisituṃ.

Asantaṃ nāma bhikkhuṃ na sakkā hoti āpucchā pavisituṃ.

Purebhattaṃ nāma yena nimantito taṃ abhuttāvī.

Pacchābhattaṃ nāma yena nimantito taṃ antamaso kusaggenapi [aruṇuggamanepi (sī.)] bhuttaṃ hoti.

Kulaṃ nāma cattāri kulāni – khattiyakulaṃ, brāhmaṇakulaṃ, vessakulaṃ, suddakulaṃ.

Kulesucārittaṃ āpajjeyyāti aññassa gharūpacāraṃ okkamantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa. Paṭhamaṃ pādaṃ ummāraṃ atikkāmeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Dutiyaṃ pādaṃ atikkāmeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Aññatrasamayāti ṭhapetvā samayaṃ.

Cīvaradānasamayo nāma anatthate kathine vassānassa pacchimo māso, atthate kathine pañca māsā.

Cīvarakārasamayo nāma cīvare kayiramāne.

1. Nimantite nimantitasaññī santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā purebhattaṃ vā pacchābhattaṃ vā kulesu cārittaṃ āpajjati, aññatra samayā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Nimantite vematiko santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā purebhattaṃ vā pacchābhattaṃ vā kulesu cārittaṃ āpajjati, aññatra samayā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Nimantite animantitasaññī santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā purebhattaṃ vā pacchābhattaṃ vā kulesu cārittaṃ āpajjati, aññatra samayā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Animantite nimantitasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Animantite vematiko , āpatti dukkaṭassa. Animantite animantitasaññī, anāpatti.

1. Anāpatti samaye, santaṃ bhikkhuṃ āpucchā pavisati, asantaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā pavisati, aññassa gharena maggo hoti, gharūpacārena maggo hoti, antarārāmaṃ gacchati, bhikkhunupassayaṃ gacchati, titthiyaseyyaṃ gacchati, paṭikkamanaṃ gacchati, bhattiyagharaṃ gacchati, āpadāsu, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Cārittasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ.

1. Mahānāmasikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ nigrodhārāme. Tena kho pana samayena mahānāmassa sakkassa bhesajjaṃ ussannaṃ hoti. Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『icchāmahaṃ, bhante, saṅghaṃ catumāsaṃ [catummāsaṃ (sī.) cātumāsaṃ (syā.)] bhesajjena pavāretu』』nti. 『『Sādhu sādhu , mahānāma! Tena hi tvaṃ, mahānāma, saṅghaṃ catumāsaṃ bhesajjena pavārehī』』ti. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā nādhivāsenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, catumāsaṃ bhesajjappaccayapavāraṇaṃ sāditunti.

3. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū mahānāmaṃ sakkaṃ parittaṃ bhesajjaṃ viññāpenti. Tatheva mahānāmassa sakkassa bhesajjaṃ ussannaṃ hoti. Dutiyampi kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『icchāmahaṃ, bhante, saṅghaṃ aparampi catumāsaṃ bhesajjena pavāretu』』nti. 『『Sādhu sādhu, mahānāma! Tena hi tvaṃ, mahānāma, saṅghaṃ aparampi catumāsaṃ bhesajjena pavārehī』』ti. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā nādhivāsenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, puna pavāraṇampi sāditunti.

300.然而，凡是...等等...比丘...等等...這是在此含義中所指的比丘。 被邀請是指被邀請享用五種食物中的任何一種。 有食物是指被邀請者有食物。 在場的比丘是指可以告知後進入的比丘。 不在場的比丘是指無法告知後進入的比丘。 用餐前是指被邀請者還未用餐。 用餐后是指被邀請者至少已經吃了一口食物。 家庭是指四種家庭：剎帝利家庭、婆羅門家庭、吠舍家庭、首陀羅家庭。 拜訪其他家庭是指進入另一戶人家的範圍內，犯突吉羅罪。跨過門檻的第一步，犯突吉羅罪。跨過第二步，犯波逸提罪。 除了適當的時候是指除了特定的時候。 佈施衣服的季節是指如果沒有舉行迦絺那衣儀式，則為雨安居后的最後一個月；如果舉行了迦絺那衣儀式，則為五個月。 製作衣服的季節是指正在製作衣服的時候。 301.如果被邀請且認為自己被邀請，在不告知在場的比丘的情況下，在用餐前或用餐后拜訪其他家庭，除了適當的時候，犯波逸提罪。如果被邀請但不確定，在不告知在場的比丘的情況下，在用餐前或用餐后拜訪其他家庭，除了適當的時候，犯波逸提罪。如果被邀請但認為自己沒有被邀請，在不告知在場的比丘的情況下，在用餐前或用餐后拜訪其他家庭，除了適當的時候，犯波逸提罪。 如果沒有被邀請但認為自己被邀請，犯突吉羅罪。如果沒有被邀請且不確定，犯突吉羅罪。如果沒有被邀請且認為自己沒有被邀請，無罪。 302.無罪的情況：在適當的時候，告知在場的比丘後進入，在沒有在場的比丘時不告知就進入，路徑經過他人的房子，路徑經過房子的範圍，前往中間的寺院，前往比丘尼的住處，前往外道的住處，前往休息處，前往施食處，遇到危險時，精神錯亂者，最初的犯戒者。 往返學處第六結束。 7.摩訶男學處 303.那時，佛陀住在釋迦族的迦毗羅衛城（現在的蒂勞拉科特）尼拘律園。當時，釋迦族的摩訶男有大量的藥物。然後摩訶男來到佛陀那裡，禮敬佛陀後坐在一旁。坐在一旁的摩訶男對佛陀說："尊者，我想邀請僧團接受四個月的藥物。"（佛陀說：）"很好，很好，摩訶男！那麼摩訶男，你就邀請僧團接受四個月的藥物吧。"比丘們因為擔心犯戒而不接受。他們將此事告訴世尊...（世尊說：）"比丘們，我允許你們接受四個月的藥物邀請。" 304.那時，比丘們向摩訶男要求少量的藥物。摩訶男仍然有大量的藥物。第二次摩訶男來到佛陀那裡，禮敬佛陀後坐在一旁。坐在一旁的摩訶男對佛陀說："尊者，我想再次邀請僧團接受四個月的藥物。"（佛陀說：）"很好，很好，摩訶男！那麼摩訶男，你就再次邀請僧團接受四個月的藥物吧。"比丘們因為擔心犯戒而不接受。他們將此事告訴世尊...（世尊說：）"比丘們，我允許你們接受再次的邀請。"

1. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū mahānāmaṃ sakkaṃ parittaṃyeva bhesajjaṃ viññāpenti. Tatheva mahānāmassa sakkassa bhesajjaṃ ussannaṃ hoti. Tatiyampi kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『icchāmahaṃ, bhante, saṅghaṃ yāvajīvaṃ bhesajjena pavāretu』』nti. 『『Sādhu sādhu, mahānāma! Tena hi tvaṃ, mahānāma, saṅghaṃ yāvajīvaṃ bhesajjena pavārehī』』ti. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā nādhivāsenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, niccapavāraṇampi sāditunti.

Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū dunnivatthā honti duppārutā anākappasampannā. Mahānāmo sakko vattā hoti – 『『kissa tumhe, bhante, dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā? Nanu nāma pabbajitena sunivatthena bhavitabbaṃ supārutena ākappasampannenā』』ti? Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū mahānāme sakke upanandhiṃsu. Atha kho chabbaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – 『『kena nu kho mayaṃ upāyena mahānāmaṃ sakkaṃ maṅku kareyyāmā』』ti? Atha kho chabbaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – 『『mahānāmena kho, āvuso, sakkena saṅgho bhesajjena pavārito. Handa mayaṃ, āvuso, mahānāmaṃ sakkaṃ sappiṃ viññāpemā』』ti. Atha kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū yena mahānāmo sakko tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā mahānāmaṃ sakkaṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『doṇena, āvuso, sappinā attho』』ti. 『『Ajjaṇho, bhante, āgametha. Manussā vajaṃ gatā sappiṃ āharituṃ. Kālaṃ āharissathā』』ti [kāle harissathāti (syā.)].

Dutiyampi kho…pe… tatiyampi kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū mahānāmaṃ sakkaṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『doṇena, āvuso, sappinā attho』』ti. 『『Ajjaṇho, bhante, āgametha. Manussā vajaṃ gatā sappiṃ āharituṃ. Kālaṃ āharissathā』』ti. 『『Kiṃ pana tayā, āvuso, adātukāmena pavāritena, yaṃ tvaṃ pavāretvā na desī』』ti! Atha kho mahānāmo sakko ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti – 『『kathañhi nāma bhadantā – 『ajjaṇho, bhante, āgamethā』ti vuccamānā nāgamessantī』』ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū mahānāmassa sakkassa ujjhāyantassa khiyyantassa vipācentassa. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū mahānāmena sakkena – 『ajjaṇho, bhante, āgamethā』ti vuccamānā nāgamessantī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, mahānāmena sakkena – 『『ajjaṇho, bhante, āgamethā』』ti vuccamānā nāgamethāti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, mahānāmena sakkena – 『『ajjaṇho, bhante āgamethā』』ti vuccamānā nāgamessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

306.『『Agilānena bhikkhunā catumāsappaccayapavāraṇā sāditabbā, aññatra punapavāraṇāya, aññatra niccapavāraṇāya; tato ce uttari sādiyeyya, pācittiya』』nti.

307.Agilānena bhikkhunā catumāsappaccayapavāraṇā sāditabbāti gilānappaccayapavāraṇā sāditabbā.

Punapavāraṇāpi sāditabbāti yadā gilāno bhavissāmi tadā viññāpessāmīti.

Niccapavāraṇāpi sāditabbāti yadā gilāno bhavissāmi tadā viññāpessāmīti.

Tatoce uttari sādiyeyyāti atthi pavāraṇā bhesajjapariyantā na rattipariyantā, atthi pavāraṇā rattipariyantā na bhesajjapariyantā, atthi pavāraṇā bhesajjapariyantā ca rattipariyantā ca, atthi pavāraṇā neva bhesajjapariyantā na rattipariyantā.

Bhesajjapariyantā nāma bhesajjāni pariggahitāni honti – 『『ettakehi bhesajjehi pavāremī』』ti. Rattipariyantā nāma rattiyo pariggahitāyo honti – 『『ettakāsu rattīsu pavāremī』』ti. Bhesajjapariyantā ca rattipariyantā ca nāma bhesajjāni ca pariggahitāni honti rattiyo ca pariggahitāyo honti – 『『ettakehi bhesajjehi ettakāsu rattīsu pavāremī』』ti. Neva bhesajjapariyantā na rattipariyantā nāma bhesajjāni ca apariggahitāni honti rattiyo ca apariggahitāyo honti.

305.那時，比丘們向摩訶男要求少量的藥物。摩訶男仍然有大量的藥物。第三次摩訶男來到佛陀那裡，禮敬佛陀後坐在一旁。坐在一旁的摩訶男對佛陀說："尊者，我想終生邀請僧團接受藥物。"（佛陀說：）"很好，很好，摩訶男！那麼摩訶男，你就終生邀請僧團接受藥物吧。"比丘們因為擔心犯戒而不接受。他們將此事告訴世尊...（世尊說：）"比丘們，我允許你們接受永久的邀請。" 那時，六群比丘衣著不整齊，不莊重。摩訶男說："尊者們，你們為什麼衣著不整齊，不莊重呢？出家人不是應該衣著整齊莊重嗎？"六群比丘對摩訶男心生怨恨。然後六群比丘想："我們用什麼方法能讓摩訶男難堪呢？"他們又想："朋友們，摩訶男已經邀請僧團接受藥物。朋友們，我們去向摩訶男要求酥油吧。"於是六群比丘來到摩訶男那裡，對他說："朋友，我們需要一桶酥油。"（摩訶男說：）"尊者們，請等到今天晚上。人們已經去牛棚取酥油了。你們會在適當的時候得到的。" 第二次...第三次六群比丘對摩訶男說："朋友，我們需要一桶酥油。"（摩訶男說：）"尊者們，請等到今天晚上。人們已經去牛棚取酥油了。你們會在適當的時候得到的。"（六群比丘說：）"朋友，你既然已經邀請了，為什麼不給呢？"然後摩訶男抱怨、批評、指責說："為什麼尊者們在被告知'請等到今天晚上'時不等呢？"比丘們聽到摩訶男的抱怨、批評和指責。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說："為什麼六群比丘在被摩訶男告知'請等到今天晚上'時不等呢？"...（他們）問："比丘們，你們是否真的在被摩訶男告知'請等到今天晚上'時不等？""是的，世尊。"佛陀呵斥說...："愚人，為什麼你們在被摩訶男告知'請等到今天晚上'時不等呢？愚人，這不會使不信者生信...比丘們，你們應當如此宣說這條學處： 306."非病比丘可以接受四個月的必需品邀請，除了再次邀請，除了永久邀請；如果超過這個限度接受，犯波逸提罪。" 307.非病比丘可以接受四個月的必需品邀請是指可以接受病緣必需品的邀請。 也可以接受再次邀請是指"當我生病時我會要求"。 也可以接受永久邀請是指"當我生病時我會要求"。 如果超過這個限度接受是指有些邀請是以藥物為限而不以夜數為限，有些邀請是以夜數為限而不以藥物為限，有些邀請既以藥物為限又以夜數為限，有些邀請既不以藥物為限也不以夜數為限。 以藥物為限是指藥物被限定："我邀請你接受這麼多的藥物。"以夜數為限是指夜數被限定："我邀請你在這麼多夜裡接受。"既以藥物為限又以夜數為限是指藥物和夜數都被限定："我邀請你在這麼多夜裡接受這麼多的藥物。"既不以藥物為限也不以夜數為限是指藥物和夜數都沒有被限定。

1. Bhesajjapariyante – yehi bhesajjehi pavārito hoti tāni bhesajjāni ṭhapetvā aññāni bhesajjāni viññāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Rattipariyante – yāsu rattīsu pavārito hoti, tā rattiyo ṭhapetvā aññāsu rattīsu viññāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Bhesajjapariyante ca rattipariyante ca – yehi bhesajjehi pavārito hoti, tāni bhesajjāni ṭhapetvā yāsu rattīsu pavārito hoti, tā rattiyo ṭhapetvā aññāni bhesajjāni aññāsu rattīsu viññāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Neva bhesajjapariyante na rattipariyante, anāpatti.

2. Na bhesajjena karaṇīyena [karaṇīye (sī. syā.)] bhesajjaṃ viññāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Aññena bhesajjena karaṇīyena aññaṃ bhesajjaṃ viññāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Tatuttari tatuttarisaññī bhesajjaṃ viññāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Tatuttari vematiko bhesajjaṃ viññāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Tatuttari natatuttarisaññī bhesajjaṃ viññāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Natatuttari tatuttarisaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Natatuttari vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Natatuttari natatuttarisaññī, anāpatti.

1. Anāpatti yehi bhesajjehi pavārito hoti tāni bhesajjāni viññāpeti, yāsu rattīsu pavārito hoti tāsu rattīsu viññāpeti , 『『imehi tayā bhesajjehi pavāritāmha , amhākañca iminā ca iminā ca bhesajjena attho』』ti ācikkhitvā viññāpeti, 『『yāsu tayā rattīsu pavāritāmha tāyo ca rattiyo vītivattā amhākañca bhesajjena attho』』ti ācikkhitvā viññāpeti, ñātakānaṃ pavāritānaṃ, aññassatthāya, attano dhanena, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Mahānāmasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ sattamaṃ.

1. Uyyuttasenāsikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena rājā pasenadi kosalo senāya abbhuyyāto hoti. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū uyyuttaṃ senaṃ dassanāya agamaṃsu. Addasā kho rājā pasenadi kosalo chabbaggiye bhikkhū dūratova āgacchante. Disvāna pakkosāpetvā etadavoca – 『『kissa tumhe, bhante, āgatatthā』』ti? 『『Mahārājānaṃ mayaṃ daṭṭhukāmā』』 [mahārāja mahārājānaṃ mayaṃ daṭṭhukāmā (ka.)] ti. 『『Kiṃ, bhante, maṃ diṭṭhena yuddhābhinandinaṃ [yuddhābhinandinā (ka.)]; nanu bhagavā passitabbo』』ti? Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā uyyuttaṃ senaṃ dassanāya āgacchissanti! Amhākampi alābhā, amhākampi dulladdhaṃ, ye mayaṃ ājīvassa hetu puttadārassa kāraṇā senāya āgacchāmā』』ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū uyyuttaṃ senaṃ dassanāya gacchissantī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, uyyuttaṃ senaṃ dassanāya gacchathāti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, uyyuttaṃ senaṃ dassanāya gacchissatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

『『Yopana bhikkhu uyyuttaṃ senaṃ dassanāya gaccheyya, pācittiya』』nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

1. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno mātulo senāya gilāno hoti . So tassa bhikkhuno santike dūtaṃ pāhesi – 『『ahañhi senāya gilāno. Āgacchatu bhadanto. Icchāmi bhadantassa āgata』』nti. Atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etadahosi – 『『bhagavatā sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ – 『na uyyuttaṃ senaṃ dassanāya gantabba』nti. Ayañca me mātulo senāya gilāno. Kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabba』』nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tathārūpappaccayā senāya gantuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

313.『『Yo pana bhikkhu uyyuttaṃ senaṃ dassanāya gaccheyya, aññatra tathārūpappaccayā, pācittiya』』nti.

308.以藥物為限 - 除了他被邀請接受的那些藥物之外,如果他要求其他藥物,犯波逸提罪。以夜數為限 - 除了他被邀請接受的那些夜數之外,如果他在其他夜裡要求,犯波逸提罪。既以藥物為限又以夜數為限 - 除了他被邀請接受的那些藥物和夜數之外,如果他在其他夜裡要求其他藥物,犯波逸提罪。既不以藥物為限也不以夜數為限,無罪。 309.如果不需要藥物而要求藥物,犯波逸提罪。如果需要某種藥物而要求另一種藥物,犯波逸提罪。如果超過限度且認為超過限度而要求藥物,犯波逸提罪。如果超過限度但不確定而要求藥物,犯波逸提罪。如果超過限度但認為沒有超過限度而要求藥物,犯波逸提罪。 如果沒有超過限度但認為超過限度,犯突吉羅罪。如果沒有超過限度但不確定,犯突吉羅罪。如果沒有超過限度且認為沒有超過限度,無罪。 310.無罪的情況:要求他被邀請接受的那些藥物,在他被邀請接受的那些夜裡要求,說明"你邀請我們接受這些藥物,但我們需要這種和那種藥物"后要求,說明"你邀請我們在那些夜裡接受,但那些夜已經過去了,我們需要藥物"后要求,對親戚或邀請者要求,為他人要求,用自己的財物,精神錯亂者,最初的犯戒者。 摩訶男學處第七結束。 8.出征軍隊學處 311.那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現在的夏希特-默赫特)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,拘薩羅國王波斯匿率軍出征。六群比丘去觀看出征的軍隊。拘薩羅國王波斯匿遠遠地看到六群比丘走來。看到后叫他們過來說:"尊者們,你們為什麼來?"(他們說:)"大王,我們想見大王。"(國王說:)"尊者們,見我這個喜歡戰爭的人有什麼用?難道不應該去見世尊嗎?"人們抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼沙門釋迦子來觀看出征的軍隊呢?我們真是不幸,真是倒霉,我們爲了生計、爲了妻兒才來從軍。"比丘們聽到那些人的抱怨、批評和指責。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼六群比丘去觀看出征的軍隊呢?"...(他們)問:"比丘們,你們是否真的去觀看出征的軍隊?"(六群比丘說:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥說...:"愚人,為什麼你們去觀看出征的軍隊呢?愚人,這不會使不信者生信...比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: "若比丘去觀看出征的軍隊,犯波逸提罪。" 這就是世尊為比丘們制定的學處。 312.那時,有一位比丘的舅舅在軍中生病。他派人給那位比丘傳話說:"我在軍中生病了。請尊者來。我希望尊者來。"那位比丘想:"世尊制定學處:'不應去觀看出征的軍隊。'但我的舅舅在軍中生病。我該怎麼辦呢?"他將此事告訴世尊。然後世尊以此因緣、以此場合說了法,對比丘們說:"比丘們,我允許因為這樣的原因去軍中。比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: 313."若比丘去觀看出征的軍隊,除了有這樣的原因,犯波逸提罪。"

314.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Uyyuttā nāma senā gāmato nikkhamitvā niviṭṭhā vā hoti payātā vā.

Senā nāma hatthī assā rathā pattī. Dvādasapuriso hatthī, tipuriso asso, catupuriso ratho, cattāro purisā sarahatthā patti. Dassanāya gacchati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Yattha ṭhito passati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dassanūpacāraṃ vijahitvā punappunaṃ passati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Aññatra tathārūpappaccayāti ṭhapetvā tathārūpappaccayaṃ.

1. Uyyutte uyyuttasaññī dassanāya gacchati, aññatra tathārūpappaccayā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Uyyutte vematiko dassanāya gacchati, aññatra tathārūpappaccayā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Uyyutte anuyyuttasaññī dassanāya gacchati, aññatra tathārūpappaccayā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Ekamekaṃ dassanāya gacchati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Yattha ṭhito passati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Dassanūpacāraṃ vijahitvā punappunaṃ passati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anuyyutte uyyuttasaññī , āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anuyyutte vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anuyyutte anuyyuttasaññī, anāpatti.

1. Anāpatti ārāme ṭhito passati, bhikkhussa ṭhitokāsaṃ vā nisinnokāsaṃ vā nipannokāsaṃ vā āgacchati, paṭipathaṃ gacchanto passati, tathārūpappaccayā, āpadāsu, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Uyyuttasenāsikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ.

1. Senāvāsasikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sati karaṇīye senaṃ gantvā atirekatirattaṃ senāya vasanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā senāya vasissanti! Amhākampi alābhā, amhākampi dulladdhaṃ, ye mayaṃ ājīvassa hetu puttadārassa kāraṇā senāya paṭivasāmā』』ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū atirekatirattaṃ senāya vasissantī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, atirekatirattaṃ senāya vasathāti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, atirekatirattaṃ senāya vasissatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

318.『『Siyā ca tassa bhikkhuno kocideva paccayo senaṃ gamanāya, dirattatirattaṃ tena bhikkhunā senāya vasitabbaṃ. Tato ce uttariṃ vaseyya, pācittiya』』nti.

319.Siyā ca tassa bhikkhuno kocideva paccayo senaṃ gamanāyāti siyā paccayo siyā karaṇīyaṃ.

Dirattatirattaṃtena bhikkhunā senāya vasitabbanti dvetisso rattiyo vasitabbaṃ.

Tato ce uttari vaseyyāti catutthe divase atthaṅgate sūriye senāya vasati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

1. Atirekatiratte atirekasaññī senāya vasati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Atirekatiratte vematiko senāya vasati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Atirekatiratte ūnakasaññī senāya vasati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Ūnakatiratte atirekasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ūnakatiratte vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ūnakatiratte ūnakasaññī, anāpatti.

1. Anāpatti dvetisso rattiyo vasati, ūnakadvetisso rattiyo vasati, dve rattiyo vasitvā tatiyāya rattiyā purāruṇā nikkhamitvā puna vasati, gilāno vasati, gilānassa karaṇīyena vasati, senā vā paṭisenāya ruddhā hoti, kenaci palibuddho hoti, āpadāsu, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Senāvāsasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ navamaṃ.

1. Uyyodhikasikkhāpadaṃ

314.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...這是在此含義中所指的比丘。 出征是指軍隊已經離開村莊,或者已經駐紮,或者已經行進。 軍隊是指象兵、馬兵、車兵、步兵。十二人組成一個象兵單位,三人組成一個馬兵單位,四人組成一個車兵單位,四個持弓箭的人組成一個步兵單位。如果去觀看,犯突吉羅罪。站在某處觀看,犯波逸提罪。離開觀看的範圍后再次觀看,犯波逸提罪。 除了有這樣的原因是指除了這樣的原因。 315.如果軍隊出征且認為軍隊出征,去觀看,除了有這樣的原因,犯波逸提罪。如果軍隊出征但不確定,去觀看,除了有這樣的原因,犯波逸提罪。如果軍隊出征但認為軍隊沒有出征,去觀看,除了有這樣的原因,犯波逸提罪。 去觀看每一個單位,犯突吉羅罪。站在某處觀看,犯突吉羅罪。離開觀看的範圍后再次觀看,犯突吉羅罪。如果軍隊沒有出征但認為軍隊出征,犯突吉羅罪。如果軍隊沒有出征但不確定,犯突吉羅罪。如果軍隊沒有出征且認為軍隊沒有出征,無罪。 316.無罪的情況:站在寺院裡觀看,軍隊來到比丘站立、坐下或躺下的地方,在路上相遇時觀看,有這樣的原因,遇到危險時,精神錯亂者,最初的犯戒者。 出征軍隊學處第八結束。 9.軍中住宿學處 317.那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現在的夏希特-默赫特)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,六群比丘因為有事去軍中,在軍中住宿超過兩三夜。人們抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼沙門釋迦子在軍中住宿呢?我們真是不幸,真是倒霉,我們爲了生計、爲了妻兒才在軍中住宿。"比丘們聽到那些人的抱怨、批評和指責。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼六群比丘在軍中住宿超過兩三夜呢?"...(他們)問:"比丘們,你們是否真的在軍中住宿超過兩三夜?"(六群比丘說:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥說...:"愚人,為什麼你們在軍中住宿超過兩三夜呢?愚人,這不會使不信者生信...比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: 318."如果比丘有任何原因去軍中,那比丘可以在軍中住宿兩三夜。如果超過這個限度住宿,犯波逸提罪。" 319.如果比丘有任何原因去軍中是指有原因或有事情要做。 那比丘可以在軍中住宿兩三夜是指可以住宿兩三夜。 如果超過這個限度住宿是指在第四天日落後仍在軍中住宿,犯波逸提罪。 320.如果超過兩三夜且認為超過,在軍中住宿,犯波逸提罪。如果超過兩三夜但不確定,在軍中住宿,犯波逸提罪。如果超過兩三夜但認為沒有超過,在軍中住宿,犯波逸提罪。 如果沒有超過兩三夜但認為超過,犯突吉羅罪。如果沒有超過兩三夜但不確定,犯突吉羅罪。如果沒有超過兩三夜且認為沒有超過,無罪。 321.無罪的情況:住宿兩三夜,住宿不到兩三夜,住宿兩夜后在第三夜黎明前離開再回來住宿,生病時住宿,因照顧病人而住宿,軍隊被敵軍包圍,被某人阻礙,遇到危險時,精神錯亂者,最初的犯戒者。 軍中住宿學處第九結束。 10.演習學處

1. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū dirattatirattaṃ senāya vasamānā uyyodhikampi balaggampi senābyūhampi anīkadassanampi gacchanti. Aññataropi chabbaggiyo bhikkhu uyyodhikaṃ gantvā kaṇḍena paṭividdho hoti. Manussā taṃ bhikkhuṃ uppaṇḍesuṃ – 『『kacci, bhante, suyuddhaṃ ahosi, kati te lakkhāni laddhānī』』ti? So bhikkhu tehi manussehi uppaṇḍīyamāno maṅku ahosi. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā uyyodhikaṃ dassanāya āgacchissanti! Amhākampi alābhā, amhākampi dulladdhaṃ, ye mayaṃ ājīvassa hetu puttadārassa kāraṇā uyyodhikaṃ āgacchāmā』』ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ . Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū uyyodhikaṃ dassanāya gacchissantī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, uyyodhikaṃ dassanāya gacchathāti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, uyyodhikaṃ dassanāya gacchissatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave , imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

323.『『Dirattatirattaṃ ce bhikkhu senāya vasamāno uyyodhikaṃ vā balaggaṃ vā senābyūhaṃ vā anīkadassanaṃ vā gaccheyya, pācittiya』』nti.

324.Dirattatirattaṃ ce bhikkhu senāya vasamānoti dvetisso rattiyo vasamāno.

Uyyodhikaṃ nāma yattha sampahāro dissati.

Balaggaṃ nāma ettakā hatthī, ettakā assā, ettakā rathā, ettakā pattī.

Senābyūhaṃ nāma ito hatthī hontu, ito assā hontu, ito rathā hontu, ito pattikā hontu.

Anīkaṃ nāma hatthānīkaṃ, assānīkaṃ , rathānīkaṃ, pattānīkaṃ. Tayo hatthī pacchimaṃ hatthānīkaṃ, tayo assā pacchimaṃ assānīkaṃ, tayo rathā pacchimaṃ rathānīkaṃ, cattāro purisā sarahatthā pattī pacchimaṃ pattānīkaṃ. Dassanāya gacchati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Yattha ṭhito passati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dassanūpacāraṃ vijahitvā punappunaṃ passati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Ekamekaṃ dassanāya gacchati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Yattha ṭhito passati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Dassanūpacāraṃ vijahitvā punappunaṃ passati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1. Anāpatti ārāme ṭhito passati, bhikkhussa ṭhitokāsaṃ vā nisinnokāsaṃ vā nipannokāsaṃ vā āgantvā sampahāro dissati, paṭipathaṃ gacchanto passati, sati karaṇīye gantvā passati , āpadāsu, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Uyyodhikasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dasamaṃ.

Acelakavaggo pañcamo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Pūvaṃ kathopanandassa, tayaṃpaṭṭhākameva ca;

Mahānāmo pasenadi, senāviddho ime dasāti [acelakaṃ uyyojañca, sabhojanaṃ duve raho; sabhattakañca bhesajjaṃ, uyyuttaṃ senuyyodhikaṃ].

1. Surāpānavaggo

2. Surāpānasikkhāpadaṃ

322.那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現在的夏希特-默赫特)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,六群比丘在軍中住宿兩三夜時,去觀看演習、軍隊集結、軍佇列陣和軍隊檢閱。有一位六群比丘去觀看演習時被箭射中了。人們嘲笑那位比丘說:"尊者,戰鬥得好嗎?你得了多少分?"那位比丘被人們嘲笑後感到羞愧。人們抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼沙門釋迦子來觀看演習呢?我們真是不幸,真是倒霉,我們爲了生計、爲了妻兒才來觀看演習。"比丘們聽到那些人的抱怨、批評和指責。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼六群比丘去觀看演習呢?"...(他們)問:"比丘們,你們是否真的去觀看演習?"(六群比丘說:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥說...:"愚人,為什麼你們去觀看演習呢?愚人,這不會使不信者生信...比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: 323."如果比丘在軍中住宿兩三夜,去觀看演習、軍隊集結、軍佇列陣或軍隊檢閱,犯波逸提罪。" 324.如果比丘在軍中住宿兩三夜是指住宿兩三夜。 演習是指可以看到戰鬥的地方。 軍隊集結是指有這麼多象兵,這麼多馬兵,這麼多車兵,這麼多步兵。 軍佇列陣是指象兵在這裡,馬兵在這裡,車兵在這裡,步兵在這裡。 軍隊檢閱是指象兵檢閱、馬兵檢閱、車兵檢閱、步兵檢閱。三頭像是最小的象兵單位,三匹馬是最小的馬兵單位,三輛車是最小的車兵單位,四個持弓箭的人是最小的步兵單位。如果去觀看,犯突吉羅罪。站在某處觀看,犯波逸提罪。離開觀看的範圍后再次觀看,犯波逸提罪。 去觀看每一個單位,犯突吉羅罪。站在某處觀看,犯突吉羅罪。離開觀看的範圍后再次觀看,犯突吉羅罪。 325.無罪的情況:站在寺院裡觀看,戰鬥來到比丘站立、坐下或躺下的地方,在路上相遇時觀看,因為有事去後觀看,遇到危險時,精神錯亂者,最初的犯戒者。 演習學處第十結束。 裸體外道品第五。 其摘要: 餅食、說話、優波難陀、三個關於侍者、 摩訶男、波斯匿、軍中受傷,這十條。 6.飲酒品 1.飲酒學處

1. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā cetiyesu cārikaṃ caramāno yena bhaddavatikā tena pāyāsi. Addasaṃsu kho gopālakā pasupālakā kassakā pathāvino bhagavantaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ. Disvāna bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『mā kho, bhante, bhagavā ambatitthaṃ agamāsi. Ambatitthe, bhante, jaṭilassa assame nāgo paṭivasati iddhimā āsiviso [āsīviso (sī. syā.)] ghoraviso. So bhagavantaṃ mā viheṭhesī』』ti. Evaṃ vutte bhagavā tuṇhī ahosi. Dutiyampi kho…pe… tatiyampi kho gopālakā pasupālakā kassakā pathāvino bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『mā kho, bhante, bhagavā ambatitthaṃ agamāsi. Ambatitthe, bhante, jaṭilassa assame nāgo paṭivasati iddhimā āsiviso ghoraviso. So bhagavantaṃ mā viheṭhesī』』ti. Tatiyampi kho bhagavā tuṇhī ahosi.

Atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena bhaddavatikā tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā bhaddavatikāyaṃ viharati . Atha kho āyasmā sāgato yena ambatitthassa [ambatitthakassa (sī.), ambatitthaṃ (syā.)] jaṭilassa assamo tenupasaṅkami ; upasaṅkamitvā agyāgāraṃ pavisitvā tiṇasanthārakaṃ paññapetvā nisīdi pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā. Addasā kho so nāgo āyasmantaṃ sāgataṃ paviṭṭhaṃ . Disvāna dummano [dukkhī dummano (sī. syā.)] padhūpāyi [padhūpāsi (syā. ka.)]. Āyasmāpi sāgato padhūpāyi [padhūpāsi (syā. ka.)]. Atha kho so nāgo makkhaṃ asahamāno pajjali. Āyasmāpi sāgato tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā pajjali. Atha kho āyasmā sāgato tassa nāgassa tejasā tejaṃ pariyādiyitvā yena bhaddavatikā tenupasaṅkami. Atha kho bhagavā bhaddavatikāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena kosambī tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Assosuṃ kho kosambikā upāsakā – 『『ayyo kira sāgato ambatitthikena nāgena saddhiṃ saṅgāmesī』』ti.

Atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena kosambī tadavasari. Atha kho kosambikā upāsakā bhagavato paccuggamanaṃ karitvā yenāyasmā sāgato tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ sāgataṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho kosambikā upāsakā āyasmantaṃ sāgataṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『kiṃ, bhante, ayyānaṃ dullabhañca manāpañca, kiṃ paṭiyādemā』』ti? Evaṃ vutte chabbaggiyā bhikkhū kosambike upāsake etadavocuṃ – 『『atthāvuso, kāpotikā nāma pasannā bhikkhūnaṃ dullabhā ca manāpā ca, taṃ paṭiyādethā』』ti. Atha kho kosambikā upāsakā ghare ghare kāpotikaṃ pasannaṃ paṭiyādetvā āyasmantaṃ sāgataṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭhaṃ disvāna āyasmantaṃ sāgataṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『pivatu, bhante, ayyo sāgato kāpotikaṃ pasannaṃ, pivatu , bhante, ayyo sāgato kāpotikaṃ pasanna』』nti. Atha kho āyasmā sāgato ghare ghare kāpotikaṃ pasannaṃ pivitvā nagaramhā nikkhamanto nagaradvāre paripati.

Atha kho bhagavā sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ nagaramhā nikkhamanto addasa āyasmantaṃ sāgataṃ nagaradvāre paripatantaṃ. Disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『gaṇhatha, bhikkhave, sāgata』』nti. 『『Evaṃ, bhante』』ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paṭissuṇitvā āyasmantaṃ sāgataṃ ārāmaṃ netvā yena bhagavā tena sīsaṃ katvā nipātesuṃ. Atha kho āyasmā sāgato parivattitvā yena bhagavā tena pāde karitvā seyyaṃ kappesi . Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『nanu, bhikkhave, pubbe sāgato tathāgate sagāravo ahosi sappatisso』』ti ? 『『Evaṃ, bhante』』. 『『Api nu kho, bhikkhave, sāgato etarahi tathāgate sagāravo sappatisso』』ti? 『『No hetaṃ, bhante』』. 『『Nanu, bhikkhave, sāgato ambatitthikena nāgena [ḍeḍḍubhenāpi (sī. syā.)] saddhiṃ saṅgāmesī』』ti? 『『Evaṃ, bhante』』. 『『Api nu kho, bhikkhave, sāgato etarahi pahoti nāgena saddhiṃ saṅgāmetu』』nti? 『『No hetaṃ, bhante』』. 『『Api nu kho, bhikkhave, taṃ pātabbaṃ yaṃ pivitvā visaññī assā』』ti? 『『No hetaṃ, bhante』』. 『『Ananucchavikaṃ, bhikkhave, sāgatassa ananulomikaṃ appatirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. Kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, sāgato majjaṃ pivissati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

327.『『Surāmerayapāne pācittiya』』nti.

326.那時,佛陀在支提國(現在的尼泊爾境內)遊行,向跋陀婆提卡前進。牧牛人、牧羊人、農夫和路人遠遠地看到佛陀走來。看到后對佛陀說:"尊者,請不要去庵婆提他。尊者,在庵婆提他的結髮外道的住處有一條龍,它有神通,毒性很強。愿它不要傷害世尊。"佛陀聽了保持沉默。第二次...第三次牧牛人、牧羊人、農夫和路人對佛陀說:"尊者,請不要去庵婆提他。尊者,在庵婆提他的結髮外道的住處有一條龍,它有神通,毒性很強。愿它不要傷害世尊。"第三次佛陀仍然保持沉默。 然後佛陀繼續遊行,來到跋陀婆提卡。佛陀住在跋陀婆提卡。然後具壽娑伽陀來到庵婆提他結髮外道的住處,進入火室,鋪設草蓆,結跏趺坐,保持身體正直,建立正念。那條龍看到具壽娑伽陀進來。看到後心生不悅,噴出煙霧。具壽娑伽陀也噴出煙霧。然後那條龍忍不住怒氣,噴出火焰。具壽娑伽陀進入火界定,也噴出火焰。然後具壽娑伽陀以自己的火焰壓制那條龍的火焰,來到跋陀婆提卡。然後佛陀在跋陀婆提卡住了一段時間后,向拘睒彌(現在的科薩姆)遊行。拘睒彌的優婆塞們聽說:"據說尊者娑伽陀與庵婆提他的龍戰鬥了。" 然後佛陀繼續遊行,來到拘睒彌。拘睒彌的優婆塞們出城迎接佛陀,然後來到具壽娑伽陀那裡。來到后禮敬具壽娑伽陀,站在一旁。站在一旁的拘睒彌優婆塞們對具壽娑伽陀說:"尊者,什麼是尊者們難得而喜歡的?我們應該準備什麼?"六群比丘聽了對拘睒彌優婆塞們說:"朋友們,有一種叫做鴿色的清酒,比丘們難得而喜歡,你們準備那個吧。"然後拘睒彌優婆塞們在每家每戶準備了鴿色清酒,看到具壽娑伽陀托缽來后對他說:"尊者娑伽陀,請喝鴿色清酒。尊者娑伽陀,請喝鴿色清酒。"然後具壽娑伽陀在每家每戶喝了鴿色清酒,離開城市時在城門口倒下了。 然後佛陀和眾多比丘一起離開城市,看到具壽娑伽陀倒在城門口。看到后對比丘們說:"比丘們,扶起娑伽陀。"那些比丘回答佛陀說:"是的,尊者。"他們扶起具壽娑伽陀帶到寺院,讓他頭朝向佛陀躺下。然後具壽娑伽陀翻身,腳朝向佛陀睡著了。然後佛陀對比丘們說:"比丘們,以前娑伽陀對如來是否恭敬、尊重?"(比丘們說:)"是的,尊者。""比丘們,現在娑伽陀對如來是否恭敬、尊重?""不是,尊者。""比丘們,娑伽陀是否與庵婆提他的龍戰鬥過?""是的,尊者。""比丘們,現在娑伽陀能否與龍戰鬥?""不能,尊者。""比丘們,喝了會失去意識的東西應該喝嗎?""不應該,尊者。""比丘們,這對娑伽陀來說是不適當的、不相應的、不適合的、不像沙門的、不允許的、不應該做的。比丘們,為什麼娑伽陀會喝酒呢?比丘們,這不會使不信者生信...比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: 327."飲用谷酒、果酒,犯波逸提罪。"

328.Surā nāma piṭṭhasurā pūvasurā odanasurā kiṇṇapakkhittā sambhārasaṃyuttā.

Merayo nāma pupphāsavo phalāsavo madhvāsavo guḷāsavo sambhārasaṃyutto.

Piveyyāti antamaso kusaggenapi pivati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Majje majjasaññī pivati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Majje vematiko pivati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Majje amajjasaññī pivati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Amajje majjasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amajje vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amajje amajjasaññī, anāpatti.

1. Anāpatti amajjañca hoti majjavaṇṇaṃ majjagandhaṃ majjarasaṃ taṃ pivati, sūpasampāke, maṃsasampāke, telasampāke, āmalakaphāṇite, amajjaṃ ariṭṭhaṃ pivati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Surāpānasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ paṭhamaṃ.

1. Aṅgulipatodakasikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sattarasavaggiyaṃ bhikkhuṃ aṅgulipatodakena hāsesuṃ. So bhikkhu uttanto anassāsako kālamakāsi. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhuṃ aṅgulipatodakena hāsessantī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, bhikkhuṃ aṅgulipatodakena hāsethāti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, bhikkhuṃ aṅgulipatodakena hāsessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

331.『『Aṅgulipatodake pācittiya』』nti.

332.Aṅgulipatodako nāma [aṅgulipatodako nāma aṅguliyāpi tudanti (syā.)] upasampanno upasampannaṃ hasādhippāyo [hassādhippāyo (sī. syā.)] kāyena kāyaṃ āmasati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne upasampannasaññī aṅgulipatodakena hāseti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne vematiko aṅgulipatodakena hāseti, āpatti pācittiyassa . Upasampanne anupasampannasaññī aṅgulipatodakena hāseti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Kāyena kāyapaṭibaddhaṃ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Kāyapaṭibaddhena kāyaṃ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Kāyapaṭibaddhena kāyapaṭibaddhaṃ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nissaggiyena kāyaṃ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nissaggiyena kāyapaṭibaddhaṃ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nissaggiyena nissaggiyaṃ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1. Anupasampannaṃ kāyena kāyaṃ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Kāyena kāyapaṭibaddhaṃ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Kāyapaṭibaddhena kāyaṃ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Kāyapaṭibaddhena kāyapaṭibaddhaṃ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nissaggiyena kāyaṃ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa . Nissaggiyena kāyapaṭibaddhaṃ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nissaggiyena nissaggiyaṃ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne upasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne anupasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

2. Anāpatti na hasādhippāyo, sati karaṇīye āmasati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Aṅgulipatodakasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dutiyaṃ.

1. Hasadhammasikkhāpadaṃ

328.谷酒是指用麵粉、糕餅、米飯、酵母或混合物製成的酒。 果酒是指用花、果、蜜、糖或混合物製成的酒。 飲用是指即使只用草尖沾一點喝,也犯波逸提罪。 如果認為是酒而喝,犯波逸提罪。如果懷疑是否是酒而喝,犯波逸提罪。如果認為不是酒而喝,犯波逸提罪。 如果不是酒但認為是酒,犯突吉羅罪。如果不是酒但懷疑是否是酒,犯突吉羅罪。如果不是酒且認為不是酒,無罪。 329.無罪的情況:喝不是酒但有酒的顏色、氣味、味道的東西,在湯里、肉里、油里,阿摩勒果汁里,喝不含酒精的藥酒,精神錯亂者,最初的犯戒者。 飲酒學處第一結束。 2.用手指戳弄學處 330.那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現在的夏希特-默赫特)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,六群比丘用手指戳弄十七群比丘,想讓他們發笑。那位比丘仰面倒地,無法呼吸而死亡。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼六群比丘用手指戳弄比丘想讓他們發笑呢?"...(他們)問:"比丘們,你們是否真的用手指戳弄比丘想讓他們發笑?"(六群比丘說:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥說...:"愚人,為什麼你們用手指戳弄比丘想讓他們發笑呢?愚人,這不會使不信者生信...比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: 331."用手指戳弄,犯波逸提罪。" 332.用手指戳弄是指已受具足戒者想讓已受具足戒者發笑,用身體碰觸身體,犯波逸提罪。如果認為對方已受具足戒,用手指戳弄想讓他發笑,犯波逸提罪。如果懷疑對方是否已受具足戒,用手指戳弄想讓他發笑,犯波逸提罪。如果認為對方未受具足戒,用手指戳弄想讓他發笑,犯波逸提罪。 用身體碰觸與身體相連的物品,犯突吉羅罪。用與身體相連的物品碰觸身體,犯突吉羅罪。用與身體相連的物品碰觸與身體相連的物品,犯突吉羅罪。用投擲的物品碰觸身體,犯突吉羅罪。用投擲的物品碰觸與身體相連的物品,犯突吉羅罪。用投擲的物品碰觸投擲的物品,犯突吉羅罪。 333.用身體碰觸未受具足戒者的身體,犯突吉羅罪。用身體碰觸與身體相連的物品,犯突吉羅罪。用與身體相連的物品碰觸身體,犯突吉羅罪。用與身體相連的物品碰觸與身體相連的物品,犯突吉羅罪。用投擲的物品碰觸身體,犯突吉羅罪。用投擲的物品碰觸與身體相連的物品,犯突吉羅罪。用投擲的物品碰觸投擲的物品,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為未受具足戒者已受具足戒,犯突吉羅罪。如果懷疑未受具足戒者是否已受具足戒,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為未受具足戒者未受具足戒,犯突吉羅罪。 334.無罪的情況:不想讓人發笑,因為有事而碰觸,精神錯亂者,最初的犯戒者。 用手指戳弄學處第二結束。 3.戲水學處

1. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū aciravatiyā nadiyā udake kīḷanti. Tena kho pana samayena rājā pasenadi kosalo mallikāya deviyā saddhiṃ uparipāsādavaragato hoti. Addasā kho rājā pasenadi kosalo sattarasavaggiye bhikkhū aciravatiyā nadiyā udake kīḷante. Disvāna mallikaṃ deviṃ etadavoca – 『『ete te, mallike, arahanto udake kīḷantī』』ti. 『『Nissaṃsayaṃ kho, mahārāja, bhagavatā sikkhāpadaṃ apaññattaṃ. Te vā bhikkhū appakataññuno』』ti. Atha kho rañño pasenadissa kosalassa etadahosi – 『『kena nu kho ahaṃ upāyena bhagavato ca na āroceyyaṃ, bhagavā ca jāneyya ime bhikkhū udake kīḷitā』』ti? Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo sattarasavaggiye bhikkhū pakkosāpetvā mahantaṃ guḷapiṇḍaṃ adāsi – 『『imaṃ, bhante, guḷapiṇḍaṃ bhagavato dethā』』ti. Sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū taṃ guḷapiṇḍaṃ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『imaṃ, bhante, guḷapiṇḍaṃ rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavato detī』』ti. 『『Kahaṃ pana tumhe, bhikkhave, rājā addasā』』ti. 『『Aciravatiyā nadiyā, bhagavā, udake kīḷante』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, udake kīḷissatha! Netaṃ , moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

336.『『Udakehasadhamme[hassadhamme (sī. syā.)]pācittiya』』nti.

337.Udake hasadhammo nāma uparigopphake udake hasādhippāyo nimujjati vā ummujjati vā palavati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

1. Udake hasadhamme hasadhammasaññī, āpatti pācittiyassa. Udake hasadhamme vematiko, āpatti pācittiyassa. Udake hasadhamme ahasadhammasaññī, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Heṭṭhāgopphake udake kīḷati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Udake nāvāya kīḷati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Hatthena vā pādena vā kaṭṭhena vā kaṭhalāya vā udakaṃ paharati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Bhājanagataṃ udakaṃ vā kañjikaṃ vā khīraṃ vā takkaṃ vā rajanaṃ vā passāvaṃ vā cikkhallaṃ vā kīḷati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Udake ahasadhamme hasadhammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Udake ahasadhamme vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Udake ahasadhamme ahasadhammasaññī, anāpatti.

1. Anāpatti na hasādhippāyo, sati karaṇīye udakaṃ otaritvā nimujjati vā ummujjati vā palavati vā, pāraṃ gacchanto nimujjati vā ummujjati vā palavati vā, āpadāsu, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Hasadhammasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ tatiyaṃ.

1. Anādariyasikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā kosambiyaṃ viharati ghositārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā channo anācāraṃ ācarati. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – 『『māvuso channa, evarūpaṃ akāsi. Netaṃ kappatī』』ti. So anādariyaṃ paṭicca karotiyeva. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma āyasmā channo anādariyaṃ karissatī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, channa, anādariyaṃ karosīti ? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, anādariyaṃ karissasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

341.『『Anādariye pācittiya』』nti.

342.Anādariyaṃ nāma dve anādariyāni – puggalānādariyañca dhammānādariyañca.

Puggalānādariyaṃ nāma upasampannena paññattena vuccamāno – 『『ayaṃ ukkhittako vā vambhito vā garahito vā, imassa vacanaṃ akataṃ bhavissatī』』ti anādariyaṃ karoti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Dhammānādariyaṃ nāma upasampannena paññattena vuccamāno 『『kathāyaṃ nasseyya vā vinasseyya vā antaradhāyeyya vā』』, taṃ vā na sikkhitukāmo anādariyaṃ karoti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

335.那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現在的夏希特-默赫特)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,十七群比丘在阿致羅筏底河裡戲水。當時,拘薩羅國王波斯匿和末利夫人在宮殿高處。拘薩羅國王波斯匿看到十七群比丘在阿致羅筏底河裡戲水。看到后對末利夫人說:"末利,這些阿羅漢在水裡戲水。"(末利夫人說:)"大王,世尊肯定沒有制定學處,或者那些比丘不知恩。"然後拘薩羅國王波斯匿想:"我用什麼方法能不告訴世尊,而讓世尊知道這些比丘在水裡戲水呢?"然後拘薩羅國王波斯匿叫來十七群比丘,給了他們一大塊糖:"尊者們,請把這塊糖給世尊。"十七群比丘拿著那塊糖來到佛陀那裡。來到后對佛陀說:"尊者,拘薩羅國王波斯匿給世尊這塊糖。"(佛陀說:)"比丘們,國王在哪裡看到你們?"(他們說:)"世尊,在阿致羅筏底河裡戲水。"佛陀呵斥說...:"愚人,為什麼你們在水裡戲水呢?愚人,這不會使不信者生信...比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: 336."在水中戲水,犯波逸提罪。" 337.在水中戲水是指在超過腳踝的水中,想讓人發笑而潛水、浮出水面或漂浮,犯波逸提罪。 338.如果認為是在水中戲水而在水中戲水,犯波逸提罪。如果懷疑是否在水中戲水而在水中戲水,犯波逸提罪。如果認為不是在水中戲水而在水中戲水,犯波逸提罪。 在低於腳踝的水中戲水,犯突吉羅罪。在水中的船上戲水,犯突吉羅罪。用手、腳、木頭或土塊擊打水,犯突吉羅罪。在容器里的水、米湯、牛奶、酸奶、染料、尿或泥漿中戲水,犯突吉羅罪。 如果認為是在水中戲水但不是在水中戲水,犯突吉羅罪。如果懷疑是否在水中戲水但不是在水中戲水,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為不是在水中戲水且不是在水中戲水,無罪。 339.無罪的情況:不想讓人發笑,因為有事而進入水中潛水、浮出水面或漂浮,渡河時潛水、浮出水面或漂浮,遇到危險時,精神錯亂者,最初的犯戒者。 戲水學處第三結束。 4.不恭敬學處 340.那時,佛陀住在拘睒彌(現在的科薩姆)瞿師多園。當時,具壽車匿行為不端。比丘們對他說:"朋友車匿,不要這樣做。這是不允許的。"他因為不恭敬而繼續這樣做。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼具壽車匿會不恭敬呢?"...(他們)問:"車匿,你是否真的不恭敬?"(車匿說:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥說...:"愚人,為什麼你會不恭敬呢?愚人,這不會使不信者生信...比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: 341."不恭敬,犯波逸提罪。" 342.不恭敬有兩種:對人不恭敬和對法不恭敬。 對人不恭敬是指當已受具足戒者被告知已制定的規定時說:"這個人被擯斥、被輕視、被責備,他的話不會被採納。"這樣不恭敬,犯波逸提罪。 對法不恭敬是指當已受具足戒者被告知已制定的規定時說:"愿這個規定消失、毀滅、滅亡",或者不想學習而不恭敬,犯波逸提罪。

1. Upasampanne upasampannasaññī anādariyaṃ karoti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne vematiko anādariyaṃ karoti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne anupasampannasaññī anādariyaṃ karoti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Apaññattena vuccamāno – 『『idaṃ na sallekhāya na dhutatthāya na pāsādikatāya na apacayāya na vīriyārambhāya saṃvattatī』』ti anādariyaṃ karoti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannena paññattena vā apaññattena vā vuccamāno – 『『idaṃ na sallekhāya na dhutatthāya na pāsādikatāya na apacayāya na vīriyārambhāya saṃvattatī』』ti anādariyaṃ karoti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Anupasampanne upasampannasaññī āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne anupasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1. Anāpatti – 『『evaṃ amhākaṃ ācariyānaṃ uggaho paripucchā』』ti bhaṇati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Anādariyasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ catutthaṃ.

1. Bhiṃsāpanasikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sattarasavaggiye bhikkhū bhiṃsāpenti. Te bhiṃsāpīyamānā rodanti. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – 『『kissa tumhe, āvuso, rodathā』』ti? 『『Ime, āvuso, chabbaggiyā bhikkhū amhe bhiṃsāpentī』』ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhuṃ bhiṃsāpessantī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, bhikkhuṃ bhiṃsāpethāti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, bhikkhuṃ bhiṃsāpessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

346.『『Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ bhiṃsāpeyya, pācittiya』』nti.

347.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Bhikkhunti aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ.

Bhiṃsāpeyyāti upasampanno upasampannaṃ bhiṃsāpetukāmo rūpaṃ vā saddaṃ vā gandhaṃ vā rasaṃ vā phoṭṭhabbaṃ vā upasaṃharati. Bhāyeyya vā so na vā bhāyeyya, āpatti pācittiyassa. Corakantāraṃ vā vāḷakantāraṃ vā pisācakantāraṃ vā ācikkhati. Bhāyeyya vā so na vā bhāyeyya, āpatti pācittiyassa.

1. Upasampanne upasampannasaññī bhiṃsāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne vematiko bhiṃsāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. 『Upasampanne anupasampannasaññī bhiṃsāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Anupasampannaṃ bhiṃsāpetukāmo rūpaṃ vā saddaṃ vā gandhaṃ vā rasaṃ vā phoṭṭhabbaṃ vā upasaṃharati. Bhāyeyya vā so na vā bhāyeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Corakantāraṃ vā vāḷakantāraṃ vā pisācakantāraṃ vā ācikkhati. Bhāyeyya vā so na vā bhāyeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa . Anupasampanne upasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne anupasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1. Anāpatti na bhiṃsāpetukāmo rūpaṃ vā saddaṃ vā gandhaṃ vā rasaṃ vā phoṭṭhabbaṃ vā upasaṃharati, corakantāraṃ vā vāḷakantāraṃ vā pisācakantāraṃ vā ācikkhati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Bhiṃsāpanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ pañcamaṃ.

1. Jotikasikkhāpadaṃ

343.如果認為對方已受具足戒而對已受具足戒者不恭敬,犯波逸提罪。如果懷疑對方是否已受具足戒而對已受具足戒者不恭敬,犯波逸提罪。如果認為對方未受具足戒而對已受具足戒者不恭敬,犯波逸提罪。 當被告知未制定的規定時說:"這不會導致減少慾望、少欲知足、端莊、減少(煩惱)、精進。"這樣不恭敬,犯突吉羅罪。當被未受具足戒者告知已制定或未制定的規定時說:"這不會導致減少慾望、少欲知足、端莊、減少(煩惱)、精進。"這樣不恭敬,犯突吉羅罪。 如果認為未受具足戒者已受具足戒,犯突吉羅罪。如果懷疑未受具足戒者是否已受具足戒,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為未受具足戒者未受具足戒,犯突吉羅罪。 344.無罪的情況:說"這是我們老師的教導和詢問",精神錯亂者,最初的犯戒者。 不恭敬學處第四結束。 5.恐嚇學處 345.那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現在的夏希特-默赫特)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,六群比丘恐嚇十七群比丘。他們被恐嚇時哭泣。比丘們問:"朋友們,你們為什麼哭?"(他們說:)"朋友們,這些六群比丘恐嚇我們。"那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼六群比丘恐嚇比丘呢?"...(他們)問:"比丘們,你們是否真的恐嚇比丘?"(六群比丘說:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥說...:"愚人,為什麼你們恐嚇比丘呢?愚人,這不會使不信者生信...比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: 346."若比丘恐嚇比丘,犯波逸提罪。" 347.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...這是在此含義中所指的比丘。 比丘是指其他比丘。 恐嚇是指已受具足戒者想恐嚇已受具足戒者,製造視覺、聲音、氣味、味道或觸覺。無論對方是否害怕,犯波逸提罪。告訴對方有強盜出沒的地方、野獸出沒的地方或鬼怪出沒的地方。無論對方是否害怕,犯波逸提罪。 348.如果認為對方已受具足戒而恐嚇已受具足戒者,犯波逸提罪。如果懷疑對方是否已受具足戒而恐嚇已受具足戒者,犯波逸提罪。如果認為對方未受具足戒而恐嚇已受具足戒者,犯波逸提罪。 想恐嚇未受具足戒者,製造視覺、聲音、氣味、味道或觸覺。無論對方是否害怕,犯突吉羅罪。告訴對方有強盜出沒的地方、野獸出沒的地方或鬼怪出沒的地方。無論對方是否害怕,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為未受具足戒者已受具足戒,犯突吉羅罪。如果懷疑未受具足戒者是否已受具足戒,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為未受具足戒者未受具足戒,犯突吉羅罪。 349.無罪的情況:不想恐嚇而製造視覺、聲音、氣味、味道或觸覺,告訴對方有強盜出沒的地方、野獸出沒的地方或鬼怪出沒的地方,精神錯亂者,最初的犯戒者。 恐嚇學處第五結束。 6.生火學處

1. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā bhaggesu viharati suṃsumāragire [suṃsumāragire (sī. syā.) saṃsumāragire (ka.)] bhesakaḷāvane migadāye. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū hemantike kāle aññataraṃ mahantaṃ susirakaṭṭhaṃ jotiṃ samādahitvā visibbesuṃ. Tasmiñca susire kaṇhasappo agginā santatto nikkhamitvā bhikkhū paripātesi. Bhikkhū tahaṃ tahaṃ upadhāviṃsu. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma bhikkhū jotiṃ samādahitvā visibbessantī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū jotiṃ samādahitvā visibbentīti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave , moghapurisā jotiṃ samādahitvā visibbessanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

『『Yo pana bhikkhu visibbanāpekkho jotiṃ samādaheyya vā samādahāpeyya vā, pācittiya』』nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

1. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū gilānā honti. Gilānapucchakā bhikkhū gilāne bhikkhū etadavocuṃ – 『『kaccāvuso, khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīya』』nti? 『『Pubbe mayaṃ, āvuso, jotiṃ samādahitvā visibbema; tena no phāsu hoti. Idāni pana 『『bhagavatā paṭikkhitta』』nti kukkuccāyantā na visibbema, tena no na phāsu hotī』』ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānena bhikkhunā jotiṃ samādahitvā vā samādahāpetvā vā visibbetuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

『『Yo pana bhikkhu agilāno visibbanāpekkho jotiṃ samādaheyyavā samādahāpeyya vā, pācittiya』』nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

1. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū padīpepi jotikepi jantāgharepi kukkuccāyanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tathārūpappaccayā jotiṃ samādahituṃ samādahāpetuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

353.『『Yo pana bhikkhu agilāno visibbanāpekkho jotiṃ samādaheyya vā samādahāpeyya vā, aññatra tathārūpappaccayā, pācittiya』』nti.

354.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Agilāno nāma yassa vinā agginā phāsu hoti.

Gilāno nāma yassa vinā agginā na phāsu hoti.

Visibbanāpekkhoti tappitukāmo.

Joti nāma aggi vuccati.

Samādaheyyāti sayaṃ samādahati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Samādahāpeyyāti aññaṃ āṇāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Sakiṃ āṇatto bahukampi samādahati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Aññatra tathā rūpappaccayāti ṭhapetvā tathārūpappaccayaṃ.

1. Agilāno agilānasaññī visibbanāpekkho jotiṃ samādahati vā samādahāpeti vā, aññatra tathārūpappaccayā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Agilāno vematiko visibbanāpekkho jotiṃ samādahati vā samādahāpeti vā, aññatra tathārūpappaccayā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Agilāno gilānasaññī visibbanāpekkho jotiṃ samādahati vā samādahāpeti vā, aññatra tathārūpappaccayā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Paṭilātaṃ ukkhipati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Gilāno agilānasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Gilāno vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Gilāno gilānasaññī, anāpatti.

1. Anāpatti gilānassa, aññena kataṃ visibbeti, vītaccitaṅgāraṃ visibbeti, padīpe jotike jantāghare tathārūpappaccayā, āpadāsu, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Jotikasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ.

1. Nahānasikkhāpadaṃ

350.那時,佛陀住在跋耆國(現在的比哈爾邦北部)僧蘇摩羅山貝薩卡羅林鹿野苑。當時,比丘們在冬季點燃一根大的空心木頭取暖。一條黑蛇被火烤熱從空心木頭裡爬出來,向比丘們撲去。比丘們四散奔逃。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼比丘們點火取暖呢?"...(他們)問:"比丘們,你們是否真的點火取暖?"(比丘們說:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥說...:"愚人,為什麼你們點火取暖呢?這不會使不信者生信...比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: "若比丘想取暖而點火或讓人點火,犯波逸提罪。" 世尊為比丘們制定了這條學處。 351.當時,有些比丘生病了。照顧病人的比丘問生病的比丘:"朋友們,還可以忍受嗎?還能維持嗎?""朋友們,以前我們點火取暖,那樣會舒服些。現在因為世尊禁止了,我們擔心犯戒而不敢取暖,所以不舒服。"他們把這件事告訴了佛陀...佛陀說:"比丘們,我允許生病的比丘點火或讓人點火取暖。比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: "若比丘不生病而想取暖,點火或讓人點火,犯波逸提罪。" 世尊為比丘們制定了這條學處。 352.當時,比丘們擔心在燈火、火爐和浴室裡犯戒。他們把這件事告訴了佛陀...佛陀說:"比丘們,我允許因為這樣的原因點火或讓人點火。比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: 353."若比丘不生病而想取暖,點火或讓人點火,除了有這樣的原因,犯波逸提罪。" 354.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...這是在此含義中所指的比丘。 不生病是指不用火也舒服。 生病是指不用火就不舒服。 想取暖是指想溫暖。 火是指火焰。 點火是指自己點火,犯波逸提罪。 讓人點火是指命令他人點火,犯波逸提罪。命令一次而多次點火,犯波逸提罪。 除了有這樣的原因是指除了這樣的原因。 355.如果不生病且認為不生病,想取暖而點火或讓人點火,除了有這樣的原因,犯波逸提罪。如果不生病但懷疑是否生病,想取暖而點火或讓人點火,除了有這樣的原因,犯波逸提罪。如果不生病但認為生病,想取暖而點火或讓人點火,除了有這樣的原因,犯波逸提罪。 撥動火堆,犯突吉羅罪。如果生病但認為不生病,犯突吉羅罪。如果生病但懷疑是否生病,犯突吉羅罪。如果生病且認為生病,無罪。 356.無罪的情況:生病時,在他人點的火旁取暖,在餘燼旁取暖,在燈火、火爐、浴室裡因為這樣的原因點火,遇到危險時,精神錯亂者,最初的犯戒者。 生火學處第六結束。 7.洗浴學處

1. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū tapode nahāyanti. Tena kho pana samayena [atha kho (sī. syā.)] rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro 『『sīsaṃ nahāyissāmī』』ti tapodaṃ gantvā – 『『yāvāyyā nahāyantī』』ti ekamantaṃ paṭimānesi. Bhikkhū yāva samandhakārā nahāyiṃsu. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro vikāle sīsaṃ nahāyitvā, nagaradvāre thakite bahinagare vasitvā, kālasseva asambhinnena vilepanena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho rājānaṃ māgadhaṃ seniyaṃ bimbisāraṃ bhagavā etadavoca – 『『kissa tvaṃ, mahārāja, kālasseva āgato asambhinnena vilepanenā』』ti? Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Atha kho bhagavā rājānaṃ māgadhaṃ seniyaṃ bimbisāraṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā bhikkhū paṭipucchi – 『『saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū rājānampi passitvā na mattaṃ jānitvā nahāyantī』』ti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā rājānampi passitvā na mattaṃ jānitvā nahāyissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

『『Yo pana bhikkhu orenaddhamāsaṃ nahāyeyya, pācittiya』』nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

1. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū uṇhasamaye pariḷāhasamaye kukkuccāyantā na nahāyanti, sedagatena gattena sayanti. Cīvarampi senāsanampi dussati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, uṇhasamaye pariḷāhasamaye orenaddhamāsaṃ nahāyituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

『『Yopana bhikkhu orenaddhamāsaṃ nahāyeyya, aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṃ. Tatthāyaṃ samayo. Diyaḍḍho māso seso gimhānanti[gimhānaṃ (itipi)]vassānassa paṭhamo māso iccete aḍḍhateyyamāsā uṇhasamayo pariḷāhasamayo – ayaṃ tattha samayo』』ti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

1. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū gilānā honti. Gilānapucchakā bhikkhū gilāne bhikkhū etadavocuṃ – 『『kaccāvuso, khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīya』』nti? 『『Pubbe mayaṃ, āvuso, orenaddhamāsaṃ nahāyāma, tena no phāsu hoti; idāni pana 『『bhagavatā paṭikkhitta』』nti kukkuccāyantā na nahāyāma, tena no na phāsu hotī』』ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānena bhikkhunā orenaddhamāsaṃ nahāyituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

『『Yo pana bhikkhu orenaddhamāsaṃ nahāyeyya, aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṃ. Tatthāyaṃ samayo. Diyaḍḍho māso seso gimhānanti[gimhānaṃ (itipi)]vassānassapaṭhamo māso iccete aḍḍhateyyamāsā uṇhasamayo, pariḷāhasamayo, gilānasamayo – ayaṃ tattha samayo』』ti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

1. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū navakammaṃ katvā kukkuccāyantā na nahāyanti. Te sedagatena gattena sayanti. Cīvarampi senāsanampi dussati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, kammasamaye orenaddhamāsaṃ nahāyituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

『『Yo pana bhikkhu orenaddhamāsaṃ nahāyeyya, aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṃ. Tatthāyaṃ samayo. Diyaḍḍho māso seso gimhānanti vassānassa paṭhamo māso iccete aḍḍhateyyamāsā uṇhasamayo, pariḷāhasamayo, gilānasamayo, kammasamayo – ayaṃ tattha samayo』』ti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

357.那時,佛陀住在王舍城(現在的拉杰吉爾)竹林栗鼠feeding ground。當時,比丘們在溫泉里洗浴。當時,摩揭陀國王頻毗娑羅想:"我要洗頭。"他來到溫泉,說:"等這些人洗完。"就在一旁等待。比丘們一直洗到天黑。然後摩揭陀國王頻毗娑羅在晚上洗了頭,城門關閉后只好住在城外,一大早未塗抹香料就來見佛陀。來到后禮敬佛陀,坐在一旁。佛陀對坐在一旁的摩揭陀國王頻毗娑羅說:"大王,你為什麼一大早就來,還未塗抹香料?"然後摩揭陀國王頻毗娑羅把這件事告訴了佛陀。然後佛陀以法義開示、教導、鼓勵、鼓舞摩揭陀國王頻毗娑羅。然後摩揭陀國王頻毗娑羅聽了佛陀的法義開示、教導、鼓勵、鼓舞后,從座位上起身,禮敬佛陀,右繞后離開。然後佛陀因這緣由、因這事件召集比丘僧團,詢問比丘們:"比丘們,據說比丘們即使看到國王也不知節制地洗浴,是真的嗎?""是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥說...:"愚人,為什麼你們即使看到國王也不知節制地洗浴呢?這不會使不信者生信...比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: "若比丘半月內洗浴,犯波逸提罪。" 世尊為比丘們制定了這條學處。 358.當時,比丘們在炎熱季節、悶熱季節擔心犯戒而不洗浴,滿身是汗地睡覺。衣服和臥具都變髒了。他們把這件事告訴了佛陀...佛陀說:"比丘們,我允許在炎熱季節、悶熱季節半月內洗浴。比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: "若比丘半月內洗浴,除了適當的時候,犯波逸提罪。在此,適當的時候是指:夏季最後一個半月和雨季第一個月,這兩個半月是炎熱季節、悶熱季節 - 這是在此適當的時候。" 世尊為比丘們制定了這條學處。 359.當時,有些比丘生病了。照顧病人的比丘問生病的比丘:"朋友們,還可以忍受嗎?還能維持嗎?""朋友們,以前我們半月內洗浴,那樣會舒服些。現在因為世尊禁止了,我們擔心犯戒而不敢洗浴,所以不舒服。"他們把這件事告訴了佛陀...佛陀說:"比丘們,我允許生病的比丘半月內洗浴。比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: "若比丘半月內洗浴,除了適當的時候,犯波逸提罪。在此,適當的時候是指:夏季最後一個半月和雨季第一個月,這兩個半月是炎熱季節、悶熱季節、生病的時候 - 這是在此適當的時候。" 世尊為比丘們制定了這條學處。 360.當時,比丘們做了建築工作后擔心犯戒而不洗浴。他們滿身是汗地睡覺。衣服和臥具都變髒了。他們把這件事告訴了佛陀...佛陀說:"比丘們,我允許在工作的時候半月內洗浴。比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: "若比丘半月內洗浴,除了適當的時候,犯波逸提罪。在此,適當的時候是指:夏季最後一個半月和雨季第一個月,這兩個半月是炎熱季節、悶熱季節、生病的時候、工作的時候 - 這是在此適當的時候。" 世尊為比丘們制定了這條學處。

1. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū addhānaṃ gantvā kukkuccāyantā na nahāyanti. Te sedagatena gattena sayanti. Cīvarampi senāsanampi dussati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, addhānagamanasamaye orenaddhamāsaṃ nahāyituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

『『Yo pana bhikkhu orenaddhamāsaṃ nahāyeyya, aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṃ. Tatthāyaṃ samayo. Diyaḍḍho māso seso gimhānanti vassānassa paṭhamo māso iccete aḍḍhateyyamāsā uṇhasamayo, pariḷāhasamayo, gilānasamayo, kammasamayo, addhānagamanasamayo – ayaṃ tattha samayo』』ti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

1. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū ajjhokāse cīvarakammaṃ karontā sarajena vātena okiṇṇā honti. Devo ca thokaṃ thokaṃ phusāyati. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā na nahāyanti, kilinnena gattena sayanti. Cīvarampi senāsanampi dussati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vātavuṭṭhisamaye orenaddhamāsaṃ nahāyituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

363.『『Yo pana bhikkhu orenaddhamāsaṃ nahāyeyya, aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṃ. Tatthāyaṃ samayo. Diyaḍḍho māso seso gimhānanti vassānassa paṭhamo māso iccete aḍḍhateyyamāsā uṇhasamayo, pariḷāhasamayo, gilānasamayo, kammasamayo, addhānagamanasamayo, vātavuṭṭhisamayo– ayaṃ tattha samayo』』ti.

364.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Orenaddhamāsanti ūnakaddhamāsaṃ.

Nahāyeyyāti cuṇṇena vā mattikāya vā nahāyati, payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Nahānapariyosāne, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Aññatrasamayāti ṭhapetvā samayaṃ.

Uṇhasamayo nāma diyaḍḍho māso seso gimhānaṃ. Pariḷāhasamayo nāma vassānassa paṭhamo māso 『『iccete aḍḍhateyyamāsā uṇhasamayo pariḷāhasamayo』』ti nahāyitabbaṃ.

Gilānasamayo nāma yassa vinā nahānena na phāsu hoti. Gilānasamayoti nahāyitabbaṃ.

Kammasamayo nāma antamaso pariveṇampi sammaṭṭhaṃ hoti. 『『Kammasamayo』』ti nahāyitabbaṃ.

Addhānagamanasamayo nāma 『『addhayojanaṃ gacchissāmī』』ti nahāyitabbaṃ, gacchantena nahāyitabbaṃ, gatena nahāyitabbaṃ.

Vātavuṭṭhisamayo nāma bhikkhū sarajena vātena okiṇṇā honti, dve vā tīṇi vā udakaphusitāni kāye patitāni honti. 『『Vātavuṭṭhisamayo』』ti nahāyitabbaṃ.

1. Ūnakaddhamāse ūnakasaññī, aññatra samayā, nahāyati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ūnakaddhamāse vematiko, aññatra samayā, nahāyati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ūnakaddhamāse atirekasaññī, aññatra samayā, nahāyati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Atirekaddhamāse ūnakasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Atirekaddhamāse vematiko , āpatti dukkaṭassa. Atirekaddhamāse atirekasaññī, anāpatti.

1. Anāpatti samaye, addhamāsaṃ nahāyati, atirekaddhamāsaṃ nahāyati, pāraṃ gacchanto nahāyati, sabbapaccantimesu janapadesu, āpadāsu, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Nahānasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ sattamaṃ.

1. Dubbaṇṇakaraṇasikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū ca paribbājakā ca sāketā sāvatthiṃ addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. Antarāmagge corā nikkhamitvā te acchindiṃsu. Sāvatthiyā rājabhaṭā nikkhamitvā te core sabhaṇḍe gahetvā bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – 『『āgacchantu, bhadantā, sakaṃ sakaṃ cīvaraṃ sañjānitvā gaṇhantū』』ti. Bhikkhū na sañjānanti. Te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma bhadantā attano attano cīvaraṃ na sañjānissantī』』ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā bhikkhūnaṃ tadanucchavikaṃ tadanulomikaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『tena hi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessāmi dasa atthavase paṭicca – saṅghasuṭṭhutāya, saṅghaphāsutāya…pe… saddhammaṭṭhitiyā, vinayānuggahāya. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

361.當時,比丘們長途旅行后擔心犯戒而不洗浴。他們滿身是汗地睡覺。衣服和臥具都變髒了。他們把這件事告訴了佛陀...佛陀說:"比丘們,我允許在長途旅行的時候半月內洗浴。比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: "若比丘半月內洗浴,除了適當的時候,犯波逸提罪。在此,適當的時候是指:夏季最後一個半月和雨季第一個月,這兩個半月是炎熱季節、悶熱季節、生病的時候、工作的時候、長途旅行的時候 - 這是在此適當的時候。" 世尊為比丘們制定了這條學處。 362.當時,許多比丘在露天做衣服,被帶塵土的風吹到。天空也飄著小雨。比丘們擔心犯戒而不洗浴,濕漉漉地睡覺。衣服和臥具都變髒了。他們把這件事告訴了佛陀...佛陀說:"比丘們,我允許在颳風下雨的時候半月內洗浴。比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: 363."若比丘半月內洗浴,除了適當的時候,犯波逸提罪。在此,適當的時候是指:夏季最後一個半月和雨季第一個月,這兩個半月是炎熱季節、悶熱季節、生病的時候、工作的時候、長途旅行的時候、颳風下雨的時候 - 這是在此適當的時候。" 364.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...這是在此含義中所指的比丘。 半月內是指不足半個月。 洗浴是指用粉或泥洗浴,每次洗浴犯突吉羅罪。洗浴結束時,犯波逸提罪。 除了適當的時候是指除了適當的時候。 炎熱季節是指夏季最後一個半月。悶熱季節是指雨季第一個月,"這兩個半月是炎熱季節、悶熱季節",可以洗浴。 生病的時候是指如果不洗浴就不舒服。可以說"生病的時候"而洗浴。 工作的時候是指至少打掃了房間。可以說"工作的時候"而洗浴。 長途旅行的時候是指"我將走半由旬",可以洗浴;走路時可以洗浴;走完后可以洗浴。 颳風下雨的時候是指比丘被帶塵土的風吹到,或者身上落了兩三滴雨水。可以說"颳風下雨的時候"而洗浴。 365.如果不足半個月且認為不足半個月,除了適當的時候而洗浴,犯波逸提罪。如果不足半個月但懷疑是否足半個月,除了適當的時候而洗浴,犯波逸提罪。如果不足半個月但認為超過半個月,除了適當的時候而洗浴,犯波逸提罪。 如果超過半個月但認為不足半個月,犯突吉羅罪。如果超過半個月但懷疑是否足半個月,犯突吉羅罪。如果超過半個月且認為超過半個月,無罪。 366.無罪的情況:在適當的時候,半個月洗浴,超過半個月洗浴,渡河時洗浴,在所有邊遠地區,遇到危險時,精神錯亂者,最初的犯戒者。 洗浴學處第七結束。 8.使衣服變色學處 367.那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現在的夏希特-默赫特)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,許多比丘和遊行者從娑雞多(現在的奧德省)到舍衛城途中。中途遇到強盜搶劫了他們。舍衛城的王室士兵出城抓住了那些強盜和贓物,派人通知比丘們:"請尊者們來,認出自己的衣服拿走。"比丘們認不出來。那些人抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼這些尊者認不出自己的衣服呢?"比丘們聽 那些人抱怨、批評、指責。然後那些比丘把這件事告訴了佛陀。然後佛陀因這緣由、因這事件召集比丘僧團,對比丘們做了適當的、相應的法義開示后對比丘們說:"比丘們,因此我要為比丘們制定學處,基於十種理由 - 爲了僧團的優秀,爲了僧團的安樂...爲了正法的久住,爲了律的輔助。比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處

368.『『Navaṃ pana bhikkhunā cīvaralābhena tiṇṇaṃ dubbaṇṇakaraṇānaṃ aññataraṃ dubbaṇṇakaraṇaṃ ādātabbaṃ – nīlaṃ vā kaddamaṃ vā kāḷasāmaṃ vā. Anādāce bhikkhu tiṇṇaṃ dubbaṇṇakaraṇānaṃ aññataraṃ dubbaṇṇakaraṇaṃnavaṃ cīvaraṃ paribhuñjeyya, pācittiya』』nti.

369.Navaṃ nāma akatakappaṃ vuccati.

Cīvaraṃ nāma channaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ.

Tiṇṇaṃ dubbaṇṇakaraṇānaṃ aññataraṃ dubbaṇṇakaraṇaṃ ādātabbanti antamaso kusaggenapi ādātabbaṃ.

Nīlaṃ nāma dve nīlāni – kaṃsanīlaṃ, palāsanīlaṃ.

Kaddamo nāma odako vuccati.

Kāḷasāmaṃ nāma yaṃkiñci kāḷasāmakaṃ [kāḷakaṃ (sī. syā.)].

Anādā ce bhikkhu tiṇṇaṃ dubbaṇṇakaraṇānaṃ aññataraṃ dubbaṇṇakaraṇanti antamaso kusaggenapi anādiyitvā tiṇṇaṃ dubbaṇṇakaraṇānaṃ aññataraṃ dubbaṇṇakaraṇaṃ navaṃ cīvaraṃ paribhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

1. Anādinne anādinnasaññī paribhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anādinne vematiko paribhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anādinne ādinnasaññī paribhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Ādinne anādinnasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ādinne vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ādinne ādinnasaññī, anāpatti.

1. Anāpattiādiyitvā paribhuñjati, kappo naṭṭho hoti, kappakatokāso jiṇṇo hoti, kappakatena akappakataṃ saṃsibbitaṃ hoti, aggaḷe anuvāte paribhaṇḍe, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Dubbaṇṇakaraṇasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ.

1. Vikappanasikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā upanando sakyaputto bhātuno saddhivihārikassa bhikkhuno sāmaṃ cīvaraṃ vikappetvā appaccuddhāraṇaṃ [apaccuddhārakaṃ (sī. syā.)] paribhuñjati. Atha kho so bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi – 『『ayaṃ, āvuso, āyasmā upanando sakyaputto mayhaṃ cīvaraṃ sāmaṃ vikappetvā appaccuddhāraṇaṃ paribhuñjatī』』ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma āyasmā upanando sakyaputto bhikkhussa sāmaṃ cīvaraṃ vikappetvā appaccuddhāraṇaṃ paribhuñjissatī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, upananda, bhikkhussa sāmaṃ cīvaraṃ vikappetvā appaccuddhāraṇaṃ paribhuñjasīti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, bhikkhussa sāmaṃ cīvaraṃ vikappetvā appaccuddhāraṇaṃ paribhuñjissasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

373.『『Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā sikkhamānāya vā sāmaṇerassa vā sāmaṇeriyā vā sāmaṃ cīvaraṃ vikappetvā appaccuddhāraṇaṃ[apaccuddhārakaṃ (sī. syā.)]paribhuñjeyya, pācittiya』』nti.

374.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Bhikkhussāti aññassa bhikkhussa.

Bhikkhunī nāma ubhatosaṅghe upasampannā.

Sikkhamānā nāma dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhā.

Sāmaṇero nāma dasasikkhāpadiko.

Sāmaṇerī nāma dasasikkhāpadikā.

Sāmanti sayaṃ vikappetvā.

Cīvaraṃ nāma channaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ vikappanupagaṃ pacchimaṃ.

Vikappanā nāma dve vikappanā – sammukhāvikappanā ca parammukhāvikappanā ca.

Sammukhāvikappanā nāma 『『imaṃ cīvaraṃ tuyhaṃ vikappemi itthannāmassa vā』』ti.

Parammukhāvikappanā nāma 『『imaṃ cīvaraṃ vikappanatthāya tuyhaṃ dammī』』ti. Tena vattabbo – 『『ko te mitto vā sandiṭṭho vā』』ti? 『『Itthannāmo ca itthannāmo cā』』ti. Tena vattabbo – 『『ahaṃ tesaṃ dammi, tesaṃ santakaṃ paribhuñja vā vissajjehi vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karohī』』ti.

Appaccuddhāraṇaṃ nāma tassa vā adinnaṃ, tassa vā avissasanto paribhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

1. Appaccuddhāraṇe appaccuddhāraṇasaññī paribhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Appaccuddhāraṇe vematiko paribhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Appaccuddhāraṇe appaccuddhāraṇasaññī paribhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Adhiṭṭheti vā vissajjeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Paccuddhāraṇe appaccuddhāraṇasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa . Paccuddhāraṇe vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Paccuddhāraṇe paccuddhāraṇasaññī, anāpatti.

368."比丘獲得新衣時,應當採用三種使衣服變色的方法之一 - 藍色、泥色或暗褐色。如果比丘不採用三種使衣服變色的方法之一,而使用新衣,犯波逸提罪。" 369.新衣是指未經處理的衣服。 衣服是指六種衣服中的任何一種。 應當採用三種使衣服變色的方法之一是指至少用草尖沾一點。 藍色是指兩種藍色 - 銅青色和樹葉色。 泥色是指水色。 暗褐色是指任何暗褐色。 如果比丘不採用三種使衣服變色的方法之一是指至少不用草尖沾一點三種使衣服變色的方法之一,而使用新衣,犯波逸提罪。 370.如果未採用而認為未採用,使用衣服,犯波逸提罪。如果未採用但懷疑是否採用,使用衣服,犯波逸提罪。如果未採用但認為已採用,使用衣服,犯波逸提罪。 如果已採用但認為未採用,犯突吉羅罪。如果已採用但懷疑是否採用,犯突吉羅罪。如果已採用且認為已採用,無罪。 371.無罪的情況:採用后使用,標記消失了,標記處磨損了,用有標記的布縫補無標記的布,在補丁、邊緣、加固處,精神錯亂者,最初的犯戒者。 使衣服變色學處第八結束。 9.分享衣服學處 372.那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現在的夏希特-默赫特)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,具壽優波難陀釋迦子自己分享了他兄弟的共住比丘的衣服,未經收回就使用。然後那位比丘把這件事告訴其他比丘:"朋友們,這位具壽優波難陀釋迦子自己分享了我的衣服,未經收回就使用。"那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼具壽優波難陀釋迦子自己分享比丘的衣服,未經收回就使用呢?"...(他們)問:"優波難陀,你是否真的自己分享比丘的衣服,未經收回就使用?"(優波難陀說:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥說...:"愚人,為什麼你自己分享比丘的衣服,未經收回就使用呢?愚人,這不會使不信者生信...比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: 373."若比丘自己分享比丘、比丘尼、式叉摩那、沙彌或沙彌尼的衣服,未經收回就使用,犯波逸提罪。" 374.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...這是在此含義中所指的比丘。 比丘是指其他比丘。 比丘尼是指在兩部僧團中受具足戒的人。 式叉摩那是指在六法中學習兩年的人。 沙彌是指受持十戒的人。 沙彌尼是指受持十戒的人。 自己是指自己分享。 衣服是指六種衣服中的任何一種,最小可分享的衣服。 分享有兩種 - 當面分享和不當面分享。 當面分享是指說"我把這件衣服分享給你或某某人"。 不當面分享是指說"我把這件衣服給你分享"。對方應當問:"誰是你的朋友或熟人?"(回答:)"某某人和某某人。"對方應當說:"我把它給他們,你可以使用、送人或隨意處置他們的東西。" 未經收回是指未經對方給予,或未經對方信任而使用,犯波逸提罪。 375.如果未經收回且認為未經收回而使用,犯波逸提罪。如果未經收回但懷疑是否經過收回而使用,犯波逸提罪。如果未經收回但認為經過收回而使用,犯波逸提罪。 如果決意或送人,犯突吉羅罪。如果經過收回但認為未經收回,犯突吉羅罪。如果經過收回但懷疑是否經過收回,犯突吉羅罪。如果經過收回且認為經過收回,無罪。

1. Anāpatti so vā deti, tassa vā vissasanto paribhuñjati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Vikappanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ navamaṃ.

1. Cīvaraapanidhānasikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū asannihitaparikkhārā honti. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sattarasavaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pattampi cīvarampi apanidhenti. Sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū chabbaggiye bhikkhū etadavocuṃ – 『『dethāvuso, amhākaṃ pattampi cīvarampī』』ti. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū hasanti, te rodanti. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – 『『kissa tumhe, āvuso, rodathā』』ti? 『『Ime, āvuso, chabbaggiyā bhikkhū amhākaṃ pattampi cīvarampi apanidhentī』』ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhūnaṃ pattampi cīvarampi apanidhessantī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pattampi cīvarampi apanidhethāti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, bhikkhūnaṃ pattampi cīvarampi apanidhessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

378.『『Yopana bhikkhu bhikkhussa pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā nisīdanaṃ vā sūcigharaṃ vā kāyabandhanaṃ vā apanidheyya vā apanidhāpeyya vā, antamaso hasāpekkhopi, pācittiya』』nti.

379.Yopanāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Bhikkhussāti aññassa bhikkhussa.

Patto nāma dve pattā – ayopatto, mattikāpatto.

Cīvaraṃ nāma channaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ, vikappanupagaṃ pacchimaṃ.

Nisīdanaṃ nāma sadasaṃ vuccati.

Sūcigharaṃ nāma sasūcikaṃ vā asūcikaṃ vā.

Kāyabandhanaṃ nāma dve kāyabandhanāni – paṭṭikā, sūkarantakaṃ.

Apanidheyya vāti sayaṃ apanidheti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Apanidhāpeyya vāti aññaṃ āṇāpesi, āpatti pācittiyassa. Apanidhāpeyya vā ti ayyaṃ āṇāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Sakiṃ āṇatto bahukampi apanidheti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Antamaso hasāpekkhopīti kīḷādhippāyo.

1. Upasampanne upasampannasaññī pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā nisīdanaṃ vā sūcigharaṃ vā kāyabandhanaṃ vā apanidheti vā apanidhāpeti vā, antamaso hasāpekkhopi, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne vematiko…pe… upasampanne anupasampannasaññī pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā nisīdanaṃ vā sūcigharaṃ vā kāyabandhanaṃ vā apanidheti vā apanidhāpeti vā, antamaso hasāpekkhopi, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Aññaṃ parikkhāraṃ apanidheti vā apanidhāpeti vā, antamaso hasāpekkhopi, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannassa pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā aññaṃ vā parikkhāraṃ apanidheti vā apanidhāpeti vā, antamaso hasāpekkhopi, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne upasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa . Anupasampanne vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne anupasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1. Anāpatti nahasādhippāyo, dunnikkhittaṃ paṭisāmeti, 『『dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā dassāmī』』ti paṭisāmeti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Cīvaraapanidhānasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dasamaṃ.

Surāpānavaggo chaṭṭho.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Surā aṅguli hāso ca [toyañca (itipi)], anādariyañca bhiṃsanaṃ;

Jotinahānadubbaṇṇaṃ, sāmaṃ apanidhena cāti.

1. Sappāṇakavaggo

2. Sañciccasikkhāpadaṃ

376.無罪的情況:對方給予,或信任對方而使用,精神錯亂者,最初的犯戒者。 分享衣服學處第九結束。 10.藏匿衣缽學處 377.那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現在的夏希特-默赫特)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,十七群比丘不看管好自己的用品。六群比丘藏匿十七群比丘的缽和衣服。十七群比丘對六群比丘說:"朋友們,把我們的缽和衣服還給我們。"六群比丘笑,他們哭。比丘們問:"朋友們,你們為什麼哭?"(他們說:)"朋友們,這些六群比丘藏匿我們的缽和衣服。"那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼六群比丘藏匿比丘們的缽和衣服呢?"...(他們)問:"比丘們,你們是否真的藏匿比丘們的缽和衣服?"(六群比丘說:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥說...:"愚人,為什麼你們藏匿比丘們的缽和衣服呢?愚人,這不會使不信者生信...比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: 378."若比丘藏匿或讓人藏匿比丘的缽、衣服、坐具、針筒或腰帶,即使只是想讓人發笑,犯波逸提罪。" 379.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...這是在此含義中所指的比丘。 比丘是指其他比丘。 缽是指兩種缽 - 鐵缽和陶缽。 衣服是指六種衣服中的任何一種,最小可分享的衣服。 坐具是指帶邊緣的坐具。 針筒是指有針或無針的針筒。 腰帶是指兩種腰帶 - 織帶和獸皮帶。 藏匿是指自己藏匿,犯波逸提罪。 讓人藏匿是指命令他人藏匿,犯波逸提罪。讓人藏匿是指命令他人藏匿,犯波逸提罪。命令一次而多次藏匿,犯波逸提罪。 即使只是想讓人發笑是指想開玩笑。 380.如果認為對方已受具足戒而藏匿或讓人藏匿已受具足戒者的缽、衣服、坐具、針筒或腰帶,即使只是想讓人發笑,犯波逸提罪。如果懷疑對方是否已受具足戒...如果認為對方未受具足戒而藏匿或讓人藏匿已受具足戒者的缽、衣服、坐具、針筒或腰帶,即使只是想讓人發笑,犯波逸提罪。 藏匿或讓人藏匿其他用品,即使只是想讓人發笑,犯突吉羅罪。藏匿或讓人藏匿未受具足戒者的缽、衣服或其他用品,即使只是想讓人發笑,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為未受具足戒者已受具足戒,犯突吉羅罪。如果懷疑未受具足戒者是否已受具足戒,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為未受具足戒者未受具足戒,犯突吉羅罪。 381.無罪的情況:不想讓人發笑,收拾放置不當的物品,想"我要給他說法"而收起,精神錯亂者,最初的犯戒者。 藏匿衣缽學處第十結束。 飲酒品第六結束。 其摘要如下: 飲酒、用手指、戲水、不恭敬、

1. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā udāyī issāso hoti, kākā cassa amanāpā honti. So kāke vijjhitvā vijjhitvā sīsaṃ chinditvā sūle paṭipāṭiyā ṭhapesi. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – 『『kenime, āvuso, kākā jīvitā voropitā』』ti? 『『Mayā, āvuso. Amanāpā me kākā』』ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma āyasmā udāyī sañcicca pāṇaṃ jīvitā voropessatī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, udāyi, sañcicca pāṇaṃ jīvitā voropesīti? 『『Saccaṃ , bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, sañcicca pāṇaṃ jīvitā voropessasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

383.『『Yopana bhikkhu sañcicca pāṇaṃ jīvitā voropeyya, pācittiya』』nti.

384.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Sañciccāti jānanto sañjānanto cecca abhivitaritvā vītikkamo.

Pāṇo nāma tiracchānagatapāṇo vuccati.

Jīvitā voropeyyāti jīvitindriyaṃ upacchindati uparodheti santatiṃ vikopeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

1. Pāṇe pāṇasaññī jīvitā voropeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Pāṇe vematiko jīvitā voropeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Pāṇe appāṇasaññī jīvitā voropeti, anāpatti. Appāṇe pāṇasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Appāṇe vemitako, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Appāṇe appāṇasaññī, anāpatti.

2. Anāpatti asañcicca, assatiyā, ajānantassa, namaraṇādhippāyassa, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Sañciccasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ paṭhamaṃ.

1. Sappāṇakasikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū jānaṃ sappāṇakaṃ udakaṃ paribhuñjanti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū jānaṃ sappāṇakaṃ udakaṃ paribhuñjissantī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, jānaṃ sappāṇakaṃ udakaṃ paribhuñjathāti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, jānaṃ sappāṇakaṃ udakaṃ paribhuñjissatha! Netaṃ , moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

388.『『Yo pana bhikkhu jānaṃ sappāṇakaṃ udakaṃ paribhuñjeyya, pācittiya』』nti.

389.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Jānāti nāma sāmaṃ vā jānāti, aññe vā tassa ārocenti. 『『Sappāṇaka』』nti jānanto, 『『paribhogena marissantī』』ti jānanto paribhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

1. Sappāṇake sappāṇakasaññī paribhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Sappāṇake vematiko paribhuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa . Sappāṇake appāṇakasaññī paribhuñjati, anāpatti. Appāṇake sappāṇakasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Appāṇake vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Appāṇake appāṇakasaññī, anāpatti.

2. Anāpatti 『『sappāṇaka』』nti ajānanto, 『『appāṇaka』』nti jānanto, 『『paribhogena na marissantī』』ti jānanto paribhuñjati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Sappāṇakasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dutiyaṃ.

1. Ukkoṭanasikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū jānaṃ yathādhammaṃ nihatādhikaraṇaṃ punakammāya ukkoṭenti – 『『akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kammaṃ anihataṃ dunnihataṃ puna nihanitabba』』nti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū jānaṃ yathādhammaṃ nihatādhikaraṇaṃ punakammāya ukkoṭessantī』』ti …pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, jānaṃ yathādhammaṃ nihatādhikaraṇaṃ punakammāya ukkoṭethā』』ti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, jānaṃ yathādhammaṃ nihatādhikaraṇaṃ punakammāya ukkoṭessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

382.那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現在的夏希特-默赫特)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,具壽優陀夷是個弓箭手,他討厭烏鴉。他射殺烏鴉,砍下頭,串在棍子上排成一排。比丘們問:"朋友,這些烏鴉是誰殺的?""是我殺的,朋友們。我討厭烏鴉。"那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼具壽優陀夷故意奪取生命呢?"...(他們)問:"優陀夷,你是否真的故意奪取生命?"(優陀夷說:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥說...:"愚人,為什麼你故意奪取生命呢?愚人,這不會使不信者生信...比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: 383."若比丘故意奪取生命,犯波逸提罪。" 384.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...這是在此含義中所指的比丘。 故意是指知道、瞭解、有意、決定而違犯。 生命是指指動物的生命。 奪取生命是指切斷、阻礙、破壞生命機能,犯波逸提罪。 385.如果認為是生命而奪取生命,犯波逸提罪。如果懷疑是否是生命而奪取生命,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為不是生命而奪取生命,無罪。如果認為不是生命的是生命,犯突吉羅罪。如果懷疑不是生命的是否是生命,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為不是生命的不是生命,無罪。 386.無罪的情況:不是故意的,不注意的,不知道的,不想殺死的,精神錯亂者,最初的犯戒者。 故意奪命學處第一結束。 2.使用含有生命的水學處 387.那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現在的夏希特-默赫特)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,六群比丘明知水中有生命仍使用。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼六群比丘明知水中有生命仍使用呢?"...(他們)問:"比丘們,你們是否真的明知水中有生命仍使用?"(六群比丘說:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥說...:"愚人,為什麼你們明知水中有生命仍使用呢?愚人,這不會使不信者生信...比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: 388."若比丘明知水中有生命仍使用,犯波逸提罪。" 389.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...這是在此含義中所指的比丘。 明知是指自己知道,或者他人告訴他。明知"水中有生命",明知"使用會導致死亡"而使用,犯波逸提罪。 390.如果認為水中有生命而使用,犯波逸提罪。如果懷疑水中是否有生命而使用,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為水中沒有生命而使用,無罪。如果認為沒有生命的水中有生命,犯突吉羅罪。如果懷疑沒有生命的水中是否有生命,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為沒有生命的水中沒有生命,無罪。 391.無罪的情況:不知道"水中有生命",知道"水中沒有生命",知道"使用不會導致死亡"而使用,精神錯亂者,最初的犯戒者。 使用含有生命的水學處第二結束。 3.重新審理已決案件學處 392.那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現在的夏希特-默赫特)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,六群比丘明知依法已決的案件仍要求重新審理,說:"未做的羯磨、做錯的羯磨應該重做,未決的、決錯的應該重新決定。"那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼六群比丘明知依法已決的案件仍要求重新審理呢?"...(他們)問:"比丘們,你們是否真的明知依法已決的案件仍要求重新審理?"(六群比丘說:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥說...:"愚人,為什麼你們明知依法已決的案件仍要求重新審理呢?愚人,這不會使不信者生信...比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處:

393.『『Yo pana bhikkhu jānaṃ yathādhammaṃ nihatādhikaraṇaṃ punakammāya ukkoṭeyya, pācittiya』』nti.

394.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Jānāti nāma sāmaṃ vā jānāti, aññe vā tassa ārocenti, so vā āroceti.

Yathādhammaṃ nāma dhammena vinayena satthusāsanena kataṃ, etaṃ yathādhammaṃ nāma.

Adhikaraṇaṃ nāma cattāri adhikaraṇāni – vivādādhikaraṇaṃ, anuvādādhikaraṇaṃ, āpattādhikaraṇaṃ, kiccādhikaraṇaṃ.

Punakammāya ukkoṭeyyāti 『『akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ punakātabbaṃ kammaṃ anihataṃ dunnihataṃ puna nihanitabbaṃ』』ti ukkoṭeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

1. Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī ukkoṭeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme vematiko ukkoṭeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññī ukkoṭeti, anāpatti. Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī, anāpatti.

2. Anāpatti 『『adhammena vā vaggena vā na kammārahassa vā kammaṃ kata』』nti jānanto ukkoṭeti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Ukkoṭanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ tatiyaṃ.

1. Duṭṭhullasikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā upanando sakyaputto sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitvā bhātuno saddhivihārikassa bhikkhuno ārocesi – 『『ahaṃ, āvuso, sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ āpattiṃ āpanno. Mā kassaci ārocehī』』ti. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitvā saṅghaṃ tassā āpattiyā parivāsaṃ yāci. Tassa saṅgho tassā āpattiyā parivāsaṃ adāsi. So parivasanto taṃ bhikkhuṃ passitvā etadavoca – 『『ahaṃ, āvuso, sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitvā saṅghaṃ tassā āpattiyā parivāsaṃ yāciṃ, tassa me saṅgho tassā āpattiyā parivāsaṃ adāsi, sohaṃ parivasāmi, vediyāmahaṃ [vedayāmahaṃ (syā.)], āvuso, vediyatī』』ti maṃ āyasmā dhāretū』』ti.

『『Kiṃ nu kho, āvuso, yo aññopi imaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjati sopi evaṃ karotī』』ti? 『『Evamāvuso』』ti. 『『Ayaṃ, āvuso, āyasmā upanando sakyaputto sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitvā [āpajji (?)] so me āroceti mā kassaci ārocehī』』ti. 『『Kiṃ pana tvaṃ, āvuso, paṭicchādesī』』ti? 『『Evamāvuso』』ti. Atha kho so bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma bhikkhu bhikkhussa jānaṃ duṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ paṭicchādessatī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, bhikkhu, bhikkhussa jānaṃ duṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ paṭicchādesīti. 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, bhikkhussa jānaṃ duṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ paṭicchādessasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

398.『『Yopana bhikkhu bhikkhussa jānaṃ duṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ paṭicchādeyya, pācittiya』』nti.

399.Yopanāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Bhikkhussāti aññassa bhikkhussa.

Jānāti nāma sāmaṃ vā jānāti aññe vā tassa ārocenti, so vā āroceti.

Duṭṭhullā nāma āpatti cattāri ca pārājikāni terasa ca saṅghādisesā.

Paṭicchādeyyāti 『『imaṃ jānitvā codessanti, sāressanti khuṃsessanti, vambhessanti, maṅkuṃ karissanti nārocessāmī』』ti dhuraṃ nikkhittamatte, āpatti pācittiyassa.

1. Duṭṭhullāya āpattiyā duṭṭhullāpattisaññī paṭicchādeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Duṭṭhullāya āpattiyā vematiko paṭicchādeti , āpatti dukkaṭassa. Duṭṭhullāya āpattiyā aduṭṭhullāpattisaññī paṭicchādeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aduṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ paṭicchādeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannassa duṭṭhullaṃ vā aduṭṭhullaṃ vā ajjhācāraṃ paṭicchādeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aduṭṭhullāya āpattiyā duṭṭhullāpattisaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aduṭṭhullāya āpattiyā vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aduṭṭhullāya āpattiyā aduṭṭhullāpattisaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

393."若比丘明知依法已決的案件仍要求重新審理,犯波逸提罪。" 394.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...這是在此含義中所指的比丘。 明知是指自己知道,或者他人告訴他,或者他告訴他人。 依法是指依法、依律、依佛陀教導而做的,這就是所謂的依法。 案件是指四種案件 - 爭論案件、指責案件、犯戒案件、事務案件。 要求重新審理是指說"未做的羯磨、做錯的羯磨應該重做,未決的、決錯的應該重新決定"而要求重新審理,犯波逸提罪。 395.如果認為如法羯磨是如法羯磨而要求重新審理,犯波逸提罪。如果懷疑如法羯磨是否如法而要求重新審理,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為如法羯磨是非法羯磨而要求重新審理,無罪。如果認為非法羯磨是如法羯磨,犯突吉羅罪。如果懷疑非法羯磨是否如法,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為非法羯磨是非法羯磨,無罪。 396.無罪的情況:知道"非法地或不和合地或對不應做羯磨的人做了羯磨"而要求重新審理,精神錯亂者,最初的犯戒者。 重新審理已決案件學處第三結束。 4.隱瞞重罪學處 397.那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現在的夏希特-默赫特)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,具壽優波難陀釋迦子故意出精犯戒后,告訴他兄弟的共住比丘:"朋友,我故意出精犯戒了。不要告訴任何人。"當時,一位比丘故意出精犯戒后,向僧團請求別住。僧團給他別住。他在別住期間看到那位比丘,對他說:"朋友,我故意出精犯戒后,向僧團請求別住。僧團給我別住。我正在別住。朋友,我懺悔,請尊者記住我是懺悔的。" "朋友,其他人犯這個戒也這樣做嗎?""是的,朋友。""朋友,這位具壽優波難陀釋迦子故意出精犯戒,他告訴我不要告訴任何人。""朋友,你隱瞞了嗎?""是的,朋友。"然後那位比丘把這件事告訴其他比丘。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼比丘明知是重罪還隱瞞呢?"...(他們)問:"比丘,你是否真的明知是重罪還隱瞞?"(那位比丘說:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥說...:"愚人,為什麼你明知是重罪還隱瞞呢?愚人,這不會使不信者生信...比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: 398."若比丘明知比丘犯重罪而隱瞞,犯波逸提罪。" 399.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...這是在此含義中所指的比丘。 比丘是指其他比丘。 明知是指自己知道,或者他人告訴他,或者他告訴他人。 重罪是指四波羅夷罪和十三僧殘罪。 隱瞞是指想:"如果他們知道了會指責、提醒、斥責、責備、羞辱我,我不告訴。"一旦放棄責任,犯波逸提罪。 400.如果認為是重罪而隱瞞重罪,犯波逸提罪。如果懷疑是否是重罪而隱瞞重罪,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為不是重罪而隱瞞重罪,犯突吉羅罪。隱瞞非重罪,犯突吉羅罪。隱瞞未受具足戒者的重罪或非重罪的不當行為,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為非重罪是重罪,犯突吉羅罪。如果懷疑非重罪是否是重罪,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為非重罪是非重罪,犯突吉羅罪。

1. Anāpatti – 『『saṅghassa bhaṇḍanaṃ vā kalaho vā viggaho vā vivādo vā bhavissatī』』ti nāroceti, 『『saṅghabhedo vā saṅgharāji vā bhavissatī』』ti nāroceti, 『『ayaṃ kakkhaḷo pharuso jīvitantarāyaṃ vā brahmacariyantarāyaṃ vā karissatī』』ti nāroceti, aññe patirūpe bhikkhū apassanto nāroceti, nachādetukāmo nāroceti, 『『paññāyissati sakena kammenā』』ti nāroceti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Duṭṭhullasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ catutthaṃ.

1. Ūnavīsativassasikkhāpadaṃ

401.無罪的情況:認為"僧團會有爭吵、紛爭、分裂、爭論"而不告知,認為"僧團會分裂或不和"而不告知,認為"這個人粗暴兇狠,會危及生命或梵行"而不告知,找不到其他合適的比丘而不告知,不想隱瞞而不告知,認為"他會因自己的行為而被發現"而不告知,精神錯亂者,最初的犯戒者。 隱瞞重罪學處第四結束。 5.未滿二十歲受具足戒學處

1. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. [idaṃ vatthu mahāva. 99] Tena kho pana samayena rājagahe sattarasavaggiyā dārakā sahāyakā honti. Upālidārako tesaṃ pāmokkho hoti. Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṃ etadahosi – 『『kena nu kho upāyena upāli amhākaṃ accayena sukhañca jīveyya na ca kilameyyā』』ti? Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṃ etadahosi – 『『sace kho upāli lekhaṃ sikkheyya, evaṃ kho upāli amhākaṃ accayena sukhañca jīveyya, na ca kilameyyā』』ti. Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṃ etadahosi – 『『sace kho upāli lekhaṃ sikkhissati, aṅguliyo dukkhā bhavissanti. Sace kho upāli gaṇanaṃ sikkheyya, evaṃ kho upāli amhākaṃ accayena sukhañca jīveyya na ca kilameyyā』』ti. Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṃ etadahosi – 『『sace kho upāli gaṇanaṃ sikkhissati, urassa dukkho bhavissati. Sace kho upāli rūpaṃ sikkheyya, evaṃ kho upāli amhākaṃ accayena sukhañca jīveyya na ca kilameyyā』』ti. Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṃ etadahosi – 『『sace kho upāli rūpaṃ sikkhissati, akkhīni dukkhā bhavissanti. Ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā sukhasīlā sukhasamācārā subhojanāni bhuñjitvā nivātesu sayanesu sayanti. Sace kho upāli samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyya, evaṃ kho upāli amhākaṃ accayena sukhañca jīveyya, na ca kilameyyā』』ti.

Assosi kho upālidārako mātāpitūnaṃ imaṃ kathāsallāpaṃ. Atha kho upālidārako yena te dārakā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā te dārake etadavoca – 『『etha mayaṃ, ayyā, samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajissāmā』』ti. 『『Sace kho tvaṃ, ayya, pabbajissasi, evaṃ mayampi pabbajissāmā』』ti. Atha kho te dārakā ekamekassa mātāpitaro upasaṅkamitvā etadavocuṃ – 『『anujānātha maṃ agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāyā』』ti. Atha kho tesaṃ dārakānaṃ mātāpitaro – 『『sabbepime dārakā samānacchandā kalyāṇādhippāyā』』ti anujāniṃsu. Te bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāciṃsu. Te bhikkhū pabbājesuṃ upasampādesuṃ. Te rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya rodanti – 『『yāguṃ detha , bhattaṃ detha, khādanīyaṃ dethā』』ti. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – 『『āgametha, āvuso, yāva ratti vibhāyati. Sace yāgu bhavissati, pivissatha. Sace bhattaṃ bhavissati, bhuñjissatha. Sace khādanīyaṃ bhavissati, khādissatha. No ce bhavissati yāgu vā bhattaṃ vā khādanīyaṃ vā, piṇḍāya caritvā bhuñjissathā』』ti. Evampi kho te bhikkhū bhikkhūhi vuccamānā rodantiyeva – 『『yāguṃ detha, bhattaṃ detha, khādanīyaṃ dethā』』ti. Senāsanaṃ ūhadantipi ummihantipi.

Assosi kho bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya dārakasaddaṃ. Sutvāna āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – 『『kiṃ nu kho so, ānanda, dārakasaddo』』ti? Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā bhikkhū paṭipucchi – 『『saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū jānaṃ ūnavīsativassaṃ puggalaṃ upasampādentī』』ti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā jānaṃ ūnavīsativassaṃ puggalaṃ upasampādessanti! Ūnakavīsativasso, bhikkhave, puggalo akkhamo hoti sītassa uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṃ duruttānaṃ durāgatānaṃ vacanapathānaṃ uppannānaṃ sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ kharānaṃ kaṭukānaṃ asātānaṃ amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ anadhivāsakajātiko hoti. Vīsativassova kho, bhikkhave, puggalo khamo hoti sītassa uṇhassa…pe… pāṇaharānaṃ adhivāsakajātiko hoti. Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

403.『『Yo pana bhikkhu jānaṃ ūnavīsativassaṃ puggalaṃ upasampādeyya, so ca puggalo anupasampanno, te ca bhikkhū gārayhā, idaṃ tasmiṃ pācittiya』』nti.

402.那時,佛陀住在王舍城(現在的拉杰吉爾)竹林栗鼠feeding ground。當時,王舍城有十七個少年是朋友。優波離少年是他們的領袖。優波離的父母想:"用什麼方法能讓優波離在我們去世後生活快樂,不辛苦呢?"優波離的父母想:"如果優波離學習寫字,這樣優波離在我們去世后就能生活快樂,不辛苦。"優波離的父母又想:"如果優波離學習寫字,手指會痛。如果優波離學習計算,這樣優波離在我們去世后就能生活快樂,不辛苦。"優波離的父母又想:"如果優波離學習計算,胸口會痛。如果優波離學習繪畫,這樣優波離在我們去世后就能生活快樂,不辛苦。"優波離的父母又想:"如果優波離學習繪畫,眼睛會痛。這些釋迦族沙門生活安逸,行為舒適,吃美食,睡在避風的地方。如果優波離在釋迦族沙門中出家,這樣優波離在我們去世后就能生活快樂,不辛苦。" 優波離少年聽到父母的這番談話。然後優波離少年去找那些少年,對他們說:"來吧,朋友們,我們在釋迦族沙門中出家。""朋友,如果你出家,我們也出家。"然後那些少年各自去找自己的父母說:"請允許我從在家生活出家成為無家者。"那些少年的父母想:"這些少年都有相同的願望,是好意圖",就同意了。他們去找比丘請求出家。那些比丘讓他們出家並授具足戒。他們在夜晚後半夜醒來哭泣:"給我粥!給我飯!給我零食!"比丘們說:"朋友們,等到天亮。如果有粥你們就喝,如果有飯你們就吃,如果有零食你們就吃。如果沒有粥、飯或零食,我們去托缽后你們就吃。"即使比丘們這樣說,他們還是哭泣:"給我粥!給我飯!給我零食!"他們弄髒和弄濕臥具。 佛陀在夜晚後半夜醒來聽到孩子的聲音。聽到后問具壽阿難:"阿難,那是什麼孩子的聲音?"然後具壽阿難把這件事告訴佛陀。然後佛陀因這緣由、因這事件召集比丘僧團,問比丘們:"比丘們,是真的嗎,比丘們明知未滿二十歲的人仍授予具足戒?"(比丘們說:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥說...:"愚人,為什麼你們明知未滿二十歲的人仍授予具足戒呢?比丘們,未滿二十歲的人不能忍受寒、熱、饑、渴、虻、蚊、風、日曬、爬蟲的接觸,惡語、惡意的言語,不能忍受已生起的身體感受 - 痛苦、劇烈、猛烈、尖銳、不悅、不適、奪命的。比丘們,滿二十歲的人能忍受寒、熱...奪命的。愚人,這不會使不信者生信...比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: 403."若比丘明知未滿二十歲的人仍授予具足戒,此人未被授具足戒,那些比丘應受譴責,這是波逸提罪。"

404.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Jānāti nāma sāmaṃ vā jānāti, aññe vā tassa ārocenti, so vā āroceti.

Ūnavīsativasso nāma appattavīsativasso.

『『Upasampādessāmī』』ti gaṇaṃ vā ācariyaṃ vā pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā pariyesati, sīmaṃ vā sammannati [sammanati (ka.)], āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Dvīhi kammavācāhi dukkaṭā. Kammavācāpariyosāne upajjhāyassa āpatti pācittiyassa. Gaṇassa ca ācariyassa ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1. Ūnavīsativasse ūnavīsativassasaññī upasampādeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ūnavīsativasse vematiko upasampādeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ūnavīsativasse paripuṇṇavīsativassasaññī upasampādeti, anāpatti. Paripuṇṇavīsativasse ūnavīsativassasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Paripuṇṇavīsativasse vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Paripuṇṇavīsativasse paripuṇṇavīsativassasaññī, anāpatti.

2. Anāpatti ūnavīsativassaṃ paripuṇṇavīsativassasaññī upasampādeti, paripuṇṇavīsativassaṃ paripuṇṇavīsativassasaññī upasampādeti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Ūnavīsativassasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ pañcamaṃ.

1. Theyyasatthasikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro sattho rājagahā paṭiyālokaṃ gantukāmo hoti. Aññataro bhikkhu te manusse etadavoca – 『『ahampāyasmantehi saddhiṃ gamissāmī』』ti. 『『Mayaṃ kho, bhante, suṅkaṃ pariharissāmā』』ti. 『『Pajānāthāvuso』』ti. Assosuṃ kho kammiyā [kammikā (sī. syā.)] – 『『sattho kira suṅkaṃ pariharissatī』』ti. Te magge pariyuṭṭhiṃsu. Atha kho te kammikā taṃ satthaṃ gahetvā acchinditvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『kissa tvaṃ, bhante, jānaṃ theyyasatthena saddhiṃ gacchasī』』ti? Palibundhetvā muñciṃsu. Atha kho so bhikkhu sāvatthiṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma bhikkhu jānaṃ theyyasatthena saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjissatī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, bhikkhu, jānaṃ theyyasatthena saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjasīti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, jānaṃ theyyasatthena saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjissasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

408.『『Yopana bhikkhu jānaṃ theyyasatthenasaddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjeyya, antamaso gāmantarampi, pācittiya』』nti.

409.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Jānāti nāma sāmaṃ vā jānāti, aññe vā tassa ārocenti, so vā āroceti.

Theyyasattho nāma corā katakammā vā honti akatakammā vā, rājānaṃ vā theyyaṃ gacchanti suṅkaṃ vā pariharanti.

Saddhinti ekato.

Saṃvidhāyāti – 『『gacchāmāvuso, gacchāma bhante; gacchāma bhante, gacchāmāvuso, ajja vā hiyyo vā pare vā gacchāmā』』ti saṃvidahati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Antamaso gāmantarampīti kukkuṭasampāte gāme gāmantare gāmantare āpatti pācittiyassa. Agāmake araññe addhayojane addhayojane āpatti pācittiyassa.

1. Theyyasatthe theyyasatthasaññī saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjati, antamaso gāmantarampi, āpatti pācittiyassa. Theyyasatthe vematiko saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjati, antamaso gāmantarampi, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Theyyasatthe atheyyasatthasaññī saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjati, antamaso gāmantarampi, anāpatti. Bhikkhu saṃvidahati, manussā na saṃvidahanti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Atheyyasatthe theyyasatthasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Atheyyasatthe vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Atheyyasatthe atheyyasatthasaññī anāpatti.

2. Anāpatti asaṃvidahitvā gacchati, manussā saṃvidahanti bhikkhu na saṃvidahati, visaṅketena gacchati, āpadāsu, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Theyyasatthasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ.

1. Saṃvidhānasikkhāpadaṃ

404.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...這是在此含義中所指的比丘。 明知是指自己知道,或者他人告訴他,或者他告訴他人。 未滿二十歲是指未達到二十歲。 "我要授具足戒"而尋找僧團或阿阇梨或缽或衣,或劃定界場,犯突吉羅罪。白羯磨時犯突吉羅罪。兩次羯磨時犯突吉羅罪。羯磨結束時,和尚犯波逸提罪。僧團和阿阇梨犯突吉羅罪。 405.如果認為未滿二十歲的人未滿二十歲而授具足戒,犯波逸提罪。如果懷疑未滿二十歲的人是否滿二十歲而授具足戒,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為未滿二十歲的人已滿二十歲而授具足戒,無罪。如果認為已滿二十歲的人未滿二十歲,犯突吉羅罪。如果懷疑已滿二十歲的人是否滿二十歲,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為已滿二十歲的人已滿二十歲,無罪。 406.無罪的情況:認為未滿二十歲的人已滿二十歲而授具足戒,認為已滿二十歲的人已滿二十歲而授具足戒,精神錯亂者,最初的犯戒者。 未滿二十歲受具足戒學處第五結束。 6.與偷稅商隊同行學處 407.那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現在的夏希特-默赫特)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,一個商隊想從王舍城(現在的拉杰吉爾)去帕蒂亞洛卡。一位比丘對那些人說:"我也要和你們一起去。""尊者,我們要逃稅。""朋友們,你們知道(後果)。"稅務官聽說:"據說商隊要逃稅。"他們在路上埋伏。然後那些稅務官抓住那個商隊,搜查后對那位比丘說:"尊者,你為什麼明知而與偷稅商隊同行?"他們扣留后釋放了他。然後那位比丘去舍衛城把這件事告訴比丘們。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼比丘明知與偷稅商隊約定同行呢?"...(他們)問:"比丘,你是否真的明知與偷稅商隊約定同行?"(那位比丘說:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥說...:"愚人,為什麼你明知與偷稅商隊約定同行呢?愚人,這不會使不信者生信...比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: 408."若比丘明知與偷稅商隊約定同行,即使只是一村之間,犯波逸提罪。" 409.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...這是在此含義中所指的比丘。 明知是指自己知道,或者他人告訴他,或者他告訴他人。 偷稅商隊是指已經犯罪或準備犯罪的盜賊,或者偷竊國王的財物或逃避關稅。 與...一起是指一同。 約定是指說"朋友,我們走吧"、"尊者,我們走吧"、"尊者,我們走吧"、"朋友,我們走吧"、"今天或明天或後天我們走吧"而約定,犯突吉羅罪。 即使只是一村之間是指在雞飛距離的村莊,每經過一村就犯波逸提罪。在無村莊的曠野,每半由旬犯波逸提罪。 410.如果認為是偷稅商隊而與偷稅商隊約定同行,即使只是一村之間,犯波逸提罪。如果懷疑是否是偷稅商隊而與偷稅商隊約定同行,即使只是一村之間,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為不是偷稅商隊而與偷稅商隊約定同行,即使只是一村之間,無罪。比丘約定,人們不約定,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為不是偷稅商隊的是偷稅商隊,犯突吉羅罪。如果懷疑不是偷稅商隊的是否是偷稅商隊,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為不是偷稅商隊的不是偷稅商隊,無罪。 411.無罪的情況:未約定而同行,人們約定而比丘未約定,未按約定時間同行,遇到危險,精神錯亂者,最初的犯戒者。 與偷稅商隊同行學處第六結束。 7.與女人

1. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu kosalesu janapade sāvatthiṃ gacchanto aññatarena gāmadvārena atikkamati. Aññatarā itthī sāmikena saha bhaṇḍitvā gāmato nikkhamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ passitvā etadavoca – 『『kahaṃ, bhante, ayyo gamissatī』』ti? 『『Sāvatthiṃ kho ahaṃ, bhagini, gamissāmī』』ti. 『『Ahaṃ ayyena saddhiṃ gamissāmī』』ti. 『『Eyyāsi, bhaginī』』ti. Atha kho tassā itthiyā sāmiko gāmato nikkhamitvā manusse pucchi – 『『apāyyo [apayyā (sī. syā.)] evarūpiṃ itthiṃ passeyyāthā』』ti? 『『Esāyyo, pabbajitena saha gacchatī』』ti. Atha kho so puriso anubandhitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ gahetvā ākoṭetvā muñci. Atha kho so bhikkhu aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle padhūpento nisīdi. Atha kho sā itthī taṃ purisaṃ etadavoca – 『『nāyyo so bhikkhu maṃ nippātesi; apica, ahameva tena bhikkhunā saddhiṃ gacchāmi; akārako so bhikkhu; gaccha, naṃ khamāpehī』』ti. Atha kho so puriso taṃ bhikkhuṃ khamāpesi. Atha kho so bhikkhu sāvatthiṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma bhikkhu mātugāmena saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjissatī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, bhikkhu, mātugāmena saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjasīti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, mātugāmena saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjissasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ, uddiseyyātha –

413.『『Yo pana bhikkhu mātugāmena saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjeyya, antamaso gāmantarampi, pācittiya』』nti.

414.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Mātugāmo nāma manussitthī, na yakkhī na petī na tiracchānagatā viññū paṭibalā subhāsitadubbhāsitaṃ duṭṭhullāduṭṭhullaṃ ājānituṃ.

Saddhinti ekato.

Saṃvidhāyāti – 『『gacchāma bhagini, gacchāmāyya, gacchāmāyya, gacchāma bhagini, ajja vā hiyyo vā pare vā gacchāmā』』ti saṃvidahati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Antamaso gāmantarampīti kukkuṭasampāte gāme gāmantare gāmantare āpatti pācittiyassa. Agāmake araññe addhayojane addhayojane āpatti pācittiyassa.

1. Mātugāme mātugāmasaññī saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjati, antamaso gāmantarampi, āpatti pācittiyassa. Mātugāme vematiko saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjati, antamaso gāmantarampi, āpatti pācittiyassa. Mātugāme amātugāmasaññī saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjati, antamaso gāmantarampi, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Bhikkhu saṃvidahati mātugāmo na saṃvidahati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Yakkhiyā vā petiyā paṇḍakena vā tiracchānagatamanussaviggahitthiyā vā saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjati, antamaso gāmantarampi, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amātugāme mātugāmasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amātugāme vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amātugāme amātugāmasaññī, anāpatti.

1. Anāpatti asaṃvidahitvā gacchati, mātugāmo saṃvidahati bhikkhu na saṃvidahati, visaṅketena gacchati, āpadāsu, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Saṃvidhānasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ sattamaṃ.

1. Ariṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ

417.[idaṃ vatthu cūḷava. 65; ma. ni.

約定同行學處 412.那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現在的夏希特-默赫特)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,一位比丘在拘薩羅國前往舍衛城,經過一個村莊的門口。一位女子與丈夫吵架后離開村子,看到那位比丘后說:"尊者,您要去哪裡?""姐妹,我要去舍衛城。""我要和尊者一起去。""來吧,姐妹。"然後那女子的丈夫離開村子,問人們:"先生們,你們看到這樣的女子嗎?""先生,她和出家人一起走了。"然後那男子追上去,抓住那位比丘打了一頓後放開。然後那位比丘坐在一棵樹下抽菸。然後那女子對那男子說:"先生,那位比丘沒有傷害我;是我自己要和那位比丘一起走的;那位比丘沒做錯什麼;去向他道歉吧。"然後那男子向那位比丘道歉。然後那位比丘去舍衛城把這件事告訴比丘們。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼比丘與女人約定同行呢?"...(他們)問:"比丘,你是否真的與女人約定同行?"(那位比丘說:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥說...:"愚人,為什麼你與女人約定同行呢?愚人,這不會使不信者生信...比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: 413."若比丘與女人約定同行,即使只是一村之間,犯波逸提罪。" 414.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...這是在此含義中所指的比丘。 女人是指人類女子,不是女夜叉、女餓鬼或雌性動物,是有理智慧力、能分辨善語惡語、粗語細語的。 與...一起是指一同。 約定是指說"姐妹,我們走吧"、"尊者,我們走吧"、"尊者,我們走吧"、"姐妹,我們走吧"、"今天或明天或後天我們走吧"而約定,犯突吉羅罪。 即使只是一村之間是指在雞飛距離的村莊,每經過一村就犯波逸提罪。在無村莊的曠野,每半由旬犯波逸提罪。 415.如果認為是女人而與女人約定同行,即使只是一村之間,犯波逸提罪。如果懷疑是否是女人而與女人約定同行,即使只是一村之間,犯波逸提罪。如果認為不是女人而與女人約定同行,即使只是一村之間,犯波逸提罪。 比丘約定而女人不約定,犯突吉羅罪。與女夜叉、女餓鬼、黃門或變成人形的雌性動物約定同行,即使只是一村之間,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為不是女人的是女人,犯突吉羅罪。如果懷疑不是女人的是否是女人,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為不是女人的不是女人,無罪。 416.無罪的情況:未約定而同行,女人約定而比丘未約定,未按約定時間同行,遇到危險,精神錯亂者,最初的犯戒者。 與女人約定同行學處第七結束。 8.阿利吒學處 417.[這個故事見小品第65節;中部]

1.234] Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena ariṭṭhassa nāma bhikkhuno gaddhabādhipubbassa [gandhabādhipubbassa (syā. ka.)] evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti – 『『tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā』』ti. Assosuṃ kho sambahulā bhikkhū – 『『ariṭṭhassa kira nāma bhikkhuno gaddhabādhipubbassa evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ – 『tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā, te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā』』』ti. Atha kho te bhikkhū yena ariṭṭho bhikkhu gaddhabādhipubbo tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā ariṭṭhaṃ bhikkhuṃ gaddhabādhipubbaṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『saccaṃ kira te, āvuso ariṭṭha, evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ – 『tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā, te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā』』ti? 『『Evaṃbyākho ahaṃ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi – 『yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā』』』ti.

『『Mā, āvuso ariṭṭha, evaṃ avaca. Mā bhagavantaṃ abbhācikkhi. Na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṃ [abbhācikkhanaṃ (itipi)]. Na hi bhagavā evaṃ vadeyya . Anekapariyāyenāvuso ariṭṭha, antarāyikā dhammā antarāyikā vuttā bhagavatā. Alañca pana te paṭisevato antarāyāya. Appassādā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. Aṭṭhikaṅkalūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. Maṃsapesūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā…pe… tiṇukkūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā… aṅgārakāsūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā… supinakūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā… yācitakūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā… rukkhaphalūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā… asisūnūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā… sattisūlūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā… sappasirūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo』』ti.

Evampi kho ariṭṭho bhikkhu gaddhabādhipubbo tehi bhikkhūhi vuccamāno tatheva taṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ thāmasā parāmāsā abhinivissa voharati – 『『evaṃbyākho ahaṃ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, – 『yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā, te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā』』』ti. Yato ca kho te bhikkhū nāsakkhiṃsu ariṭṭhaṃ bhikkhuṃ gaddhabādhipubbaṃ etasmā pāpakā diṭṭhigatā vivecetuṃ, atha kho te bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā ariṭṭhaṃ bhikkhuṃ gaddhabādhipubbaṃ paṭipucchi – 『『saccaṃ kira te, ariṭṭha, evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ – 『tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā』』』ti ? 『『Evaṃbyākho ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi – 『yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā』』』ti.

Kassa nu kho nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, mayā evaṃ dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāsi? Nanu mayā, moghapurisa, anekapariyāyena antarāyikā dhammā antarāyikā vuttā. Alañca pana te paṭisevato antarāyāya. Appassādā kāmā vuttā mayā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. Aṭṭhikaṅkalūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā…pe… maṃsapesūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā… tiṇukkūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā… aṅgārakāsūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā… supinakūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā… yācitakūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā… rukkhaphalūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā… asisūnūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā… sattisūlūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā… sappasirūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. Atha ca pana tvaṃ, moghapurisa, attanā duggahitena amhe ceva abbhācikkhasi, attānañca khaṇasi, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavasi. Tañhi te, moghapurisa, bhavissati dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya. Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe…. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

417.那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現在的夏希特-默赫特)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,一位名叫阿利吒的比丘,曾經是一個馴鷹師,生起這樣的惡見:"我如此理解世尊所說的法,即使行那些世尊所說的障礙法,也不足以成為障礙。"許多比丘聽說:"據說名叫阿利吒的比丘,曾經是一個馴鷹師,生起這樣的惡見:'我如此理解世尊所說的法,即使行那些世尊所說的障礙法,也不足以成為障礙。'"然後那些比丘去找阿利吒比丘,到了之後對阿利吒比丘說:"阿利吒朋友,據說你真的生起這樣的惡見:'我如此理解世尊所說的法,即使行那些世尊所說的障礙法,也不足以成為障礙'?"(阿利吒說:)"朋友們,我確實如此理解世尊所說的法:'即使行那些世尊所說的障礙法,也不足以成為障礙。'" "阿利吒朋友,不要這樣說。不要誹謗世尊。誹謗世尊是不好的。世尊不會這樣說。阿利吒朋友,世尊以多種方式說那些障礙法是障礙。而且行那些法足以成為障礙。世尊說欲樂少味多苦多惱,過患更多。世尊說欲樂如骨架,多苦多惱,過患更多。世尊說欲樂如肉塊...世尊說欲樂如草把...世尊說欲樂如火坑...世尊說欲樂如夢...世尊說欲樂如借物...世尊說欲樂如樹果...世尊說欲樂如屠刀...世尊說欲樂如劍刺...世尊說欲樂如蛇頭,多苦多惱,過患更多。" 即使那些比丘這樣說,阿利吒比丘仍然堅持、執著、固守那惡見,說:"朋友們,我確實如此理解世尊所說的法:'即使行那些世尊所說的障礙法,也不足以成為障礙。'"當那些比丘無法使阿利吒比丘放棄那惡見時,他們就去找世尊,到了之後把這件事告訴世尊。然後世尊因這緣由、因這事件召集比丘僧團,問阿利吒比丘:"阿利吒,據說你真的生起這樣的惡見:'我如此理解世尊所說的法,即使行那些世尊所說的障礙法,也不足以成為障礙'?"(阿利吒說:)"世尊,我確實如此理解世尊所說的法:'即使行那些世尊所說的障礙法,也不足以成為障礙。'" "愚人,你從誰那裡聽說我這樣說法?愚人,我不是以多種方式說那些障礙法是障礙嗎?而且行那些法足以成為障礙。我說欲樂少味多苦多惱,過患更多。我說欲樂如骨架...我說欲樂如肉塊...我說欲樂如草把...我說欲樂如火坑...我說欲樂如夢...我說欲樂如借物...我說欲樂如樹果...我說欲樂如屠刀...我說欲樂如劍刺...我說欲樂如蛇頭,多苦多惱,過患更多。然而你這愚人,因為自己誤解而誹謗我們,傷害自己,造作許多不善。愚人,這將使你長久不利、痛苦。愚人,這不會使不信者生信...比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處:

418.『『Yo pana bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – 『tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā, te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā』ti so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi evamassa vacanīyo – 『māyasmā evaṃ avaca, mā bhagavantaṃ abbhācikkhi, na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṃ, na hi bhagavā evaṃ vadeyya, anekapariyāyenāvuso, antarāyikā dhammā antarāyikā vuttā bhagavatā, alañca pana te paṭisevato antarāyāyā』ti. Evañca [evañca pana (ka.)] so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi vuccamāno tatheva paggaṇheyya, so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi yāvatatiyaṃ samanubhāsitabbo tassa paṭinissaggāya. Yāvatatiyañce samanubhāsiyamāno taṃ paṭinissajjeyya, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ, no ce paṭinissajjeyya, pācittiya』』nti.

419.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Evaṃ vadeyyāti – 『『tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā』』ti.

Sobhikkhūti yo so evaṃvādī bhikkhu.

Bhikkhūhīti aññehi bhikkhūhi. Ye passanti ye suṇanti tehi vattabbo – 『『māyasmā evaṃ avaca, mā bhagavantaṃ abbhācikkhi, na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṃ, na hi bhagavā evaṃ vadeyya, anekapariyāyenāvuso antarāyikā dhammā antarāyikā vuttā bhagavatā. Alañca pana te paṭisevato antarāyāyā』』ti. Dutiyampi vattabbo. Tatiyampi vattabbo. Sace paṭinissajjati , iccetaṃ kusalaṃ; no ce paṭinissajjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Sutvā na vadanti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. So bhikkhu saṅghamajjhampi ākaḍḍhitvā vattabbo – 『『māyasmā evaṃ avaca, mā bhagavantaṃ abbhācikkhi, na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṃ, na hi bhagavā evaṃ vadeyya, anekapariyāyenāvuso antarāyikā dhammā antarāyikā vuttā bhagavatā. Alañca pana te paṭisevato antarāyāyā』』ti. Dutiyampi vattabbo. Tatiyampi vattabbo. Sace paṭinissajjati, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce paṭinissajjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. So bhikkhu samanubhāsitabbo. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, samanubhāsitabbo. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

1. 『『Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Itthannāmassa bhikkhuno evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ – 『tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā, te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā』ti. So taṃ diṭṭhiṃ na paṭinissajjati. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ samanubhāseyya – tassā diṭṭhiyā paṭinissaggāya. Esā ñatti.

『『Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Itthannāmassa bhikkhuno evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ – 『tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā, te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā』ti. So taṃ diṭṭhiṃ na paṭinissajjati. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ samanubhāsati tassā diṭṭhiyā paṭinissaggāya. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa bhikkhuno samanubhāsanā, tassā diṭṭhiyā paṭinissaggāya, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

『『Dutiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi…pe… tatiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi – 『『suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Itthannāmassa bhikkhuno evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ – 『tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā』ti . So taṃ diṭṭhiṃ na paṭinissajjati. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ samanubhāsati tassā diṭṭhiyā paṭinissaggāya. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa bhikkhuno samanubhāsanā, tassā diṭṭhiyā paṭinissaggāya, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

『『Samanubhaṭṭho saṅghena itthannāmo bhikkhu, tassā diṭṭhiyā paṭinissaggāya. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī』』ti.

Ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Dvīhi kammavācāhi dukkaṭā. Kammavācāpariyosāne āpatti pācittiyassa.

418."若有比丘這樣說:'我如此理解世尊所說的法,即使行那些世尊所說的障礙法,也不足以成為障礙。'其他比丘應該這樣對他說:'尊者,不要這樣說,不要誹謗世尊,誹謗世尊是不好的,世尊不會這樣說。朋友,世尊以多種方式說那些障礙法是障礙,而且行那些法足以成為障礙。'如果那位比丘被其他比丘這樣勸告時仍然堅持,其他比丘應該勸告他三次使他放棄。如果經過三次勸告后他放棄了,這就好;如果不放棄,犯波逸提罪。" 419.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...這是在此含義中所指的比丘。 這樣說是指說:"我如此理解世尊所說的法,即使行那些世尊所說的障礙法,也不足以成為障礙。" 那位比丘是指那個這樣說的比丘。 其他比丘是指其他比丘。看到或聽到的比丘應該對他說:"尊者,不要這樣說,不要誹謗世尊,誹謗世尊是不好的,世尊不會這樣說。朋友,世尊以多種方式說那些障礙法是障礙,而且行那些法足以成為障礙。"應該第二次勸告。應該第三次勸告。如果他放棄,這就好;如果不放棄,犯突吉羅罪。聽到而不勸告,犯突吉羅罪。應該把那位比丘帶到僧團中間,對他說:"尊者,不要這樣說,不要誹謗世尊,誹謗世尊是不好的,世尊不會這樣說。朋友,世尊以多種方式說那些障礙法是障礙,而且行那些法足以成為障礙。"應該第二次勸告。應該第三次勸告。如果他放棄,這就好;如果不放棄,犯突吉羅罪。應該勸告那位比丘。比丘們,應該這樣勸告。有能力的比丘應該通知僧團: 420."大德僧團請聽。某某比丘生起這樣的惡見:'我如此理解世尊所說的法,即使行那些世尊所說的障礙法,也不足以成為障礙。'他不放棄那個見解。如果僧團認為時機適當,僧團應該勸告某某比丘放棄那個見解。這是動議。 大德僧團請聽。某某比丘生起這樣的惡見:'我如此理解世尊所說的法,即使行那些世尊所說的障礙法,也不足以成為障礙。'他不放棄那個見解。僧團正在勸告某某比丘放棄那個見解。如果大德同意勸告某某比丘放棄那個見解,請保持沉默;如果不同意,請說出來。 我再說第二遍...我再說第三遍:大德僧團請聽。某某比丘生起這樣的惡見:'我如此理解世尊所說的法,即使行那些世尊所說的障礙法,也不足以成為障礙。'他不放棄那個見解。僧團正在勸告某某比丘放棄那個見解。如果大德同意勸告某某比丘放棄那個見解,請保持沉默;如果不同意,請說出來。 僧團已經勸告某某比丘放棄那個見解。僧團同意,因此保持沉默。我如此記住這件事。" 動議時犯突吉羅罪。兩次羯磨時犯突吉羅罪。羯磨結束時犯波逸提罪。

1. Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī na paṭinissajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme vematiko na paṭinissajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa dhammakamme adhammakammasaññī na paṭinissajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1. Anāpatti asamanubhāsantassa, paṭinissajjantassa, ummattakassāti.

Ariṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ.

1. Ukkhittasambhogasikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū jānaṃ tathāvādinā ariṭṭhena bhikkhunā [bhikkhunā gaddhabādhipubbena (?)] akaṭānudhammena taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissaṭṭhena saddhiṃ sambhuñjantipi saṃvasantipi sahāpi seyyaṃ kappenti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū jānaṃ tathāvādinā ariṭṭhena bhikkhunā [bhikkhunā gaddhabādhipubbena (?)] akaṭānudhammena taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissaṭṭhena saddhiṃ sambhuñjissantipi saṃvasissantipi sahāpi seyyaṃ kappessantīti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, jānaṃ tathāvādinā ariṭṭhena bhikkhunā [bhikkhunā gaddhabādhipubbena (?)] akaṭānudhammena taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissaṭṭhena saddhiṃ sambhuñjathāpi saṃvasathāpi sahāpi seyyaṃ kappethāti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, jānaṃ tathāvādinā ariṭṭhena bhikkhunā [bhikkhunā gaddhabādhipubbane (?)] akaṭānudhammena taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissaṭṭhena saddhiṃ sambhuñjissathāpi saṃvasissathāpi sahāpi seyyaṃ kappessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

424.『『Yopana bhikkhu jānaṃ tathāvādinā bhikkhunā akaṭānudhammena taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissaṭṭhena saddhiṃ sambhuñjeyya vā saṃvaseyya vā saha vā seyyaṃkappeyya, pācittiya』』nti.

425.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Jānāti nāma sāmaṃ vā jānāti, aññe vā tassa ārocenti, so vā āroceti.

Tathāvādināti – 『『tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā, te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā』』ti evaṃ vādinā.

Akaṭānudhammo nāma ukkhitto anosārito.

Taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissaṭṭhena saddhinti etaṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissaṭṭhena saddhiṃ.

Sambhuñjeyya vāti sambhogo nāma dve sambhogā – āmisasambhogo ca dhammasambhogo ca. Āmisasambhogo nāma āmisaṃ deti vā paṭiggaṇhāti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammasambhogo nāma uddisati vā uddisāpeti vā, padena uddisati vā uddisāpeti vā, pade pade āpatti pācittiyassa. Akkharāya uddisati vā uddisāpeti vā, akkharakkharāya āpatti pācittiyassa.

Saṃvaseyyavāti ukkhittakena saddhiṃ uposathaṃ vā pavāraṇaṃ vā saṅghakammaṃ vā karoti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Sahavā seyyaṃ kappeyyāti ekacchanne ukkhittake nipanne bhikkhu nipajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Bhikkhu nipanne ukkhittako nipajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ubho vā nipajjanti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Uṭṭhahitvā punappunaṃ nipajjanti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

1. Ukkhittake ukkhittakasaññī sambhuñjati vā saṃvasati vā saha vā seyyaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ukkhittake vematiko sambhuñjati vā saṃvasati vā saha vā seyyaṃ kappeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ukkhittake anukkhittakasaññī sambhuñjati vā saṃvasati vā saha vā seyyaṃ kappeti, anāpatti . Anukkhittake ukkhittakasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anukkhittake vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anukkhittake anukkhittakasaññī, anāpatti.

2. Anāpatti anukkhittoti jānāti, ukkhitto osāritoti jānāti, ukkhitto taṃ diṭṭhiṃ paṭinissaṭṭhoti jānāti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Ukkhittasambhogasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ navamaṃ.

1. Kaṇṭakasikkhāpadaṃ

421.如果認為是如法羯磨而不放棄,犯波逸提罪。如果懷疑是否如法羯磨而不放棄,犯波逸提罪。如果認為是非法羯磨而不放棄,犯波逸提罪。 如果認為非法羯磨是如法羯磨,犯突吉羅罪。如果懷疑非法羯磨是否如法羯磨,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為非法羯磨是非法羯磨,犯突吉羅罪。 422.無罪的情況:未被勸告,放棄(惡見),精神錯亂者。 阿利吒學處第八結束。 9.與被擯除者共食共住學處 423.那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現在的夏希特-默赫特)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,六群比丘明知阿利吒比丘[曾經是馴鷹師的比丘(?)]持有那種見解,未依法作(懺悔),未放棄那見解,仍與他一起吃飯、一起住宿、一起睡覺。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼六群比丘明知阿利吒比丘[曾經是馴鷹師的比丘(?)]持有那種見解,未依法作(懺悔),未放棄那見解,仍與他一起吃飯、一起住宿、一起睡覺呢?"...(他們)問:"比丘們,你們是否真的明知阿利吒比丘[曾經是馴鷹師的比丘(?)]持有那種見解,未依法作(懺悔),未放棄那見解,仍與他一起吃飯、一起住宿、一起睡覺?"(六群比丘說:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥說...:"愚人,為什麼你們明知阿利吒比丘[曾經是馴鷹師的比丘(?)]持有那種見解,未依法作(懺悔),未放棄那見解,仍與他一起吃飯、一起住宿、一起睡覺呢?愚人,這不會使不信者生信...比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: 424."若比丘明知某比丘持有那種見解,未依法作(懺悔),未放棄那見解,仍與他一起吃飯、一起住宿或一起睡覺,犯波逸提罪。" 425.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...這是在此含義中所指的比丘。 明知是指自己知道,或者他人告訴他,或者他告訴他人。 持有那種見解是指說:"我如此理解世尊所說的法,即使行那些世尊所說的障礙法,也不足以成為障礙。" 未依法作是指被擯除而未被恢復。 未放棄那見解是指未放棄那個見解。 一起吃飯是指有兩種共享:物質的共享和法的共享。物質的共享是指給予或接受物品,犯波逸提罪。法的共享是指誦經或讓人誦經,每句犯波逸提罪。每個字誦經或讓人誦經,每個字犯波逸提罪。 一起住宿是指與被擯除者一起舉行布薩、自恣或僧團羯磨,犯波逸提罪。 一起睡覺是指在同一屋頂下,被擯除者躺下時比丘躺下,犯波逸提罪。比丘躺下時被擯除者躺下,犯波逸提罪。兩人都躺下,犯波逸提罪。起來后再躺下,犯波逸提罪。 426.如果認為被擯除者是被擯除者而與他一起吃飯、一起住宿或一起睡覺,犯波逸提罪。如果懷疑是否被擯除者而與他一起吃飯、一起住宿或一起睡覺,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為被擯除者不是被擯除者而與他一起吃飯、一起住宿或一起睡覺,無罪。如果認為未被擯除者是被擯除者,犯突吉羅罪。如果懷疑未被擯除者是否被擯除,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為未被擯除者是未被擯除者,無罪。 427.無罪的情況:知道他未被擯除,知道被擯除者已被恢復,知道被擯除者已放棄那見解,精神錯亂者,最初的犯戒者。 與被擯除者共食共住學處第九結束。 10.沙彌學處

1. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena kaṇṭakassa [kaṇḍakassa (syā. ka.)] nāma samaṇuddesassa evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti – 『『tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā』』ti. Assosuṃ kho sambahulā bhikkhū kaṇṭakassa nāma kira samaṇuddesassa evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ – 『『tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā, te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā』』ti. Atha kho te bhikkhū yena kaṇṭako samaṇuddeso tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā kaṇṭakaṃ samaṇuddesaṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『saccaṃ kira te, āvuso kaṇṭaka, evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ – 『tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, yathā ye』me antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā』』』ti? 『『Evaṃbyākho ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi – 『yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā』』』ti.

Mā , āvuso kaṇṭaka, evaṃ avaca. Mā bhagavantaṃ abbhācikkhi. Na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṃ. Na hi bhagavā evaṃ vadeyya. Anekapariyāyena, āvuso kaṇṭaka, antarāyikā dhammā antarāyikā vuttā bhagavatā. Alañca pana te paṭisevato antarāyāya. Appassādā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo…pe… evampi kho kaṇṭako samaṇuddeso tehi bhikkhūhi vuccamāno tatheva taṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ thāmasā parāmāsā abhinivissa voharati – 『『evaṃbyākho ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi – 『yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā』』』ti.

Yato ca kho te bhikkhū nāsakkhiṃsu kaṇṭakaṃ samaṇuddesaṃ etasmā pāpakā diṭṭhigatā vivecetuṃ, atha kho te bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā kaṇṭakaṃ samaṇuddesaṃ paṭipucchi – 『『saccaṃ kira te, kaṇṭaka, evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ – 『tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā』』』ti? 『『Evaṃbyākho ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi – 『yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā』』』ti.

『『Kassa nu kho nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, mayā evaṃ dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāsi? Nanu mayā, moghapurisa, anekapariyāyena antarāyikā dhammā antarāyikā vuttā, alañca pana te paṭisevato antarāyāya? Appassādā kāmā vuttā mayā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. Aṭṭhikaṅkalūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā…pe… sappasirūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. Atha ca pana tvaṃ, moghapurisa, attanā duggahitena amhe ceva abbhācikkhasi attānañca khaṇasi bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavasi. Tañhi te, moghapurisa, bhavissati dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya. Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… pasannānañca ekaccānaṃ aññathattāyā』』ti. Vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『tena hi, bhikkhave, saṅgho kaṇṭakaṃ samaṇuddesaṃ nāsetu. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, nāsetabbo – ajjatagge te, āvuso kaṇṭaka, na ceva so bhagavā satthā apadisitabbo. Yampi caññe samaṇuddesā labhanti bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ dirattatirattaṃ sahaseyyaṃ sāpi te natthi. Cara pire vinassā』』ti. Atha kho saṅgho kaṇṭakaṃ samaṇuddesaṃ nāsesi.

428.那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現在的夏希特-默赫特)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,一位名叫康塔卡的沙彌生起這樣的惡見:"我如此理解世尊所說的法,即使行那些世尊所說的障礙法,也不足以成為障礙。"許多比丘聽說:"據說名叫康塔卡的沙彌生起這樣的惡見:'我如此理解世尊所說的法,即使行那些世尊所說的障礙法,也不足以成為障礙。'"然後那些比丘去找康塔卡沙彌,到了之後對康塔卡沙彌說:"康塔卡朋友,據說你真的生起這樣的惡見:'我如此理解世尊所說的法,即使行那些世尊所說的障礙法,也不足以成為障礙'?"(康塔卡說:)"尊者們,我確實如此理解世尊所說的法:'即使行那些世尊所說的障礙法,也不足以成為障礙。'" "康塔卡朋友,不要這樣說。不要誹謗世尊。誹謗世尊是不好的。世尊不會這樣說。康塔卡朋友,世尊以多種方式說那些障礙法是障礙。而且行那些法足以成為障礙。世尊說欲樂少味多苦多惱,過患更多。"...即使那些比丘這樣說,康塔卡沙彌仍然堅持、執著、固守那惡見,說:"尊者們,我確實如此理解世尊所說的法:'即使行那些世尊所說的障礙法,也不足以成為障礙。'" 當那些比丘無法使康塔卡沙彌放棄那惡見時,他們就去找世尊,到了之後把這件事告訴世尊。然後世尊因這緣由、因這事件召集比丘僧團,問康塔卡沙彌:"康塔卡,據說你真的生起這樣的惡見:'我如此理解世尊所說的法,即使行那些世尊所說的障礙法,也不足以成為障礙'?"(康塔卡說:)"世尊,我確實如此理解世尊所說的法:'即使行那些世尊所說的障礙法,也不足以成為障礙。'" "愚人,你從誰那裡聽說我這樣說法?愚人,我不是以多種方式說那些障礙法是障礙嗎?而且行那些法足以成為障礙。我說欲樂少味多苦多惱,過患更多。我說欲樂如骨架...我說欲樂如蛇頭,多苦多惱,過患更多。然而你這愚人,因為自己誤解而誹謗我們,傷害自己,造作許多不善。愚人,這將使你長久不利、痛苦。愚人,這不會使不信者生信...也會使一些已信者改變。"呵斥后...作了法說后,對比丘們說:"比丘們,因此僧團應該驅逐康塔卡沙彌。比丘們,應該這樣驅逐:康塔卡朋友,從今天起,你不能再稱那位世尊為你的老師。其他沙彌可以與比丘們同宿兩三夜,你沒有這個權利。走吧,消失吧。"然後僧團驅逐了康塔卡沙彌。

Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū jānaṃ tathānāsitaṃ kaṇṭakaṃ samaṇuddesaṃ upalāpentipi upaṭṭhāpentipi sambhuñjantipi sahāpi seyyaṃ kappenti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū jānaṃ tathānāsitaṃ kaṇṭakaṃ samaṇuddesaṃ upalāpessantipi upaṭṭhāpessantipi sambhuñjissantipi sahāpi seyyaṃ kappessantī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, jānaṃ tathānāsitaṃ kaṇṭakaṃ samaṇuddesaṃ upalāpethāpi upaṭṭhāpethāpi sambhuñjathāpi sahāpi seyyaṃ kappethāti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, jānaṃ tathānāsitaṃ kaṇṭakaṃ samaṇuddesaṃ upalāpessathāpi upaṭṭhāpessathāpi sambhuñjissathāpi sahāpi seyyaṃ kappessatha ! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

429.『『Samaṇuddesopi ce evaṃ vadeyya – 『tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā』ti, so samaṇuddeso bhikkhūhi evamassa vacanīyo – 『māvuso samaṇuddesa, evaṃ avaca, mā bhagavantaṃ abbhācikkhi, na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṃ, na hi bhagavā evaṃ vadeyya. Anekapariyāyenāvuso samaṇuddesa, antarāyikā dhammā antarāyikā vuttā bhagavatā. Alañca pana te paṭisevato antarāyāyā』ti. Evañca [evañca pana (ka.)] so samaṇuddeso bhikkhūhi vuccamāno tatheva paggaṇheyya, so samaṇuddeso bhikkhūhi evamassa vacanīyo – 『ajjatagge te, āvuso samaṇuddesa, na ceva so bhagavā satthā apadisitabbo. Yampi caññe samaṇuddesā labhanti bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ dirattatirattaṃ sahaseyyaṃ sāpi te natthi. Cara pire vinassā』ti. Yo pana bhikkhu jānaṃ tathānāsitaṃ samaṇuddesaṃ upalāpeyya vā upaṭṭhāpeyya vā sambhuñjeyya vā saha vā seyyaṃ kappeyya, pācittiya』』nti.

430.Samaṇuddeso nāma sāmaṇero vuccati.

Evaṃvadeyyāti – 『『tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, yathāyeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā, te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā』』ti.

Sosamaṇuddesoti yo so evaṃvādī samaṇuddeso.

Bhikkhūhīti aññehi bhikkhūhi, ye passanti ye suṇanti tehi vattabbo – 『『mā, āvuso samaṇuddesa, evaṃ avaca. Mā bhagavantaṃ abbhācikkhi. Na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṃ. Na hi bhagavā evaṃ vadeyya. Anekapariyāyenāvuso samaṇuddesa, antarāyikā dhammā antarāyikā vuttā bhagavatā. Alañca pana te paṭisevato antarāyāyā』』ti. Dutiyampi vattabbo… tatiyampi vattabbo…pe… sace paṭinissajjati iccetaṃ kusalaṃ, no ce paṭinissajjati so samaṇuddeso bhikkhūhi evamassa vacanīyo – 『『ajjatagge te, āvuso samaṇuddesa, na ceva so bhagavā satthā apadisitabbo. Yampi caññe samaṇuddesā labhanti bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ dirattatirattaṃ sahaseyyaṃ sāpi te natthi. Cara pire vinassā』』ti.

Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Jānāti nāma sāmaṃ vā jānāti, aññe vā tassa ārocenti, so vā āroceti.

Tathānāsitanti evaṃ nāsitaṃ.

Samaṇuddeso nāma sāmaṇero vuccati.

Upalāpeyya vāti tassa pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā uddesaṃ vā paripucchaṃ vā dassāmīti upalāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Upaṭṭhāpeyya vāti tassa cuṇṇaṃ vā mattikaṃ vā dantakaṭṭhaṃ vā mukhodakaṃ vā sādiyati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Sambhuñjeyya vāti sambhogo nāma dve sambhogā – āmisasambhogo ca dhammasambhogo ca. Āmisasambhogo nāma āmisaṃ deti vā paṭiggaṇhāti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammasambhogo nāma uddisati vā uddisāpeti vā, padena uddisati vā uddisāpeti vā, pade pade āpatti pācittiyassa. Akkharāya uddisati vā uddisāpeti vā, akkharakkharāya āpatti pācittiyassa.

Sahavā seyyaṃ kappeyyāti ekacchanne nāsitake samaṇuddese nipanne bhikkhu nipajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Bhikkhu nipanne nāsitako samaṇuddeso nipajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ubho vā nipajjanti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Uṭṭhahitvā punappunaṃ nipajjanti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

當時,六群比丘明知康塔卡沙彌已被如此驅逐,仍然安慰他、照顧他、與他一起吃飯、一起睡覺。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼六群比丘明知康塔卡沙彌已被如此驅逐,仍然安慰他、照顧他、與他一起吃飯、一起睡覺呢?"...(他們)問:"比丘們,你們是否真的明知康塔卡沙彌已被如此驅逐,仍然安慰他、照顧他、與他一起吃飯、一起睡覺?"(六群比丘說:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥說...:"愚人,為什麼你們明知康塔卡沙彌已被如此驅逐,仍然安慰他、照顧他、與他一起吃飯、一起睡覺呢?愚人,這不會使不信者生信...比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: 429."如果沙彌也這樣說:'我如此理解世尊所說的法,即使行那些世尊所說的障礙法,也不足以成為障礙。'比丘們應該這樣對那位沙彌說:'朋友沙彌,不要這樣說,不要誹謗世尊,誹謗世尊是不好的,世尊不會這樣說。朋友沙彌,世尊以多種方式說那些障礙法是障礙,而且行那些法足以成為障礙。'如果那位沙彌被比丘們這樣勸告時仍然堅持,比丘們應該這樣對那位沙彌說:'朋友沙彌,從今天起,你不能再稱那位世尊為你的老師。其他沙彌可以與比丘們同宿兩三夜,你沒有這個權利。走吧,消失吧。'若比丘明知沙彌已被如此驅逐,仍然安慰他、照顧他、與他一起吃飯或一起睡覺,犯波逸提罪。" 430.沙彌是指沙彌。 這樣說是指說:"我如此理解世尊所說的法,即使行那些世尊所說的障礙法,也不足以成為障礙。" 那位沙彌是指那個這樣說的沙彌。 比丘們是指其他比丘。看到或聽到的比丘應該對他說:"朋友沙彌,不要這樣說,不要誹謗世尊,誹謗世尊是不好的,世尊不會這樣說。朋友沙彌,世尊以多種方式說那些障礙法是障礙,而且行那些法足以成為障礙。"應該第二次勸告...應該第三次勸告...如果他放棄,這就好;如果不放棄,比丘們應該這樣對那位沙彌說:"朋友沙彌,從今天起,你不能再稱那位世尊為你的老師。其他沙彌可以與比丘們同宿兩三夜,你沒有這個權利。走吧,消失吧。" 然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...這是在此含義中所指的比丘。 明知是指自己知道,或者他人告訴他,或者他告訴他人。 已被如此驅逐是指已被這樣驅逐。 沙彌是指沙彌。 安慰是指說"我會給你缽或衣或教導或解答"而安慰他,犯波逸提罪。 照顧是指接受他的粉或泥或牙刷或漱口水,犯波逸提罪。 一起吃飯是指有兩種共享:物質的共享和法的共享。物質的共享是指給予或接受物品,犯波逸提罪。法的共享是指誦經或讓人誦經,每句犯波逸提罪。每個字誦經或讓人誦經,每個字犯波逸提罪。 一起睡覺是指在同一屋頂下,被驅逐的沙彌躺下時比丘躺下,犯波逸提罪。比丘躺下時被驅逐的沙彌躺下,犯波逸提罪。兩人都躺下,犯波逸提罪。起來后再躺下,犯波逸提罪。

1. Nāsitake nāsitakasaññī upalāpeti vā upaṭṭhāpeti vā sambhuñjati vā saha vā seyyaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Nāsitake vematiko upalāpeti vā upaṭṭhāpeti vā sambhuñjati vā saha vā seyyaṃ kappeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nāsitake anāsitakasaññī upalāpeti vā upaṭṭhāpeti vā sambhuñjati vā saha vā seyyaṃ kappeti, anāpatti. Anāsitake nāsitakasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anāsitake vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anāsitake anāsitakasaññī, anāpatti.

2. Anāpatti anāsitakoti jānāti, taṃ diṭṭhiṃ paṭinissaṭṭhoti jānāti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Kaṇṭakasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dasamaṃ.

Sappāṇakavaggo sattamo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Sañciccavadhasappāṇaṃ, ukkoṭaṃ duṭṭhullachādanaṃ;

Ūnavīsati satthañca, saṃvidhānaṃ ariṭṭhakaṃ;

Ukkhittaṃ kaṇṭakañceva, dasa sikkhāpadā imeti.

1. Sahadhammikavaggo

2. Sahadhammikasikkhāpadaṃ

3. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā kosambiyaṃ viharati ghositārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā channo anācāraṃ ācarati. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – 『『māvuso channa, evarūpaṃ akāsi. Netaṃ kappatī』』ti. So evaṃ vadeti – 『『na tāvāhaṃ, āvuso, etasmiṃ sikkhāpade sikkhissāmi yāva na aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ byattaṃ vinayadharaṃ paripucchāmī』』ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma āyasmā channo bhikkhūhi sahadhammikaṃ vuccamāno evaṃ vakkhati – na tāvāhaṃ, āvuso, etasmiṃ sikkhāpade sikkhissāmi yāva na aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ byattaṃ vinayadharaṃ paripucchāmī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, channa, bhikkhūhi sahadhammikaṃ vuccamāno evaṃ vadesi – 『『na tāvāhaṃ, āvuso, etasmiṃ sikkhāpade sikkhissāmi yāva na aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ byattaṃ vinayadharaṃ paripucchāmī』』ti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, bhikkhūhi sahadhammikaṃ vuccamāno evaṃ vakkhasi – 『『na tāvāhaṃ, āvuso, etasmiṃ sikkhāpade sikkhissāmi yāva na aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ byattaṃ vinayadharaṃ paripucchāmī』』ti. Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

434.『『Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhūhi sahadhammikaṃ vuccamāno evaṃ vadeyya – 『na tāvāhaṃ, āvuso, etasmiṃ sikkhāpade sikkhissāmi yāva na aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ byattaṃ vinayadharaṃ paripucchāmī』ti, pācittiyaṃ. Sikkhamānena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā aññātabbaṃ paripucchitabbaṃ paripañhitabbaṃ. Ayaṃ tattha sāmīcī』』ti.

435.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Bhikkhūhīti aññehi bhikkhūhi.

Sahadhammikaṃ nāma yaṃ bhagavatā paññattaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ etaṃ sahadhammikaṃ nāma. Tena vuccamāno evaṃ vadeti [vadeyya (ka.)] – 『『na tāvāhaṃ, āvuso, etasmiṃ sikkhāpade sikkhissāmi yāva na aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ byattaṃ vinayadharaṃ paripucchāmī』』ti [imāni padāni syā. potthake na dissanti]. Paṇḍitaṃ byattaṃ [imāni padāni syā. potthake na dissanti] medhāviṃ bahussutaṃ dhammakathikaṃ paripucchāmīti bhaṇati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

431.如果認為被驅逐者是被驅逐者而安慰他、照顧他、與他一起吃飯或一起睡覺,犯波逸提罪。如果懷疑是否被驅逐者而安慰他、照顧他、與他一起吃飯或一起睡覺,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為被驅逐者不是被驅逐者而安慰他、照顧他、與他一起吃飯或一起睡覺,無罪。如果認為未被驅逐者是被驅逐者,犯突吉羅罪。如果懷疑未被驅逐者是否被驅逐,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為未被驅逐者是未被驅逐者,無罪。 432.無罪的情況:知道他未被驅逐,知道他已放棄那見解,精神錯亂者,最初的犯戒者。 沙彌學處第十結束。 有生物品第七結束。 其摘要如下: 故意殺生、有生物、挑撥、隱藏重罪、 未滿二十歲、商隊、約定、阿利吒、 被擯除、沙彌,這是十條學處。 8.同法品 1.同法學處 433.那時,佛陀住在拘睒彌(現在的科薩姆)瞿師多園。當時,尊者闡那行為不當。比丘們這樣說:"闡那朋友,不要這樣做。這是不允許的。"他這樣說:"朋友們,我不會遵守這條學處,直到我問過另一位有能力的持律比丘。"那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼尊者闡那被比丘們如法勸告時會這樣說:'朋友們,我不會遵守這條學處,直到我問過另一位有能力的持律比丘。'"...(他們)問:"闡那,你是否真的被比丘們如法勸告時這樣說:'朋友們,我不會遵守這條學處,直到我問過另一位有能力的持律比丘'?"(闡那說:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥說...:"愚人,為什麼你被比丘們如法勸告時會這樣說:'朋友們,我不會遵守這條學處,直到我問過另一位有能力的持律比丘'?愚人,這不會使不信者生信...比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: 434."若比丘被比丘們如法勸告時這樣說:'朋友們,我不會遵守這條學處,直到我問過另一位有能力的持律比丘',犯波逸提罪。比丘們,正在學習的比丘應當瞭解、詢問、請教。這是此中的正確做法。" 435.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...這是在此含義中所指的比丘。 比丘們是指其他比丘。 如法是指世尊制定的學處,這就是如法。被如此勸告時這樣說:"朋友們,我不會遵守這條學處,直到我問過另一位有能力的持律比丘。"說"我要問聰明、有能力、有智慧、多聞、善說法的人",犯波逸提罪。

1. Upasampanne upasampannasaññī evaṃ vadeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne vematiko evaṃ vadeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne anupasampannasaññī evaṃ vadeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Apaññattena vuccamāno – 『『idaṃ na sallekhāya na dhutatthāya na pāsādikatāya na apacayāya na vīriyārambhāya saṃvattatī』』ti evaṃ vadeti, 『『na tāvāhaṃ, āvuso, etasmiṃ sikkhāpade sikkhissāmi yāva na aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ byattaṃ vinayadharaṃ paṇḍitaṃ medhāviṃ bahussutaṃ dhammakathikaṃ paripucchāmī』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Anupasampannena paññattena vā apaññattena vā vuccamāno – 『『idaṃ na sallekhāya na dhutatthāya na pāsādikatāya na apacayāya na vīriyārambhāya saṃvattatī』』ti evaṃ vadeti, 『『na tāvāhaṃ, āvuso, etasmiṃ sikkhāpade sikkhissāmi yāva na aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ byattaṃ vinayadharaṃ paṇḍitaṃ medhāviṃ bahussutaṃ dhammakathikaṃ paripucchāmī』』ti bhaṇati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne upasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne anupasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Sikkhamānenāti sikkhitukāmena.

Aññātabbanti jānitabbaṃ.

Paripucchitabbanti 『『idaṃ, bhante, kathaṃ; imassa vā kvattho』』ti?

Paripañhitabbanti cintetabbaṃ tulayitabbaṃ.

Ayaṃ tattha sāmīcīti ayaṃ tattha anudhammatā.

1. Anāpatti 『『jānissāmi sikkhissāmī』』ti bhaṇati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Sahadhammikasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ paṭhamaṃ.

1. Vilekhanasikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. [idaṃ vatthu cūḷava. 320] Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā bhikkhūnaṃ anekapariyāyena vinayakathaṃ katheti, vinayassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, vinayapariyattiyā vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, ādissa ādissa āyasmato upālissa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati. Bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi [bhikkhū bhagavā (syā. ka.)] – 『『bhagavā kho anekapariyāyena vinayakathaṃ katheti, vinayassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, vinayapariyattiyā vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, ādissa ādissa āyasmato upālissa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati. Handa mayaṃ, āvuso, āyasmato upālissa santike vinayaṃ pariyāpuṇāmā』』ti, te ca bahū bhikkhū therā ca navā ca majjhimā ca āyasmato upālissa santike vinayaṃ pariyāpuṇanti.

Atha kho chabbaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – 『『etarahi kho, āvuso, bahū bhikkhū therā ca navā ca majjhimā ca āyasmato upālissa santike vinayaṃ pariyāpuṇanti. Sace ime vinaye pakataññuno bhavissanti amhe yenicchakaṃ yadicchakaṃ yāvadicchakaṃ ākaḍḍhissanti parikaḍḍhissanti. Handa mayaṃ, āvuso, vinayaṃ vivaṇṇemā』』ti. Atha kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadanti – 『『kiṃ panimehi khuddānukhuddakehi sikkhāpadehi uddiṭṭhehi, yāvadeva kukkuccāya vihesāya vilekhāya saṃvattantī』』ti! Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū vinayaṃ vivaṇṇessantīti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, vinayaṃ vivaṇṇethāti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, vinayaṃ vivaṇṇessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

439.『『Yo pana bhikkhu pātimokkhe uddissamāne evaṃ vadeyya – 『kiṃ panimehi khuddānukhuddakehi sikkhāpadehi uddiṭṭhehi, yāvadeva kukkuccāya vihesāya vilekhāya saṃvattantī』ti, sikkhāpadavivaṇṇake pācittiya』』nti.

436.如果認為已受具足戒者是已受具足戒者而這樣說,犯波逸提罪。如果懷疑是否已受具足戒者而這樣說,犯波逸提罪。如果認為已受具足戒者是未受具足戒者而這樣說,犯波逸提罪。 被未制定的學處勸告時說:"這不會導致減少(慾望),不會導致少欲,不會導致令人歡喜,不會導致減少(煩惱),不會導致精進",然後說:"朋友們,我不會遵守這條學處,直到我問過另一位有能力的持律比丘、聰明、有智慧、多聞、善說法的人",犯突吉羅罪。 被未受具足戒者以已制定或未制定的學處勸告時說:"這不會導致減少(慾望),不會導致少欲,不會導致令人歡喜,不會導致減少(煩惱),不會導致精進",然後說:"朋友們,我不會遵守這條學處,直到我問過另一位有能力的持律比丘、聰明、有智慧、多聞、善說法的人",犯突吉羅罪。如果認為未受具足戒者是已受具足戒者,犯突吉羅罪。如果懷疑未受具足戒者是否已受具足戒,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為未受具足戒者是未受具足戒者,犯突吉羅罪。 正在學習的是指想要學習的。 應當瞭解是指應當知道。 應當詢問是指"尊者,這是什麼意思?這有什麼用?" 應當請教是指應當思考、衡量。 這是此中的正確做法是指這是此中的如法做法。 437.無罪的情況:說"我會知道,我會學習",精神錯亂者,最初的犯戒者。 同法學處第一結束。 2.誹謗學處 438.那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現在的夏希特-默赫特)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,世尊以多種方式向比丘們講說律的開示,讚歎律,讚歎學習律,一再讚歎尊者優波離。比丘們想:"世尊以多種方式講說律的開示,讚歎律,讚歎學習律,一再讚歎尊者優波離。朋友們,讓我們跟尊者優波離學習律吧。"許多上座、新學和中間的比丘跟尊者優波離學習律。 然後六群比丘想:"朋友們,現在許多上座、新學和中間的比丘跟尊者優波離學習律。如果他們精通律,就會隨意拉扯我們。朋友們,讓我們誹謗律吧。"然後六群比丘去找比丘們,這樣說:"為什麼要誦讀這些小小的學處呢?它們只會導致悔恨、煩惱、困惑。"那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼六群比丘要誹謗律呢?"...(他們)問:"比丘們,你們是否真的誹謗律?"(六群比丘說:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥說...:"愚人,為什麼你們要誹謗律呢?愚人,這不會使不信者生信...比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: 439."若比丘在誦波羅提木叉時這樣說:'為什麼要誦讀這些小小的學處呢?它們只會導致悔恨、煩惱、困惑',因誹謗學處,犯波逸提罪。"

440.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Pātimokkhe uddissamāneti uddisante vā uddisāpente vā sajjhāyaṃ vā karonte.

Evaṃvadeyyāti – 『『kiṃ panimehi khuddānukhuddakehi sikkhāpadehi uddiṭṭhehi, yāvadeva kukkuccāya vihesāya vilekhāya saṃvattantīti. 『『Ye imaṃ pariyāpuṇanti tesaṃ kukkuccaṃ hoti, vihesā hoti, vilekhā hoti, ye imaṃ na pariyāpuṇanti tesaṃ kukkuccaṃ na hoti vihesā na hoti vilekhā na hoti. Anuddiṭṭhaṃ idaṃ varaṃ, anuggahitaṃ idaṃ varaṃ, apariyāpuṭaṃ idaṃ varaṃ, adhāritaṃ idaṃ varaṃ, vinayo vā antaradhāyatu, ime vā bhikkhū apakataññuno hontū』』ti upasampannassa vinayaṃ vivaṇṇeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

1. Upasampanne upasampannasaññī vinayaṃ vivaṇṇeti, āpatti pācittiyassa . Upasampanne vematiko vinayaṃ vivaṇṇeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne anupasampannasaññī vinayaṃ vivaṇṇeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Aññaṃ dhammaṃ vivaṇṇeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannassa vinayaṃ vā aññaṃ vā dhammaṃ vivaṇṇeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne upasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne anupasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1. Anāpatti na vivaṇṇetukāmo, 『『iṅgha tvaṃ suttante vā gāthāyo vā abhidhammaṃ vā pariyāpuṇassu, pacchā vinayaṃ pariyāpuṇissasī』』ti bhaṇati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Vilekhanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dutiyaṃ.

1. Mohanasikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū anācāraṃ ācaritvā 『『aññāṇakena āpannāti jānantū』』ti pātimokkhe uddissamāne evaṃ vadanti – 『『idāneva kho mayaṃ jānāma, ayampi kira dhammo suttāgato suttapariyāpanno anvaddhamāsaṃ uddesaṃ āgacchatī』』ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū pātimokkhe uddissamāne evaṃ vakkhanti – idāneva kho mayaṃ jānāma , ayampi kira dhammo suttāgato suttapariyāpanno anvaddhamāsaṃ uddesaṃ āgacchatī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, pātimokkhe uddissamāne evaṃ vadetha – 『『idāneva kho mayaṃ jānāma, ayampi kira dhammo suttāgato suttapariyāpanno anvaddhamāsaṃ uddesaṃ āgacchatī』』ti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, pātimokkhe uddissamāne evaṃ vakkhatha – 『『idāneva kho mayaṃ jānāma, ayampi kira dhammo suttāgato suttapariyāpanno anvaddhamāsaṃ uddesaṃ āgacchatī』』ti! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

444.『『Yo pana bhikkhu anvaddhamāsaṃpātimokkhe uddissamāne evaṃ vadeyya – 『idāneva kho ahaṃ jānāmi, ayampi kira dhammo suttāgato suttapariyāpanno anvaddhamāsaṃ uddesaṃ āgacchatī』ti. Tañce bhikkhuṃ aññe bhikkhū jāneyyuṃ nisinnapubbaṃ iminā bhikkhunā dvattikkhattuṃ pātimokkhe uddissamāne, ko pana vādo bhiyyo [bhiyyoti (syā.)], na ca tassa bhikkhuno aññāṇakena mutti atthi, yañca tattha āpattiṃ āpanno tañca yathādhammo kāretabbo, uttari cassa moho āropetabbo – 『tassa te, āvuso, alābhā, tassa te dulladdhaṃ, yaṃ tvaṃ pātimokkhe uddissamāne na sādhukaṃ aṭṭhiṃ katvā [aṭṭhikatvā (syā. ka.)] manasi karosī』ti. Idaṃ tasmiṃ mohanake pācittiya』』nti.

440.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...這是在此含義中所指的比丘。 在誦波羅提木叉時是指在誦或讓人誦或誦習時。 這樣說是指說:"為什麼要誦讀這些小小的學處呢?它們只會導致悔恨、煩惱、困惑。學習這些的人會感到悔恨、煩惱、困惑,不學習這些的人不會感到悔恨、煩惱、困惑。不誦讀這個更好,不學習這個更好,不記憶這個更好,律應該消失,或者這些比丘應該不知恩。"對已受具足戒者誹謗律,犯波逸提罪。 441.如果認為已受具足戒者是已受具足戒者而誹謗律,犯波逸提罪。如果懷疑是否已受具足戒者而誹謗律,犯波逸提罪。如果認為已受具足戒者是未受具足戒者而誹謗律,犯波逸提罪。 誹謗其他法,犯突吉羅罪。對未受具足戒者誹謗律或其他法,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為未受具足戒者是已受具足戒者,犯突吉羅罪。如果懷疑未受具足戒者是否已受具足戒,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為未受具足戒者是未受具足戒者,犯突吉羅罪。 442.無罪的情況:不是想要誹謗,說"你先學習經、偈頌或阿毗達磨,以後再學習律",精神錯亂者,最初的犯戒者。 誹謗學處第二結束。 3.愚弄學處 443.那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現在的夏希特-默赫特)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,六群比丘行為不當后,想"讓他們知道我們是因為無知而犯戒的",在誦波羅提木叉時這樣說:"我們現在才知道,據說這個法也包含在經中,每半月誦一次。"那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼六群比丘在誦波羅提木叉時會這樣說:'我們現在才知道,據說這個法也包含在經中,每半月誦一次'?"...(他們)問:"比丘們,你們是否真的在誦波羅提木叉時這樣說:'我們現在才知道,據說這個法也包含在經中,每半月誦一次'?"(六群比丘說:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥說...:"愚人,為什麼你們在誦波羅提木叉時會這樣說:'我們現在才知道,據說這個法也包含在經中,每半月誦一次'?愚人,這不會使不信者生信...比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: 444."若比丘在每半月誦波羅提木叉時這樣說:'我現在才知道,據說這個法也包含在經中,每半月誦一次。'如果其他比丘知道這位比丘以前已經參加過兩三次誦波羅提木叉,更不用說更多次,那位比丘不能以無知為由開脫,應當如法處理他所犯的罪,並且應當指責他的愚弄:'朋友,這對你是不利的,這對你是不好的,你在誦波羅提木叉時沒有好好注意、用心。'這是對愚弄的波逸提罪。"

445.Yopanāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Anvaddhamāsanti anuposathikaṃ.

Pātimokkhe uddissamāneti uddisante.

Evaṃvadeyyāti anācāraṃ ācaritvā – 『『aññāṇakena āpannoti jānantū』』ti pātimokkhe uddissamāne evaṃ vadeti – 『『idāneva kho ahaṃ jānāmi, ayampi kira dhammo suttāgato suttapariyāpanno anvaddhamāsaṃ uddesaṃ āgacchatī』』ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Tañce mohetukāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ aññe bhikkhū jāneyyuṃ nisinnapubbaṃ iminā bhikkhunā dvattikkhattuṃ pātimokkhe uddissamāne, ko pana vādo bhiyyo, na ca tassa bhikkhuno aññāṇakena mutti atthi, yañca tattha āpattiṃ āpanno, tañca yathādhammo kāretabbo, uttari cassa moho āropetabbo. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, āropetabbo. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

1. 『『Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo bhikkhu pātimokkhe uddissamāne na sādhukaṃ aṭṭhiṃ katvā manasi karoti. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho itthannāmassa bhikkhuno mohaṃ āropeyya. Esā ñatti.

『『Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo bhikkhu pātimokkhe uddissamāne na sādhukaṃ aṭṭhiṃ katvā manasi karoti. Saṅgho itthannāmassa bhikkhuno mohaṃ āropeti. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa bhikkhuno mohassa āropanā, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

『『Āropito saṅghena itthannāmassa bhikkhuno moho. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī』』ti.

Anāropite mohe moheti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Āropite mohe moheti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

1. Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme vematiko, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññī moheti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme vematiko , āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1. Anāpatti na vitthārena sutaṃ hoti, ūnakadvattikkhattuṃ vitthārena sutaṃ hoti, na mohetukāmassa, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Mohanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ tatiyaṃ.

1. Pahārasikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū kupitā anattamanā sattarasavaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pahāraṃ denti. Te rodanti. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – 『『kissa tumhe, āvuso, rodathā』』ti? 『『Ime, āvuso, chabbaggiyā bhikkhū kupitā anattamanā amhākaṃ pahāraṃ dentī』』ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū kupitā anattamanā bhikkhūnaṃ pahāraṃ dassantī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, kupitā anattamanā bhikkhūnaṃ pahāraṃ dethāti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, kupitā anattamanā bhikkhūnaṃ pahāraṃ dassatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

450.『『Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhussa kupito anattamano pahāraṃ dadeyya, pācittiya』』nti.

451.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Bhikkhussāti aññassa bhikkhussa.

Kupito anattamanoti anabhiraddho āhatacitto khilajāto.

Pahāraṃ dadeyyāti kāyena vā kāyapaṭibaddhena vā nissaggiyena vā antamaso uppalapattenapi pahāraṃ deti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

1. Upasampanne upasampannasaññī kupito anattamano pahāraṃ deti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne vematiko kupito anattamano pahāraṃ deti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne anupasampannasaññī kupito anattamano pahāraṃ deti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Anupasampannassa kupito anattamano pahāraṃ deti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne upasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne vematiko , āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne anupasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1. Anāpatti kenaci viheṭhīyamāno mokkhādhippāyo pahāraṃ deti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Pahārasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ catutthaṃ.

1. Talasattikasikkhāpadaṃ

445.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...這是在此含義中所指的比丘。 每半月是指每個布薩日。 在誦波羅提木叉時是指在誦時。 這樣說是指行為不當后,想"讓他們知道我是因為無知而犯戒的",在誦波羅提木叉時這樣說:"我現在才知道,據說這個法也包含在經中,每半月誦一次",犯突吉羅罪。 如果其他比丘知道這位想要愚弄的比丘以前已經參加過兩三次誦波羅提木叉,更不用說更多次,那位比丘不能以無知為由開脫,應當如法處理他所犯的罪,並且應當指責他的愚弄。比丘們,應當這樣指責。有能力的比丘應當通知僧團: 446."尊者們,請僧團聽我說。這位某某比丘在誦波羅提木叉時沒有好好注意、用心。如果僧團認為時機適當,僧團應當指責某某比丘的愚弄。這是動議。 尊者們,請僧團聽我說。這位某某比丘在誦波羅提木叉時沒有好好注意、用心。僧團正在指責某某比丘的愚弄。如果尊者同意指責某某比丘的愚弄,請保持沉默;如果不同意,請說出來。 僧團已經指責某某比丘的愚弄。僧團同意,所以保持沉默。我如此認定此事。" 在未被指責愚弄時愚弄,犯突吉羅罪。在被指責愚弄后愚弄,犯波逸提罪。 447.如果認為如法羯磨是如法羯磨,犯波逸提罪。如果懷疑是否如法羯磨,犯波逸提罪。如果認為如法羯磨是非法羯磨而愚弄,犯波逸提罪。 如果認為非法羯磨是如法羯磨,犯突吉羅罪。如果懷疑非法羯磨是否如法羯磨,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為非法羯磨是非法羯磨,犯突吉羅罪。 448.無罪的情況:沒有詳細聽過,詳細聽過不到兩三次,不是想要愚弄,精神錯亂者,最初的犯戒者。 愚弄學處第三結束。 4.打擊學處 449.那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現在的夏希特-默赫特)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,六群比丘生氣不悅,打擊十七群比丘。他們哭泣。比丘們這樣問:"朋友們,你們為什麼哭泣?"(他們說:)"朋友們,這些六群比丘生氣不悅,打擊我們。"那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼六群比丘生氣不悅,打擊比丘們呢?"...(他們)問:"比丘們,你們是否真的生氣不悅,打擊比丘們?"(六群比丘說:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥說...:"愚人,為什麼你們生氣不悅,打擊比丘們呢?愚人,這不會使不信者生信...比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: 450."若比丘生氣不悅,打擊比丘,犯波逸提罪。" 451.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...這是在此含義中所指的比丘。 比丘是指其他比丘。 生氣不悅是指不高興、心中不快、懷恨。 打擊是指用身體、與身體相連的物品或可以扔出的物品,哪怕只是用蓮花瓣打擊,也犯波逸提罪。 452.如果認為已受具足戒者是已受具足戒者,生氣不悅而打擊,犯波逸提罪。如果懷疑是否已受具足戒者,生氣不悅而打擊,犯波逸提罪。如果認為已受具足戒者是未受具足戒者,生氣不悅而打擊,犯波逸提罪。 對未受具足戒者生氣不悅而打擊,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為未受具足戒者是已受具足戒者,犯突吉羅罪。如果懷疑未受具足戒者是否已受具足戒,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為未受具足戒者是未受具足戒者,犯突吉羅罪。 453.無罪的情況:被他人騷擾時爲了解脫而打擊,精神錯亂者,最初的犯戒者。 打擊學處第四結束。 5.舉手威脅學處

1. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū kupitā anattamanā sattarasavaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ talasattikaṃ uggiranti. Te pahārasamuccitā rodanti. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – 『『kissa tumhe, āvuso, rodathā』』ti? 『『Ime, āvuso, chabbaggiyā bhikkhū kupitā anattamanā amhākaṃ talasattikaṃ uggirantī』』ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū kupitā anattamanā sattarasavaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ talasattikaṃ uggirissantī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, kupitā anattamanā sattarasavaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ talasattikaṃ uggirathāti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, kupitā anattamanā sattarasavaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ talasattikaṃ uggirissatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

455.『『Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhussa kupito anattamano talasattikaṃ uggireyya, pācittiya』』nti.

456.Yopanāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Bhikkhussāti aññassa bhikkhussa.

Kupito anattamanoti anabhiraddho āhatacitto khilajāto.

Talasattikaṃuggireyyāti kāyaṃ vā kāyapaṭibaddhaṃ vā antamaso uppalapattampi uccāreti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

1. Upasampanne upasampannasaññī kupito anattamano talasattikaṃ uggirati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne vematiko kupito anattamano talasattikaṃ uggirati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne anupasampannasaññī kupito anattamano talasattikaṃ uggirati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Anupasampannassa kupito anattamano talasattikaṃ uggirati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne upasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne anupasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1. Anāpatti kenaci viheṭhīyamāno mokkhādhippāyo talasattikaṃ uggirati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Talasattikasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ pañcamaṃ.

1. Amūlakasikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhuṃ amūlakena saṅghādisesena anuddhaṃsenti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhuṃ amūlakena saṅghādisesena anuddhaṃsessantī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, bhikkhuṃ amūlakena saṅghādisesena anuddhaṃsethāti ? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, bhikkhuṃ amūlakena saṅghādisesena anuddhaṃsessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

460.『『Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ amūlakena saṅghādisesena anuddhaṃseyya, pācittiya』』nti.

461.Yopanāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Bhikkhunti aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ.

Amūlakaṃ nāma adiṭṭhaṃ assutaṃ aparisaṅkitaṃ.

Saṅghādisesenāti terasannaṃ aññatarena.

Anuddhaṃseyyāti codeti vā codāpeti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

1. Upasampanne upasampannasaññī amūlakena saṅghādisesena anuddhaṃseti , āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne vematiko amūlakena saṅghādisesena anuddhaṃseti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne anupasampannasaññī amūlakena saṅghādisesena anuddhaṃseti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Ācāravipattiyā vā diṭṭhivipattiyā vā anuddhaṃseti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannaṃ anuddhaṃseti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne upasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne anupasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1. Anāpatti tathāsaññī codeti, vā codāpeti vā, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Amūlakasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ.

1. Sañciccasikkhāpadaṃ

454.那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現在的夏希特-默赫特)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,六群比丘生氣不悅,對十七群比丘舉手威脅。他們害怕被打而哭泣。比丘們這樣問:"朋友們,你們為什麼哭泣?"(他們說:)"朋友們,這些六群比丘生氣不悅,對我們舉手威脅。"那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼六群比丘生氣不悅,對十七群比丘舉手威脅呢?"...(他們)問:"比丘們,你們是否真的生氣不悅,對十七群比丘舉手威脅?"(六群比丘說:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥說...:"愚人,為什麼你們生氣不悅,對十七群比丘舉手威脅呢?愚人,這不會使不信者生信...比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: 455."若比丘生氣不悅,對比丘舉手威脅,犯波逸提罪。" 456.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...這是在此含義中所指的比丘。 比丘是指其他比丘。 生氣不悅是指不高興、心中不快、懷恨。 舉手威脅是指舉起身體或與身體相連的物品,哪怕只是舉起蓮花瓣,也犯波逸提罪。 457.如果認為已受具足戒者是已受具足戒者,生氣不悅而舉手威脅,犯波逸提罪。如果懷疑是否已受具足戒者,生氣不悅而舉手威脅,犯波逸提罪。如果認為已受具足戒者是未受具足戒者,生氣不悅而舉手威脅,犯波逸提罪。 對未受具足戒者生氣不悅而舉手威脅,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為未受具足戒者是已受具足戒者,犯突吉羅罪。如果懷疑未受具足戒者是否已受具足戒,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為未受具足戒者是未受具足戒者,犯突吉羅罪。 458.無罪的情況:被他人騷擾時爲了解脫而舉手威脅,精神錯亂者,最初的犯戒者。 舉手威脅學處第五結束。 6.無根據學處 459.那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現在的夏希特-默赫特)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,六群比丘以無根據的僧殘罪誹謗比丘。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼六群比丘以無根據的僧殘罪誹謗比丘呢?"...(他們)問:"比丘們,你們是否真的以無根據的僧殘罪誹謗比丘?"(六群比丘說:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥說...:"愚人,為什麼你們以無根據的僧殘罪誹謗比丘呢?愚人,這不會使不信者生信...比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: 460."若比丘以無根據的僧殘罪誹謗比丘,犯波逸提罪。" 461.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...這是在此含義中所指的比丘。 比丘是指其他比丘。 無根據是指未見、未聞、未懷疑。 僧殘罪是指十三條僧殘罪中的任何一條。 誹謗是指自己指責或讓他人指責,犯波逸提罪。 462.如果認為已受具足戒者是已受具足戒者,以無根據的僧殘罪誹謗,犯波逸提罪。如果懷疑是否已受具足戒者,以無根據的僧殘罪誹謗,犯波逸提罪。如果認為已受具足戒者是未受具足戒者,以無根據的僧殘罪誹謗,犯波逸提罪。 以行為不當或見解不當誹謗,犯突吉羅罪。誹謗未受具足戒者,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為未受具足戒者是已受具足戒者,犯突吉羅罪。如果懷疑未受具足戒者是否已受具足戒,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為未受具足戒者是未受具足戒者,犯突吉羅罪。 463.無罪的情況:如實認為而指責或讓人指責,精神錯亂者,最初的犯戒者。 無根據學處第六結束。 7.故意學處

1. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sattarasavaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sañcicca kukkuccaṃ upadahanti – 『『bhagavatā, āvuso, sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ – 『na ūnavīsativasso puggalo upasampādetabbo』ti. Tumhe ca ūnavīsativassā upasampannā. Kacci no tumhe anupasampannā』』ti? Te rodanti. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – 『『kissa tumhe, āvuso, rodathā』』ti? 『『Ime , āvuso, chabbaggiyā bhikkhū amhākaṃ sañcicca kukkuccaṃ upadahantī』』ti . Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhūnaṃ sañcicca kukkuccaṃ upadahissantī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ sañcicca kukkuccaṃ upadahathāti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, bhikkhūnaṃ sañcicca kukkuccaṃ upadahissatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

465.『『Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhussa sañcicca kukkuccaṃ upadaheyya [uppādeyya (itipi)] – 『itissa muhuttampi aphāsu bhavissatī』ti etadeva paccayaṃ karitvā anaññaṃ, pācittiya』』nti.

466.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Bhikkhussāti aññassa bhikkhussa.

Sañciccāti jānanto sañjānanto cecca abhivitaritvā vītikkamo.

Kukkuccaṃ upadaheyyāti 『『ūnavīsativasso maññe tvaṃ upasampanno, vikāle maññe tayā bhuttaṃ, majjaṃ maññe tayā pītaṃ, mātugāmena saddhiṃ raho maññe tayā nisinna』』nti kukkuccaṃ upadahati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Etadevapaccayaṃ karitvā, anaññanti na añño koci paccayo hoti kukkuccaṃ upadahituṃ.

1. Upasampanne upasampannasaññī sañcicca kukkuccaṃ upadahati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne vematiko sañcicca kukkuccaṃ upadahati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne anupasampannasaññī sañcicca kukkuccaṃ upadahati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Anupasampannassa sañcicca kukkuccaṃ upadahati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne upasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne anupasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1. Anāpatti na kukkuccaṃ upadahitukāmo 『『ūnavīsativasso maññe tvaṃ upasampanno, vikāle maññe tayā bhuttaṃ, majjaṃ maññe tayā pītaṃ, mātugāmena saddhiṃ raho maññe tayā nisinnaṃ, iṅgha jānāhi, mā te pacchā kukkuccaṃ ahosī』』ti bhaṇati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Sañciccasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ sattamaṃ.

1. Upassutisikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū pesalehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ bhaṇḍanti. Pesalā bhikkhū evaṃ vadanti – 『『alajjino ime, āvuso, chabbaggiyā bhikkhū. Na sakkā imehi saha bhaṇḍitu』』nti. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū evaṃ vadanti – 『『kissa tumhe, āvuso, amhe alajjivādena pāpethā』』ti? 『『Kahaṃ pana tumhe, āvuso, assutthā』』ti? 『『Mayaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upassutiṃ [upassuti (?)] tiṭṭhamhā』』ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhūnaṃ bhaṇḍanajātānaṃ kalahajātānaṃ vivādāpannānaṃ upassutiṃ [upassuti (?)] tiṭṭhissantī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ bhaṇḍanajātānaṃ kalahajātānaṃ vivādāpannānaṃ upassutiṃ [upassuti (?)] tiṭṭhathāti? 『『Sacca, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, bhikkhūnaṃ bhaṇḍanajātānaṃ kalahajātānaṃ vivādāpannānaṃ upassutiṃ [upassuti (?)] tiṭṭhissatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

470.『『Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṃ bhaṇḍanajātānaṃ kalahajātānaṃ vivādāpannānaṃ upassutiṃ tiṭṭheyya – 『yaṃ ime bhaṇissanti taṃ sossāmī』ti etadeva paccayaṃ karitvā anaññaṃ, pācittiya』』nti.

464.那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現在的夏希特-默赫特)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,六群比丘故意引起十七群比丘的悔疑,說:"朋友們,世尊制定學處:'不得為未滿二十歲的人授具足戒。'你們未滿二十歲就受具足戒了。你們是否未受具足戒呢?"他們哭泣。比丘們這樣問:"朋友們,你們為什麼哭泣?"(他們說:)"朋友們,這些六群比丘故意引起我們的悔疑。"那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼六群比丘故意引起比丘們的悔疑呢?"...(他們)問:"比丘們,你們是否真的故意引起比丘們的悔疑?"(六群比丘說:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥說...:"愚人,為什麼你們故意引起比丘們的悔疑呢?愚人,這不會使不信者生信...比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: 465."若比丘故意引起比丘的悔疑,想:'這樣他會暫時不安',僅僅爲了這個原因,別無其他,犯波逸提罪。" 466.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...這是在此含義中所指的比丘。 比丘是指其他比丘。 故意是指知道、瞭解、有意、思考後違犯。 引起悔疑是指說:"你可能未滿二十歲就受具足戒了,你可能在非時食用了,你可能喝酒了,你可能與女人獨處了",引起悔疑,犯波逸提罪。 僅僅爲了這個原因,別無其他是指沒有其他任何原因引起悔疑。 467.如果認為已受具足戒者是已受具足戒者,故意引起悔疑,犯波逸提罪。如果懷疑是否已受具足戒者,故意引起悔疑,犯波逸提罪。如果認為已受具足戒者是未受具足戒者,故意引起悔疑,犯波逸提罪。 對未受具足戒者故意引起悔疑,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為未受具足戒者是已受具足戒者,犯突吉羅罪。如果懷疑未受具足戒者是否已受具足戒,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為未受具足戒者是未受具足戒者,犯突吉羅罪。 468.無罪的情況:不是想要引起悔疑而說:"你可能未滿二十歲就受具足戒了,你可能在非時食用了,你可能喝酒了,你可能與女人獨處了,請你知道,不要以後感到悔疑",精神錯亂者,最初的犯戒者。 故意學處第七結束。 8.偷聽學處 469.那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現在的夏希特-默赫特)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,六群比丘與善良的比丘們爭吵。善良的比丘們這樣說:"朋友們,這些六群比丘無慚無愧。不能與他們一起爭吵。"六群比丘這樣說:"朋友們,你們為什麼說我們無慚無愧呢?""朋友們,你們在哪裡聽到的?""我們在尊者們附近偷聽。"那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼六群比丘在比丘們爭吵、爭論、爭執時偷聽呢?"...(他們)問:"比丘們,你們是否真的在比丘們爭吵、爭論、爭執時偷聽?"(六群比丘說:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥說...:"愚人,為什麼你們在比丘們爭吵、爭論、爭執時偷聽呢?愚人,這不會使不信者生信...比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: 470."若比丘在比丘們爭吵、爭論、爭執時偷聽,'我要聽他們說什麼',僅僅爲了這個原因,別無其他,犯波逸提罪。"

471.Yopanāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Bhikkhūnanti aññesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ.

Bhaṇḍanajātānaṃ kalahajātānaṃ vivādāpannānanti adhikaraṇajātānaṃ.

Upassutiṃ tiṭṭheyyāti 『『imesaṃ sutvā codessāmi sāressāmi paṭicodessāmi paṭisāressāmi maṅkū karissāmī』』ti gacchati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Yattha ṭhito suṇāti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Pacchato gacchanto turito gacchati sossāmīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Yattha ṭhito suṇāti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Purato gacchanto ohiyyati sossāmīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Yattha ṭhito suṇāti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Bhikkhussa ṭhitokāsaṃ vā nisinnokāsaṃ vā nipannokāsaṃ vā āgantvā mantentaṃ ukkāsitabbaṃ , vijānāpetabbaṃ, no ce ukkāseyya vā vijānāpeyya vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Etadeva paccayaṃ karitvā anaññanti na añño koci paccayo hoti upassutiṃ tiṭṭhituṃ.

1. Upasampanne upasampannasaññī upassutiṃ tiṭṭhati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne vematiko upassutiṃ tiṭṭhati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne anupasampannasaññī upassutiṃ tiṭṭhati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Anupasampannassa upassutiṃ tiṭṭhati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne upasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne anupasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1. Anāpatti – 『『imesaṃ sutvā oramissāmi viramissāmi vūpasamissāmi [vūpasamessāmi (sī.)] attānaṃ parimocessāmī』』ti gacchati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Upassutisikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ.

1. Kammapaṭibāhanasikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū anācāraṃ ācaritvā ekamekassa kamme kayiramāne paṭikkosanti. Tena kho pana samayena saṅgho sannipatito hoti kenacideva karaṇīyena. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū cīvarakammaṃ karontā ekassa chandaṃ adaṃsu. Atha kho saṅgho – 『『ayaṃ, āvuso, chabbaggiyo bhikkhu ekako āgato, handassa mayaṃ kammaṃ karomā』』ti tassa kammaṃ akāsi. Atha kho so bhikkhu yena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『kiṃ, āvuso, saṅgho akāsī』』ti? 『『Saṅgho me, āvuso, kammaṃ akāsī』』ti. 『『Na mayaṃ, āvuso, etadatthāya chandaṃ adamhā – 『『tuyhaṃ kammaṃ karissatī』』ti. Sace ca mayaṃ jāneyyāma 『『tuyhaṃ kammaṃ karissatī』』ti, na mayaṃ chandaṃ dadeyyāmā』』ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū dhammikānaṃ kammānaṃ chandaṃ datvā pacchā khīyanadhammaṃ [khiyyadhammaṃ (itipi)] āpajjissantī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, dhammikānaṃ kammānaṃ chandaṃ datvā pacchā khīyanadhammaṃ [khiyyadhammaṃ (itipi)] āpajjathāti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, dhammikānaṃ kammānaṃ chandaṃ datvā pacchā khīyanadhammaṃ [khiyyadhammaṃ (itipi)] āpajjissatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

475.『『Yo pana bhikkhu dhammikānaṃ kammānaṃ chandaṃ datvā pacchā khīyanadhammaṃ āpajjeyya, pācittiya』』nti.

476.Yopanāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Dhammikaṃ nāma kammaṃ apalokanakammaṃ ñattikammaṃ ñattidutiyakammaṃ ñatticatutthakammaṃ dhammena vinayena satthusāsanena kataṃ, etaṃ dhammikaṃ nāma kammaṃ. Chandaṃ datvā khiyyati āpatti pācittiyassa.

1. Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī chandaṃ datvā khiyyati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme vematiko chandaṃ datvā khiyyati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññī chandaṃ datvā khiyyati, anāpatti. Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī, anāpatti.

2. Anāpatti – 『『adhammena vā vaggena vā na kammārahassa vā kammaṃ kata』』nti jānanto khiyyati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Kammapaṭibāhanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ navamaṃ.

1. Chandaṃadatvāgamanasikkhāpadaṃ

471.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...這是在此含義中所指的比丘。 比丘們是指其他比丘們。 爭吵、爭論、爭執是指產生諍事。 偷聽是指"聽了他們的話,我要指責、提醒、反駁、反問、使他們羞愧"而去,犯突吉羅罪。在能聽到的地方聽,犯波逸提罪。在後面快步走想要聽,犯突吉羅罪。在能聽到的地方聽,犯波逸提罪。在前面走慢下來想要聽,犯突吉羅罪。在能聽到的地方聽,犯波逸提罪。來到比丘站立、坐下或躺下的地方,應當咳嗽或讓他們知道,如果不咳嗽或讓他們知道,犯波逸提罪。 僅僅爲了這個原因,別無其他是指沒有其他任何原因偷聽。 472.如果認為已受具足戒者是已受具足戒者而偷聽,犯波逸提罪。如果懷疑是否已受具足戒者而偷聽,犯波逸提罪。如果認為已受具足戒者是未受具足戒者而偷聽,犯波逸提罪。 對未受具足戒者偷聽,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為未受具足戒者是已受具足戒者,犯突吉羅罪。如果懷疑未受具足戒者是否已受具足戒,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為未受具足戒者是未受具足戒者,犯突吉羅罪。 473.無罪的情況:"聽了他們的話,我要停止、遠離、平息、解脫自己"而去,精神錯亂者,最初的犯戒者。 偷聽學處第八結束。 9.阻撓羯磨學處 474.那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現在的夏希特-默赫特)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,六群比丘行為不當,在對每個人執行羯磨時反對。當時,僧團因某些事情聚集。六群比丘正在做衣服,給了一個人同意。然後僧團說:"朋友們,這個六群比丘單獨來了,讓我們對他執行羯磨吧",就對他執行了羯磨。然後那個比丘去找六群比丘。六群比丘問那個比丘:"朋友,僧團做了什麼?"(他說:)"朋友們,僧團對我執行了羯磨。"(六群比丘說:)"朋友,我們不是爲了這個目的給你同意的,'會對你執行羯磨'。如果我們知道'會對你執行羯磨',我們就不會給你同意。"那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼六群比丘對如法的羯磨給了同意后,之後又抱怨呢?"...(他們)問:"比丘們,你們是否真的對如法的羯磨給了同意后,之後又抱怨?"(六群比丘說:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥說...:"愚人,為什麼你們對如法的羯磨給了同意后,之後又抱怨呢?愚人,這不會使不信者生信...比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: 475."若比丘對如法的羯磨給了同意后,之後又抱怨,犯波逸提罪。" 476.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...這是在此含義中所指的比丘。 如法的羯磨是指宣佈羯磨、單白羯磨、白二羯磨、白四羯磨,依法、依律、依師教而做,這就是如法的羯磨。給了同意后抱怨,犯波逸提罪。 477.如果認為如法羯磨是如法羯磨,給了同意后抱怨,犯波逸提罪。如果懷疑是否如法羯磨,給了同意后抱怨,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為如法羯磨是非法羯磨,給了同意后抱怨,無罪。如果認為非法羯磨是如法羯磨,犯突吉羅罪。如果懷疑非法羯磨是否如法羯磨,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為非法羯磨是非法羯磨,無罪。 478.無罪的情況:知道"非法或不和合或對不應執行羯磨的人執行了羯磨"而抱怨,精神錯亂者,最初的犯戒者。 阻撓羯磨學處第九結束。 10.不給同意而離去學處

1. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena saṅgho sannipatito hoti kenacideva karaṇīyena. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū cīvarakammaṃ karontā ekassa chandaṃ adaṃsu. Atha kho saṅgho 『『yassatthāya sannipatito taṃ kammaṃ karissāmī』』ti ñattiṃ ṭhapesi. Atha kho so bhikkhu – 『『evamevime ekamekassa kammaṃ karonti, kassa tumhe kammaṃ karissathā』』ti chandaṃ adatvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma bhikkhu saṅghe vinicchayakathāya vattamānāya chandaṃ adatvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamissatī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, bhikkhu, saṅghe vinicchayakathāya vattamānāya chandaṃ adatvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamasīti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, saṅghe vinicchayakathāya vattamānāya chandaṃ adatvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamissasi ! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

480.『『Yo pana bhikkhu saṅghe vinicchayakathāya vattamānāya chandaṃ adatvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkameyya, pācittiya』』nti.

481.Yopanāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Saṅghe vinicchayakathā nāma vatthu vā ārocitaṃ hoti avinicchitaṃ, ñatti vā ṭhapitā hoti, kammavācā vā vippakatā hoti.

Chandaṃ adatvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkameyyāti – 『『kathaṃ idaṃ kammaṃ kuppaṃ assa vaggaṃ assa na kareyyā』』ti gacchati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Parisāya hatthapāsaṃ vijahantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa. Vijahite āpatti pācittiyassa.

1. Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī chandaṃ adatvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme vematiko chandaṃ adatvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññī chandaṃ adatvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamati, anāpatti. Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī, anāpatti.

2. Anāpatti – 『『saṅghassa bhaṇḍanaṃ vā kalaho vā viggaho vā vivādo vā bhavissatī』』ti gacchati, 『『saṅghabhedo vā saṅgharāji vā bhavissatī』』ti gacchati, 『『adhammena vā vaggena vā na kammārahassa vā kammaṃ karissatī』』ti gacchati, gilāno gacchati, gilānassa karaṇīyena gacchati, uccārena vā passāvena vā pīḷito gacchati, 『『na kammaṃ kopetukāmo puna paccāgamissāmī』』ti gacchati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Chandaṃ adatvā gamanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dasamaṃ.

1. Dubbalasikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā dabbo mallaputto saṅghassa senāsanañca paññapeti bhattāni ca uddisati. So cāyasmā dubbalacīvaro hoti. Tena kho pana samayena saṅghassa ekaṃ cīvaraṃ uppannaṃ hoti. Atha kho saṅgho taṃ cīvaraṃ āyasmato dabbassa mallaputtassa adāsi . Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『yathāsanthutaṃ bhikkhū saṅghikaṃ lābhaṃ pariṇāmentī』』ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū samaggena saṅghena cīvaraṃ datvā pacchā khīyanadhammaṃ āpajjissantī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, samaggena saṅghena cīvaraṃ datvā pacchā khīyanadhammaṃ āpajjathāti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, samaggena saṅghena cīvaraṃ datvā pacchā khīyanadhammaṃ āpajjissatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ, vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

485.『『Yo pana bhikkhu samaggena saṅghena cīvaraṃ datvā pacchā khīyanadhammaṃ āpajjeyya 『yathāsanthutaṃ bhikkhū saṅghikaṃ lābhaṃ pariṇāmentī』ti, pācittiya』』nti.

479.那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現在的夏希特-默赫特)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,僧團因某些事情聚集。六群比丘正在做衣服,給了一個人同意。然後僧團說"我們要執行聚集的目的"而提出動議。然後那個比丘想:"他們就是這樣對每個人執行羯磨,你們要對誰執行羯磨呢?",不給同意就從座位起身離去。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼比丘在僧團進行決議討論時不給同意就從座位起身離去呢?"...(他們)問:"比丘,你是否真的在僧團進行決議討論時不給同意就從座位起身離去?"(他說:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥說...:"愚人,為什麼你在僧團進行決議討論時不給同意就從座位起身離去呢?愚人,這不會使不信者生信...比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: 480."若比丘在僧團進行決議討論時不給同意就從座位起身離去,犯波逸提罪。" 481.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...這是在此含義中所指的比丘。 僧團的決議討論是指事項已經宣佈但未決定,或者已經提出動議,或者羯磨文正在進行。 不給同意就從座位起身離去是指想"如何使這個羯磨無效、不和合、不執行"而去,犯突吉羅罪。離開會眾的伸手可及處,犯突吉羅罪。離開后,犯波逸提罪。 482.如果認為如法羯磨是如法羯磨,不給同意就從座位起身離去,犯波逸提罪。如果懷疑是否如法羯磨,不給同意就從座位起身離去,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為如法羯磨是非法羯磨,不給同意就從座位起身離去,無罪。如果認為非法羯磨是如法羯磨,犯突吉羅罪。如果懷疑非法羯磨是否如法羯磨,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為非法羯磨是非法羯磨,無罪。 483.無罪的情況:想"僧團會有爭吵、爭論、爭執、爭議"而去,想"會有僧團分裂或僧團不和"而去,想"會非法或不和合或對不應執行羯磨的人執行羯磨"而去,生病而去,爲了照顧病人而去,被大小便逼迫而去,想"不是想要破壞羯磨,我會再回來"而去,精神錯亂者,最初的犯戒者。 不給同意而離去學處第十結束。 11.誹謗學處 484.那時,佛陀住在王舍城(現在的拉杰吉爾)竹林松鼠棲息處。當時,尊者摩訶迦葉為僧團分配住處和分配食物。這位尊者的衣服破舊了。當時,僧團得到一件衣服。然後僧團把那件衣服給了尊者摩訶迦葉。六群比丘抱怨、批評、指責說:"比丘們按照親疏關係分配僧團的利養。"那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼六群比丘在和合的僧團給了衣服后,之後又抱怨呢?"...(他們)問:"比丘們,你們是否真的在和合的僧團給了衣服后,之後又抱怨?"(六群比丘說:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥說...:"愚人,為什麼你們在和合的僧團給了衣服后,之後又抱怨呢?愚人,這不會使不信者生信...比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: 485."若比丘在和合的僧團給了衣服后,之後又抱怨說'比丘們按照親疏關係分配僧團的利養',犯波逸提罪。"

486.Yopanāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Samaggo nāma saṅgho samānasaṃvāsako samānasīmāyaṃ ṭhito.

Cīvaraṃ nāma channaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ vikappanupagaṃ pacchimaṃ.

Datvāti sayaṃ datvā.

Yathāsanthutaṃ nāma yathāmittatā yathāsandiṭṭhatā yathāsambhattatā yathāsamānupajjhāyakatā yathāsamānācariyakatā.

Saṅghikaṃ nāma saṅghassa dinnaṃ hoti pariccattaṃ.

Lābho nāma cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārā, antamaso cuṇṇapiṇḍopi, dantakaṭṭhampi, dasikasuttampi.

Pacchākhīyanadhammaṃ āpajjeyyāti upasampannassa saṅghena sammatassa senāsanapaññāpakassa vā bhattuddesakassa vā yāgubhājakassa vā phalabhājakassa vā khajjabhājakassa vā appamattakavissajjakassa vā cīvaraṃ dinne khiyyati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

1. Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī cīvaraṃ dinne khiyyati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme vematiko cīvaraṃ dinne khiyyati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññī cīvaraṃ dinne khiyyati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Aññaṃ parikkhāraṃ dinne khiyyati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Upasampannassa saṅghena asammatassa senāsanapaññāpakassa vā bhattuddesakassa vā yāgubhājakassa vā phalabhājakassa vā khajjabhājakassa vā appamattakavissajjakassa vā cīvaraṃ vā aññaṃ vā parikkhāraṃ dinne khiyyati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannassa saṅghena sammatassa vā asammatassa vā senāsanapaññāpakassa vā bhattuddesakassa vā yāgubhājakassa vā phalabhājakassa vā khajjabhājakassa vā appamattakavissajjakassa vā cīvaraṃ vā aññaṃ vā parikkhāraṃ dinne khiyyati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī, anāpatti.

1. Anāpatti – pakatiyā chandā dosā mohā bhayā karontaṃ 『『kvattho tassa dinnena laddhāpi vinipātessati na sammā upanessatī』』ti khiyyati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Dubbalasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ ekādasamaṃ.

1. Pariṇāmanasikkhāpadaṃ

489.[idaṃ vatthu pārā. 657] Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sāvatthiyaṃ aññatarassa pūgassa saṅghassa sacīvarabhattaṃ paṭiyattaṃ hoti – 『『bhojetvā cīvarena acchādessāmā』』ti. Atha kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū yena so pūgo tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ pūgaṃ etadavocuṃ – 『『dethāvuso, imāni cīvarāni imesaṃ bhikkhūna』』nti. 『『Na mayaṃ, bhante, dassāma. Amhākaṃ saṅghassa anuvassaṃ sacīvarabhikkhā paññattā』』ti. 『『Bahū, āvuso, saṅghassa dāyakā, bahū saṅghassa bhattā [bhaddā (ka.)]. Ime tumhe nissāya tumhe sampassantā idha viharanti. Tumhe ce imesaṃ na dassatha, atha ko carahi imesaṃ dassati? Dethāvuso, imāni cīvarāni imesaṃ bhikkhūna』』nti. Atha kho so pūgo chabbaggiyehi bhikkhūhi nippīḷiyamāno yathāpaṭiyattaṃ cīvaraṃ chabbaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ datvā saṅghaṃ bhattena parivisi. Ye te bhikkhū jānanti saṅghassa sacīvarabhattaṃ paṭiyattaṃ 『『na ca jānanti chabbaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dinna』』nti te evamāhaṃsu – 『『oṇojethāvuso, saṅghassa cīvara』』nti. 『『Natthi, bhante. Yathāpaṭiyattaṃ cīvaraṃ ayyā chabbaggiyā ayyānaṃ chabbaggiyānaṃ pariṇāmesu』』nti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū jānaṃ saṅghikaṃ lābhaṃ pariṇataṃ puggalassa pariṇāmessantī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, jānaṃ saṅghikaṃ lābhaṃ pariṇataṃ puggalassa pariṇāmethāti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, jānaṃ saṅghikaṃ lābhaṃ pariṇataṃ puggalassa pariṇāmessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

490.『『Yo pana bhikkhu jānaṃ saṅghikaṃ lābhaṃ pariṇataṃ puggalassa pariṇāmeyya, pācittiya』』nti.

486.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...這是在此含義中所指的比丘。 和合是指僧團共住、在同一界內。 衣服是指六種衣服中的任何一種可以分配的衣服。 給了是指自己給了。 按照親疏關係是指按照友誼、熟識、親密、同一和尚、同一阿阇梨。 僧團的是指給予僧團、捨棄給僧團的。 利養是指衣服、飲食、住處、病人的醫藥和用品,乃至粉末、牙籤、線頭。 之後又抱怨是指在僧團指定的已受具足戒的分配住處者、分配食物者、分配粥者、分配水果者、分配點心者、分配小物品者得到衣服后抱怨,犯波逸提罪。 487.如果認為如法羯磨是如法羯磨,在給了衣服后抱怨,犯波逸提罪。如果懷疑是否如法羯磨,在給了衣服后抱怨,犯波逸提罪。如果認為如法羯磨是非法羯磨,在給了衣服后抱怨,犯波逸提罪。 在給了其他用品后抱怨,犯突吉羅罪。在僧團未指定的已受具足戒的分配住處者、分配食物者、分配粥者、分配水果者、分配點心者、分配小物品者得到衣服或其他用品后抱怨,犯突吉羅罪。在僧團指定或未指定的未受具足戒的分配住處者、分配食物者、分配粥者、分配水果者、分配點心者、分配小物品者得到衣服或其他用品后抱怨,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為非法羯磨是如法羯磨,犯突吉羅罪。如果懷疑非法羯磨是否如法羯磨,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為非法羯磨是非法羯磨,無罪。 488.無罪的情況:本來就因貪、嗔、癡、怖而做的人,說"給他有什麼用,得到后也會浪費,不會好好使用"而抱怨,精神錯亂者,最初的犯戒者。 誹謗學處第十一結束。 12.轉用學處 489.那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現在的夏希特-默赫特)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,舍衛城的某個團體為僧團準備了帶衣服的食物,想"我們要供養食物后再供養衣服"。然後六群比丘去那個團體那裡,到了之後對那個團體這樣說:"朋友們,把這些衣服給這些比丘吧。"(他們說:)"尊者們,我們不給。我們每年為僧團準備帶衣服的食物。""朋友們,僧團有很多施主,很多食物。這些比丘依靠你們、看著你們住在這裡。如果你們不給這些比丘,那誰會給這些比丘呢?朋友們,把這些衣服給這些比丘吧。"然後那個團體被六群比丘逼迫,把準備好的衣服給了六群比丘,用食物供養了僧團。那些知道為僧團準備了帶衣服的食物,但不知道給了六群比丘的比丘們這樣說:"朋友們,給僧團衣服吧。"(他們說:)"尊者們,沒有了。準備好的衣服,尊者六群比丘轉用給了尊者六群比丘們。"那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼六群比丘明知是轉用給僧團的利養,卻轉用給個人呢?"...(他們)問:"比丘們,你們是否真的明知是轉用給僧團的利養,卻轉用給個人?"(六群比丘說:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥說...:"愚人,為什麼你們明知是轉用給僧團的利養,卻轉用給個人呢?愚人,這不會使不信者生信...比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: 490."若比丘明知是轉用給僧團的利養,卻轉用給個人,犯波逸提罪。"

491.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Jānāti nāma sāmaṃ vā jānāti, aññe vā tassa ārocenti, so vā āroceti.

Saṅghikaṃ nāma saṅghassa dinnaṃ hoti pariccattaṃ.

Lābho nāma cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārā, antamaso cuṇṇapiṇḍopi, dantakaṭṭhampi, dasikasuttampi.

Pariṇataṃ nāma 『『dassāma karissāmā』』ti vācā bhinnā hoti, taṃ puggalassa pariṇāmeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

1. Pariṇate pariṇatasaññī puggalassa pariṇāmeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Pariṇate vematiko puggalassa pariṇāmeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Pariṇate apariṇatasaññī puggalassa pariṇāmeti, anāpatti. Saṅghassa pariṇataṃ aññasaṅghassa vā cetiyassa vā pariṇāmeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Cetiyassa pariṇataṃ aññacetiyassa vā saṅghassa vā puggalassa vā pariṇāmeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Puggalassa pariṇataṃ aññapuggalassa vā saṅghassa vā cetiyassa vā pariṇāmeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa . Apariṇate pariṇatasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Apariṇate vematiko , āpatti dukkaṭassa. Apariṇate apariṇatasaññī, anāpatti.

2. Anāpatti – 『『kattha demā』』ti pucchīyamāno – 『『yattha tumhākaṃ deyyadhammo paribhogaṃ vā labheyya paṭisaṅkhāraṃ vā labheyya ciraṭṭhitiko vā assa yattha vā pana tumhākaṃ cittaṃ pasīdati tattha dethā』』ti bhaṇati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Pariṇāmanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dvādasamaṃ.

Sahadhammikavaggo aṭṭhamo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Sahadhamma-vivaṇṇañca, mohāpanaṃ pahārakaṃ;

Talasatti amūlañca, sañcicca ca upassuti;

Paṭibāhanachandañca, dabbañca pariṇāmananti.

1. Ratanavaggo

2. Antepurasikkhāpadaṃ

3. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena rājā pasenadi kosalo uyyānapālaṃ āṇāpesi – 『『gaccha, bhaṇe, uyyānaṃ sodhehi. Uyyānaṃ gamissāmā』』ti. 『『Evaṃ, devā』』ti kho so uyyānapālo rañño pasenadissa kosalassa paṭissutvā uyyānaṃ sodhento addasa bhagavantaṃ aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisinnaṃ. Disvāna yena rājā pasenadi kosalo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā rājānaṃ pasenadiṃ kosalaṃ etadavoca – 『『suddhaṃ, deva, uyyānaṃ. Apica, bhagavā tattha nisinno』』ti. 『『Hotu, bhaṇe! Mayaṃ bhagavantaṃ payirupāsissāmā』』ti. Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo uyyānaṃ gantvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro upāsako bhagavantaṃ payirupāsanto nisinno hoti. Addasā kho rājā pasenadi kosalo taṃ upāsakaṃ bhagavantaṃ payirupāsantaṃ nisinnaṃ. Disvāna bhīto aṭṭhāsi. Atha kho rañño pasenadissa kosalassa etadahosi – 『『nārahatāyaṃ puriso pāpo hotuṃ , yathā bhagavantaṃ payirupāsatī』』ti. Yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Atha kho so upāsako bhagavato gāravena rājānaṃ pasenadiṃ kosalaṃ neva abhivādesi na paccuṭṭhāsi. Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo anattamano ahosi – 『『kathañhi nāmāyaṃ puriso mayi āgate neva abhivādessati na paccuṭṭhessatī』』ti! Atha kho bhagavā rājānaṃ pasenadiṃ kosalaṃ anattamanaṃ viditvā rājānaṃ pasenadiṃ kosalaṃ etadavoca – 『『eso kho, mahārāja, upāsako bahussuto āgatāgamo kāmesu vītarāgo』』ti. Atha kho rañño pasenadissa kosalassa etadahosi – 『『nārahatāyaṃ upāsako orako hotuṃ, bhagavāpi imassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsatī』』ti. Taṃ upāsakaṃ etadavoca – 『『vadeyyāsi, upāsaka, yena attho』』ti. 『『Suṭṭhu, devā』』ti. Atha kho bhagavā rājānaṃ pasenadiṃ kosalaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.

491.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...這是在此含義中所指的比丘。 明知是指自己知道,或者其他人告訴他,或者他告訴。 僧團的是指給予僧團、捨棄給僧團的。 利養是指衣服、飲食、住處、病人的醫藥和用品,乃至粉末、牙籤、線頭。 轉用是指已經說"我們要給、我們要做",把它轉用給個人,犯波逸提罪。 492.如果認為已轉用的是已轉用的,轉用給個人,犯波逸提罪。如果懷疑是否已轉用,轉用給個人,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為已轉用的是未轉用的,轉用給個人,無罪。把轉用給僧團的轉用給其他僧團或塔,犯突吉羅罪。把轉用給塔的轉用給其他塔或僧團或個人,犯突吉羅罪。把轉用給個人的轉用給其他個人或僧團或塔,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為未轉用的是已轉用的,犯突吉羅罪。如果懷疑未轉用的是否已轉用,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為未轉用的是未轉用的,無罪。 493.無罪的情況:被問"我們應該給哪裡?"時說"給你們的供養物能得到使用或修理或長久儲存的地方,或者你們心裡歡喜的地方",精神錯亂者,最初的犯戒者。 轉用學處第十二結束。 同法品第八。 其摘要: 同法和誹謗,愚弄和打擊, 舉手和無根據,故意和偷聽, 阻撓和不給同意,誹謗和轉用。 9.寶品 1.內宮學處 494.那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現在的夏希特-默赫特)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,拘薩羅國王波斯匿命令園丁:"去吧,把園林打掃乾淨。我們要去園林。"園丁回答拘薩羅國王波斯匿說:"是的,陛下。"然後去打掃園林,看到世尊坐在某棵樹下。看到后就去拘薩羅國王波斯匿那裡,到了之後對拘薩羅國王波斯匿這樣說:"陛下,園林已經打掃乾淨了。不過,世尊坐在那裡。""好吧,我們去拜見世尊。"然後拘薩羅國王波斯匿去園林,向世尊走去。當時,有一個優婆塞正坐在那裡拜見世尊。拘薩羅國王波斯匿看到那個優婆塞正坐在那裡拜見世尊。看到后害怕站住了。然後拘薩羅國王波斯匿想:"這個人不應該是壞人,因為他在拜見世尊。"就向世尊走去,到了之後禮敬世尊,然後坐在一旁。然後那個優婆塞因為對世尊的恭敬,既沒有禮敬拘薩羅國王波斯匿,也沒有起身。然後拘薩羅國王波斯匿不高興:"為什麼這個人在我來時既不禮敬也不起身呢?"然後世尊知道拘薩羅國王波斯匿不高興,就對拘薩羅國王波斯匿這樣說:"大王,這個優婆塞多聞、精通傳統、對欲離欲。"然後拘薩羅國王波斯匿想:"這個優婆塞不應該是低賤的人,世尊也稱讚他。"就對那個優婆塞說:"優婆塞,你有什麼需要就說吧。""很好,陛下。"然後世尊以法語開示、教導、鼓勵、鼓舞拘薩羅國王波斯匿。然後拘薩羅國王波斯匿被世尊以法語開示、教導、鼓勵、鼓舞后,從座位起身,禮敬世尊,右繞后離開。

1. Tena kho pana samayena rājā pasenadi kosalo uparipāsādavaragato hoti. Addasā kho rājā pasenadi kosalo taṃ upāsakaṃ rathikāya [rathiyāya (itipi)] chattapāṇiṃ gacchantaṃ. Disvāna pakkosāpetvā etadavoca – 『『tvaṃ kira, upāsaka, bahussuto āgatāgamo. Sādhu, upāsaka, amhākaṃ itthāgāraṃ dhammaṃ vācehī』』ti. 『『Yamahaṃ [yampāhaṃ (sī.)], deva, jānāmi ayyānaṃ vāhasā, ayyāva devassa itthāgāraṃ dhammaṃ vācessantī』』ti. Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo – 『『saccaṃ kho upāsako āhā』』ti yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『sādhu, bhante, bhagavā ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ āṇāpetu yo amhākaṃ itthāgāraṃ dhammaṃ vācessatī』』ti. Atha kho bhagavā rājānaṃ pasenadiṃ kosalaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi…pe… padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – 『『tenahānanda, rañño itthāgāraṃ dhammaṃ vācehī』』ti. 『『Evaṃ, bhante』』ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā kālena kālaṃ pavisitvā rañño itthāgāraṃ dhammaṃ vāceti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena rañño pasenadissa kosalassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami.

2. Tena kho pana samayena rājā pasenadi kosalo mallikāya deviyā saddhiṃ sayanagato hoti. Addasā kho mallikā devī āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ. Disvāna sahasā vuṭṭhāsi; pītakamaṭṭhaṃ dussaṃ pabhassittha. Atha kho āyasmā ānando tatova paṭinivattitvā ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma āyasmā ānando pubbe appaṭisaṃvidito rañño antepuraṃ pavisissatī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, ānanda, pubbe appaṭisaṃvidito rañño antepuraṃ pavisasīti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, ānanda, pubbe appaṭisaṃvidito rañño antepuraṃ pavisissasi! Netaṃ, ānanda, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi –

497.[a. ni.

495.當時,拘薩羅國王波斯匿在宮殿上層。拘薩羅國王波斯匿看到那個優婆塞手持傘在街上行走。看到后就叫他來,這樣說:"優婆塞,聽說你多聞、精通傳統。優婆塞,請你為我的後宮教導佛法。"(優婆塞說:)"陛下,我所知道的都是從尊者們那裡學來的,尊者們會為陛下的後宮教導佛法。"然後拘薩羅國王波斯匿想:"優婆塞說的是真的",就去世尊那裡,到了之後禮敬世尊,然後坐在一旁。坐在一旁的拘薩羅國王波斯匿對世尊這樣說:"世尊,請指派一位比丘為我的後宮教導佛法。"然後世尊以法語開示拘薩羅國王波斯匿...右繞后離開。然後世尊對尊者阿難說:"阿難,你去為國王的後宮教導佛法。""是的,世尊。"尊者阿難回答世尊后,時常進入為國王的後宮教導佛法。然後尊者阿難在上午穿好衣服,拿著缽和衣,去拘薩羅國王波斯匿的住處。 496.當時,拘薩羅國王波斯匿正和王后瑪利迦一起躺在床上。王后瑪利迦遠遠地看到尊者阿難走來。看到后突然起身,黃色的細布衣服滑落了。然後尊者阿難從那裡回去,回到精舍后把這件事告訴比丘們。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼尊者阿難事先不通知就進入國王的內宮呢?"...(他們)問:"阿難,你是否真的事先不通知就進入國王的內宮?"(阿難說:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥說...:"阿難,為什麼你事先不通知就進入國王的內宮呢?阿難,這不會使不信者生信..."呵斥后...說了法語后對比丘們說: 497.[阿含經

10.45] 『『Dasayime, bhikkhave, ādīnavā rājantepurappavesane. Katame dasa? Idha, bhikkhave, rājā mahesiyā saddhiṃ nisinno hoti, tattha bhikkhu pavisati. Mahesī vā bhikkhuṃ disvā sitaṃ pātukaroti. Bhikkhu vā mahesiṃ disvā sitaṃ pātukaroti. Tattha rañño evaṃ hoti – 『『addhā imesaṃ kataṃ vā karissanti vā』』ti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo ādīnavo rājantepurappavesane.

『『Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, rājā bahukicco bahukaraṇīyo. Aññataraṃ itthiṃ gantvā nassarati. Sā tena gabbhaṃ gaṇhi. Tattha rañño evaṃ hoti – 『『na kho idha añño koci pavisati aññatra pabbajitena. Siyā nu kho pabbajitassa kamma』』nti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo ādīnavo rājantepurappavesane.

『『Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, rañño antepure aññataraṃ ratanaṃ nassati. Tattha rañño evaṃ hoti – 『『na kho idha añño koci pavisati aññatra pabbajitena. Siyā nu kho pabbajitassa kamma』』nti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo ādīnavo rājantepurappavesane.

『『Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, rañño antepure abbhantarā guyhamantā bahiddhā sambhedaṃ gacchanti. Tattha rañño evaṃ hoti – 『『na kho idha añño koci pavisati aññatra pabbajitena. Siyā nu kho pabbajitassa kamma』』nti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho ādīnavo rājantepurappavesane.

『『Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, rañño antepure putto vā pitaraṃ pattheti pitā vā puttaṃ pattheti. Tesaṃ evaṃ hoti – 『『na kho idha añño koci pavisati aññatra pabbajitena. Siyā nu kho pabbajitassa kamma』』nti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, pañcamo ādīnavo rājantepurappavesane.

『『Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, rājā nīcaṭṭhāniyaṃ ucce ṭhāne ṭhapeti. Yesaṃ taṃ amanāpaṃ tesaṃ evaṃ hoti – 『『rājā kho pabbajitena saṃsaṭṭho. Siyā nu kho pabbajitassa kamma』』nti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, chaṭṭho ādīnavo, rājantepurappavesane.

『『Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, rājā uccaṭṭhāniyaṃ nīce ṭhāne ṭhapeti. Yesaṃ taṃ amanāpaṃ tesaṃ evaṃ hoti – 『『rājā kho pabbajitena saṃsaṭṭho. Siyā nu kho pabbajitassa kamma』』nti. Ayaṃ , bhikkhave, sattamo ādīnavo rājantepurappavesane.

『『Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, rājā akāle senaṃ uyyojeti. Yesaṃ taṃ amanāpaṃ tesaṃ evaṃ hoti – 『『rājā kho pabbajitena saṃsaṭṭho. Siyā nu kho pabbajitassa kamma』』nti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, aṭṭhamo ādīnavo rājantepurappavesane.

『『Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, rājā kāle senaṃ uyyojetvā antarāmaggato nivattāpeti. Yesaṃ taṃ amanāpaṃ tesaṃ evaṃ hoti – 『『『rājā kho pabbajitena saṃsaṭṭho. Siyā nu kho pabbajitassa kamma』』nti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, navamo ādīnavo rājantepurappavesane.

『『Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, rañño rājantepuraṃ hatthisammaddaṃ assasammaddaṃ rathasammaddaṃ rajjanīyāni [rajjanīyāni (ka.)] rūpasaddagandharasaphoṭṭhabbāni, yāni na pabbajitassa sāruppāni. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dasamo ādīnavo rājantepurappavesane. Ime kho, bhikkhave, dasa ādīnavā rājantepurappavesane』』ti. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

498.『『Yo pana bhikkhu rañño khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa [muddhābhisittassa (syā.)] anikkhantarājake aniggataratanake pubbe appaṭisaṃvidito indakhīlaṃ atikkāmeyya, pācittiya』』nti.

499.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Khattiyo nāma ubhato sujāto hoti, mātito ca pitito ca saṃsuddhagahaṇiko, yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā akkhitto anupakuṭṭho jātivādena.

Muddhāvasitto nāma khattiyābhisekena abhisitto hoti.

Anikkhantarājaketi rājā sayanigharā anikkhanto hoti.

Aniggataratanaketi mahesī sayanigharā anikkhantā hoti, ubho vā anikkhantā honti.

Pubbe appaṭisaṃviditoti pubbe anāmantetvā.

Indakhīlo nāma sayanigharassa ummāro vuccati.

Sayanigharaṃ nāma yattha katthaci rañño sayanaṃ paññattaṃ hoti, antamaso sāṇipākāraparikkhittampi.

Indakhīlaṃ atikkāmeyyāti paṭhamaṃ pādaṃ ummāraṃ atikkāmeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Dutiyaṃ pādaṃ atikkāmeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

497."比丘們,進入國王內宮有這十種過患。哪十種?比丘們,這裡國王與王后坐在一起,比丘進入那裡。王后看到比丘露出微笑,或者比丘看到王后露出微笑。國王這樣想:'這兩人一定有過去或將來的關係。'比丘們,這是進入國王內宮的第一種過患。 再者,比丘們,國王有很多事務和責任。他去某個女人那裡卻忘記了。她因此懷孕了。國王這樣想:'除了出家人,這裡沒有其他人進來。難道是出家人做的嗎?'比丘們,這是進入國王內宮的第二種過患。 再者,比丘們,國王內宮的某個珍寶丟失了。國王這樣想:'除了出家人,這裡沒有其他人進來。難道是出家人做的嗎?'比丘們,這是進入國王內宮的第三種過患。 再者,比丘們,國王內宮的內部秘密泄露到外面。國王這樣想:'除了出家人,這裡沒有其他人進來。難道是出家人做的嗎?'比丘們,這是進入國王內宮的第四種過患。 再者,比丘們,國王內宮裡兒子想要父親的位置,或者父親想要兒子的位置。他們這樣想:'除了出家人,這裡沒有其他人進來。難道是出家人做的嗎?'比丘們,這是進入國王內宮的第五種過患。 再者,比丘們,國王把低位的人提升到高位。那些不喜歡的人這樣想:'國王與出家人交往。難道是出家人做的嗎?'比丘們,這是進入國王內宮的第六種過患。 再者,比丘們,國王把高位的人降到低位。那些不喜歡的人這樣想:'國王與出家人交往。難道是出家人做的嗎?'比丘們,這是進入國王內宮的第七種過患。 再者,比丘們,國王在不適當的時候派遣軍隊。那些不喜歡的人這樣想:'國王與出家人交往。難道是出家人做的嗎?'比丘們,這是進入國王內宮的第八種過患。 再者,比丘們,國王在適當的時候派遣軍隊后又中途召回。那些不喜歡的人這樣想:'國王與出家人交往。難道是出家人做的嗎?'比丘們,這是進入國王內宮的第九種過患。 再者,比丘們,國王的內宮有大象踐踏、馬匹踐踏、車輛踐踏,有令人貪戀的色聲香味觸,這些都不適合出家人。比丘們,這是進入國王內宮的第十種過患。比丘們,這些就是進入國王內宮的十種過患。"然後世尊以多種方式呵斥尊者阿難難養...比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: 498."若比丘事先不通知就越過已灌頂剎帝利王未離開、王后未離開的內宮門檻,犯波逸提罪。" 499.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...這是在此含義中所指的比丘。 剎帝利是指雙方血統純正,母系和父系都清凈,追溯到第七代祖先都沒有被指責、誹謗種姓。 已灌頂是指已接受剎帝利灌頂。 未離開是指國王未離開臥室。 王后未離開是指王后未離開臥室,或者兩人都未離開。 事先不通知是指事先沒有告知。 門檻是指臥室的門檻。 臥室是指國王的床鋪所在的任何地方,即使只是用布簾圍起來的。 越過門檻是指第一隻腳越過門檻,犯突吉羅罪。第二隻腳越過,犯波逸提罪。

1. Appaṭisaṃvidite appaṭisaṃviditasaññī indakhīlaṃ atikkāmeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Appaṭisaṃvidite vematiko indakhīlaṃ atikkāmeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Appaṭisaṃvidite paṭisaṃviditasaññī indakhīlaṃ atikkāmeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Paṭisaṃvidite appaṭisaṃviditasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Paṭisaṃvidite vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Paṭisaṃvidite paṭisaṃviditasaññī, anāpatti.

1. Anāpatti paṭisaṃvidite, na khattiyo hoti, na khattiyābhisekena abhisitto hoti, rājā sayanigharā nikkhanto hoti, mahesī sayanigharā nikkhantā hoti, ubho vā nikkhantā honti, na sayanighare, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Antepurasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ paṭhamaṃ.

1. Ratanasikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu aciravatiyā nadiyā nahāyati. Aññataropi brāhmaṇo pañcasatānaṃ thavikaṃ thale nikkhipitvā aciravatiyā nadiyā nahāyanto vissaritvā agamāsi. Atha kho so bhikkhu – 『『tassāyaṃ brāhmaṇassa thavikā, mā idha nassī』』ti aggahesi. Atha kho so brāhmaṇo saritvā turito ādhāvitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavoca – 『『api me, bho, thavikaṃ passeyyāsī』』ti? 『『Handa, brāhmaṇā』』ti adāsi. Atha kho tassa brāhmaṇassa etadahosi – 『『kena nu kho ahaṃ upāyena imassa bhikkhuno puṇṇapattaṃ na dadeyya』』nti! 『『Na me, bho, pañcasatāni, sahassaṃ me』』ti palibundhetvā muñci. Atha kho so bhikkhu ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma bhikkhu ratanaṃ uggahessatī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, bhikkhu, ratanaṃ uggahesīti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, ratanaṃ uggahessasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

『『Yo pana bhikkhu ratanaṃ vā ratanasammataṃ vā uggaṇheyya vā uggaṇhāpeyya vā, pācittiya』』nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

1. Tena kho pana samayena sāvatthiyā ussavo hoti. Manussā alaṅkatappaṭiyattā uyyānaṃ gacchanti. Visākhāpi migāramātā alaṅkatappaṭiyattā 『『uyyānaṃ gamissāmī』』ti gāmato nikkhamitvā – 『『kyāhaṃ karissāmi uyyānaṃ gantvā, yaṃnūnāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ payirupāseyya』』nti ābharaṇaṃ omuñcitvā uttarāsaṅgena bhaṇḍikaṃ bandhitvā dāsiyā adāsi – 『『handa, je, imaṃ bhaṇḍikaṃ gaṇhāhī』』ti. Atha kho visākhā migāramātā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho visākhaṃ migāramātaraṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho visākhā migāramātā bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho sā dāsī taṃ bhaṇḍikaṃ vissaritvā agamāsi. Bhikkhū passitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. 『『Tena hi, bhikkhave, uggahetvā nikkhipathā』』ti. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ratanaṃ vā ratanasammataṃ vā ajjhārāme uggahetvā vā uggahāpetvā vā nikkhipituṃ – 『『yassa bhavissati so harissatī』』ti. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

『『Yo pana bhikkhu ratanaṃ vā ratanasammataṃ vā, aññatra ajjhārāmā, uggaṇheyya vā uggaṇhāpeyya vā, pācittiya』』nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

500.如果認為未通知的是未通知的,越過門檻,犯波逸提罪。如果懷疑是否未通知,越過門檻,犯波逸提罪。如果認為未通知的是已通知的,越過門檻,犯波逸提罪。 如果認為已通知的是未通知的,犯突吉羅罪。如果懷疑已通知的是否已通知,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為已通知的是已通知的,無罪。 501.無罪的情況:已通知,不是剎帝利,沒有接受剎帝利灌頂,國王已離開臥室,王后已離開臥室,或者兩人都已離開,不是在臥室,精神錯亂者,最初的犯戒者。 內宮學處第一結束。 2.寶物學處 502.那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現在的夏希特-默赫特)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,有一個比丘在阿基羅跋提河裡洗澡。有一個婆羅門把裝有五百錢的錢袋放在岸上,在阿基羅跋提河裡洗澡時忘記了就走了。然後那個比丘想:"這是那個婆羅門的錢袋,不要讓它在這裡丟失",就拿起來了。然後那個婆羅門想起來,急忙跑回來對那個比丘說:"先生,你看到我的錢袋了嗎?""給你,婆羅門。"就給了他。然後那個婆羅門想:"我用什麼辦法才能不給這個比丘滿缽的供養呢?"就說:"先生,不是五百,是一千。"糾纏后才放他走。然後那個比丘回到精舍后把這件事告訴比丘們。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼比丘拿起寶物呢?"...(他們)問:"比丘,你是否真的拿起寶物?"(他說:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥說...:"愚人,為什麼你拿起寶物呢?愚人,這不會使不信者生信..."比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: "若比丘拿起或叫人拿起寶物或被認為是寶物的東西,犯波逸提罪。" 世尊為比丘們制定了這條學處。 503.當時,舍衛城有節日。人們盛裝打扮去公園。毗舍佉彌迦羅之母也盛裝打扮,"我要去公園"從村子裡出來后想:"我去公園做什麼呢?不如我去拜見世尊。"就摘下裝飾品,用上衣包成包裹給婢女說:"來,拿著這個包裹。"然後毗舍佉彌迦羅之母去世尊那裡,到了之後禮敬世尊,然後坐在一旁。世尊以法語開示、教導、鼓勵、鼓舞坐在一旁的毗舍佉彌迦羅之母。然後毗舍佉彌迦羅之母被世尊以法語開示、教導、鼓勵、鼓舞后,從座位起身,禮敬世尊,右繞后離開。然後那個婢女忘記那個包裹就走了。比丘們看到后告訴世尊這件事。"那麼,比丘們,拿起來保管。"然後世尊因這緣起、因這事件說了法語后對比丘們說:"比丘們,我允許在精舍內拿起或叫人拿起寶物或被認為是寶物的東西保管,'誰的東西誰會來拿走'。比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: "若比丘除了在精舍內,拿起或叫人拿起寶物或被認為是寶物的東西,犯波逸提罪。" 世尊為比丘們制定了這條學處。

1. Tena kho pana samayena kāsīsu janapade anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa kammantagāmo hoti. Tena ca gahapatinā antevāsī āṇatto hoti – 『『sace bhadantā āgacchanti bhattaṃ kareyyāsī』』ti. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū kāsīsu janapade cārikaṃ caramānā yena anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa kammantagāmo tenupasaṅkamiṃsu. Addasā kho so puriso te bhikkhū dūratova āgacchante. Disvāna yena te bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā te bhikkhū abhivādetvā etadavoca – 『『adhivāsentu, bhante, ayyā svātanāya gahapatino bhatta』』nti. Adhivāsesuṃ kho te bhikkhū tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho so puriso tassā rattiyā accayena paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā kālaṃ ārocāpetvā aṅgulimuddikaṃ omuñcitvā te bhikkhū bhattena parivisitvā – 『『ayyā bhuñjitvā gacchantu, ahampi kammantaṃ gamissāmī』』ti aṅgulimuddikaṃ vissaritvā agamāsi. Bhikkhū passitvā – 『『sace mayaṃ gamissāma nassissatāyaṃ aṅgulimuddikā』』ti tattheva acchiṃsu. Atha kho so puriso kammantā āgacchanto te bhikkhū passitvā etadavoca – 『『kissa, bhante, ayyā idheva acchantī』』ti? Atha kho te bhikkhū tassa purisassa etamatthaṃ ārocetvā sāvatthiṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ratanaṃ vā ratanasammataṃ vā ajjhārāme vā ajjhāvasathe vā uggahetvā vā uggahāpetvā vā nikkhipituṃ – yassa bhavissati so harissatī』』ti. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

505.『『Yo pana bhikkhu ratanaṃ vā ratanasammataṃ vā, aññatra ajjhārāmā vā ajjhāvasathā vā, uggaṇheyya vā uggaṇhāpeyya vā, pācittiyaṃ. Ratanaṃ vā pana bhikkhunā ratanasammataṃ vā ajjhārāme vā ajjhāvasathe vā uggahetvā vā uggahāpetvā vā nikkhipitabbaṃ – 『yassa bhavissati so harissatī』ti. Ayaṃ tattha sāmīcī』』ti.

506.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Ratanaṃ nāma muttā maṇi veḷuriyo saṅkho silā pavālaṃ rajataṃ jātarūpaṃ lohitaṅko [lohitako (?)] masāragallaṃ.

Ratanasammataṃ nāma yaṃ manussānaṃ upabhogaparibhogaṃ, etaṃ ratanasammataṃ nāma.

Aññatra ajjhārāmā vā ajjhāvasathā vāti ṭhapetvā ajjhārāmaṃ ajjhāvasathaṃ.

Ajjhārāmo nāma parikkhittassa ārāmassa anto ārāmo, aparikkhittassa upacāro.

Ajjhāvasatho nāma parikkhittassa āvasathassa anto āvasatho, aparikkhittassa upacāro.

Uggaṇheyyāti sayaṃ gaṇhāti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Uggaṇhāpeyyāti aññaṃ gāhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Ratanaṃ vā pana bhikkhunā ratanasammataṃ vā ajjhārāme vā ajjhāvasathe vā uggahetvā vā uggahāpetvā vā nikkhipitabbanti rūpena vā nimittena vā saññāṇaṃ katvā nikkhipitvā ācikkhitabbaṃ – 『『yassa bhaṇḍaṃ naṭṭhaṃ so āgacchatū』』ti. Sace tattha āgacchati so vattabbo – 『『āvuso, kīdisaṃ te bhaṇḍa』』nti? Sace rūpena vā nimittena vā sampādeti dātabbaṃ, no ce sampādeti 『『vicināhi āvuso』』ti vattabbo. Tamhā āvāsā pakkamantena ye tattha honti bhikkhū patirūpā, tesaṃ hatthe nikkhipitvā pakkamitabbaṃ. No ce honti bhikkhū patirūpā, ye tattha honti gahapatikā patirūpā, tesaṃ hatthe nikkhipitvā pakkamitabbaṃ.

Ayaṃ tattha sāmīcīti ayaṃ tattha anudhammatā.

1. Anāpatti ratanaṃ vā ratanasammataṃ vā ajjhārāme vā ajjhāvasathe vā uggahetvā vā uggahāpetvā vā nikkhipati – 『『yassa bhavissati so harissatī』』ti, ratanasammataṃ vissāsaṃ gaṇhāti, tāvakālikaṃ gaṇhāti, paṃsukūlasaññissa, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Ratanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dutiyaṃ.

1. Vikālagāmappavisanasikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū vikāle gāmaṃ pavisitvā sabhāyaṃ nisīditvā anekavihitaṃ tiracchānakathaṃ kathenti, seyyathidaṃ – [imā tiracchānakathāyo dī. 1.17; ma. ni. 2.223; saṃ. ni. ; a. ni.

504.當時,在迦尸國有一個屬於給孤獨長者的工作村。那個長者囑咐他的學徒說:"如果尊者們來了,就準備食物。"當時,有許多比丘在迦尸國遊行,來到給孤獨長者的工作村。那個人遠遠地看到那些比丘走來。看到后就去那些比丘那裡,到了之後禮敬那些比丘,這樣說:"尊者們,請接受明天在長者家的供養。"那些比丘以沉默表示接受。然後那個人在那夜過後準備了美味的硬食軟食,通知時間到了,摘下戒指,供養那些比丘食物后說:"尊者們吃完后請離開,我也要去工作了。"忘記戒指就走了。比丘們看到后想:"如果我們離開,這個戒指就會丟失",就留在那裡。然後那個人從工作回來,看到那些比丘后這樣說:"尊者們,為什麼還留在這裡?"然後那些比丘把這件事告訴那個人,去舍衛城后把這件事告訴比丘們。比丘們把這件事告訴世尊。然後世尊因這緣起、因這事件說了法語后對比丘們說:"比丘們,我允許在精舍內或住處內拿起或叫人拿起寶物或被認為是寶物的東西保管,'誰的東西誰會來拿走'。"比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: 505."若比丘除了在精舍內或住處內,拿起或叫人拿起寶物或被認為是寶物的東西,犯波逸提罪。比丘應當在精舍內或住處內拿起或叫人拿起寶物或被認為是寶物的東西保管,'誰的東西誰會來拿走'。這是這裡的正確做法。" 506.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...這是在此含義中所指的比丘。 寶物是指珍珠、寶石、琉璃、貝殼、石頭、珊瑚、白銀、黃金、紅寶石、貓眼石。 被認為是寶物的東西是指人們使用的東西,這被稱為被認為是寶物的東西。 除了在精舍內或住處內是指除了精舍和住處。 精舍是指有圍墻的精舍內部,沒有圍墻的周圍區域。 住處是指有圍墻的住處內部,沒有圍墻的周圍區域。 拿起是指自己拿,犯波逸提罪。 叫人拿起是指叫別人拿,犯波逸提罪。 比丘應當在精舍內或住處內拿起或叫人拿起寶物或被認為是寶物的東西保管是指記下形狀或標記后保管,應當告知:"誰丟失東西誰來拿。"如果有人來,應當這樣問他:"朋友,你丟失的是什麼樣的東西?"如果形狀或標記符合就給他,如果不符合就說:"朋友,你找找看。"離開那個住處時,如果那裡有適合的比丘,應當交給他們保管后離開。如果沒有適合的比丘,應當交給那裡適合的居士保管后離開。 這是這裡的正確做法是指這是這裡的適當做法。 507.無罪的情況:在精舍內或住處內拿起或叫人拿起寶物或被認為是寶物的東西保管,'誰的東西誰會來拿走',認為是被認為是寶物的東西而親近拿取,暫時拿取,認為是廢棄物,精神錯亂者,最初的犯戒者。 寶物學處第二結束。 3.非時入村學處 508.那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現在的夏希特-默赫特)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,六群比丘在非時進入村莊,坐在集會所里談論各種無益的閑談,即[這些無益的閑談在長部1.17;中部2.223;相應部;增支部

10.69] rājakathaṃ corakathaṃ mahāmattakathaṃ senākathaṃ bhayakathaṃ yuddhakathaṃ annakathaṃ pānakathaṃ vatthakathaṃ sayanakathaṃ mālākathaṃ gandhakathaṃ ñātikathaṃ yānakathaṃ gāmakathaṃ nigamakathaṃ nagarakathaṃ janapadakathaṃ itthikathaṃ [itthikathaṃ purisakathaṃ (ka.) majjhimapaṇṇāsaṭṭhakathā 156 piṭṭhe oloketabbā] sūrakathaṃ visikhākathaṃ kumbhaṭṭhānakathaṃ pubbapetakathaṃ nānattakathaṃ lokakkhāyikaṃ samuddakkhāyikaṃ itibhavābhavakathaṃ iti vā. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā vikāle gāmaṃ pavisitvā sabhāyaṃ nisīditvā anekavihitaṃ tiracchānakathaṃ kathessanti, seyyathidaṃ – rājakathaṃ corakathaṃ…pe… itibhavābhavakathaṃ iti vā, seyyathāpi gihī kāmabhogino』』ti!

Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū vikāle gāmaṃ pavisitvā sabhāyaṃ nisīditvā anekavihitaṃ tiracchānakathaṃ kathessanti, seyyathidaṃ – rājakathaṃ corakathaṃ…pe… itibhavābhavakathaṃ iti vā』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, vikāle gāmaṃ pavisitvā sabhāyaṃ nisīditvā anekavihitaṃ tiracchānakathaṃ kathetha, seyyathidaṃ – rājakathaṃ corakathaṃ…pe… itibhavābhavakathaṃ iti vāti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, vikāle gāmaṃ pavisitvā sabhāyaṃ nisīditvā anekavihitaṃ tiracchānakathaṃ kathessatha, seyyathidaṃ – rājakathaṃ corakathaṃ…pe… itibhavābhavakathaṃ iti vā! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

『『Yopana bhikkhu vikāle gāmaṃ paviseyya, pācittiya』』nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

1. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū kosalesu janapade sāvatthiṃ gacchantā sāyaṃ aññataraṃ gāmaṃ upagacchiṃsu. Manussā te bhikkhū passitvā etadavocuṃ – 『『pavisatha, bhante』』ti . Atha kho te bhikkhū – 『『bhagavatā paṭikkhittaṃ vikāle gāmaṃ pavisitu』』nti kukkuccāyantā na pavisiṃsu. Corā te bhikkhū acchindiṃsu. Atha kho te bhikkhū sāvatthiṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『anujānāmi, bhikkhave, āpucchā vikāle gāmaṃ pavisituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

『『Yopana bhikkhu anāpucchā vikāle gāmaṃ paviseyya, pācittiya』』nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

1. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu kosalesu janapade sāvatthiṃ gacchanto sāyaṃ aññataraṃ gāmaṃ upagacchi. Manussā taṃ bhikkhuṃ passitvā etadavocuṃ – 『『pavisatha, bhante』』ti. Atha kho so bhikkhu – 『『bhagavatā paṭikkhittaṃ anāpucchā vikāle gāmaṃ pavisitu』』nti kukkuccāyanto na pāvisi. Corā taṃ bhikkhuṃ acchindiṃsu. Atha kho so bhikkhu sāvatthiṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『anujānāmi, bhikkhave, santaṃ bhikkhuṃ āpucchā vikāle gāmaṃ pavisituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

『『Yo pana bhikkhu santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā vikāle gāmaṃ paviseyya, pācittiya』』nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

1. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu ahinā daṭṭho hoti. Aññataro bhikkhu 『『aggiṃ āharissāmī』』ti gāmaṃ gacchati. Atha kho so bhikkhu – 『『bhagavatā paṭikkhittaṃ santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā vikāle gāmaṃ pavisitu』』nti kukkuccāyanto na pāvisi…pe… bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ . Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tathārūpe accāyike karaṇīye santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā vikāle gāmaṃ pavisituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

10.69]談論國王、盜賊、大臣、軍隊、恐懼、戰爭、食物、飲料、衣服、床具、花環、香料、親屬、車乘、村莊、市鎮、城市、國土、女人[女人、男人(有些版本)]、英雄、街道、井邊、祖先、各種事、世界起源、海洋起源、有無等等。人們抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼釋迦子沙門在非時進入村莊,坐在所里談論各種無益的閑談,即談論國王、盜賊...有無等等,就像在家享受欲樂的人一樣!" 比丘們聽到那些人抱怨、批評、指責。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼六群比丘在非時進入村莊,坐在所里談論各種無益的閑談,即談論國王、盜賊...有無等等?"...(他們)問:"比丘們,你們是否真的在非時進入村莊,坐在所里談論各種無益的閑談,即談論國王、盜賊...有無等等?"(六群比丘說:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥說...:"愚人,為什麼你們在非時進入村莊,坐在所里談論各種無益的閑談,即談論國王、盜賊...有無等等!愚人,這不會使不信者生信..."比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: "若比丘在非時進入村莊,犯波逸提罪。" 世尊為比丘們制定了這條學處。 509.當時,有許多比丘在拘薩羅國去舍衛城,傍晚來到一個村莊。人們看到那些比丘后這樣說:"尊者們,請進來。"然後那些比丘想:"世尊禁止在非時進入村莊",猶豫不決不進去。盜賊搶劫了那些比丘。然後那些比丘去舍衛城后把這件事告訴比丘們。比丘們把這件事告訴世尊。然後世尊因這緣起、因這事件說了法語后對比丘們說:"比丘們,我允許告知后在非時進入村莊。比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: "若比丘不告知在非時進入村莊,犯波逸提罪。" 世尊為比丘們制定了這條學處。 510.當時,有一個比丘在拘薩羅國去舍衛城,傍晚來到一個村莊。人們看到那個比丘后這樣說:"尊者,請進來。"然後那個比丘想:"世尊禁止不告知在非時進入村莊",猶豫不決不進去。盜賊搶劫了那個比丘。然後那個比丘去舍衛城后把這件事告訴比丘們。比丘們把這件事告訴世尊。然後世尊因這緣起、因這事件說了法語后對比丘們說:"比丘們,我允許有比丘在時告知后在非時進入村莊。比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: "若比丘有比丘在時不告知在非時進入村莊,犯波逸提罪。" 世尊為比丘們制定了這條學處。 511.當時,有一個比丘被蛇咬了。另一個比丘說"我去拿火來"就去村莊。然後那個比丘想:"世尊禁止有比丘在時不告知在非時進入村莊",猶豫不決不進去...把這件事告訴世尊。然後世尊因這緣起、因這事件說了法語后對比丘們說:"比丘們,我允許在這樣的緊急情況下有比丘在時不告知在非時進入村莊。比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處:

512.『『Yo pana bhikkhu santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā vikāle gāmaṃ paviseyya, aññatra tathārūpā accāyikā karaṇīyā, pācittiya』』nti.

513.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Santo nāma bhikkhu sakkā hoti āpucchā pavisituṃ.

Asanto nāma bhikkhu na sakkā hoti āpucchā pavisituṃ.

Vikālo nāma majjhanhike vītivatte yāva aruṇuggamanā.

Gāmaṃ paviseyyāti parikkhittassa gāmassa parikkhepaṃ atikkamantassa āpatti pācittiyassa. Aparikkhittassa gāmassa upacāraṃ okkamantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Aññatra tathārūpā accāyikā karaṇīyāti ṭhapetvā tathārūpaṃ accāyikaṃ karaṇīyaṃ.

1. Vikāle vikālasaññī santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā gāmaṃ pavisati, aññatra tathārūpā accāyikā karaṇīyā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Vikāle vematiko santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā gāmaṃ pavisati, aññatra tathārūpā accāyikā karaṇīyā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Vikāle kālasaññī santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā gāmaṃ pavisati, aññatra tathārūpā accāyikā karaṇīyā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Kāle vikālasaññī , āpatti dukkaṭassa. Kāle vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Kāle kālasaññī, anāpatti.

1. Anāpatti tathārūpe accāyike karaṇīye, santaṃ bhikkhuṃ āpucchā pavisati, asantaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā pavisati, antarārāmaṃ gacchati, bhikkhunupassayaṃ gacchati, titthiyaseyyaṃ gacchati, paṭikkamanaṃ gacchati, gāmena maggo hoti, āpadāsu, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Vikālagāmappavisanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ tatiyaṃ.

1. Sūcigharasikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ nigrodhārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarena dantakārena bhikkhū pavāritā honti – 『『yesaṃ ayyānaṃ sūcigharena attho ahaṃ sūcigharenā』』ti. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū bahū sūcighare viññāpenti. Yesaṃ khuddakā sūcigharā te mahante sūcighare viññāpenti. Yesaṃ mahantā sūcigharā te khuddake sūcighare viññāpenti. Atha kho so dantakāro bhikkhūnaṃ bahū sūcighare karonto na sakkoti aññaṃ vikkāyikaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ kātuṃ, attanāpi na yāpeti, puttadāropissa kilamati. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā na mattaṃ jānitvā bahū sūcighare viññāpessanti! Ayaṃ imesaṃ bahū sūcighare karonto na sakkoti aññaṃ vikkāyikaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ kātuṃ, attanāpi na yāpeti, puttadāropissa kilamatī』』ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma bhikkhū na mattaṃ jānitvā bahū sūcighare viññāpessantī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na mattaṃ jānitvā bahū sūcighare viññāpentīti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā na mattaṃ jānitvā bahū sūcighare viññāpessanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

517.『『Yo pana bhikkhu aṭṭhimayaṃ vā dantamayaṃ vā visāṇamayaṃ vā sūcigharaṃ kārāpeyya bhedanakaṃ, pācittiya』』nti.

518.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Aṭṭhi nāma yaṃ kiñci aṭṭhi.

Danto nāma hatthidanto vuccati.

Visāṇaṃ nāma yaṃ kiñci visāṇaṃ.

Kārāpeyyāti karoti vā kārāpeti vā, payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Paṭilābhena bhinditvā pācittiyaṃ desetabbaṃ.

1. Attanā vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Attanā vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti [pariyosāvāpeti (ka.)], āpatti pācittiyassa . Parehi vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Parehi vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti [pariyosāvāpeti (ka.)], āpatti pācittiyassa.

Aññassatthāya karoti vā kārāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aññena kataṃ paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1. Anāpatti gaṇṭhikāya [gaṇḍikāya (syā.)], araṇike, vidhe [vīṭhe (sī.), vīthe (syā.)], añjaniyā, añjanisalākāya, vāsijaṭe, udakapuñchaniyā, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Sūcigharasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ catutthaṃ.

1. Mañcapīṭhasikkhāpadaṃ

512."若比丘有比丘在時不告知在非時進入村莊,除了這樣的緊急情況,犯波逸提罪。" 513.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...這是在此含義中所指的比丘。 有(比丘)是指可以告知後進入。 無(比丘)是指不可以告知後進入。 非時是指從中午過後到黎明。 進入村莊是指越過有圍墻的村莊的圍墻,犯波逸提罪。進入沒有圍墻的村莊的周圍區域,犯波逸提罪。 除了這樣的緊急情況是指除了這樣的緊急事務。 514.如果認為是非時的非時,有比丘在時不告知進入村莊,除了這樣的緊急情況,犯波逸提罪。如果懷疑是否非時,有比丘在時不告知進入村莊,除了這樣的緊急情況,犯波逸提罪。如果認為是時的非時,有比丘在時不告知進入村莊,除了這樣的緊急情況,犯波逸提罪。 如果認為是非時的時,犯突吉羅罪。如果懷疑是否時,犯突吉羅罪。如果認為是時的時,無罪。 515.無罪的情況:這樣的緊急情況,有比丘在時告知後進入,無比丘在時不告知進入,去中間的精舍,去比丘尼住處,去外道住處,去廁所,村莊是路徑,危難時,精神錯亂者,最初的犯戒者。 非時入村學處第三結束。 4.針筒學處 516.那時,佛陀住在釋迦族的迦毗羅衛城(現在的蒂勞拉科特)尼拘律園。當時,有一個牙匠邀請比丘們說:"尊者們需要針筒的我(供養)針筒。"當時,比丘們要求很多針筒。那些有小針筒的要求大針筒。那些有大針筒的要求小針筒。然後那個牙匠為比丘們做很多針筒,不能做其他可賣的物品,自己也無法維生,他的妻子兒女也受苦。人們抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼釋迦子沙門不知適量地要求很多針筒!這個人為他們做很多針筒,不能做其他可賣的物品,自己也無法維生,他的妻子兒女也受苦。"比丘們聽到那些人抱怨、批評、指責。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼比丘們不知適量地要求很多針筒?"...(他們)問:"比丘們,你們是否真的不知適量地要求很多針筒?"(比丘們說:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥說...:"比丘們,為什麼那些愚人不知適量地要求很多針筒!比丘們,這不會使不信者生信..."比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: 517."若比丘使人做骨制、牙制或角制的針筒,可破壞的,犯波逸提罪。" 518.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...這是在此含義中所指的比丘。 骨是指任何骨頭。 牙是指象牙。 角是指任何角。 使人做是指自己做或叫人做,在過程中犯突吉羅罪。獲得后應當破壞並懺悔波逸提罪。 519.自己未完成的自己完成,犯波逸提罪。自己未完成的叫別人完成,犯波逸提罪。別人未完成的自己完成,犯波逸提罪。別人未完成的叫別人完成,犯波逸提罪。 為他人做或叫人做,犯突吉羅罪。獲得他人做的使用,犯突吉羅罪。 520.無罪的情況:鈕釦、火鉆、鉆子、眼藥盒、眼藥棒、刀柄、擦水布,精神錯亂者,最初的犯戒者。 針筒學處第四結束。 5.床椅學處

1. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā upanando sakyaputto ucce mañce sayati. Atha kho bhagavā sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍanto yenāyasmato upanandassa sakyaputtassa vihāro tenupasaṅkami. Addasā kho āyasmā upanando sakyaputto bhagavantaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ. Disvāna bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – 『『āgacchatu me, bhante, bhagavā sayanaṃ passatū』』ti. Atha kho bhagavā tatova paṭinivattitvā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『āsayato, bhikkhave, moghapuriso veditabbo』』ti. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ upanandaṃ sakyaputtaṃ anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

522.『『Navaṃ pana bhikkhunā mañcaṃ vā pīṭhaṃ vā kārayamānena aṭṭhaṅgulapādakaṃ kāretabbaṃ sugataṅgulena, aññatra heṭṭhimāya aṭaniyā; taṃ atikkāmayato chedanakaṃ pācittiya』』nti.

523.Navaṃ nāma karaṇaṃ upādāya vuccati.

Mañco nāma cattāro mañcā – masārako, bundikābaddho, kuḷīrapādako, āhaccapādako.

Pīṭhaṃ nāma cattāri pīṭhāni – masārakaṃ, bundikābaddhaṃ, kuḷīrapādakaṃ, āhaccapādakaṃ.

Kārayamānenāti karonto vā kārāpento vā.

Aṭṭhaṅgulapādakaṃkāretabbaṃ sugataṅgulena, aññatra heṭṭhimāyaaṭaniyāti ṭhapetvā heṭṭhimaṃ aṭaniṃ; taṃ atikkāmetvā karoti vā kārāpeti vā, payoge dukkaṭaṃ, paṭilābhena chinditvā pācittiyaṃ desetabbaṃ.

1. Attanā vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Attanā vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Parehi vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Parehi vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Aññassatthāya karoti vā kārāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aññena kataṃ paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1. Anāpatti pamāṇikaṃ karoti, ūnakaṃ karoti, aññena kataṃ pamāṇātikkantaṃ paṭilabhitvā chinditvā paribhuñjati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Mañcapīṭhasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ pañcamaṃ.

1. Tūlonaddhasikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū mañcampi pīṭhampi tūlonaddhaṃ kārāpenti. Manussā vihāracārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā passitvā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā mañcampi pīṭhampi tūlonaddhaṃ kārāpessanti, seyyathāpi gihī kāmabhogino』』ti ! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū mañcampi pīṭhampi tūlonaddhaṃ kārāpessantī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, mañcampi pīṭhampi tūlonaddhaṃ kārāpethāti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, mañcampi pīṭhampi tūlonaddhaṃ kārāpessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

527.『『Yo pana bhikkhu mañcaṃ vā pīṭhaṃ vā tūlonaddhaṃ kārāpeyya, uddālanakaṃ pācittiya』』nti.

528.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Mañco nāma cattāro mañcā – masārako, bundikābaddho, kuḷīrapādako, āhaccapādako.

Pīṭhaṃ nāma cattāri pīṭhāni – masārakaṃ, bundikābaddhaṃ, kuḷīrapādakaṃ, āhaccapādakaṃ.

Tūlaṃ nāma tīṇi tūlāni – rukkhatūlaṃ, latātūlaṃ, poṭakitūlaṃ.

Kārāpeyyāti karoti vā kārāpeti vā, payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Paṭilābhena uddāletvā pācittiyaṃ desetabbaṃ.

1. Attanā vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Attanā vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Parehi vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Parehi vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Aññassatthāya karoti vā kārāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aññena kataṃ paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

521.那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現在的夏希特-默赫特)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,尊者優波難陀釋迦子睡在高床上。然後世尊與許多比丘一起巡視住處,來到尊者優波難陀釋迦子的住處。尊者優波難陀釋迦子遠遠地看到世尊走來。看到后對世尊這樣說:"世尊,請來看我的床。"然後世尊從那裡回去后對比丘們說:"比丘們,從居處可以知道愚人。"然後世尊以多種方式呵斥尊者優波難陀釋迦子難養...比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: 522."若比丘使人做新床或椅,應當做八指高的腳,用善逝指,除了底部橫木;超過的應當切斷,犯波逸提罪。" 523.新是指從製作開始稱為。 床是指四種床:有腳的、捆綁的、彎腳的、可拆卸的。 椅是指四種椅:有腳的、捆綁的、彎腳的、可拆卸的。 使人做是指自己做或叫人做。 應當做八指高的腳,用善逝指,除了底部橫木是指除了底部橫木;超過那個做或叫人做,在過程中犯突吉羅罪,獲得后應當切斷並懺悔波逸提罪。 524.自己未完成的自己完成,犯波逸提罪。自己未完成的叫別人完成,犯波逸提罪。別人未完成的自己完成,犯波逸提罪。別人未完成的叫別人完成,犯波逸提罪。 為他人做或叫人做,犯突吉羅罪。獲得他人做的使用,犯突吉羅罪。 525.無罪的情況:做標準尺寸的,做小於標準尺寸的,獲得他人做的超過標準尺寸的切斷後使用,精神錯亂者,最初的犯戒者。 床椅學處第五結束。 6.棉花墊學處 526.那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現在的夏希特-默赫特)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,六群比丘使人做棉花墊的床和椅。人們參觀精舍時看到后抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼釋迦子沙門使人做棉花墊的床和椅,就像在家享受欲樂的人一樣!"比丘們聽到那些人抱怨、批評、指責。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼六群比丘使人做棉花墊的床和椅?"...(他們)問:"比丘們,你們是否真的使人做棉花墊的床和椅?"(六群比丘說:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥說...:"愚人,為什麼你們使人做棉花墊的床和椅!愚人,這不會使不信者生信..."比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: 527."若比丘使人做棉花墊的床或椅,應當拆除,犯波逸提罪。" 528.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...這是在此含義中所指的比丘。 床是指四種床:有腳的、捆綁的、彎腳的、可拆卸的。 椅是指四種椅:有腳的、捆綁的、彎腳的、可拆卸的。 棉花是指三種棉花:樹棉、藤棉、草棉。 使人做是指自己做或叫人做,在過程中犯突吉羅罪。獲得后應當拆除並懺悔波逸提罪。 529.自己未完成的自己完成,犯波逸提罪。自己未完成的叫別人完成,犯波逸提罪。別人未完成的自己完成,犯波逸提罪。別人未完成的叫別人完成,犯波逸提罪。 為他人做或叫人做,犯突吉羅罪。獲得他人做的使用,犯突吉羅罪。

1. Anāpatti āyoge, kāyabandhane, aṃsabaddhake, pattathavikāya, parissāvane, bibbohanaṃ karoti, aññena kataṃ paṭilabhitvā uddāletvā paribhuñjati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Tūlonaddhasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ.

1. Nisīdanasikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ nisīdanaṃ anuññātaṃ hoti. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū – 『『bhagavatā nisīdanaṃ anuññāta』』nti appamāṇikāni nisīdanāni dhārenti. Mañcassapi pīṭhassapi puratopi pacchatopi olambenti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū appamāṇikāni nisīdanāni dhāressantī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, appamāṇikāni nisīdanāni dhārethāti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, appamāṇikāni nisīdanāni dhāressatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

『『Nisīdanaṃ pana bhikkhunā kārayamānena pamāṇikaṃ kāretabbaṃ. Tatridaṃ pamāṇaṃ – dīghaso dve vidatthiyo, sugatavidatthiyā; tiriyaṃ diyaḍḍhaṃ. Taṃ atikkāmayato chedanakaṃ pācittiya』』nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

1. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā udāyī mahākāyo hoti. So bhagavato purato nisīdanaṃ paññapetvā samantato samañchamāno nisīdati. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ udāyiṃ etadavoca – 『『kissa tvaṃ, udāyi, nisīdanaṃ samantato samañchasi; seyyathāpi purāṇāsikoṭṭho』』ti? 『『Tathā hi pana, bhante, bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ atikhuddakaṃ nisīdanaṃ anuññāta』』nti. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – 『『anujānāmi, bhikkhave, nisīdanassa dasaṃ vidatthiṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

533.『『Nisīdanaṃ pana bhikkhunā kārayamānena pamāṇikaṃ kāretabbaṃ. Tatridaṃ pamāṇaṃ – dīghaso dve vidatthiyo, sugatavidatthiyā; tiriyaṃ diyaḍḍhaṃ. Dasā vidatthi. Taṃ atikkāmayato chedanakaṃ pācittiya』』nti.

534.Nisīdanaṃ nāma sadasaṃ vuccati.

Kārayamānenāti karonto vā kārāpento vā pamāṇikaṃ kāretabbaṃ. Tatridaṃ pamāṇaṃ – dīghaso dve vidatthiyo, sugatavidatthiyā; tiriyaṃ diyaḍḍhaṃ. Dasā vidatthi. Taṃ atikkāmetvā karoti vā kārāpeti vā, payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Paṭilābhena chinditvā pācittiyaṃ desetabbaṃ.

1. Attanā vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Attanā vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Parehi vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Parehi vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Aññassatthāya karoti vā kārāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aññena kataṃ paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1. Anāpatti pamāṇikaṃ karoti, ūnakaṃ karoti, aññena kataṃ pamāṇātikkantaṃ paṭilabhitvā chinditvā paribhuñjati, vitānaṃ vā bhūmattharaṇaṃ vā sāṇipākāraṃ vā bhisiṃ vā bibbohanaṃ vā karoti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Nisīdanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ sattamaṃ.

1. Kaṇḍuppaṭicchādisikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ kaṇḍuppaṭicchādi anuññātā hoti . Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū – 『『bhagavatā kaṇḍuppaṭicchādi anuññātā』』ti appamāṇikāyo kaṇḍuppaṭicchādiyo dhārenti; puratopi pacchatopi ākaḍḍhantā āhiṇḍanti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū appamāṇikāyo kaṇḍuppaṭicchādiyo dhāressantī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, appamāṇikāyo kaṇḍuppaṭicchādiyo dhārethāti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, appamāṇikāyo kaṇḍuppaṭicchādiyo dhāressatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

530.無罪的情況:做腰帶、肩帶、缽袋、濾水器、枕頭,獲得他人做的拆除后使用,精神錯亂者,最初的犯戒者。 棉花墊學處第六結束。 7.坐具學處 531.那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現在的夏希特-默赫特)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,世尊允許比丘們使用坐具。六群比丘想:"世尊允許使用坐具",就使用不合尺寸的坐具。他們讓坐具在床和椅的前後懸掛下來。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼六群比丘使用不合尺寸的坐具?"...(他們)問:"比丘們,你們是否真的使用不合尺寸的坐具?"(六群比丘說:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥說...:"愚人,為什麼你們使用不合尺寸的坐具!愚人,這不會使不信者生信..."比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: "若比丘使人做坐具,應當做合尺寸的。這裡的尺寸是:長兩善逝張手,寬一個半。超過的應當切斷,犯波逸提罪。" 世尊為比丘們制定了這條學處。 532.當時,尊者優陀夷身材高大。他在世尊面前鋪設坐具,四周拉伸著坐下。然後世尊對尊者優陀夷這樣說:"優陀夷,你為什麼四周拉伸坐具?就像舊皮革一樣。""世尊,因為世尊允許比丘們使用太小的坐具。"然後世尊因這緣起、因這事件說了法語后對比丘們說:"比丘們,我允許坐具有一張手的延伸部分。比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: 533."若比丘使人做坐具,應當做合尺寸的。這裡的尺寸是:長兩善逝張手,寬一個半。延伸部分一張手。超過的應當切斷,犯波逸提罪。" 534.坐具是指有延伸部分的。 使人做是指自己做或叫人做應當做合尺寸的。這裡的尺寸是:長兩善逝張手,寬一個半。延伸部分一張手。超過那個做或叫人做,在過程中犯突吉羅罪。獲得后應當切斷並懺悔波逸提罪。 535.自己未完成的自己完成,犯波逸提罪。自己未完成的叫別人完成,犯波逸提罪。別人未完成的自己完成,犯波逸提罪。別人未完成的叫別人完成,犯波逸提罪。 為他人做或叫人做,犯突吉羅罪。獲得他人做的使用,犯突吉羅罪。 536.無罪的情況:做標準尺寸的,做小於標準尺寸的,獲得他人做的超過標準尺寸的切斷後使用,做天篷、地毯、墻簾、墊子、枕頭,精神錯亂者,最初的犯戒者。 坐具學處第七結束。 8.疥瘡衣學處 537.那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現在的夏希特-默赫特)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,世尊允許比丘們使用疥瘡衣。六群比丘想:"世尊允許使用疥瘡衣",就使用不合尺寸的疥瘡衣;前後拉扯著走來走去。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼六群比丘使用不合尺寸的疥瘡衣?"...(他們)問:"比丘們,你們是否真的使用不合尺寸的疥瘡衣?"(六群比丘說:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥說...:"愚人,為什麼你們使用不合尺寸的疥瘡衣!愚人,這不會使不信者生信..."比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處:

538.『『Kaṇḍuppaṭicchādiṃ pana bhikkhunā kārayamānena pamāṇikā kāretabbā. Tatridaṃ pamāṇaṃ – dīghaso catasso vidatthiyo, sugatavidatthiyā; tiriyaṃ dve vidatthiyo. Taṃ atikkāmayato chedanakaṃ pācittiya』』nti.

539.Kaṇḍuppaṭicchādi nāma yassa adhonābhi ubbhajāṇumaṇḍalaṃ kaṇḍu vā pīḷakā vā assāvo vā thullakacchu vā ābādho, tassa paṭicchādanatthāya.

Kārayamānenāti karonto vā kārāpento vā . Pamāṇikā kāretabbā. Tatridaṃ pamāṇaṃ – dīghaso catasso vidatthiyo, sugatavidatthiyā; tiriyaṃ dve vidatthiyo. Taṃ atikkāmetvā karoti vā kārāpeti vā, payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Paṭilābhena chinditvā pācittiyaṃ desetabbaṃ.

1. Attanā vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Attanā vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Parehi vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Parehi vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Aññassatthāya karoti vā kārāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aññena kataṃ paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1. Anāpatti pamāṇikaṃ karoti, ūnakaṃ karoti, aññena kataṃ pamāṇātikkantaṃ paṭilabhitvā chinditvā paribhuñjati, vitānaṃ vā bhūmattharaṇaṃ vā sāṇipākāraṃ vā bhisiṃ vā bibbohanaṃ vā karoti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Kaṇḍuppaṭicchādisikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ.

1. Vassikasāṭikāsikkhāpadaṃ

2. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ vassikasāṭikā anuññātā hoti. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū – 『『bhagavatā vassikasāṭikā anuññātā』』ti appamāṇikāyo vassikasāṭikāyo dhārenti. Puratopi pacchatopi ākaḍḍhantā āhiṇḍanti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū appamāṇikāyo vassikasāṭikāyo dhāressantī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, appamāṇikāyo vassikasāṭikāyo dhārethāti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, appamāṇikāyo vassikasāṭikāyo dhāressatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

543.『『Vassikasāṭikaṃ pana bhikkhunā kārayamānena pamāṇikā kāretabbā. Tatridaṃ pamāṇaṃ – dīghaso cha vidatthiyo, sugatavidatthiyā; tiriyaṃ aḍḍhateyyā. Taṃ atikkāmayato chedanakaṃ pācittiya』』nti.

544.Vassikasāṭikā nāma vassānassa catumāsatthāya.

Kārayamānenāti karonto vā kārāpento vā. Pamāṇikā kāretabbā . Tatridaṃ pamāṇaṃ – dīghaso cha vidatthiyo, sugatavidatthiyā; tiriyaṃ aḍḍhateyyā. Taṃ atikkāmetvā karoti vā kārāpeti vā, payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Paṭilābhena chinditvā pācittiyaṃ desetabbaṃ.

1. Attanā vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Attanā vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Parehi vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Parehi vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Aññassatthāya karoti vā kārāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aññena kataṃ paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1. Anāpatti pamāṇikaṃ karoti, ūnakaṃ karoti, aññena kataṃ pamāṇātikkantaṃ paṭilabhitvā chinditvā paribhuñjati, vitānaṃ vā bhūmattharaṇaṃ vā sāṇipākāraṃ vā bhisiṃ vā bibbohanaṃ vā karoti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Vassikasāṭikāsikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ navamaṃ.

1. Nandasikkhāpadaṃ

538."若比丘使人做疥瘡衣,應當做合尺寸的。這裡的尺寸是:長四善逝張手,寬兩張手。超過的應當切斷,犯波逸提罪。" 539.疥瘡衣是指爲了遮蓋從臍以下到膝蓋以上有疥瘡、癤子、流膿、大癢或疾病的部位。 使人做是指自己做或叫人做。應當做合尺寸的。這裡的尺寸是:長四善逝張手,寬兩張手。超過那個做或叫人做,在過程中犯突吉羅罪。獲得后應當切斷並懺悔波逸提罪。 540.自己未完成的自己完成,犯波逸提罪。自己未完成的叫別人完成,犯波逸提罪。別人未完成的自己完成,犯波逸提罪。別人未完成的叫別人完成,犯波逸提罪。 為他人做或叫人做,犯突吉羅罪。獲得他人做的使用,犯突吉羅罪。 541.無罪的情況:做標準尺寸的,做小於標準尺寸的,獲得他人做的超過標準尺寸的切斷後使用,做天篷、地毯、墻簾、墊子、枕頭,精神錯亂者,最初的犯戒者。 疥瘡衣學處第八結束。 9.雨浴衣學處 542.那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現在的夏希特-默赫特)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,世尊允許比丘們使用雨浴衣。六群比丘想:"世尊允許使用雨浴衣",就使用不合尺寸的雨浴衣。前後拉扯著走來走去。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼六群比丘使用不合尺寸的雨浴衣?"...(他們)問:"比丘們,你們是否真的使用不合尺寸的雨浴衣?"(六群比丘說:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥說...:"愚人,為什麼你們使用不合尺寸的雨浴衣!愚人,這不會使不信者生信..."比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: 543."若比丘使人做雨浴衣,應當做合尺寸的。這裡的尺寸是:長六善逝張手,寬兩個半。超過的應當切斷,犯波逸提罪。" 544.雨浴衣是指為雨季四個月使用的。 使人做是指自己做或叫人做。應當做合尺寸的。這裡的尺寸是:長六善逝張手,寬兩個半。超過那個做或叫人做,在過程中犯突吉羅罪。獲得后應當切斷並懺悔波逸提罪。 545.自己未完成的自己完成,犯波逸提罪。自己未完成的叫別人完成,犯波逸提罪。別人未完成的自己完成,犯波逸提罪。別人未完成的叫別人完成,犯波逸提罪。 為他人做或叫人做,犯突吉羅罪。獲得他人做的使用,犯突吉羅罪。 546.無罪的情況:做標準尺寸的,做小於標準尺寸的,獲得他人做的超過標準尺寸的切斷後使用,做天篷、地毯、墻簾、墊子、枕頭,精神錯亂者,最初的犯戒者。 雨浴衣學處第九結束。 10.難陀學處

1. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā nando bhagavato mātucchāputto abhirūpo hoti dassanīyo pāsādiko caturaṅgulomako bhagavatā [bhagavato (ka.)]. So sugatacīvarappamāṇaṃ cīvaraṃ dhāreti. Addasaṃsu kho therā bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ nandaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ. Disvāna – 『『bhagavā āgacchatī』』ti āsanā vuṭṭhahanti. Te upagate jānitvā [upagataṃ sañjānitvā (syā.), upagate sañjānitvā (sī.)] ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – 『『kathañhi nāma āyasmā nando sugatacīvarappamāṇaṃ cīvaraṃ dhāressatī』』ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, nanda, sugatacīvarappamāṇaṃ cīvaraṃ dhāresīti? 『『Saccaṃ, bhagavā』』ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, nanda, sugatacīvarappamāṇaṃ cīvaraṃ dhāressasi! Netaṃ, nanda, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

548.『『Yo pana bhikkhu sugatacīvarappamāṇaṃ cīvaraṃ kārāpeyya atirekaṃ vā, chedanakaṃ pācittiyaṃ . Tatridaṃ sugatassa sugatacīvarappamāṇaṃ – dīghaso nava vidatthiyo, sugatavidatthiyā; tiriyaṃ cha vidatthiyo. Idaṃ sugatassa sugatacīvarappamāṇa』』nti.

549.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Sugatacīvarappamāṇaṃ[sugatacīvaraṃ (ka.)] nāma dīghaso nava vidatthiyo, sugatavidatthiyā; tiriyaṃ cha vidatthiyo.

Kārāpeyyāti karoti vā kārāpeti vā, payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Paṭilābhena chinditvā pācittiyaṃ desetabbaṃ.

1. Attanā vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Attanā vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Parehi vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Parehi vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Aññassatthāya karoti vā kārāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aññena kataṃ paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

547.那時,佛陀住在舍衛城(現在的夏希特-默赫特)祇樹給孤獨園。當時,尊者難陀是世尊的姨母之子,容貌端正,令人喜悅,莊嚴,身高比世尊矮四指。他穿著與善逝衣等尺寸的衣服。長老比丘們遠遠地看到尊者難陀走來。看到后以為"世尊來了"就從座位站起。他們認出來后抱怨、批評、指責說:"為什麼尊者難陀穿著與善逝衣等尺寸的衣服?"...(他們)問:"難陀,你是否真的穿著與善逝衣等尺寸的衣服?"(難陀說:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥說...:"難陀,為什麼你穿著與善逝衣等尺寸的衣服!難陀,這不會使不信者生信..."比丘們,你們應當如此宣說這條學處: 548."若比丘使人做與善逝衣等尺寸或超過的衣服,應當切斷,犯波逸提罪。這裡善逝的善逝衣尺寸是:長九善逝張手,寬六張手。這是善逝的善逝衣尺寸。" 549.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...這是在此含義中所指的比丘。 善逝衣尺寸是指長九善逝張手,寬六張手。 使人做是指自己做或叫人做,在過程中犯突吉羅罪。獲得后應當切斷並懺悔波逸提罪。 550.自己未完成的自己完成,犯波逸提罪。自己未完成的叫別人完成,犯波逸提罪。別人未完成的自己完成,犯波逸提罪。別人未完成的叫別人完成,犯波逸提罪。 為他人做或叫人做,犯突吉羅罪。獲得他人做的使用,犯突吉羅罪。

1. Anāpatti ūnakaṃ karoti, aññena kataṃ paṭilabhitvā chinditvā paribhuñjati, vitānaṃ vā bhūmattharaṇaṃ vā sāṇipākāraṃ vā bhisiṃ vā bibbohanaṃ vā karoti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Nandasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dasamaṃ.

Ratanavaggo [rājavaggo (sī.)] navamo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Rañño ca ratanaṃ santaṃ, sūci mañcañca tūlikaṃ;

Nisīdanañca kaṇḍuñca, vassikā sugatena cāti.

Uddiṭṭhā kho, āyasmanto, dvenavuti pācittiyā dhammā. Tatthāyasmante pucchāmi – 『『kaccittha parisuddhā』』? Dutiyampi pucchāmi – 『『kaccittha parisuddhā』』? Tatiyampi pucchāmi – 『『kaccittha parisuddhā』』? Parisuddhetthāyasmanto, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmīti.

Khuddakaṃ samattaṃ.

Pācittiyakaṇḍaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

551.無罪的情況:做小於標準尺寸的,獲得他人做的切斷後使用,做天篷、地毯、墻簾、墊子、枕頭,精神錯亂者,最初的犯戒者。 難陀學處第十結束。 寶品[王品(有的版本)]第九結束。 其摘要: 國王和寶物、存在、針、床和棉花、 坐具和疥瘡、雨浴衣和善逝。 者們,九十二條波逸提法已經誦出。我問尊者們:"在此是否清凈?"我再次問:"在此是否清凈?"我第三次問:"在此是否清凈?"尊者們在此清凈,因此默然,我如是持。 小品結束。 波逸提篇結束。